initial commit of ebook 13280HEADmain

4 files changed, 18192 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/13280-8.txt b/old/13280-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2b97f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/13280-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9096 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, Volume
+II, 1521-1569, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, Volume II, 1521-1569
+
+Author: Emma Helen Blair
+
+Release Date: August 25, 2004 [EBook #13280]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+
+
+
+
+
+The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803
+
+explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+beginning of the nineteenth century
+
+Volume II, 1521-1569
+
+
+
+Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Contents of Volume II
+
+
+
+    Preface
+    Expedition of García de Loaisa--1525-26
+
+            [Résumé of contemporaneous documents--1522-37]
+
+    Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra--1527-28.
+
+            [Résumé of contemporaneous documents--1527-28]
+
+    Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos
+
+            [Résumé of contemporaneous documents--[1541-48]
+
+    Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi--1564-68.
+
+            [Résumé of contemporaneous documents--1559-68]
+
+            Warrant of the Augustinian authorities
+            in Mexico establishing a branch of their
+            brotherhood in the Philippines--1564
+
+            Act of taking possession of Cibabao, Fernando
+            Riquel; Cibabao, February 15, 1565
+
+            Proclamation ordering the declaration of
+            the gold taken from the burial-places of the
+            Indians. M.L. de Legazpi; Çubu, May 16, 1565
+
+            Letters to Felipe II of Spain. M.L. de
+            Legazpi and others; Cubu, May 27 and 29,
+            and June 1, 1565
+
+            Letter from the royal officials of the
+            Filipinas to the royal Audiencia at Mexico,
+            accompanied by a memorandum of the necessary
+            things to be sent to the colony. Guido de
+            Labecares and others; Cubu, May 28, 1565
+
+            Relation of the voyage to the
+            Philippines. M. L. de Legazpi; Cubu, [1565]
+
+            [1]Copia de vna carta venida de Seuilla a
+            Miguel Saluador de Valencia. (Barcelona,
+            Pau Cortey, 1566)
+
+            Letters to Felipe II of Spain. M.L. de Legazpi;
+            Cubu, July 12, 15, and 23, 1567 and June
+            26, 1568
+
+            Negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira
+            regarding the Spanish settlement at
+            Cebú. Fernando Riquel; 1568-69
+
+    Bibliographical Data
+
+
+
+
+
+Illustrations
+
+
+    Portrait of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi; photographic
+    reproduction from painting in Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar,
+    Madrid. _Frontispiece_
+
+    Portrait of Fray Andrés de Urdaneta; photographic reproduction
+    from painting by Madrazo, in possession of the Colegio de
+    Filipinas (Augustinian), Valladolid.
+
+    Signatures of Legazpi and other officials in the Philippines;
+    photographic facsimile from original MS. of their letter of
+    June 1, 1565, in the Archivo general de Indias, Seville.
+
+    The Santo Niño of Cebú (image of the child Jesus found there
+    by Legazpi's soldiers in 1565); from a plate in possession
+    of the Colegio de Filipinas, Valladolid.
+
+
+
+
+
+Preface
+
+
+The next attempt to reach the Spice Islands is made by García Jofre
+de Loaisa. A synopsis of contemporary documents is here presented:
+discussion as to the location of the India House of Trade; concessions
+offered by the Spanish government to persons who aid in equipping
+expeditions for the Moluccas; instructions to Loaisa and his
+subordinates for the conduct of their enterprise; accounts of their
+voyage, etc. Loaisa's fleet departs from Spain on July 24, 1525, and
+ten months later emerges from the Strait of Magellan. Three of his
+ships have been lost, and a fourth is compelled to seek necessary
+supplies at the nearest Spanish settlements on the west coast of
+South America; Loaisa has remaining but three vessels for the long
+and perilous trip across the Pacific. One of the lost ships finally
+succeeds in reaching Spain, but its captain, Rodrigo de Acuña, is
+detained in long and painful captivity at Pernambuco. The partial
+log of the flagship and an account of the disasters which befell
+the expedition are sent to the emperor (apparently from Tidore) by
+Hernando de la Torre, one of its few survivors, who asks that aid be
+sent them. Loaisa himself and nearly all his officers are dead--one
+of the captains being killed by his own men. At Tidore meet (June
+30, 1528) the few Spaniards remaining alive (in all, twenty-five out
+of one hundred and forty-six) in the "Victoria" and in the ship of
+Saavedra, who has been sent by Cortés to search for the missing fleets
+which had set out from Spain for the Moluccas. Urdaneta's relation
+of the Loaisa expedition goes over the same ground, but adds many
+interesting details.
+
+Various documents (in synopsis) show the purpose for which Saavedra
+is despatched from Mexico, the instructions given to him, and letters
+which he is to carry to various persons. Among these epistles, that
+written by Hernando Cortés to the king of Cebú is given in full;
+he therein takes occasion to blame Magalhães for the conflict with
+hostile natives which resulted in the discoverer's death. He also asks
+the Cebuan ruler to liberate any Spaniards who may be in his power,
+and offers to ransom them, if that be required. Saavedra's own account
+of the voyage states that the time of his departure from New Spain
+was October, 1527. Arrivingat the island of Visaya, he finds three
+Spaniards who tell him that the eight companions o Magalhães left at
+Cebú had been sold by their captors to the Chinese.
+
+Undaunted by these failures, another expedition sets forth (1542) to
+gain a footing for Spanish power on the Western Islands--that commanded
+by Ruy Lopez de Villalobos; it is under the auspices of the two most
+powerful officials in New Spain, and is abundantly supplied with men
+and provisions. The contracts made with the king by its promoters
+give interesting details of the methods by which such enterprises were
+conducted. Various encouragements and favors are offered to colonists
+who shall settle in those islands; privileges and grants are conferred
+on Alvarado, extending to his heirs. Provision is made for land-grants,
+hospitals, religious instruction and worship, and the respective
+rights of the conquerors and the king. The instructions given to
+Villalobos and other officials are minute and careful. At Navidad
+Villalobos and all his officers and men take solemn oaths (October 22,
+1542) to carry out the pledges that they have made, and to fulfil
+their respective duties. In 1543 complaint is made that Villalobos
+is infringing the Portuguese demarcation line, and plundering the
+natives, which he denies. An account of his expedition (summarized,
+like the other documents), written by Fray Jerónimo de Santistéban
+to the viceroy Mendoza, relates the sufferings of the Spaniards from
+hardships, famine, and disease. Of the three hundred and seventy men
+who had left New Spain, only one hundred and forty-seven survive to
+reach the Portuguese settlements in India. The writer justifies the
+acts of Villalobos, and asks the viceroy to provide for his orphaned
+children. Another account of this unfortunate enterprise was left
+by García Descalante Alvarado, an officer of Villalobos; it also is
+written to the viceroy of New Spain and is dated at Lisbon, August 1,
+1548. Like Santistéban's, this too is a record of famine and other
+privations, the treachery of the natives, and the hostility of the
+Portuguese. Finally, a truce is made between the Castilians and
+the Portuguese, and part of the former embark (February 18, 1546)
+for the island of Amboina, where many of them perish.
+
+Nearly twenty years elapse before any further attempt of importance is
+made to secure possession of the Philippine Archipelago. In 1564 this
+is begun by the departure from New Spain of an expedition commanded by
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, with which enterprise begins the real history
+of the Philippine Islands. Synopses of many contemporaneous documents
+are here presented, covering the years 1559-68. This undertaking has
+its inception in the commands of Felipe II of Spain (September 24,
+1559) to his viceroy in New Spain (now Luis de Velasco) to undertake
+"the discovery of the western islands toward the Malucos;" but those
+who shall be sent for this are warned to observe the Demarcation
+Line. The king also invites Andrés de Urdaneta, now a friar in Mexico,
+to join the expedition, in which his scientific knowledge, and his
+early experience in the Orient, will be of great value. Velasco thinks
+(May 28, 1560) that the Philippines are on the Portuguese side of the
+Demarcation Line, but he will follow the royal commands as far as he
+safely can. He has already begun preparations for the enterprise, the
+purpose of which he is keeping secret as far as possible. By the same
+mail, Urdaneta writes to the king, acceding to the latter's request
+that he accompany the proposed expedition. He emphasizes the ownership
+of "the Filipina Island" (meaning Mindanao) by the Portuguese, and
+thinks that Spanish ships should not be despatched thither without the
+king's "showing some legitimate or pious reason therefor." Velasco
+makes report (February 9, 1561) of progress in the enterprise;
+the ships have been nearly built and provisioned, and Legazpi has
+been appointed its general. Urdaneta advises (also in 1561) that
+Acapulco be selected for their embarcation, as being more convenient
+and healthful than Navidad. He makes various other suggestions for
+the outfit of the expedition, which show his excellent judgment and
+practical good sense; and asks that various needed articles be sent
+from Spain. He desires that the fleet depart as early as October,
+1562. Legazpi in a letter to the king (May 26, 1563) accepts the
+responsibility placed upon him, and asks for certain favors. Velasco
+explains (February 25 and June 15, 1564) the delays in the fleet's
+departure; he hopes that it will be ready to sail by the following
+September, and describes its condition and equipment. Velasco's death
+(July 31) makes it necessary for the royal _Audiencia_ of Mexico to
+assume the charge of this enterprise. Their instructions to Legazpi
+(September 1, 1564) are given in considerable detail. Especial stress
+is laid on the necessity of discovering a return route from the
+Philippines; and Urdaneta is ordered to return with the ships sent
+back to New Spain for this purpose. By a letter dated September 12,
+the members of the _Audiencia_ inform the king of the instructions
+they have given to Legazpi, and their orders that he should direct
+his course straight to the Philippines, which they regard as belonging
+to Spain rather than Portugal. In this same year, Juan de la Carrión,
+recently appointed admiral of the fleet, writes to the king, dissenting
+(as does the _Audiencia_) from Urdaneta's project for first exploring
+New Guinea, and urging that the expedition ought to sail directly
+to the Philippines. He says that he has been, however, overruled by
+Urdaneta. Legazpi announces to the king (November 18) his approaching
+departure from the port of Navidad; and Urdaneta writes a letter of
+similar tenor two days later. On that date (November 20) they leave
+port; and on the twenty-fifth Legazpi alters their course so as to
+turn it from the southwest directly toward the Philippines. This
+displeases the Augustinian friars on board; but they consent to go
+with the fleet. After various difficulties and mistakes in reckoning,
+they reach the Ladrones (January 22, 1565), finally anchoring at
+Guam. The natives prove to be shameless knaves and robbers, and
+treacherously murder a Spanish boy; in retaliation, their houses
+are burned and three men hanged by the enraged Spaniards. Legazpi
+takes formal possession of the islands for Spain. Proceeding to the
+Philippines, they reach Cebú on February 13, and thence make various
+journeys among the islands. They are suffering from lack of food,
+which they procure in small quantities, and with much difficulty,
+from the natives--often meeting from them, however, armed hostility. A
+Spanish detachment succeeds in capturing a Moro junk, after a desperate
+engagement; its crew are set at liberty, and then become very friendly
+to the strangers, giving them much interesting information about the
+commerce of those regions. Finally the leaders of the expedition decide
+to make a settlement on the island of Cebu. It is captured (April 28)
+by an armed party; they find in one of the houses an image, of Flemish
+workmanship, of the child Jesus, which they regard as a valuable prize,
+and an auspicious omen for their enterprise. The fort is built, and
+a church erected; and a nominal peace is concluded with the natives,
+but their treachery is displayed at every opportunity.
+
+On May 28, 1565, the officials of the Western Islands write a report
+of their proceedings to the _Audiencia_ of New Mexico. They have
+ascertained that the hostility of the natives arises from the cruelty
+and treachery of the Portuguese, who in Bohol perfidiously slew five
+hundred men and carried away six hundred prisoners. The Spaniards ask
+for immediate aid of soldiers and artillery with which to maintain
+their present hold, and to relieve the destitution which threatens
+them. They advise the speedy conquest of the islands, for in no other
+way can trade be carried on, or the Christian religion be propagated.
+
+Another account of the expedition is given by Esteban Rodriguez, pilot
+of the fleet; it contains some interesting additional details. On
+June 1, 1565, the ship "San Pedro" is despatched to New Spain with
+letters to the authorities, which are in charge of the two Augustinian
+friars, Urdaneta and Aguirre. The log of the voyage kept by the pilot
+Espinosa is briefly summarized. When they reach the coast of Lower
+California the master of the vessel and Esteban Rodriguez, the chief
+pilot, perish from disease. The ship reaches Navidad on October 1,
+and Acapulco on the eighth, "after all the crew bad endured great
+hardships." Of the two hundred and ten persons who had sailed on the
+"San Pedro," sixteen died on the voyage, and less than a score were
+able to work when they arrived at Acapulco, all the rest being sick.
+
+The previous record of the expedition is now continued. Legazpi makes
+a treaty with the chiefs of Cebú, who acknowledge the king of Spain
+as their suzerain. Gradually the natives regain their confidence
+in the Spaniards, return to their homes, and freely trade with the
+foreigners. Legazpi now is obliged to contend with drunkenness and
+licentiousness among his followers, but finds that these evils do not
+annoy the natives, among whom the standard of morality is exceedingly
+low. They worship their ancestors and the Devil, whom they invoke
+through their priests (who are usually women). Legazpi administers
+justice to all, protects the natives from wrong, and treats them
+with kindness and liberality. The head chief's niece is baptized, and
+soon afterward marries one of Legazpi's ship-men, a Greek; and other
+natives also are converted. The Spaniards aid the Cebuans against their
+enemies, and thus gain great prestige among all the islands. They
+find the Moros keen traders, and through them obtain abundance of
+provisions; the Moros also induce their countrymen in the northern
+islands to come to Cebú for trade. An attempt to reduce Matan fails,
+except in irritating its people. A dangerous mutiny in the Spanish
+camp is discovered and the ringleaders are hanged. The Spaniards
+experience much difficulty in procuring food, and are continually
+deceived and duped by the natives, "who have no idea of honor," even
+among themselves. Several expeditions are sent out to obtain food,
+and this opportunity is seized by some malcontents to arouse another
+mutiny, which ends as did the former. On October 15, 1566, a ship from
+New Spain arrives at Cebu, sent to aid Legazpi, but its voyage is a
+record of hardships, mutinies, deaths, and other calamities; it arrives
+in so rotten a condition that no smaller vessel could be made from
+it. A number of men die from "eating too much cinnamon." Portuguese
+ships prowl about, to discover what the Spaniards are doing, and the
+infant colony is threatened (July, 1567) with an attack by them.
+
+A petition (probably written in 1566), signed by the Spanish officials
+in the Philippines, asks for more priests there, more soldiers and
+muskets ("so that if the natives will not be converted otherwise,
+they may be compelled to it by force of arms"), rewards for Legazpi,
+exemptions from taxes for all engaged in the expedition, grants
+of land, monopoly of trade, etc. A separate petition, by Legazpi,
+asks the, king for various privileges, dignities, and grants. Still
+other requests are made (probably in 1568) by hit son Melchor, who
+claims that Legazpi had spent all his fortune in the service of Spain,
+without receiving any reward therefor.
+
+Certain documents illustrative of this history of Legazpi's
+enterprise in 1565 are given in full. An interesting document--first
+published (in Latin) at Manila in 1901, but never before, we think,
+in English--is the official warrant of the Augustinian authorities in
+Mexico establishing the first branch of their order in the Philippines
+(1564). It was found among the archives of the Augustinian convent
+at Culhuacan, Mexico; and is communicated to us in an English
+translation made by Rev. T. C. Middleton, of Villanova College. The
+other documents are: the act of taking possession of Çibabao (February
+15); a proclamation that all gold taken from the burial-places of the
+natives must be declared to the authorities (May 16); several letters
+written (May 27 and 29, and June 1) by Legazpi and other officials
+to the king; a letter (May 28) from the officials to the _Audiencia_
+at Mexico, with a list of supplies needed at Cebu. To these is added
+a specially valuable and interesting document--hitherto unpublished,
+we believe--Legazpi's own relation of his voyage to the Philippines,
+and of affairs there up to the departure of the "San Pedro" for
+New Spain. As might be expected, he relates many things not found,
+or not clearly expressed, in the accounts given by his subordinates.
+
+Next is presented (in both original text and English translation)
+a document of especial bibliographical interest--_Copia de vna carta
+venida de Sevilla a Miguel Salvador de Valencia_. It is the earliest
+printed account of Legazpi's expedition, and was published at Barcelona
+in 1566. But one copy of this pamphlet is supposed to be extant; it
+is at present owned in Barcelona. It outlines the main achievements
+of the expedition, but makes extravagant and highly-colored statements
+regarding the islands and their people.
+
+In a group of letters from Legazpi (July, 1567, and June 26, 1568)
+mention is made of various interesting matters connected with the
+early days of the settlement on Cebú Island, and the resources and
+commerce of the archipelago. He asks again that the king will aid his
+faithful subjects who have begun a colony there; no assistance has
+been received since their arrival there, and they are in great need
+of everything. The Portuguese are jealous of any Spanish control in
+the Philippines, and already threaten the infant colony. He sends
+(1568) a considerable amount of cinnamon to Spain, and could send
+much more if he had goods to trade therefor with the natives. Legazpi
+advises that small ships be built at the Philippines, with which to
+prosecute farther explorations and reduce more islands to subjection;
+and that the mines be opened, and worked by slave-labor.
+
+The Spanish settlement on Cebu was regarded with great jealousy by
+the Portuguese established in the Moluccas, and they sent an armed
+expedition (1568) to break it up. As the two nations were at peace,
+the Portuguese commander and Legazpi did not at once engage in war,
+but carried on protracted negotiations--a detailed account of which is
+here presented, from the official notarial records kept by Legazpi's
+chief notary, and transmitted to the home government. Legazpi claims
+that he has come to make new discoveries for his king, to propagate
+the Christian religion, and to ransom Christians held captive by the
+heathen in these regions; and that he had regarded the Philippines as
+being within the jurisdiction of Spain. If he has been mistaken, he
+will depart from the islands at once, if Pereira will provide him with
+two ships. The latter refuses to accept Legazpi's excuses, and makes
+vigorous complaints against the encroachments of the Spaniards. Pereira
+summons all the Spaniards to depart from the islands, promising to
+transport them to India, and offering them all aid and kindness, if
+they will accede to this demand; but Legazpi declines these proposals,
+and adroitly fences with the Portuguese commander. These documents
+are of great interest, as showing the legal and diplomatic formalities
+current in international difficulties of this sort.
+
+_The Editors_
+
+
+
+
+
+Documents of 1525-1528
+
+
+    _Expedition of García de Loáisa_
+    1525-26
+    _Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra_
+    1527-28
+
+        [Résumé of contemporaneous documents, 1522-37]
+
+
+
+Translated and synopsized by James A. Robertson, from Navarrete's
+_Col. de viages_, tomo v, appendix, pp. 193-486.
+
+
+
+Expedition of García de Loaisa
+1525-26
+
+
+[These documents are all contained in Navarrete's _Col. de viages_,
+tomo v, being part of the appendix of that volume (pp. 193-439). They
+are here summarized in even briefer form than were the documents
+concerning the voyage of Magalhães, indicating sources rather than
+attempting a full presentation of the subject. Navarrete precedes
+these documents with an account of Loaisa's voyage covering one
+hundred and ninety pages--compiled, as was his account of Magalhães,
+from early authors and the documents in the appendix.]
+
+A memorandum without date or signature [2] describes to the king
+the advantages that would arise from establishing the India House of
+Trade at Corunna rather than at Seville: the harbor of Corunna is more
+commodious; it is nearer the resorts of trade for the northern nations;
+much trade now going to Portugal will come to Corunna; larger ships can
+be used and better cargoes carried; it is nearer to sources of supply,
+and expeditions can be fitted out better from this place; and it will
+be impossible for the captains or others to take forbidden merchandise,
+or to land articles on the return voyage--as they could do at Seville,
+because of having to navigate on the river. (No. i, pp. 193-195.)
+
+1522. The king and queen, after the return of the "Victoria" issue
+a document with thirty-three concessions to natives of their kingdom
+who should advance sums of money, etc., for fitting out expeditions
+for the spice regions; these privileges are to cover the first five
+expeditions fitting out. The interests and rights of the sovereigns
+and of the contributors are clearly defined. These fleets are to trade
+in the Moluccas, or in any other lands and islands discovered within
+Castile's demarcation. The House of Trade for the spice regions is
+to be established at Corunna. (No. ii, pp. 196-207.)
+
+Madrid, April 5, 1525. Fray García Jofre de Loaisa, a commander of
+the order of St. John, [3] is appointed captain-general of the fleet
+now fitting out at Corunna for the Moluccas, and governor of those
+islands. His powers are outlined, being such as were usually given
+in such expeditions. As annual salary he is to have, during the
+voyage, "two thousand nine hundred and twenty ducats, which amount
+to one million, ninety-four thousand five hundred maravedis." He
+is to have certain privileges of trade, being allowed to carry
+merchandise. Rodrigo de Acuña is appointed captain of the fourth ship,
+with a salary of three hundred and seventy-five thousand maravedís. He
+may invest fifty thousand maravedís in the fleet, such sum being
+advanced from his salary. The accountant for the fleet, Diego Ortiz de
+Orue, is instructed to fulfil the duties incident to his office (these
+are named), and to keep full accounts. Instructions are issued also
+to the treasurer, Hernando de Bustamante, who is ordered "to obey our
+captain and the captain of your ship, and try to act in harmony with
+our officials, and shun all manner of controversy and discord." He must
+discuss with the captains and officials questions pertaining to his
+duty, for the better fulfilment thereof. (Nos. iii-vi, pp. 207-218.)
+
+Toledo, May 13, 1525. The crown reserves the right to appoint persons
+to take the place of any officials dying during the expedition. In
+case Loaisa should die, his office as governor of the Moluccas is to
+be filled in the following order: Pedro de Vera, Rodrigo de Acuña,
+Jorge Manrique, Francisco de Hoces. His office as captain-general falls
+first to Juan Sebastian del Cano; then to those above named. Further,
+the chief treasurer, factor, and accountant are next in succession; and
+after them a captain-general and other officers shall be elected by the
+remaining captains, treasurers, factors, and accountants. Instructions
+are given to Diego de Covarrubias as to his duties as factor-general
+of the Moluccas. He is to exercise great care in all matters connected
+with trade, selling at as high rates as possible. (Nos. vii, viii,
+pp. 218-222.)
+
+A relation by Juan de Areizaga [4] gives the leading events of
+Loaisa's voyage until the Strait of Magellan is passed. The fleet
+leaves Corunna July 24, 1525, and finishes the passage of the strait
+May 26, 1526. On the voyage three ships are lost, the "San Gabriel,"
+"Nunciado," and "Santi Spiritus." The "Santiago" puts in "at the coast
+discovered and colonized by. . . Cortés at the shoulders of New Spain,"
+to reprovision. Loaisa is thus left with only three vessels. (No. ix,
+pp. 223-225.)
+
+The deposition of Francisco Dávila--given (June 4, 1527) under oath
+before the officials at Corunna, in order to be sent to the king--and
+several letters by Rodrigo de Acuña, dated June 15, 1527, and April
+30, 1528, give the interesting adventures of the ship "San Gabriel"
+and its captain after its separation from Loaisa's fleet. The vessel
+after various wanderings in the almost unknown seas near South American
+coasts, and exciting adventures with French vessels on the coast of
+Brazil, finally reaches Bayona May 28, 1527, in a wretched condition
+and very short of provisions. She carried "twenty-seven persons and
+twenty-two Indians," and is without her proper captain Acuña, who had
+been left in the hands of the French. Abandoned by the latter on the
+Brazilian coast, he was rescued by a Portuguese vessel and carried
+to Pernambuco "a trading agency of the King of Portugal," where he
+was detained as prisoner for over eighteen months. In his letter to
+the King of Portugal, Acuña upbraids him for treatment worse than the
+Moors might user "but," he adds, "what can we expect when even the sons
+of Portuguese are abandoned here to the fare of the savages? There are
+more than three hundred Christians, the sons of Christians, abandoned
+in this land, who would be more certain of being saved in Turkey than
+here.... There is no justice here. Let your majesty take me from this
+land, and keep me where I may have the justice I merit." Late in the
+year 1528, Acuña is ordered to Portugal, as is learned from another
+document, dated November 2 of that year. Before leaving Pernambuco he
+desires that a testimony of everything that has happened since his
+departure from Spain until his arrival at Pernambuco be taken down
+by the notary-public, this testimony being taken from the men who had
+come with him, "and the Frenchmen who were present at my undoing, and
+others who heard it from persons who were in the ships of the French
+who destroyed me." Acuña desires this in case any accident befall him
+while on the way to Portugal, and "that the emperor may be informed of
+the truth, and that I may give account of myself." This testimony is
+much the same as that contained in the other documents. (Nos. xxiii,
+pp. 225-241; and no, xv, pp. 313-323.)
+
+June 11, 1528. Hernando de la Torre, captain-general and governor
+in the Moluccas, sends the king a log of the fleet up to June 1,
+1526, followed by the adventures of the flagship, "Sancta Maria de
+la Victoria," after its separation from the rest of the fleet, with a
+description of the lands and seas in its course. The log was made by
+the pilot of the "Victoria," Martin de Uriarte. De la Torre prefaces
+these accounts with a letter in which he asks for aid, "of which we are
+in sore need." He says "all the captains of the ships, caravels, and
+the tender, seven in number; the treasurer, accountants, and officials,
+both general and private, ... are dead or lost, until now only the
+treasurer of one of the ships is left" and he [de la Torre] has been
+elected captain, "not because they found in me any good qualifications
+for the office, but only a willing spirit." He gives account to the
+king "of all that has happened, as I am obliged to do, and because
+of my office it is more fitting for me than any other to do so." Some
+notable events mentioned in the log are: the entrance into the Santa
+Cruz River on January 18, 1526; their arrival on the twenty-fourth at
+the cape of Las Virgines, near which Juan Sebastian del Cano's ship
+founders in a storm; and the passage of the strait, beginning March 29,
+by three ships and the tender, the last-named being lost on Easter
+Day. A detailed description of the strait follows. On September 4,
+"we saw land, and it was one of the islands of the Ladrones which the
+other expedition had discovered," where they find a Spaniard who had
+fled from the ship of the former expedition. On September 10 they
+depart from this island for the Moluccas. October 8 they land at
+an island where the friendly advances of the natives are checked by
+a native from Malacca, who declares that the Castilians would kill
+all the inhabitants. On the tenth, "the eleven slaves we had seized
+in the island of the Ladrones fled in the same canoe that we had
+seized with them." On the twenty-first they anchor at "Terrenate,
+one of the Malucos, and the most northern of them." November 4,
+they have news that the Portuguese are fortified in other islands
+of the archipelago. Negotiations with the Portuguese are detailed at
+some length. "The islands having cloves are these: Terrenate, Tidori,
+Motil, Maquian, Bachan." A description of these islands follows, and
+then the pilot adds, "All these islands of Maluco and those near by
+are ... mountainous." March 30, 1528 a Castilian vessel anchors at
+Tidore, one of three sent by Cortes [5] to seek news of Loaisa. The
+two others had been blown from their course five or six days before
+reaching the Ladrones. This ship, under command of Captain Saavedra
+Ceron, had ransomed three men of the caravel "Santa Maria del Parral,"
+one of Loaisa's ships, on an island to the north of Tidore. These men
+declare that their ship had been captured by the natives, the captain
+and most of the crew killed, and the remainder made prisoners. The
+accusation is made that these three men, in company with others, had
+themselves killed their captain. The document closes with various
+observations as to recent events, and states various needs of the
+Spaniards. The governor praises Saavedra, declaring that because of
+his diligence he is worthy of great rewards. (No. xiv, pp. 241-313.)
+
+Letters and documents follow which give details of the voyage of
+Loaisa, and events in the Moluccas until the year 1535. From a letter
+written (May 3, 1529) by Hernando de Bustamante and Diego de Salivas
+it is learned that Jorge Manrique, captain of the "Santa Maria del
+Parral," had been killed by his own men; and that sixty-one of those
+sailing in the fleet died a natural death, nine were drowned when the
+"Santi Spiritus" was wrecked, nine were killed by the Portuguese,
+and four were hanged. A writ handed to the king from the Council of
+the Indies says that German factors denied the report of the death
+of Loaisa; and it is advised that one or two caravels be sent from
+New Spain--from Colima, or Guatemala, or Nicaragua--to find out the
+truth of this report.
+
+A letter from Hernando de la Torre states that "Juan Sebastian del
+Cano, who was captain of the ship wrecked in the strait," became
+captain-general at Loaisa's death and "died a few days afterwards;"
+and that of the one hundred and twenty-three men of the "Victoria,"
+and twenty-five others who came with Saavedra, only twenty-five men
+were left. In an investigation concerning matters connected with
+Loaisa's expedition, Juan de Mazuecos declares (September 7, 1534)
+that Loaisa had died of sickness, four hundred leagues from the Strait
+of Magellan; and that all who ate at his table had died within the
+space of forty days. Like depositions concerning this expedition are
+taken from several others, among them being Fray Andres Urdaneta. A
+document made up from the above investigations says that Loaisa's
+death was in the last of July, 1526, and that the Ladrones number
+in all thirteen islands, "in which there are no flocks, fowls, or
+animals." (Nos. xvi-xxv, pp. 323-400. These documents are much alike.)
+
+The noted Augustinian Urdaneta [6] wrote an account of this disastrous
+enterprise, and of subsequent events, covering the years 1525-1535;
+this relation is the best and most succinct of all the early documents
+regarding Loaisa's expedition. It bears date, Valladolid, February 26,
+1537; and the original is preserved, as are the majority of the Loaisa
+documents, in the Archivo general dé Indias in Seville. Urdaneta,
+as befits an actor in the events, uses the first person, and gives a
+very readable and interesting account of the expedition. He describes a
+Patagonian thus: "He was huge of body, and ugly. He was clad in a zebra
+skin, and on his head he bore a plume made of ostrich feathers; [7] he
+carried a bow, and on his feet had fastened some bits of leather." He
+describes, briefly and graphically, the storms that scattered the
+ships and caused the foundering of the "Santi Spiritus." Shortly after
+entering the strait, "a pot of pitch took fire on the commander's
+ship, and the ship began to burn, and little was lacking that we did
+not burn in it, but by God's help, and the great care exercised,
+we put out the fire." "We left the strait in the month of May,
+five hundred and twenty-six [_sic_] [8]--the commander's ship,
+two caravels, and the tender. A few days afterward we had a very
+great storm, by the violence of which we were separated from one
+another, and we never saw each other again.... In these adversities
+died the accountant Tejada and the pilot Rodrigo Bermejo. On the
+thirtieth of July died the captain-general Fray Garcia de Loaisa,
+and by a secret provision of his majesty, Juan Sebastian del Cano
+was sworn in as captain-general ... On the fourth of August ... died
+Juan Sebastian del Cano, and the nephew of the commander Loaisa,
+[9] who was accountant-general." When they reached the Ladrones "we
+found here a Galician  ... who was left behind in this island with
+two companions from the ship of Espinosa; and, the other two dying,
+he was left alive.... The Indians of these islands go about naked,
+wearing no garments. They are well built men; they wear their hair
+long, and their beards full. They possess no iron tools, performing
+their work with stones. They have no other weapons than spears--some
+with points hardened with fire, and some having heads made from the
+shin bones of dead men, and from fish-bones. In these islands we took
+eleven Indians to work the pump, because of the great number of sick
+men in the ship." The trouble with the Portuguese in the Moluccas
+is well narrated. Of the people of Java, Urdaneta says: "The people
+of this island are very warlike and gluttonous. They possess much
+bronze artillery, which they themselves cast. They have guns too,
+as well as lances like ours, and well made." Others of their weapons
+are named. Further details of negotiations with the Portuguese are
+narrated, as well as various incidents of Urdaneta's homeward trip in
+a Portuguese vessel by way of the Cape of Good Hope. He disembarks at
+Lisbon on June 6, 1636, where certain papers and other articles are
+taken from him. The relation closes with information regarding various
+islands, and the advantages of trading in that region. He mentions
+among the islands some of the Philippines: "Northwest of Maluco lies
+Bendenao [Mindanao]...in this island there is cinnamon, much gold,
+and an extensive pearl-fishery. We were informed that two junks come
+from China every year to this island for the purpose of trade. North
+of Bendenao is Cebú, and according to the natives it also contains
+gold, for which the Chinese come to trade each year." (No. xxvi,
+pp. 401-439.)
+
+
+
+Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra
+1527-28
+
+
+[These documents are printed in the latter part of the appendix to
+volume v of Navarrete's _Col. de viages_; and although the voyage
+of Saavedra is connected so intimately with that of Loaisa, it
+is thought better to present it separately therefrom, as a whole,
+inasmuch as this was the first expedition fitted out in the New World
+for the islands in the far East. It is evident thus early that the
+vantage point of New Spain's position as regards these islands was
+clearly recognized. The letter from Cortés to the king of Cebú is
+given entire, as being somewhat more closely within the scope of this
+work than are the other documents.]
+
+Granada, June 20, 1526. By a royal decree Cortés is ordered to despatch
+vessels from New Spain to ascertain what has become of the "Trinidad"
+[10] and her crew that was left in the Moluccas; to discover news of
+the expedition of Loaisa, as well as that under command of Sebastian
+Cabot which had sailed also to the same region. [11] He is advised to
+provide articles for trade and ransom, and to secure for the expedition
+the most experienced men whom he can find--it is especially desirable
+that the pilot should be such. The king has written to Ponce de Leon
+and other officials to furnish all the help necessary. (No. xxvii,
+pp. 440-441.)
+
+May, 1527. Following the custom of the king in fitting out expeditions,
+Cortés issues instructions to the various officers of the fleet. Alvaro
+de Saavedra, a cousin to Cortés, is appointed to the double office
+of inspector-general and captain-general of the fleet. Two sets of
+instructions are given him, in each of which appears the following:
+"Because as you know you are going to look for the captains Frey
+Garcia de Loaisa and Sebastian Caboto, and if it is our Lord's will,
+it might happen that they have no ships; and if they have a supply
+of spices, you shall observe the following, in order that it may be
+carried on these ships. You shall note what they give, and to whom it
+is delivered, and you shall have the said captains and the officials
+they took with them sign this entry in your book." The first matter
+is to look for the above-mentioned captains. If they have discovered
+any new lands he must make careful note of that fact, and of their
+location and products. He is to go to Cebú to ascertain whether the
+pilot Serrano [12] and others made captives there are still alive,
+and, if so, to ransom them. He is to use all diligence in seeking
+information as to all men of Magalhães's expedition who were left in
+those regions. Antonio Guiral is appointed accountant of the fleet; and
+the same general injunction contained in the other two instructions
+is also specified in his. Cortés writes in an apologetic vein to
+those of Cabot's fleet, asking them to inform him fully of events
+"in order that he may serve his majesty." He writes also to Cabot
+himself informing him of the purpose of Saavedra's expedition, adding,
+"because, as his Catholic majesty considers the affairs of that spice
+region of so much importance, he has a very special care to provide
+everything necessary for it." He mentions the arrival in New Spain of
+the tender that had accompanied Loaisa and become separated from him
+shortly after leaving the strait. [13] He assures Cabot that Saavedra
+goes simply to look for him and the others and will be subservient to
+him in all that he may order. A letter is written also to the king
+of the land or island at which Saavedra should anchor assuring him
+of only good intentions, and asking friendship and trade. Another
+letter to the king of Tidore thanks him in the name of the emperor
+for his good reception of Magalhães's men who remained in that
+island. (Nos. xxix-xxxiii, pp. 443-461; No. xxxv, pp. 463, 464.)
+
+_Letter from Hernán Cortés to the King of Cebú_ To you the honored and
+excellent King of Cebú, in the Maluco region: I, Don Hernando Cortés,
+Captain-general and governor of this New Spain for the very exalted and
+most powerful Emperor, Cæsar Augustus, King of the Spains, our Lord,
+send you friendly greeting, as one whom I love and esteem, and to
+whom I wish every blessing and good because of the good news I have
+heard concerning yourself and your land, and for the kind reception
+and treatment that you have given to the Spaniards who have anchored
+in your country.
+
+You will already have heard, from the account of the Spaniards whom
+you have in your power--certain people sent to those districts by the
+great emperor and monarch of the Christians about seven or eight years
+ago--of his great power, magnificence, and excellency. Therefore, and
+because you may inform yourself of what you most wish to know, through
+the captain and people, whom I send now in his powerful name, it is
+not needful to write at great length. But it is expedient that you
+should know, that this so powerful prince, desiring to have knowledge
+of the manner and trade of those districts, sent thither one of his
+captains named Hernando de Magallanes with five ships. Of these ships
+but one, owing to the said captain's lack of caution and foresight,
+returned to his kingdoms; from its people his majesty learned the
+reason for the destruction and loss of the rest. Now although he was
+sorely afflicted at all this, he grieved most at having a captain who
+departed from the royal commands and instructions that he carried,
+especially in his having stirred up war or discord with you and
+yours. For his majesty sent him with the single desire to regard you
+all as his very true friends and servants, and to extend to you every
+manner of kindness as regards your honor and your persons. For this
+disobedience the Lord and possessor of all things permitted that he
+should suffer retribution for his want of reverence, dying as he did
+in the evil pretension which he attempted to sustain, contrary to
+his prince's will. And God did him not a little good in allowing him
+to die as he did there; for had he returned alive, the pay for his
+negligence had not been so light. And, in order that you and all the
+other kings and seigniors of those districts might have knowledge of
+his majesty's wishes, and know how greatly he has grieved over this
+captain's conduct, some two years ago he sent two other captains with
+people to those districts to give you satisfaction for it. And he gave
+orders to me--who, in his powerful name, reside in these his lands,
+which lie very near yours--that I too despatch other messengers for
+this purpose, in order that he might have greater assurance, and that
+you might hold more certain his embassy, ordering and charging me
+especially that I do it with much diligence and brevity. Therefore
+I am sending three ships with crews, who will give the very full and
+true reason of all this; and you may be able to receive satisfaction,
+and regard as more certain all that I shall say to you, for I thus
+affirm and certify it in the name of this great and powerful lord. And
+since we are so near neighbors, and can communicate with each other in
+a few days, I shall be much honored, if you will inform me of all the
+things of which you wish to be advised, for I know all this will be
+greatly to his majesty's service. And over and above his good will,
+I shall be most gratified thereat and shall write you my thanks;
+and the emperor our lord will be much pleased if you will deliver
+to this captain any of the Spaniards who are still alive in your
+prison. If you wish a ransom for it, he shall give it you at your
+pleasure and to your satisfaction; and in addition you will receive
+favors from his majesty, and reciprocal favors from me, since, if you
+wish it so, we shall have for many days much intercourse and friendship
+together. May twenty-eight, one thousand five hundred and twenty-seven.
+
+_Hernando Cortes_.
+
+(No. xxxiv, pp. 461-462.)
+
+A relation of the voyage was written by Saavedra and set down in the
+book of the secretary of the fleet. The two ships and one brig set
+sail in October, 1527, from the port of "Zaguatenejo, which is in
+New Spain, in the province of Zacatala," on the western coast. When
+out but a short distance his surgeon dies and is buried at sea. Soon
+after this one of the ships begins to take water, and so rapidly
+that it is necessary to bring men from the other vessels to keep her
+afloat. On December 29 the Ladrones are sighted; and soon afterward
+they anchor at an island (not of this group), whose inhabitants show
+previous contact with Castilians by crying as a signal "Castilla,
+Castilla!" He relates the finding of one of the three men at the island
+of Vizaya. This man relates that after a year's captivity his master
+had taken him to Cebú, where he learned from the natives that they had
+sold to the Chinese the eight companions of Magalhães who were left
+on that island. The natives of Cebú "are idolaters, who at certain
+times sacrifice human beings to their god, whom they call Amito,
+and offer him to eat and to drink. They dwell near the coast and they
+often voyage upon the sea in their canoes, going to many islands for
+plunder and trade. They are like the Arabs, changing their towns from
+one place to another. There are many fine hogs in this island, and
+it has gold. They say that people from China come hither, and that
+they trade among these islands." Another relation of this voyage
+was presented by Vicente de Nápoles in 1634, in an investigation
+at Madrid. Early in the voyage the ships become separated, and
+Saavedra's vessel never again sees its companions. [14] He tells of
+seeing "an island which is called Mondaña, and which the Portuguese
+call Mindanao." The finding of the three Castilians is narrated,
+also the meeting with the survivors of Loaisa's expedition; their
+negotiations with the Portuguese; and their final return to Europe
+in a Portuguese vessel are recounted. [15] (No. xxxvii, pp. 476-486.)
+
+
+
+Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos--1541-46
+
+
+[Résumé of contemporaneous documents, 1541-48.]
+
+
+Translated and synopsized, by James A. Robertson, from
+_Col. doc. inéd.,_ as follows: _Ultramar_, ii, part i, pp. 1-94;
+_Amér. y Oceania,_ pp. 117-209, and xiv, pp. 151-165.
+
+
+
+The Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos--1541-46
+
+
+[The expedition of Villalobos, [16] although productive of slight
+immediate result, paved the way for the later and permanent
+expedition and occupation by Legazpi. For this reason--and, still
+more, because this was the first expedition to the Western Islands (in
+contradistinction from the Moluccas), which included the Philippine
+group, and because these latter islands received from Villalobos
+the name by which history was to know them,--these documents, which
+for lack of space cannot be here fully presented, deserve a fuller
+synopsis than do those pertaining to the preceding expeditions of
+Magalhães, Loaisa, and Saavedra. The documents thus abstracted are to
+be found in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ ii, part 1, pp. 1-94; and in
+_Col. doc. inéd. Amér. y Oceanía,_ v, pp. 117-209, xiv, pp. 151-165.]
+
+Jalisco, March 28, 1541. The _adelantado_ of Guatemala, Pedro de
+Alvarado, [17] writes the king, Felipe II, regarding his contract
+with the viceroy of New Spain, Antonio de Mendoza [18] for expeditions
+of discovery along the coast and among the Western Islands. Alvarado
+with eleven vessels has called at one of the ports of New Spain, "to
+excuse the differences and scandals that were expected between Don
+Antonio de Mendoza ... and myself, in regard to the said discovery,
+because of his having sent Francisco Vasquez to the said provinces [of
+the West] with a fleet." They have agreed to make their discoveries,
+both by land and sea, in partnership "in the limits and demarcation,
+contained in the agreement that was made with me, considering it as
+certain that, because of the many ships and people, and the great
+supply of provisions at our command, we shall know and discover
+everything that is to be seen in those regions, and bring it to the
+knowledge of God our Lord, and to the dominion of your majesty." It
+is determined to divide the fleet into two parts, "one to go to the
+Western Islands, which should make a hurried trip among them, noting
+their products; and the other should coast along Tierra-firme." Three
+large ships and a galley, with a crew of three hundred skilled men
+under command of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos, "a man of great experience
+in matters of the sea," are destined for the voyage to the Western
+Islands. This fleet is to set out within three months to prosecute
+its discovery, "for all this time has been and is necessary to repair
+the vessels." Alvarado tells the king "that all this has been at great
+labor and expense; and not only our own possessions, but those of many
+of our friends are risked in it--and I especially ... as I came from
+those kingdoms impoverished and in debt to so great an extent, have
+remained in so great necessity that, if your majesty do not help me
+with some gift and gratification, as has ever been your custom toward
+those who serve you, I can not maintain myself." By the agreement made
+with the king, no covenant for explorations and discovery was to be
+made with any other person for seven years. Alvarado has heard that
+"the Marquis del Valle [19] persists in begging ... this conquest,
+and wishes to despatch people to undertake it," and the king is asked
+to grant no license for this. The _adelantado_ had determined to go
+upon this expedition in person, but has been dissuaded from it by
+his friends. Antonio de Almaguer has been received as an official
+of the fleet in place of the previous appointee, who is dead, by
+virtue of a royal decree permitting Almaguer's appointment to any
+office that he might desire, in case of the death or absence of the
+previous appointee. The latter had given the necessary pledges which
+have been sent to the India House of Trade at Seville. The king is
+asked to confirm this appointment. (No. i, pp. 1-7.)
+
+Talavera, July 26, 1541. The contract made by the king with Alvarado in
+1538 and 1539, and with Mendoza in 1541, provided for the discovery,
+conquest, and colonization of the islands and provinces of the
+southern sea toward the west. Alvarado had offered to undertake this
+expedition within fifteen months after arriving in Guatemala, sending
+westward two galleons and one ship, sufficiently provisioned for two
+years, with full crew and equipment, and the necessary artillery;
+and other vessels for discovery about the American coasts. If lands
+and islands shall be discovered, he promises to send thither, for
+their colonization, "ten additional ships, eight hundred soldiers,
+and three hundred of them cavalry, should the nature of the land
+be such that horsemen are necessary for it." He is also to send
+"ecclesiastics and religious for the instruction and Christian training
+of the natives of those regions." All this is to be at Alvarado's
+expense, without the king being obliged to recompense him for any
+outlay, except by the privileges granted him. "Likewise you offer,
+that after the discovery ... you shall keep masters, carpenters,
+and other workmen, as many as thirty, in a shipyard that you own in
+the said province of Guatemala, in order that what shall have been
+discovered, may be aided and preserved more easily." Also he is to
+employ as many men as may be necessary in building vessels for the
+space of ten years. He is to be governor of Guatemala for seven years,
+"and as many more as we choose; unless, the _residencia_ being taken
+from you now at our order by ... our auditor of the royal _Audiencia_
+and chancellery of New Spain should show crimes for which you should
+be deprived of your trust although you shall be obliged to render an
+account whenever I order it" Four per cent of all profits of the fifth
+part of "all gold, silver, precious stones, pearls, drugs, spices,
+and of all other metals and things found and produced in the said
+lands, and of which the rights pertain to us," and four per cent of
+all tributes, are assigned forever to Alvarado (provided that such sum
+does not exceed six thousand ducats each year), and are divided in due
+ratio between the provinces discovered. This is clear of all rights or
+taxes. In answer to Alvarado's request for a tenth of all lands and
+vassals discovered,--selected as he may see fit, and accompanied by
+the title of duke, with the dominion and jurisdiction of the grandees
+of Castile,--the king grants him four per cent _pro rata_ in each
+part, and the title of count, "with the dominion and jurisdiction
+that we shall decree, at the time when we shall order the said title
+bestowed. This shall be granted after the said discovery, and after
+you shall have signified what part you have selected, provided that we
+shall not have to give you your said part from the best or the worst
+of the said islands and provinces, or the chief city of a province,
+or a seaport." Other privileges are: the life-title of governor and
+captain-general of all places discovered, with an annual salary of
+three thousand ducats, plus one thousand ducats over and above this
+sum, to be paid from the incomes and profits accruing to the king from
+these discoveries, but these shall not be paid unless the incomes and
+profits reach that figure; his heir shall be governor of two hundred
+leagues of land, with the same salary and gratification, and under
+the same condition Stone forts may be built, at his own expense,
+in such places as he may select, which he and two generations of
+his heirs shall hold, with an annual salary and gratification of
+one hundred and fifty thousand maravedis for each one of the forts,
+to be paid under the same conditions as the foregoing. He shall have
+the perpetual office of high constable in all lands discovered and
+conquered. No similar agreement shall be made with others for seven
+years, if he fulfil his promises. Provision will be made later as to
+the natives of the lands discovered. Men and goods may pass freely from
+Puerto de Caballos (conquered by Alvarado) to Guatemala, and orders
+are to be given by the king that the governor of Honduras shall place
+no obstacles in the way of such passage; and meanwhile Alvarado's
+claims to the above port are to be investigated. The governor of
+Honduras will be required to furnish Indians as porters, for whose
+services the current price must be paid, as well as for all carts
+and other equipment used, but as much as possible must be carried
+by waterways. One hundred and fifty negro slaves may be taken from
+"these our kingdoms, or from the kingdom of Portugal for the said
+fleet or for the preparation of the said fleet, free of all taxes;"
+but the _adelantado_ must send an account to Spain, signed by the
+officials of Guatemala, that such disposition of them has been made;
+if not so employed, then the sum of six thousand maravedis is to be
+paid for the rights of each slave. More slaves may be taken after
+the discoveries have been made. The governors of all ports, etc.,
+are to be commanded to accord good treatment to the fleet, should
+it anchor at their respective ports. For ten years all goods taken
+to the newly-discovered lands shall be free from all taxes. For
+the same length of time the colonists shall not pay the tenth to
+the king, but after the tenth year, they shall pay one-ninth, and
+so on each year until they shall pay one-fifth; but for trade and
+booty the fifth shall be paid from the beginning. There is to be no
+duty on goods taken "from these our kingdoms to the said province
+of Guatemala for the preparation of the said fleet" for the first
+voyage. All personal property that Alvarado takes to the islands
+or provinces discovered is to be during his life free from duty,
+provided it shall not exceed in any year the sum of three thousand
+ducats. Those going on the expedition who take horses, may take
+two Indian slaves apiece. Land is to be assigned to the colonists,
+of which they are to have perpetual ownership after a four years'
+residence. [20] _Encomiendas_ of the Indians may be assigned "for such
+time as you wish, under the instructions and ordinances given you." The
+treaties with the Portuguese crown in regard to the demarcation and
+the Moluccas must be strictly obeyed. [21] The agreement with Mendoza,
+viceroy of New Spain, that he shall have a one-third interest in the
+fleet is confirmed. No excise duty is to be levied "for ten years,
+and until we order to the contrary." A hospital is provided for by
+one hundred thousand maravedís taken from fines. The hospital also
+is to receive the rights of _escobilla_ [22] and the sweepings in
+the founding of metals. Lawyers and attorneys are prohibited from
+engaging in their callings in the lands and islands discovered. The
+royal officials appointed by the king are to be taken in the fleet, as
+well as ecclesiastics "for the instruction of the natives of the said
+islands and provinces to our holy Catholic faith." For the latter,
+Alvarado is to pay the "freight, provisions, and other necessary
+supplies fitting to their persons, all at your own cost." Ransoms
+for captured native princes or seigniors pertain to the king, but,
+on account of the labors and expenses of the undertaking, one-sixth
+shall be given to the king and the remainder shall be distributed
+among the conquerors, first subtracting the king's fifth; but of the
+booty falling into the hands of the conquerors after the death of a
+prince or chief killed in battle, or obtained by justice or otherwise,
+one-half shall be the king's, and shall be delivered to his officials,
+first withdrawing his fifth. In case of doubt regarding the collection
+of the king's rights in any treasure, "especially of gold, silver,
+precious stones, and pearls, and that found in graves or other places
+where it shall have been hidden," and in other goods, the following
+order is to be observed: one-fifth of everything taken in battle, or
+taken from villages, or for ransoms shall be paid the king; he shall
+receive one-half of all treasure found in graves or places of worship,
+or buried, and the person finding the treasure shall have the other
+half; but any person not announcing his find shall lose "all the
+gold, silver, precious stones, and pearls, and in addition one-half
+of his other possessions." The strict observance of the contract is
+ordered. This contract was first made in 1638; in 1639, a section
+was inserted confirming the partnership of Alvarado and Mendoza,
+in which the latter was to receive one-third of all profit; in 1541,
+in accordance with the new agreement between the two men, a clause
+was added to this contract, giving equal rights to each. (No. ii,
+pp. 7-26.)
+
+Mexico, September, 1542. On the fifteenth of this month Mendoza
+commissions Gonzalo Davalos as his treasurer on the expedition, Guido
+de La Bezaris [23] as his accountant, and Martin de Islares as his
+factor. The treasurer is to receive an annual salary of seventy-five
+thousand maravedis, "to be paid from the profits that shall pertain
+to me in those lands, it being understood that if this amount is not
+reached, I am not obliged to pay it from any other source." The usual
+duties of treasurer are to be observed by him. On the eighteenth of the
+month very full instructions are given to Villalobos by Mendoza. The
+principal injunctions of these instructions follow: he will report
+at Puerto de la Navidad, where the vessels for the expedition have
+been prepared; these will be delivered to him by Mendoza's agent,
+who shall make a full declaration of everything in the equipment
+of the vessels "except the merchandise and articles of barter,
+the slaves, the forge ... because they must be under the charge of
+the treasurer and officials whom I am sending in the fleet for that
+purpose; and other things I specify in their instructions, and in
+those of Juan de Villareal [his agent] in regard to it." He shall
+sign this declaration in the records of the notary and in the books
+of the accountant and treasurer. All the "artillery, ammunition,
+war supplies, and weapons, shall be given into the charge of the
+captain of artillery, and all the vessels of the fleet into the charge
+of the commander of the fleet, together with all their equipment,
+tackle and rigging, and provisions." In each ship, a pilot, master,
+boatswain, and notary shall be appointed. Each ship shall be put in
+charge of its master, and the notary for that ship shall take full
+notes of everything transferred to the former's keeping. The master
+shall also have care of the artillery of his vessel, such charge
+being imposed by the captain of artillery. For greater security
+the merchandise and articles for traffic, and the officials having
+them in charge, are to be apportioned among the vessels. An account
+must be taken in each vessel of its captain and crew (both sailors
+and soldiers), giving for each man his father's name and his place
+of birth. Villalobos is to have special watch over the treasurer,
+accountant, and factor. The men of the ships are to be divided into
+watches, no one being excused "except for legitimate cause." "And when
+you are ready to sail, you shall make full homage, . . . according
+to Spanish custom, that you will exercise well and faithfully the
+said office of lieutenant-governor and captain-general, . . . and
+that you will deliver to me, and to no one else, the discoveries and
+profits pertaining to me, according as his majesty orders in his royal
+provision, and that neither directly nor indirectly will you exercise
+any deceit or wrong in anything." The officers and all others shall
+take oath to obey him as captain-general, "and that there will be
+no mutinies or rebellions." The officials appointed by the king to
+guard his interests are to be received, and the best of treatment
+shall be accorded them. When a settlement has been made one or two
+vessels shall be sent back, sufficiently equipped, with news of such
+settlement, and of all he has accomplished. "Likewise you shall send
+me specimens of all the products of the land that you can secure,
+... of the manner of dressing [of the inhabitants], and their mode
+of life, what is their religion or sect, the character of their life
+and government, their method of warfare with their neighbors; and if
+they have received you peaceably, if you have made a treaty of peace
+with them, or your status among them." The spread of religion is to be
+sought especially. To this end "you shall try to ensure that those in
+your charge live as good Catholics and Christians, that the names of
+our Lord and his most blessed Mother, as well as those of his saints,
+be revered and adored, and not blasphemed; and you shall see to it
+strictly that blasphemies and public sins be punished." All letters
+sent in the ships returning must be assured safe delivery. Mendoza is
+to be first informed of all news brought by the ships. In these ships
+shall be sent also both Mendoza's and the king's profits, as well as
+those of the individuals of the fleet, provided the latter shall not
+prevent the sending of either his or the king's. In affairs of moment
+Villalobos must consult freely with many people of the fleet, among
+whom are named "father prior Fray Gerónimo, Fray [blank in manuscript],
+[24] who was prior of Totonilco, Jorge Nieto, the inspector Arevalo,
+Gaspar Xuarez Davila, Francisco Merino, Matias de Alvarado, Bernardo de
+la Torre, and Estrada." If Villalobos should determine to return with
+all the fleet, those wishing to remain shall do so, and he shall leave
+them a captain and sufficient stores. Persons are to be appointed to
+look after the property and belongings of the dead, and to see that
+no fraud is exercised, in order that his heirs may be secured. Entry
+must be made, in the method in vogue in Spain, of all things sent
+back in the ships. All settlements must be made on the shore, and a
+fort must be erected at some distance from the natives' habitations,
+in which the articles for trade must be securely stowed. No soldier
+shall be permitted, without leave, and under severe penalties "to
+go to the Indian settlements or enter their houses ... and no one
+shall take anything by force, in the camp or in the town, contrary
+to the will of the Indians where you shall have made peace." Men are
+to be appointed who shall attend to the buying of all provisions,
+"because not having knowledge of the products of the land, [your
+men] would buy more in accordance with appetite than with reason,
+where-from much damage would ensue, because the products of the land
+would be placed at a higher figure, and the value of the articles
+for barter ... would be lowered;" the prices for trafficking shall
+be assigned to these buyers and they must not go over them, but try
+to buy at a lower figure. The trafficking of the merchandise shall
+be also in charge of experienced persons. "You shall advise your men
+that, whenever they speak of the emperor, Our Lord, among the natives,
+they shall speak of his greatness, and how he is the greatest Lord
+of the earth, and that they have been sent by one of his captains of
+these regions." (Nos. ii, iii, pp. 7-46.)
+
+Puerto de Navidad, October 22, 1542. Villalobos certifies before a
+notary that he has received from Juan de Villareal, Mendoza's agent,
+"four ships, one small galley, and one _fusta,_ [25] to wit: the
+admiral's ship, named 'Santiago;' the 'San Jorge,' 'San Antonio,' and
+'San Juan de Letran;' the galley 'San Christoval,' and the _fusta_
+'San Martin'--with all equipment, ammunition, artillery, weapons,
+provisions, etc.,... in the name of his lordship [Mendoza] ... in
+order to go with the said vessels and with the soldiers of his most
+illustrious lordship, upon the pursuit and prosecution of the said
+voyage." He promises in full terms to carry out to the letter all
+instructions and to give true and complete accounts of everything to
+Mendoza or his agents. This oath is attested in the form prescribed
+by the royal notary-public. This same day the oath of obedience is
+taken by the captains and soldiers, and the pilots and seamen. The
+oath taken by the captains is, in part, as follows: "Your graces,
+captains Bernaldo de la Torre, Don Alonso Manrrique, Francisco Merino,
+Mathias de Alvarado, Pero Ortiz de Rueda, Christoval de Pareja, and
+gentlemen of this fleet, of which Rui Lopez de Villalobos goes as
+general for his most illustrious lordship, swear before God, Our Lord,
+and blessed Mary his Mother, on the holy words written in this book
+of the holy gospels, and on this sign of the cross [on which each one
+of them placed his right hand] that, as good, faithful, and Catholic
+Christians, you promise and pledge your faith and word, and homage as
+knights and nobles, by right, of Spain, once, twice, and thrice, to be
+faithful and obedient, and to hold as your captain-general Rui Lopez
+de Villalobos, here present; and you will observe the instructions
+he has given you, in so far as the good of the business requires it;
+and you will be obedient and will hearken to his orders. And you
+shall declare and advise, each one of you, what you deem suitable
+and necessary for the good of this expedition, whether he asks it
+or not, although you think he may be vexed or angry at hearing what
+you wish to tell him; only you shall state the fundamental reason
+why your assertion is good, in everything making it a point of your
+desire to come directly to the question, and not to give your advice
+with passion, or servilely, but with all freedom." If he send them on
+missions they must report to him alone. "And none of you shall rouse
+up mutinies, scandals, seditions, or conspiracies; nor shall you talk
+against your captain-general or the expedition; rather if you learn
+or foresee anything of such matters, you shall tell and inform your
+general thereof, so that it may be remedied." The soldiers swear to
+be obedient to the commands of Villalobos and his captains, and to
+follow the general's banners, day or night, holding him as chief;
+they must be loyal and true in every sense of the word, both on sea
+and land. The pilots (who are named) and the seamen also take like
+oath to fulfil their duties completely, acknowledging Villalobos as
+general. They are to obey the latter "both now on the said voyage,
+and in the Western Islands." They must try to accomplish the voyage
+in the shortest time possible, and must take part in no mutinies or
+uprisings. In his instructions to his captains Villalobos requires
+the following: No soldier is to be admitted to the fleet who does not
+bear a certificate of confession and communion. If there be any such,
+he must confess within three days to the religious in the fleet, or be
+put on short rations of water until he does confess. Severe punishment
+for blasphemy of "the name of God, our Lord, his glorious Mother, or
+of any of the saints" is stipulated, varying in degree according to
+the blasphemy. The religious are to receive every consideration, that
+the natives may see "how we honor the ministers of the Gospel." All
+weapons are to be kept in a special place in each ship and given to the
+men only when necessary, and they shall be regularly inspected. Most
+stringent rules are laid down as to the distribution of water, and the
+water butts must be inspected each day by the "steward, master, pilot,
+or boatswain," and every four days by the captain in person, to see
+that the regulations pertaining thereto are strictly observed. Likewise
+the amounts of food to be given are carefully stipulated, the amounts,
+as in the case of the water, being different for soldiers, sailors,
+negroes, and Indians. Fire is guarded against by ordering all fires,
+except the lantern, out at four in the afternoon, unless to cook
+something for a sick man, and then that fire shall be immediately
+extinguished. Watches are to be maintained day and night. Those caught
+sleeping at their posts are to be severely punished. If the culprit be
+an individual who holds an office, for the first offense he shall lose
+his office; for the second he shall be thrown overboard. A soldier (not
+of gentle birth) for the first offense shall be made to pass under the
+keel three times; and for the second be thrown overboard. The captain
+must stand one watch each night. Each captain shall have a body-guard
+of six men. All fire must be kept away from the powder. At the least
+appearance of mutiny immediate measures are to be taken; if it is
+not possible to inform Villalobos, then the captain is empowered to
+execute summary justice. The captain is to keep a compass in his room,
+which he shall constantly consult, and must keep close watch on the
+course. In case one vessel be separated from the fleet and reach any
+land, the captain must see that the natives are well treated. The men
+"shall not enter their houses, towns, or temples, or talk to the women;
+nor shall they take anything to eat, or any other articles, before you
+appoint a man who understands trading, and he shall buy for all what
+they may need. And you shall try to find out the products of the land,
+and to procure specimens thereof, and ascertain the character of the
+people and the land; so that, when we meet you there, you may advise me
+of everything, and his most illustrious lordship may have knowledge
+of it all." The captain must under no consideration disembark at
+this land himself, but must send a trustworthy agent with armed men
+to arrange peace and friendship with the natives. They must return
+two hours before nightfall. If peace be made, then a trader will be
+appointed. They are to be careful that "God our Lord be not offended
+because of the Indians you take with you; and they must examine the
+instructions of the pilots and see that the latter abide by these
+instructions." (Nos. v-viii, pp. 46-65.)
+
+1543. An extensive correspondence ensues between Villalobos and
+Jorge de Castro, after the fleet, had reached the Philippines,
+[26] in which the latter, especially in his letters of July 20 and
+September 2, requests the former to leave the lands falling within the
+demarcation of the Portuguese monarch; and to cease his depredations
+among the natives. Villalobos replies to these letters under dates
+of August 9 and September 12 respectively, justifying his expedition,
+and his conduct toward the natives, and stating that the requirements
+given him are to respect the Portuguese demarcation, which he has
+done. (No. ix, pp. 66-94.)
+
+Cochin, in Portuguese India, February 22, 1547. Fray Geronimo de
+Santistéban writes to the viceroy of New Spain an account of the
+expedition of Villalobos. He names and describes very briefly
+the islands in their course; at one of these they cast anchor,
+and he gives a description of its people and resources. "February
+29 we saw the islands of Bindanao [Mindanao], San Juan, and San
+Antonio." [27] One of the vessels had been badly damaged in a
+storm before reaching the island named Matalotes. At Mazaua Bay
+they began first to experience famine and sickness. As food was
+refused them on the island of Sarrangan, and their men attacked,
+they determined to take it by force. The island was soon gained,
+and "Rui-Lopez labored with that people with entreaties and gifts
+to make friendship, and to induce them to return to their houses,
+but in vain." Then began the hunt for food in various places, but
+much opposition from the natives was encountered. Santistéban says
+"If I should try to write, to your lordship in detail of the hunger,
+need, hardships, disease, and the deaths that we suffered in Sarragan,
+I would fill a book ... In that island we found a little rice and sago,
+a few hens and hogs, and three deer. This was eaten in a few days,
+together with what remained of the ship food. A number of cocoa-palms
+were discovered; and because hunger cannot suffer delay, the buds which
+are the shoots of the palms were eaten. There were some figs and other
+fruits. Finally we ate all the dogs, cats, and rats we could find,
+besides horrid grubs and unknown plants, which all together caused
+the deaths, and much of the prevalent disease. And especially they ate
+large numbers of a certain large variety of gray lizard, which emits
+considerable glow; very few who ate them are living. Land crabs also
+were eaten which caused some to go mad for a day after partaking of
+them, especially if they had eaten the vitals. At the end of seven
+months, the hunger that had caused us to go to Sarragan withdrew us
+thence." The booty of the island was but little, for the natives had
+carried away and hidden the greater part of their possessions. The
+vessel of Villalobos and two small brigs put out from this place
+of famine to go to the upper islands, the other vessels having
+been sent on ahead on various commissions. After sailing for forty
+leagues, the large vessel was unable to advance farther, and put in
+at a bay called Sacayan [Cagayan], to await good weather, while the
+two small vessels went on ahead [because according to Alvarado they
+could navigate nearer the shore] in search of food. Troubles from the
+natives still pursued these smaller vessels. At one part of Mindanao
+they tried to secure food. Fourteen of the crew were left ashore,
+ten of whom were killed. The two brigs anchored at Mindanao, remaining
+there for more than fifty days, awaiting the arrival of the ship and
+galley. From this place they went to Tandaya, [28] where they were
+well received by the natives. Here the sick men were left, while the
+others went in search of the rest of their men, but failed to find
+them where they had been left. A letter was found which directed the
+searchers to the "islands of Talao, which are forty leagues south
+of Maluco." Returning to Tandaya, it was found that the men left
+there had been taken off by the "Sant Juan." Here Santistéban and
+his party remained for two months, until the king of Tidore sent in
+quest of Villalobos. A description of these people follows. Finally
+Villalobos, forced to do so by hunger, cast anchor in Portuguese
+possessions. Negotiations with the Portuguese followed. The "Sant
+Juan" was despatched to New Spain May 16, 1545, but it was unable
+to make the journey and returned within five months. Finally the
+remnants of the expedition were taken in Portuguese vessels to Ambón
+[Amboina], where Villalobos died; and thence to Malacca, where only
+one hundred and seventeen of the three hundred and seventy who left
+New Spain arrived, thirty remaining in Maluco. Santistéban justifies
+Villalobos, saying "Your lordship will bear in mind your promise to Ruy
+Lopez  ... to be a father to his children. In the judgment of certain
+men, Ruy Lopez performed no services for your lordship, for which
+his children deserve recompense. I know most certainly that, in the
+judgment of God and of those who regard his works without passion, he
+did everything possible for the service of your lordship, and that he
+grieved more over not having fulfilled exactly your lordship's design
+than over all the other losses, sorrows, and persecutions that he
+endured." (_Col. doc. inéd. Amér. y Oceanía,_ tomo xiv, pp. 151-165.)
+
+Garcia Descalante Alvarado, who accompanied Villalobos, left an account
+of the expedition, dated Lisbon, August 7, 1548, and addressed to the
+viceroy of New Spain; it deals more fully with the later adventures
+of the expedition. A brief synopsis follows. The fleet left the port
+of Joan Gallego [Navidad] on All Saints' Day, 1542. They passed, at a
+distance of one hundred and eighty leagues, two uninhabited islands
+which they named Santo Thomas [San Alberto] [29] and Añublada, or
+"Cloud Island" [Isla del Socorro]; and eighty leagues farther another
+island, Roca Partida or "Divided Rock" [Santa Rosa]. After sailing for
+sixty-two days they came to a "lowlying, densely-wooded archipelago,"
+which they named the Coral Archipelago, anchoring at one of the
+islands, Santistéban [San Estevan]. The next islands they named Los
+Jardines, or "The Gardens," from their luxuriant foliage. January 23,
+1543, they passed a small island, whose inhabitants hailed them in
+good Castilian, saying "Buenos dias, matalotes" [30] [meaning to say
+"Good morning, sailors"], for which the island was named Matalotes. The
+next island passed they named Arrecifes or Reefs, the significance
+of which is apparent. February 2, they anchored in a beautiful bay
+which they called Málaga [Baganga] and the island Cesarea Karoli
+[Mindanao], "which the pilots, who afterwards sailed around it,
+declared to have a circuit of three hundred and fifty leagues." After
+a month's residence on the island, they left in search of the island
+of Mazagua, but contrary weather forced them to anchor at an island
+named Sarrangar and by them called Antonio, [31] where they had
+trouble with the natives, who were attacked by the Castilians under
+command of Alvarado. The people defended themselves valiantly with
+"small stones, poles, arrows, and mangrove cudgels as large around
+as the arm, the ends sharpened and hardened in the fire," but were
+finally vanquished; they abandoned this island afterwards and went to
+Mindanao. "Upon capturing this island we found a quantity of porcelain,
+and some bells which are different from ours, and which they esteem
+highly in their festivities," besides "perfumes of musk, amber, civet,
+officinal storax, and aromatic and resinous perfumes. With these they
+are well supplied, and are accustomed to their use; and they buy these
+perfumes from Chinese who come to Mindanao and the Philipinas." They
+found a very small quantity of gold. The booty was divided among the
+company, during which a controversy arose as the soldiers objected to
+both Villalobos and the viceroy of New Spain having separate shares
+therein, claiming that it was sufficient to pay the former the seventh
+which he asked, with the choice of one jewel. After this was settled,
+the general ordered maize to be planted "which was done twice,
+but it did not come up. This irritated them all, and they said they
+did not come to plant, but to make conquests." To their complaints,
+and requests to change their location, Villalobos replied "that he
+came for the sole purpose of discovering the course of the voyage,
+and of making a settlement." "The offensive arms of the inhabitants
+of these islands are cutlasses and daggers; lances, javelins, and
+other missile weapons; bows and arrows, and culverins. They all,
+as a rule, possess poisonous herbs, and use them and other poisons
+in their wars. Their defensive arms are cotton corselets reaching to
+the feet and with sleeves; corselets made of wood and buffalo horn;
+and cuirasses made of bamboo and hard wood, which entirely cover
+them. Armor for the head is made of dogfish-skin, which is very
+tough. In some islands they have small pieces of artillery and a few
+arquebuses. They are universally treacherous, and do not keep faith,
+or know how to keep it. They observe the peace and friendship they
+have contracted only so long as they are not prepared to do anything
+else; and as soon as they are prepared to commit any act of knavery,
+they do not hesitate because of any peace and friendship that they
+have made. Those who carry on trade with them, must hold themselves
+very cautiously. Certain Spaniards who trusted in them were killed
+treacherously, under pretense of friendship." The Castilians endured
+much hunger on this island of Sarrangar, and a number of them died. A
+ship was despatched to Mindanao to make peace, and to arrange terms of
+trade, and for food, and was received with apparent friendliness. A
+boat with six men was sent ashore, but was attacked by the natives;
+one man was killed and the others badly wounded. Failing to obtain
+food here, Villalobos set out with twenty-five men for the island
+of Santguin [Sanguir]. They anchored midway at a small island where
+"the natives had fortified themselves on a rock  ... in the sea,
+with an entrance on only one side; this was strongly fortified with
+two defenses, and its summit was enclosed by very large and numerous
+trees. The approach was from the water side. The houses within were
+raised up high on posts, and the sea quite surrounded the rock." The
+people refusing to give provisions, "we fought with them, the combat
+lasting four hours. Finally we carried the place, and as they would
+not surrender, they were all killed, with the exception of some
+women and children." One Spaniard was killed and a number wounded;
+and, after all but little food was found. On his return to Sarrangan,
+Villalobos despatched his smallest ship to New Spain to solicit aid,
+on August 4, 1543. Another vessel started on the same day to "some
+islands ... which we call Felipinas, after our fortunate prince,
+which were said to be well supplied with provisions," for the
+purpose of securing food. Three days after this the troubles with
+the Portuguese began, with the arrival of the deputy sent by Jorge
+de Castro. Meanwhile the numbers of the Spaniards and the Indian
+slaves brought from New Spain were being decimated through the
+famine they experienced. Expeditions were sent out to gather food,
+but resulted disastrously. The Portuguese intrigued with the natives
+not to sell provisions to the Castilians, and to do them all the harm
+possible. On the arrival of the ship sent to the Philippines for food,
+it was determined "to go to the Felipinas, to a province called Buio,"
+[32] a salubrious land, "and abounding in food." Further misfortunes
+met them through stormy weather and the hostility of the natives,
+who treacherously killed eleven of the Spaniards in one vessel sent
+ahead to procure provisions. Further trouble with the Portuguese
+followed at the island of Gilolo, the king of which was hostile to the
+Portuguese. In these straits, Villalobos determined to appeal to the
+king of Tidore for aid and supplies, as he was formerly friendly to the
+Spanish; but his hopes were disappointed. Then he sent to Terrenate,
+at the instance of the king of Gilolo, to demand from the Portuguese
+the Castilian artillery in that island. [33] Finally treaties were made
+between the two kings and the Castilians. Alvarado was sent (May 28,
+1544) to the Philippines to conduct back certain of the boats that had
+been sent thither when the expedition left the island of Sarrangan. At
+Mindanao, he was told of three provinces; "the first is Mindanao, and
+it has gold mines, and cinnamon; the second is Butuan, which has the
+richest mines of the whole island; and the third Bisaya, [34] likewise
+possessing gold mines and cinnamon. Throughout this island are found
+gold mines, ginger, wax, and honey." At the bay of Resurrection on
+this island he found a letter left previously by Villalobos and two
+others,--one by Fray Gerónimo de Santistéban dated in April, saying
+that he with eight or ten men was going in search of the general in
+one of the small vessels; that fifteen men had been killed by the
+natives, and that twenty-one remained at "Tandaya in the Felipinas,
+at peace with the Indians;" that one of the small vessels had been
+shipwrecked and ten men drowned at the river of Tandaya; and other
+news. The other letter was from the captain of the ship sent to New
+Spain, saying that he had set out too late to return to New Spain,
+and had taken the twenty-one men from Tandaya, and was going now
+in search of Villalobos. Alvarado coasted among many of the islands
+meeting with various adventures. He heard that in the "island of Zubu,
+there were Castilians living, since the time of Magallanes, and that
+the Chinese were wont to go thither to buy gold and certain precious
+stones." He returned on October 17 to Tidore where he found Villalobos
+and the other Castilians. A detailed account of the adventures of one
+of the two small vessels sent to the Philippines follows. Reunited
+at Tidore, the Spaniards began to repair the ship in order to return
+to New Spain. Meantime Jorge de Castro was superseded by Jordan de
+Fretes, and a truce was arranged between the two nationalities. A
+ship left Tidore May 16, 1545, for New Spain, but it was unable to
+get beyond range of the islands, and returned to Tidore October 3
+of the same year. The Spaniards began to desert to the Portuguese,
+arousing the suspicions of the king of Tidore. The negotiations with
+the Portuguese and the discord among the Castilians are minutely
+detailed. On February 18, 1546, those wishing to do so embarked in
+the Portuguese fleet, arriving at Ambón, where a number of them died,
+including Villalobos. They left here on May 17, going by way of Java
+to India. A list of the surviving members of the expedition concludes
+the relation. (_Doc. inéd. Amér. y Oceania_, tomo v, pp. 117-209.)
+
+
+
+Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi--1564-68
+
+
+    [Résumé of contemporaneous documents, 1559-68.]
+
+
+Illustrative Documents--
+
+
+    Warrant of the Augustinian authorities in Mexico establishing
+    the first branch of their brotherhood in the Philippines; 1564.
+    Act of taking possession of Cibabao; February 15, 1565.
+    Proclamation ordering the declaration of gold taken from the
+    burial-places of the Indians; May 16, 1565.
+    Letters to Felipe II of Spain; May 27 and 29, and June 1, 1565.
+    Letter to the royal Audiencia at Mexico; May 28, 1565
+    Legazpi's relation of the voyage to the Philippines; 1565.
+     [35]Copia de vna carta venida de Seuilla a Miguel Saluador
+     de Valencia; 1566.
+    Letters to Felipe II of Spain; July, 1567, and June 26, 1568.
+    Negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira regarding the Spanish
+    settlement at Cebú. Fernando Riquel; 1568-69.
+
+
+
+_Sources_: See Bibliographical Data at end of this volume.
+
+_Translations_: The résumé of documents, 1559-69, is translated and
+arranged, by James A. Robertson, from _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_
+tomo ii, pp. 94-475, and tomo iii, pp. v-225, 244-370, 427-463. Of
+the illustrative documents, the first is translated by Reverend
+Thomas Cooke Middleton; the second and eighth by Arthur B. Myrick;
+the third and fourth by James A. Robertson; the fifth, sixth, and
+seventh by Alfonso de Salvio.
+
+
+
+Resume of Contemporaneous Documents, 1559-68.
+
+
+[The following synopsis is made from documents published in
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ tomos ii and iii, entitled _De las Islas
+Filipinas_. Concerning these documents the following interesting
+statements are taken from the editorial matter in tomo ii. "The
+expedition of Legazpi, which is generally believed to have been
+intended from the very first for the conquest and colonization of
+the Philippines, set out with the intention of colonizing New Guinea;
+and in any event only certain vessels were to continue their course
+to the archipelago, and that with the sole idea of ransoming the
+captives or prisoners of former expeditions" (p. vii). "The course
+laid out in the instructions of the viceroy [of New Spain, Luis de
+Velasco] [36] ... founded upon the opinion of Urdaneta, was to New
+Guinea. The instructions of the _Audiencia_ prescribed definitely the
+voyage to the Philippines" (p. xxiv). Copious extracts are given from
+the more important of these documents, while a few are used merely
+as note-material for others. With this expedition begins the real
+history of the Philippine Islands, From Legazpi's landing in 1564,
+the Spanish occupation of the archipelago was continuous, and in a
+sense complete until 1898, with the exception of a brief period after
+the capture of Manila, by the English in 1762.]
+
+Valladolid, September 24, 1559. The king writes to Luis de Velasco,
+viceroy of New Spain and president of the royal _Audiencia_,
+that he provide "what seems best for the service of God, our Lord,
+and ourselves, and with the least possible cost to our estate; and
+therefore I order you, by virtue of your commission to make the said
+discoveries by sea, that you shall despatch two ships ... for the
+discovery of the western islands toward the Malucos. You must order
+them to do this according to the instructions sent you, and you
+shall stipulate that they try to bring some spice in order to make
+the essay of that traffic; and that, after fulfilling your orders,
+they shall return to that Nueva España, which they must do, so that
+it may be known whether the return voyage is assured." These ships
+must not enter any islands belonging to the king of Portugal, but they
+shall go "to other nearby islands, such as the Phelipinas and others,
+which lie outside the above agreement and within our demarcation,
+and are said likewise to contain spice," The necessary artillery,
+articles of barter, etc., will be sent from the India House of Trade
+in Seville. "I shall enclose in this letter the letter that you think I
+should write to Fray Andres de Urdaneta of the order of Saint Augustine
+in that city [Mexico], in order that he embark on those vessels because
+of his experience in matters connected with those islands of the spice
+regions, as he has been there." The viceroy must issue instructions
+to the vessels that they "must not delay in trading and bartering,
+but return immediately to Nueva España, for the principal reason
+of this expedition is to ascertain the return voyage." The letter
+enclosed to Urdaneta states that the king "has been informed that when
+you were a secular, you were in Loaysa's fleet, and journeyed to the
+Strait of Magallanes and the spice regions, where you remained eight
+years in our service." In the projected expedition of the viceroy,
+Urdaneta's experience will be very valuable "because of your knowledge
+of the products of that region, and as you understand its navigation,
+and are a good cosmographer." Therefore the king charges him to embark
+upon this expedition. (Tomo ii, nos. x and xi, pp. 94-100.)
+
+Mexico, May 28, 1560. Yelasco writes to the king in answer to this
+letter, saying that he will do his utmost to fulfil his commands in
+regard to the voyage. He says "it is impossible to go to the Filipinas
+Islands without infringing the contents of the treaty, because the
+latter are no less within the treaty than are the Malucos, as your
+majesty can see by the accompanying relation, made solely for myself
+by Fray Andres de Urdaneta. This latter possesses the most knowledge
+and experience of all those islands, and is the best and most accurate
+cosmographer in Nueva España." He asks the king to show this relation
+to any living members of Loaysa's expedition in order to verify
+it. The king should redeem the Spaniards captured by the natives
+in the Philippines and other islands near the Moluccas. To do this
+and to reprovision the ships would not be in violation of the treaty
+made with Portugal. In case the ships should depart before the king's
+answer is received, the viceroy will order them to act in accordance
+with the above-mentioned relation. The vessels of the expedition will
+consist of two galleys of two hundred and one hundred and seventy
+or one hundred and eighty tons respectively, and a _patache_. [37]
+Wood, already fitted, is to be sent in the galleys, with which to
+make small boats for use among the islands. "The man in charge of
+the work, writes me that the cables and rigging necessary for these
+vessels will be all ready, by the spring of sixty-one, at Nicaraugua
+and Realexo, ports in the province of Guatimala where I have ordered
+these articles made, because they can be made better there than in all
+the coast of the Southern Sea; and because they can be brought easily
+from those ports to Puerto de la Navidad, where the ships must take
+the sea." The artillery and other articles sent from Spain for the
+vessels have arrived. The letters written by the king to Urdaneta and
+the Augustinian provincial were delivered, and both have conformed
+to the contents thereof. "It is most fitting that Fray Andres go on
+this expedition, because of his experience and knowledge of these
+islands, and because no one in those kingdoms or in these understands
+so thoroughly the necessary course as he; moreover, he is prudent and
+discreet in all branches of business, and is of excellent judgment." He
+assures the king that the return voyage to Spain will be made as
+quickly as possible. In a postscript he adds that all due secrecy has
+been observed in regard to the purpose of the fleet, and it has been
+given out that it is for the trade with Peru and for coast defense;
+however it is rumored that they are for the voyage westward. The
+same ship carried to the king a letter from Urdaneta accepting the
+service imposed upon him. He relates briefly his connection with the
+expedition of Loaysa and his experiences in, and return from, the
+Moluccas. "And after my return from the spice region until the year
+fifty-two, when our Lord God was pleased to call me to my present
+state of religion, I busied myself in your majesty's service, and
+most of the time in this Nueva España ... both in matters pertaining
+to war ... and those of peace." Notwithstanding his advanced age and
+his feeble health, he will undertake this new service. In a separate
+and accompanying paper Urdaneta sends his opinion concerning the
+Philippines and neighboring islands, which the viceroy has mentioned
+in his letter. In this relation Urdaneta declares that "it is evident
+and clear that the Filipina Island [Mindanao] is not only within the
+terms of the treaty, [38] but the point running eastward from this
+said island lies in the meridian of the Malucos, and the greater
+part of all the said island lies farther west than the meridian of
+Maluco." [39] He quotes the terms of the treaty to emphasize the fact
+that the Filipina Island is within Portugal's demarcation. "Therefore
+it seems that it would be somewhat inconsistent for your majesty to
+order the said vessels to the Filipina Island without showing some
+legitimate or pious reason therefor." He advises the king to despatch
+the expedition strictly within his demarcation, asking him, however,
+to allow the ships to go to the Philippine Islands for the purpose
+of redeeming the Spanish captives, "without going to the Malucos,
+or engaging in trade, except to buy some things which may be worth
+seeing as specimens, or food and other articles necessary for the
+voyage." The best pilots and experienced men should be engaged for
+this expedition, "so that the most accurate relation possible may be
+made both of the lands newly-discovered and their longitude, and the
+route from Nueva España to the said Filipina Island, and the other
+islands of its neighborhood, so that it shall be understood where
+the one hundred and eighty degrees of longitude of your majesty's
+demarcation end. Therefore it seems that not only is it a just cause
+to go to the Filipina Island in search of your said vassals ... but
+there appears to be a necessity for it, since they were lost in your
+majesty's service." These men will be very useful because of their
+knowledge of the language of the infidels and their acquaintance with
+those regions. (Tomo ii, nos. xii and xiii pp. 100-113.)
+
+The king replies to Urdaneta from Aranjuez, (March 4, 1561), accepting
+his offer "to go to the Western Islands in the vessels that Don Luis
+de Velasco, our viceroy of those regions, is sending thither by our
+command ... I feel much pleasure at your willingness to undertake this
+expedition and your understanding that it will be for the service of
+God, our Lord, and of ourselves ... I charge you that, in accordance
+with your offer, you make this expedition, and do therein all that
+is expected from your religion and goodness. In regard to the advice
+you sent everything has been sent to the said viceroy, so that he
+may arrange what is most suitable according to his orders." (Tomo ii,
+no. xvi, pp. 118, 119.)
+
+Nueva España, February 9, 1561. The viceroy writes to the king
+concerning the fleet. Two ships and one small vessel are being built,
+and will be provisioned for the trip to the Western Islands and the
+return to New Spain. They will be fully equipped by about the end
+of the present year. "It is necessary that your majesty have two
+pilots sent me for this expedition--men skilled and experienced in
+this navigation of the Ocean Sea; for, although I have three, I need
+two more, so that they may go two and two in the ships.... I have
+appointed Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, [40] a native of the province
+of Lepuzcua, and a well-known gentleman of the family of Lezcano,
+as the general and leader of those embarking in these vessels--who
+all told, soldiers, sailors, and servants, number from two hundred
+and fifty to three hundred people. He is fifty years old [41] and has
+spent more than twenty-nine years in this Nueba España. He has given a
+good account of the offices he has held, and of the important affairs
+committed to him. From what is known of his Christian character and
+good qualities hitherto, almore suitable man, and one more satisfactory
+to Fray Andres Urdaneta, who is to direct and guide the expedition,
+could not have been chosen; for these two are from the same land,
+and they are kinsmen and good friends, and have one mind." (Tomo ii,
+no. xiv, pp. 113-117.)
+
+Mexico, 1561. Urdaneta, in a memorial to the king, points out the
+greater advantages of Acapulco as a port, than those possessed by
+Puerto de la Navidad. It has a more healthful location than the
+latter, is nearer Mexico City, and supplies can be taken there
+more easily. The lack of necessities, "such as wine, oil, etc.,
+from España," and its unhealthful location have debarred workmen from
+going to Puerto de la Navidad; and hence the completion of the vessels
+has been retarded, and about a year must pass yet before they will
+be finished. "It is of great advantage that the port whence the men
+embark be healthful,... because if they embark from an unhealthful
+land, many fall sick before embarking, and many die afterwards while
+at sea ... The port of Acapulco appears to have a good location,
+so that a dockyard might be fitted up there, where vessels can be
+built, and may there take and discharge their cargoes; for it is one
+of the foremost ports in the discovery of the Indies--large, safe,
+very healthful, and with a supply of good water. It abounds in fish;
+and at a distance of five or six leagues there is an abundance of
+wood for the buttock-timbers of the vessels, and, some distance
+farther, of wood for decks and sheathing, and pines for masts and
+yards." Further, the district about this port is reasonably well
+populated. Urdaneta says that if material for making the artillery be
+sent from Spain, and good workmen, the artillery can be made in New
+Spain; as well as anchors. "In this land there is copper in abundance,
+from which artillery can be made," which only needs to be refined. The
+Augustinian makes some interesting observations regarding social and
+economic conditions in Mexico, and suggests that it would be very
+advantageous to compel many youths who are growing up in vagabondage
+to learn trades, "especially the _mestizos_, mulattoes, and free
+negroes." Weapons, ammunition, and defensive armor must be sent from
+Spain for this expedition. Urdaneta requests that hemp-seed be sent, in
+order that ropes may be made in New Spain. He tells of a plant _pita_
+[agave], growing in this country which can be used as a substitute
+for hemp, and many plants of it must be planted near the ports. The
+pitch, tar, and resin, the instruments and charts for navigation, etc.,
+must be sent hither from Spain. They need good seamen and workmen. The
+king is requested to allow them to make use of any workmen in the other
+provinces of "these parts of the Indies," paying them their just wages;
+likewise to take what things they need, paying the just price. It
+is advised that the necessary trees for shipbuilding be planted near
+the ports, and that ranches be established near by to furnish food.
+
+The second section of this document treats of the navigation to
+the Western Islands: and Urdaneta maps out various routes which
+should be followed, according to the time of the year when the fleet
+shall depart on its voyage of discovery. These routes all have to do
+primarily with New Guinea as the objective point of the expedition,
+the Philippines being considered as only secondary thereto. Speaking
+of the Ladrones and their inhabitants, Urdaneta says: "The islands
+of the Ladrones are many, and thirteen [42] of them are said to
+be inhabited. The inhabitants are naked and poor. They eat rice,
+have many cocoa palms, and use salt. They fish with hooks made from
+tortoise-shell, being destitute of articles made from iron. They
+place a counterweight in one end of their canoes, and rig on them
+lateen-like sails made of palm-mats. It is quite important to explore
+this island thoroughly, or any of the others, in order to discover
+and ascertain accurately the navigation that has been made up to
+that point, and their distance from Maluco and the Filipinas Islands
+... Those islands are somewhat less than three hundred and seventy
+leagues from Botaba [one of the Ladrones]." The "modern maps that have
+come to this Nueva España," are in his opinion incorrect, as certain
+coasts are drawn more extensive than is actually the case. Calms
+must be avoided and the trade winds caught, in order to facilitate
+navigation. The errors of former expeditions must be avoided, as well
+as a protracted stay at the Philippines--"both because of the worms
+that infest that sea, which bore through and destroy the vessels;
+and because the Portuguese might learn of us, during this time,
+and much harm might result thereby." Besides. Spaniards as well as
+natives cannot be depended upon to keep the peace. By leaving New
+Spain before the beginning of October, 1562, much expense and the
+idleness of the ships will be avoided. In case land be discovered
+within Spain's demarcation. Urdaneta requests the king to provide
+for its colonization by supplying a captain and some of the people
+and religious--or even that the general himself remain there, "if
+the natives thereof beg that some Spaniards remain among them." He
+asks the king to ascertain the truth of the report that the French
+have discovered a westward route "between the land of the Bacallaos
+and the land north of it." [43] If it be true then trade might be
+carried on more economically from Spain direct to the west than by
+way of New Spain, and the fleets will be better provided with men
+and equipments. (Tomo ii, no. xvii, pp. 119-138).
+
+Mexico, May 26,1563. Legazpi writes to the king that "the viceroy
+of this New Spain, without any merit on my part, has thought best
+to appoint me for the voyage to the Western Islands, to serve your
+majesty, putting under my charge the fleet prepared for it--not
+because this land has few men who would do it better than I, and by
+whom your majesty would be served better on this voyage, but rather,
+because no one would give himself up to it with a more willing spirit,
+as I have ever done in my past duties." He assures his majesty that he
+will have the utmost care in this expedition. For the better success of
+the voyage he has "asked the viceroy for certain things, which seemed
+to me necessary ... and others of which, in the name of your majesty,
+he should grant me, which although they were not of so great moment
+that they were fitting to be asked from so exalted and powerful a
+personage, the viceroy defers and sends them to you, so that your
+majesty may order your pleasure regarding them." He asks these things
+for "so important a voyage" not as "a remuneration for my work, since
+that is due your majesty's service, but as a condescension made with
+the magnificence that your majesty always is accustomed to exercise in
+rewarding his servants who serve him in matters of moment." (Tomo ii,
+no. xviii, pp. 139, 140.)
+
+Mexico, 1564. The viceroy writes to Felipe on February 25 and again
+on June 15, excusing the non-departure of the fleet. In the first he
+says that the delay is due to the proper victualing of the vessels
+for a two-years' voyage, and the non-arrival of certain pieces of
+artillery, etc., which were coming from Vera Cruz; the things that
+were to be sent, from the City of Mexico could not be sent until the
+fleet was launched, as they would spoil if left on land. Everything
+will be ready by May. In the second letter he excuses the delay as,
+owing to calms and contrary winds, the vessels bearing the "masts,
+yards, and certain anchors" for the fleet did not arrive at Puerto de
+la Navidad until June 10. It still remained to step the masts and make
+the vessels shipshape, and to load the provisions; and they will be
+ready to sail by September. "Four vessels are being sent, two galleons
+and two _pataches_; ... they are the best that have been launched
+on the Southern Sea, and the stoutest and best equipped. They carry
+three hundred Spaniards, half soldiers and half sailors, a chosen lot
+of men.... Six religious of the order of Saint Augustine go with it,
+among them Fray Andres de Urdaneta, who is the most experienced and
+skilled navigator that can be had in either old or new España." He
+encloses a copy of the instructions to Legazpi, in order that the king
+may assure himself that his commands have been obeyed. The best pilots
+have been secured. The questions of routes, seasons, and other things
+have been discussed with Urdaneta and others who have made the voyage
+before. "I trust ... that the expedition will come to a successful
+end, and that your majesty will be very much served therein, and in
+all that shall hereafter occur in it." Notice will be given to the
+king of the departure of the fleet by the first vessel leaving for
+Spain after that event. (Tomo ii, nos. xix and xx, pp. 140-145).
+
+Méjico, September 1, 1564. After the death of Luis de Velasco,
+instructions are issued to Legazpi by the president and auditors of
+the royal _Audiencia_ of Mexico, the chief provisions of which here
+follow. Before the royal officials of this expedition, namely, "Guido
+de Labezaris, treasurer, Andres Cauchela, accountant, and Andres de
+Mirandaola, factor," he will take possession of the vessels and their
+equipment. The flagship will be the "Sant Felipe," in which Legazpi
+will embark; the "Sant Andres" will carry the commander of the fleet;
+[44] Captain Juan de la Isla and Captain Hernán Sanchez Muñon will
+command the _pataches_, the "Sant Juan de Letran" and the "Sant
+Lucas," respectively. Legazpi's first duty is to appoint pilots,
+masters, boatswains, notaries, artillery officers, and all other
+necessary officials. Inventories of the equipment of the fleet, and
+of the merchandise, etc., carried, are to be made and signed by him;
+and a copy of the same shall be given to the officials of the royal
+_hacienda_ [treasury]. He shall apportion the cargo, provisions,
+etc., among the different vessels, as he judge best. Martin de
+Goiti is to have entire charge of all the artillery, ammunition,
+etc., "as he is a person to be trusted," and he shall be given a
+memorandum of all such things. The men embarking in the fleet shall
+pass a general review; their names, age, parentage, occupation in
+the fleet, and pay, shall be enrolled in a book; and they shall
+be apportioned to the various vessels of the fleet. In Legazpi's
+ship will embark Captain Mateo del Saz, appointed master-of-camp,
+two officials of the royal _hacienda_, and those "gentlemen to whom
+has been given the preference for attendance on you and the standard,
+and the other necessary persons;" the royal standard and the ensign
+shall be carried on his vessel. "In the admiral's ship you shall
+appoint as captain thereof, and as admiral of the whole fleet,
+the man who is, in your judgment, most suitable." This vessel must
+carry one of the royal officers. The soldiers and sailors must see
+that the arquebuses delivered to them are kept in good order. Great
+care must be exercised in regard to the provisions, and they must be
+apportioned in set quantities, "as the voyage is of long duration." To
+this end no useless person shall be taken, and no Indians or negroes
+(male or female)--beyond a dozen of the latter for servants--or women
+(married or single) shall accompany the fleet. When the fleet is upon
+the point of embarking, the Augustinian religious shall be taken on
+board, who go "to bring the natives of those regions to a knowledge
+of our holy Catholic faith." They are to have good quarters and to
+receive good treatment. Before setting sail "you shall have care that
+all the people have confessed and received communion." The general
+must perform homage and take oath to "perform well and faithfully
+the said office and duties of governor and captain-general." Also
+the oath of obedience and faithfulness to Legazpi shall be taken by
+all embarking in the fleet, "that they will not mutiny, or rebel,
+and will follow the course marked out by you, and your banner." The
+general must guard carefully the morals of his men, and shall punish
+"blasphemy and public sins with all severity." The property of
+the dead shall be kept for their heirs, persons being appointed to
+administer it. The admiral, captains, pilots, and masters shall be
+given ample instructions concerning the course before setting sail,
+which they must follow to the letter. The men are to be divided
+into watches, no one being excused, except for sickness. The fleet,
+setting sail, shall proceed "in search of and to discover the Western
+Islands situated toward the Malucos, but you shall not in any way or
+manner enter the islands of the said Malucos, ... but you shall enter
+other islands contiguous to them, as for instance the Filipinas, and
+others outside the said treaty, and within his majesty's demarcation,
+and which are reported also to contain spice." They are to labor for
+the evangelization of the natives, to ascertain the products of the
+islands, and to discover the return route to New Spain. The route
+to be taken on the westward journey will be by way of the "island
+Nublada, discovered by Ruy Lopez de Villalobos" and Roca Partida;
+then to the islands Los Reyes, the Coral Islands--"where you may
+procure water,"--and thence to the Philippines; passing perhaps the
+islands of Matalotes and Arrecifes, in which event they shall try to
+enter into communication with the natives. "When you have arrived at
+the said Filipinas Islands, and other islands contiguous to them and
+the Malucos, without however entering the latter, ... you shall try to
+discover and examine their ports, and to ascertain and learn minutely
+the settlements therein and their wealth; the nature and mode of life
+of the natives; the trade and barter among them, and with what nations;
+the value and price of spices among them, the different varieties of
+the same, and the equivalent for each in the merchandise and articles
+for exchange that you take from this land; and what other things may
+be advantageous. You shall labor diligently to make and establish
+sound friendship and peace with the natives, and you shall deliver to
+their seigniors and chiefs, as may seem best to you, the letters from
+his majesty that you carry with you for them.... You must represent
+to them his majesty's affection and love for them, giving them a few
+presents ... and treating them well. And you may exchange the articles
+of barter and the merchandise that you carry for spice, drugs, gold,
+and other articles of value and esteem.... And if, in your judgment,
+the land is so rich and of such quality that you should colonize
+therein, you shall establish a colony in that part and district that
+appears suitable to you, and where the firmest friendship shall have
+been made with you; and you shall affirm and observe inviolably this
+friendship. After you have made this settlement, if you should deem
+it advantageous to the service of God, our Lord, and of his majesty,
+to remain in those districts where you have thus settled, together
+with some of your people and religious, until you have given advice
+of it to his majesty and this royal _Audiencia_ in his name, you
+shall send immediately to this Nueva España, one or more trustworthy
+persons  ... with the news and relation of what you have accomplished,
+and where you have halted. What you shall have obtained in trade shall
+be brought back. This you shall do in such manner that with all the
+haste, caution, and diligence possible, they shall return to this land,
+in order that the return route hither may be known and learned; for
+this latter is the chief thing attempted, since already it is known
+that the journey thither can be made in a brief time. If you determine
+to make the return in person to this land, you shall leave there,
+where you have settled, persons in your stead and some people and
+religious, but making sure that the commander left by you with such
+people and religious is a thoroughly trustworthy man, and that he is
+amply provided with the necessary supplies until aid can arrive. To
+this man you shall give orders that he preserve with your friends
+the friendship that you shall have established, without offending
+or ill-treating them in any way; and that he be ever prepared and
+watchful, so that no harm may come through his negligence." News
+of any Spaniards left among these islands from the expedition
+of Villalobos is to be earnestly sought; and Spaniards and their
+children are to be ransomed when found, and brought back to Spanish
+territory. Information is to be sought concerning the natives of the
+Philippines. The Spaniards must ascertain whether the Portuguese have
+built forts or made settlements in these islands since the treaty was
+made, or since Villalobos arrived there. The exploration in Spain's
+démarcation is to be as thorough as possible. Any land colonized
+must be well chosen, regard being had to its easy defense. As much
+treasure as possible must be sent back with the ship or ships that
+return with news of the expedition. Further emphasis is laid on the
+good treatment of the natives, "who, as we are informed, are men
+of keen intellect, of much worth, and as white as ourselves." "In
+whatever port, island, or land" they shall make explorations, they
+are to gather information "of the customs, conditions, mode of life,
+and trade of their inhabitants; their religion and cult, what beings
+they adore, and their sacrifices and manner of worship. Information
+must be obtained of their method of rule and government; whether
+they have kings, and, if so, whether that office is elective, or by
+right of inheritance; or whether they are governed like republics, or
+by nobles; what rents or tributes they pay, and of what kind and to
+whom; the products of their land most valued among them; what other
+things valued by them are brought from other regions. And you shall
+ascertain what articles taken by you from here are held in highest
+estimation among them." Possession, in the king's name, shall be
+taken of all the lands or islands discovered. The pilots shall make
+careful logs. The powerful rulers of these districts are to be told
+that the proposed destination of the fleet was not to their islands,
+but the exigencies of the weather rendered a stay there imperative,
+in order that they may not say "that you carry very little merchandise
+to go a-trading in lands so distant" They shall request friendship
+and alliance and trade; and presents shall be given these rulers from
+the most valuable articles in the cargo. Legazpi must be watchful of
+his own safety, carrying on negotiations with the natives through his
+officers, thus guarding against treachery. The person transacting such
+business shall be accompanied by armed men, and the negotiations must
+be carried on in sight of the vessels. Hostages must be procured when
+possible. No soldiers or sailors shall go ashore without being ordered
+to do so. Sleepless vigilance must be exercised to see that the natives
+do not cut the anchor-cables, and thus send the ship adrift. To guard
+against treason and poison, invitations to festivities or banquets
+must not be accepted, nor shall any food be eaten unless the natives
+partake of it first. If no settlement can be made because of the
+unwillingness of the natives, or because of the scarcity of men, then
+the expedition--the entire fleet, if Legazpi deem best--shall return,
+after having first made peace and friendship, trying to bring enough
+treasure, etc., to pay the expenses of the expedition. It is advisable
+to leave some of the priests in any event, "to preserve the friendship
+and peace that you shall have made." If any Portuguese are met among
+the islands of Japan, part of which lie in Spain's demarcation, any
+hostile encounter must be avoided, and the Spaniards must labor for
+peace and friendship. In case they obtain such peace and friendship,
+then they must try to see the charts carried by the Portuguese. Whether
+the latter are found or not in these Japanese islands, Legazpi must
+try to ascertain whether any Theatins [45] have been sent thither to
+convert the natives. Finding these latter, information as to those
+regions and the actions of the Portuguese therein must be sought. In
+case the Spaniards and Portuguese come to blows, and the victory
+remain to the former, a few Portuguese prisoners shall be sent to
+New Spain. If the Portuguese have unlawfully entered the limits of
+Spain, Legazpi shall, with the advice of his captains and the royal
+officials, take what course seems, best. If vessels are encountered
+in the Japanese archipelago or in districts contiguous thereto,
+Legazpi must try to effect peace and friendship, declaring that he was
+compelled to enter those districts because of contrary winds; he must
+gather all the information possible from them, concerning themselves
+and the Portuguese. Should these vessels thus encountered prove to be
+armed fleets or pirates, any conflict with them must be avoided. In
+case of a fight, let him depend on his artillery rather than on
+grappling. Any prisoners must be well treated, "and after having gained
+information of everything that seems best to you, you shall allow them
+to go freely, giving them to understand the greatness of the king,
+... and that he wishes his vassals to harm no one." Pirates are to
+be dealt with as shall be deemed best. All trading must be at the
+lowest possible price, and fixed figures shall be established. Native
+weights must be used. The royal officials are to have entire charge
+of all trading, of whatever nature, and no individual shall presume,
+under severe penalties, to trade for himself, for in that case prices
+will be raised by the natives. These officials shall trade first,
+merchandise to the value of fifty thousand pesos of gold dust [46]
+for the king, and then ten thousand pesos for private individuals;
+then another fifty thousand for the king, and so on; but all drugs,
+spices, and some other articles are the king's alone, and no one may
+trade for them without his express permission. Careful entries of
+all trading must be made, and the king shall receive one-twentieth
+of all the return cargo of individuals in the fleet. Any merchandise
+belonging to private individuals who do not embark in the fleet shall
+be traded last, and seven per cent of its returns shall be paid to
+the king. Slaves may be bought, for use as interpreters, but good
+treatment is to be accorded them. No Indian shall be captured, nor
+shall any soldier buy any slave during the time of the voyage; but
+when a settlement is made they may do so, unless the king order the
+contrary. Several of them shall be sent to New Spain, however, that
+"they may be seen here, and from them may be ascertained the products
+of their lands." In the fortress of any settlement made, two houses
+shall be constructed, one for Legazpi, and the other for the safe
+keeping of the artillery and stores; and a ditch and drawbridge are to
+be made at the entrance to it. The people of the settlement shall live
+outside the fortress, but in one place. Careful watch must be kept;
+and the soldiers must take good care of their weapons, having them
+always in readiness. The soldiers and others are to be prohibited
+from "going to the villages of the natives of those regions without
+leave, from entering their houses, from seizing by force anything
+in the camp or in their village, or contrary to their will, and from
+leaving their [the soldiers'] quarters. Especially shall you prohibit
+them and order them that they have no communication with the women
+of those regions." Legazpi is to remain aboard his vessel until the
+fortress is completed. After its completion some small boats shall
+be made. A church shall be built near the fort, as well as a house
+for the religious, in order that the latter may minister to the
+colonists and the natives. "And you shall have especial care that,
+in all your negotiations with the natives of those regions, some of
+the religious accompanying you be present, both in order to avail
+yourself of their good counsel and advice, and so that the natives
+may see and understand your high estimation of them; for seeing this,
+and the great reverence of the soldiers toward them, they themselves
+will hold the religious in great respect. This will be of great
+moment, so that, when the religious shall understand their language,
+or have interpreters through whom they may make them understand our
+holy Catholic faith, the Indians shall put entire faith in them;
+since you are aware that the chief thing sought after by his majesty
+is the increase of our holy Catholic faith, and the salvation of the
+souls of those infidels." To this end all help must be given to these
+ministers of God. The Indian interpreters carried in the fleet must
+be well treated. In case it shall be necessary, changes may be made
+in these instructions, but with the advice of the other officers; but
+it must be ever kept in mind that he is "to go to the said Filipinas
+Islands, and other islands contiguous thereto, ... and to discover
+the return route to this Nueva España with the greatest despatch
+possible, bringing or sending spices and other valuable articles of
+those regions." Urdaneta must return with the ship or ships sent
+back to discover the return route, because of his experience. No
+person shall be restricted from sending letters, in the return ship
+or ships, to the king or the royal _Audiencia_. The commander of
+the return ship shall deliver all the letters to the _Audiencia_,
+and they, after reading their own shall despatch the others. This
+person shall be most emphatically charged to communicate with no one
+until the _Audiencia_ has been advised of everything that has happened
+since the fleet left New Spain. Legazpi is enjoined in strong terms
+to seek advice among the religious "especially father Fray Andres de
+Urdaneta," and the officers of the fleet, on all important matters. In
+case of Legazpi's death the person succeeding to his office is to
+keep these instructions faithfully. A small box, carefully fastened,
+is given into Legazpi's keeping, containing a sealed paper in which
+is written the name of the person who is to succeed to his command
+in case of his death, but this person is not to be known until such
+a casualty. Another similar box, sealed and fastened as the other
+casket, contains the name of the person who shall receive the command
+in case Legazpi's successor dies also. At the end of the instructions
+proper is Legazpi's oath to observe with care the commands enjoined
+upon him therein. (Tomo ii, no. xxi, pp. 145-200.)
+
+Méjico, September 12, 1564. A letter from the royal _Audiencia_ to the
+king informs the latter of the changes which they have made in the
+instructions given to Legazpi by Luis de Velasco, who has died. The
+general and other officers have left for the port of departure, and
+the fleet will sail some time in October. The first instructions,
+which were in accordance with Urdaneta's opinion, were to sail
+toward New Guinea and coast along its shores in order to discover
+its products and other things. "It seemed to this royal _Audiencia_,
+discussing and communicating in this regard with persons of experience,
+who have been in those regions, that, although it be true that the
+discovery of New Guinea would be important, especially if the riches
+asserted should be found there, it is not fitting that the voyage
+thither be made now--both because, as it is new, it has not hitherto
+been navigated; and because, doing so now, it would be necessary to
+deviate widely from the course to reach the Western Islands, and the
+return voyage would be delayed; and it would be running a great risk
+to navigate in an unknown course." The king's letter of September 24,
+1559, is cited in support of the _Audiencia's_ change in route, and
+they "determined to order the general to sail straightway in search
+of the Filipinas Islands, and the other islands contiguous thereto,
+by the same route taken by Ruy Lopez de Villalobos." The _Audiencia_
+do not agree with Urdaneta (see above, p. 81) that the Philippines
+are in Portugal's demarcation. (Tomo ii, no. xxi, pp. 200-205.)
+
+Nueva España, 1564 (?). The first-appointed admiral of the fleet,
+Juan Pablo de Carrión, writes to King Felipe in regard to the
+proposed route. He gives a brief outline of Urdaneta's opinion
+that they should sail first to New Guinea. This island he declares
+"is one that we discovered in the year forty-four." He describes
+it as a desolate region, with but scant food, and declares that the
+voyage thither is dangerous and arduous. His own opinion is that the
+fleet should take the same course as did Saavedra and Villalobos;
+"and that the fleet should put in at the Filipinas Islands, which
+are friendly islands, with whom we have had trade and friendship,
+and where even eight Spaniards of the fleet in which I sailed
+remained. They are islands well supplied with all manner of food,
+and there is much trade there. They are wealthy and large, and have
+the best location of the entire archipelago. Their language is known,
+and their ports, and even the names of their principal rulers, with
+whom we have contracted friendship.... There are islands among them
+with a circuit of three hundred leagues, and so down to fifty. Those
+islands that have been seen are eight large ones, without reckoning
+the small ones between them. They are within sight of one another,
+so that the most distant of them is not more than ten leagues from
+another. To the north of them lies the mainland of China, a distance
+of about two hundred leagues; at about the same distance to the south
+lies Maluco. And since the route from these lands thither is already
+known, and we have had experience of it and since it is a land most
+abundantly provisioned and has much trade, and is rich, I have been
+of the opinion that we should go thither, inasmuch as this navigation
+is understood and that we should not seek a new course attended with
+so great uncertainty and risk." He recounts that "these islands were
+discovered first by Magallanes in the year twenty-one," and afterward
+by Villalobos, and their secret discovered. "They are islands that
+the Portuguese have never seen, and they are quite out of the way of
+their navigation; neither have the latter had any further information
+of them beyond our drawing or chart. They have the best situation for
+the return voyage, because they are in north latitude." He ascribes
+his not being permitted to accompany the expedition to the divergence
+of his opinion from that of Urdaneta. The latter has declared that
+he will not go on the expedition if it takes Carrión's course;
+"and as he who goes as general, ... is of his nation and land, and
+his intimate friend, he wishes to please the father in everything;
+and as the said general has no experience in these things, nor does he
+understand anything of navigation, through not having practiced it,
+he is unable to distinguish one thing from another, and embraces the
+father's opinion in everything." Carrión, in a very brief résumé of
+Urdaneta's life, declares that he is a man of over sixty. (Tomo ii,
+no. xxiii, pp. 205-210.)
+
+Puerto de la Navidad, 1564. In a letter to the king November 18,
+Legazpi announces that he has taken over "two large ships and two
+_pataches_, and one small brigantine," in which are one hundred and
+fifty seamen, two hundred soldiers, and six religious of the order of
+Saint Augustine, the chief of whom is father Fray Andres de Urdaneta;
+in all, the number of souls, counting servants, amounts to three
+hundred and eighty. "I shall leave this port, please God, our Lord,
+tomorrow ... and will display, on my part, all possible diligence and
+care, with the fidelity which I owe, and which I am under obligation
+to have." He hopes for a successful voyage. He begs the king to bear
+them in mind, and send aid "to us who go before," and to commit this
+to one who has care and diligence, "as a matter that concerns greatly
+the service of God, our Lord, the increase of his holy Catholic faith,
+and the service of your majesty, and the general good of your kingdoms
+and seigniories." He asks the king to grant (as in his other letter,
+_q.v._ above) the requests he had made to the viceroy, and which
+the latter had sent to Spain; for the preparation for the voyage
+has taken all his possessions. Two days later (November 20) Urdaneta
+writes the king to somewhat the same effect, enumerating the vessels,
+men, etc. Besides himself there are four other religious, "and the
+other ... God has taken to himself in this port." They will set out
+the following day, all being well. He praises Legazpi, and requests
+the king to keep him in his remembrance. Urdaneta's nephew, Andrés
+de Mirandaola, is the royal factor of the fleet, and the former begs
+favor for him. "Also since the religious of the order of our father
+Saint Augustine are the first to embark in this undertaking, and to
+undergo so many hardships for the service of God and your majesty,
+I beg your majesty to grant them favors." (Tomo ii, nos. xxiv and xxv,
+pp. 211-215.)
+
+November 25, 1564. Legazpi gives instructions on this day to the
+captains and pilots as to the course to be pursued. Hitherto,
+since leaving port, a southwest course has been steered; but now,
+in accordance with the royal instructions, and in the opinion of the
+captains and pilots, it seems advisable to change the direction. They
+shall sail first west-southwest to a latitude of nine degrees, and then
+take a due course for the Philippines, stopping at the island of Los
+Reyes on the way. If by any chance one of the vessels becomes separated
+from Legazpi's vessel, the pilots are to return to the above latitude,
+stopping at any port that they may find, for eight or ten days, in
+hopes of meeting the other vessels. Whether they find the island or
+not, and do not find the other vessels, this ship shall continue on
+the course toward the Philippines. A token and letter must be left at
+any port they may reach. When the island of Los Reyes is reached, the
+ship will wait there ten days, after which time they shall continue
+their course, stopping likewise at Matalotes and Arrecifes, leaving
+tokens at all places, and trying to explore them and discover their
+products. (Tomo ii, no. xxvi, pp. 215-217.)
+
+Relation of the expedition, from November 19, 1564, to the end of May,
+1565, when the "San Pedro," under command of Felipe de Salcedo, left
+Cebú for New Spain. The fleet set sail from "Puerto de Navidad, Monday,
+November 20, two hours before midnight, or rather on Tuesday, November
+21, three hours before daybreak." It consisted of the flagship,
+"San Pedro," the "San Pablo," captained by the master-of-camp,
+Mateo del Saz, and the _pataches_ "San Juan" and "San Lucas,"
+captained by Juan de la Isla and Alonso de Arellano respectively. The
+vessels bore as pilots Esteban Rodriguez (chief pilot), Pierres
+Plin (or Plun, a Frenchman), Jaymes Martinez Fortun, Diego Martin,
+Rodrigo de Espinosa, and Lope Martin. Legazpi's vessel, the "San
+Pedro," carried a small brigantine on her poop deck. On November 25,
+Legazpi opened the instructions given him by the _Audiencia_, which
+radically changed the course from the one that had been hitherto
+pursued--the new course being in accord with the advice of Carrión,
+and by the same route which Villalobos had taken. "The religious in
+the fleet were very sorry at this, giving out that they had been
+deceived; and had they known while yet ashore, that such a route
+was to be pursued, they would not have accompanied the expedition,
+for the reasons that father Fray Andres de Urdaneta had advanced in
+Mexico." But they expressed their willingness to make the expedition
+now for the service of God and the holy Catholic faith, the increase
+of the kingdom, and the general good of the fleet. On the night of
+the twenty-ninth, the "San Lucas," which, by the general's orders,
+was accustomed to take its position at night ahead of his vessel,
+became separated from the rest of the fleet and was seen no more. [47]
+Being speedier than, the others, Legazpi naturally expected that
+it would reach the islands ahead of him and there await the fleet,
+but he was disappointed. The fleet reached on December 18, the ninth
+degree of latitude, from which it must proceed westward to the island
+of Los Reyes. It was found that there was no uniformity among the
+distances and reckonings of the pilots; and although each contended
+for the accuracy of his reckoning, they were accustomed to change
+their figures somewhat, before reporting to Legazpi. Urdaneta's
+figures proved nearer the truth, but even he changed his reckoning,
+enlarging it, that he might be more in harmony with the pilots. Thus
+it happened that the daily runs were exaggerated, giving rise to the
+belief that Los Reyes had been passed. In accordance with this belief
+the course of the fleet was changed on the twenty-eighth of December,
+taking the latitude of ten degrees, in order to reach Matalotes and
+other islands. On January 8, 1565, the "San Pablo" reported land on
+the port bow, and the fleet directed its course southward. The report
+proving incorrect, the former course was resumed and on the next day
+a low, small island was discovered. The natives fled at sight or the
+squadron. The ships ran close to land, and finding no anchorage, for
+the anchors failed to touch bottom, Martin de Goyti was ordered to
+go ahead to look for an anchorage. Landing-parties (among whom were
+Urdaneta and Legazpi's grandson, Felipe de Salcedo, Martin de Goyti,
+and Juan de la Isla) went on shore to gather what information they
+could, and Salcedo was empowered to take possession of the island for
+the king. Meanwhile it became necessary for the vessels to weigh anchor
+and set sail, as the ebb-tide was taking them out to sea. The small
+boats that had been sent ashore regained the fleet at ten o'clock,
+and it continued its voyage. The landing-party had been well received
+by the natives who had not decamped--an old man, his wife, and a
+young woman with her child--who showed them their houses, fruits,
+and articles of food, giving them some of the latter. They showed
+signs of regret at the departure of the Spaniards. "The Indian was
+well built and the women good looking. They were clad in garments
+made of palm-leaf mats, which are very thin and skilfully made. They
+had many Castilian fowl, quantities of fish and cocoanuts, potatoes,
+yams, and other grain, such as millet." They used canoes, and made
+fish-hooks from bone and other articles. "Their hair is loose and
+long." This island was named Barbudos. [48] No weapons, offensive
+or defensive, were seen. On the tenth they reached another larger
+island and many small islets, which they called Los Plazeles from
+the surrounding shoals. They appeared uninhabited. The same day
+they passed another uninhabited island, which they called the isle
+of Birds, from its many wild-fowl. On the twelfth they passed other
+uninhabited islands which they called Las Hermanas ["The Sisters"]. On
+the fourteenth, they passed islands which Urdaneta declared to be
+the Jardines of Villalobos. The pilots ridiculed this assertion,
+saying that they were much farther on their course. In a general
+council on the seventeenth the best course to the Philippines was
+discussed, as it was advisable to avoid entering at the hunger-point
+of Villalobos. It was agreed to sail along the thirteenth degree,
+in which course Urdaneta declared they must meet the Ladrones. On the
+twenty-second of January land was sighted which the pilots declared
+to be the Philippines, but which Urdaneta said might be the Ladrones,
+which he afterwards affirmed to be the case from the lateen-sails
+of the native boats, "which the inhabitants of the Filipinas do not
+make." The pilots continued to ridicule him, but Urdaneta's reasoning
+was correct. The fleet was surrounded by a multitude of boats, whose
+occupants, all talking at once, invited them with word and sign to
+land, offering refreshment. Some knives, scissors, beads, a mirror,
+and other articles were given to the occupants of the nearest canoe. On
+the following Tuesday the vessels succeeded in finding an anchorage,
+and the instructions as to behavior on land were carefully enjoined
+on all the men. [49] They were immediately surrounded by the canoes
+of the natives, the occupants of which brought many kinds of food,
+but in very small quantity. They would not enter the vessels although
+asked to do so by Legazpi, "who showed them much love and affection,
+and looked upon them as friends." They sold their food for such things
+as playing cards, little bits of cloth, etc. "The father prior talked
+with them, using the few words of their language that he remembered,
+especially counting up to ten, whereat they manifested great pleasure;
+and one of them mentioned the name Gonzalo, which as the father prior
+said, was the name of a Spaniard who had been found in one of those
+islands, which was called Goam." The natives signed to them to enter
+their villages, where they would find food in abundance. "And all the
+canoes, and those in them, had their arms, which consisted of shields,
+bundles of throwing-sticks, slings, and egg-shaped stones.... They
+leave the body quite uncovered. They are tall, robust, well built,
+and apparently of great strength. The women, too, are very tall,
+and wear only a cord tied about the waist, and to the cord they
+hang some grass or leaves from the trees, whereby they cover the
+shameful parts. Some cover the latter also with mats made from
+palm-leaves. All the rest of the body is uncovered. Both men and
+women wear their hair, which is of a yellowish color, loose and long,
+gathering it up behind the head." Their canoes are "very neatly and
+well made, sewed together with cord, and finished with a white or
+orange-colored bitumen, in place of pitch. They are very light, and
+the natives sail in them with their lateen sails made of palm-mats,
+with so much swiftness against the wind or with a side wind that it
+is a thing to marvel at." The trading was all done from the canoes
+for the natives would not enter the vessels. They cheated much,
+passing up packages filled mainly with sand, or grass, and rocks,
+with perhaps a little rice on top to hide the deceit; the cocoa-nut
+oil was found to be mixed with water. "Of these the natives made many
+and very ridiculous jests." They showed no shame in these deceits,
+and, if remonstrance was made, began straightway to show fight. "They
+are inclined to do evil, and in their knavishness they exhibit a very
+great satisfaction in having done it; and truly whoever gave the name
+of island of Ladrones [robbers] was right; for they are robbers and
+boast of it, and are quite shameless and inclined to evil. They render
+account to no one, each man being sufficient to himself. Thus it was
+seen that, whenever the general gave some articles, such as beads,
+mirrors, and articles of barter, to the Indians who seemed to be
+the principals, they quarreled over who should take them, snatching
+them from one another and fleeing. And they were always looking for
+something to steal. They unfastened a large piece of one rudder blade
+in the _patache_ 'San Joan,' and they tried to, and actually did,
+draw out the nails from the sides of the ships." [50] The vessels
+having anchored in a small cove for the purpose of refilling the
+water-butts, the natives showed hostility, discharging showers of
+stones from two sides, wounding some of the Spaniards, among others
+Captain Juan de la Isla, whereat the master-of-camp was sent ashore
+to remonstrate. The natives, in consequence, promised to keep the
+peace. Repeated experiences proved that no confidence could be placed
+in these people; for they broke their word as soon as given. Legazpi
+took possession of this island "in the name of his majesty"; and the
+religious disembarked to say mass, and celebrated divine worship. [51]
+Several natives were captured and held as hostages, being well
+treated in each case. One escaped, although his legs were fettered
+with irons, by swimming; one hanged himself, and the others were set
+free. Urdaneta proposed that a settlement be made in this island, and a
+vessel despatched to New Spain, but Legazpi said this would be acting
+contrary to his instructions. Before leaving the island, however,
+a hundred men under the command of Mateo del Saz landed to inflict
+chastisement for the death of a ship-boy whom the natives, finding
+him asleep in a palm grove, whither he had gone while the water-butts
+were being refilled, had killed in a most barbarous manner. Four of
+the natives were captured, three of whom (all wounded) were hanged
+at the same place where the boy had been killed; and the other was,
+through the intervention of the priests, taken aboard the ship, in
+order to send him to New Spain. Many houses were burned, a damage,
+"which, although slight, was some punishment for so great baseness and
+treachery as they had displayed toward us, ... and was done, so that
+when Spaniards, vassals of his majesty, anchor there another time,
+the natives shall give them a better reception, and maintain more
+steadfastly the friendship made with them." "This island of Goam is
+high and mountainous, and throughout, even to its seacoast, is filled
+with groves of cocoa-palms and other trees, and thickly inhabited. Even
+in the valleys, where there are rivers, it is inhabited. It has many
+fields sown with rice, and abundance of yams, sweet potatoes, sugar
+cane, and bananas--these last the best I have seen, being in smell
+and taste far ahead of those of Nueva España. This same island has
+also much ginger, and specimens of sulphurous rock were found." The
+island had "no wild or tame cattle, nor any birds, except some little
+turtle-doves that are kept in cages." The natives captured would not
+eat the meat offered them, nor "would they at first eat anything of
+ours." The natives were skilful fishermen, being able to catch the
+fish with the naked hands, "which is a thing of great wonder." "They
+are excellent swimmers. Their houses are high, and neatly and well
+made"--some, placed on posts of stone, served as sleeping-apartments;
+other houses were built on the ground, and in them the cooking and
+other work was done. They had other large buildings that served as
+arsenals for all in common, wherein the large boats and the covered
+canoes were kept. "These were very spacious, broad, and high, and
+worth seeing." The fleet left this island on February 3, and anchored
+on the thirteenth near the island of Cebú. Peace was made with the
+natives of one of the islands. Inquiries were made for Bernardo de
+la Torre, one of the captains of the Villalobos expedition, and they
+were given to understand that he was north from there. The natives,
+while professing friendship, brought their visitors but little
+food. [52] Legazpi, therefore, sent Juan de la Isla with a party
+to look for a good port. This party was gone six days, experiencing
+the usual treachery from the natives, who killed one of the men, who
+had disembarked without permission. Meanwhile another expedition was
+despatched toward the south, with the same object in view. Possession
+was taken of the island of Zibabao in the king's name. [53] On the
+twentieth of February the fleet set sail passing southward between a
+large island and a number of small islets. Next day they cast anchor
+off the large island in a large bay to which they gave the name San
+Pedro. [54] Here they learned that Tandaya, where they hoped to find
+the Spaniards still remaining in these regions from the Villalobos
+expedition, was a day's journey farther on. In this bay a native came
+to Legazpi's ship who could speak a few words of Spanish. They wished
+to send word to Tandaya and to buy provisions, but the natives, though
+good promisers, were tardy doers. Goyti was sent in search of Tandaya,
+while the general took possession of the island near which the ships
+were anchored. The latter, attempting to ascend to the native village,
+encountered the hostility of the people. Government here was in
+"districts like communal towns, each district having a chief. We could
+not ascertain whether they had any great chief or lord." Goyti returned
+in ten days with news that he had found a large river which he was
+told was Tandaya. As they explored the coasts they were followed by the
+natives, who took every occasion of displaying their hostility. He had
+passed a large settlement called Cabalian. There was a good anchorage
+here, but no port; "and the Indians of Cabalian had golden jewels,
+and had many swine and Castilian hens which were near the shore and
+which could be seen from the boat." On the fifth of March the fleet
+sailed to this town, reaching it on the same day. Friendship was made
+with the natives in accordance with their special blood ceremonies
+[55] in such cases. Some boats, sent out next day under command of
+the master-of-camp, discovered the strait separating this island
+from Panay. The usual trouble was experienced by Legazpi in securing
+provisions, and it was necessary to despatch Goyti to the shore to
+take what was needed, but with orders not to harm the natives. Next
+day Legazpi sent to the shore what was considered the equivalent of
+the food thus taken, in beads and other articles, by a native who was
+on his vessel. The general learned from hostages aboard his ship the
+names of many of the islands. On the ninth of March the fleet set sail
+for Mazagua, being guided by one of these hostages. Failing to meet
+here the hoped-for friendship, they determined to go to the island of
+Camiguinin, [56] first setting free all the hostages, giving them back
+their canoe, provisioning it for three days, and giving many presents
+of clothes to them, in order by this liberality to contract a lasting
+friendship. On the eleventh of March the coast of this island was
+reached. This island "is very thickly wooded." The natives, as usual,
+fled. On the fourteenth the fleet set sail for Butuan in Mindanao,
+but owing to contrary winds, they were not able to sail that day
+beyond Bohol. The _patache_ "San Juan" was despatched to Butuan from
+this place, to try to make peace with its king and the people; and the
+captain of this vessel was ordered to treat well any junks he might
+meet from "China or Borneo, and other parts." The Malayan interpreter,
+Geronimo Pacheco, was sent in this vessel, and they were ordered
+to obtain as much information as possible in regard to trade. The
+time given them for this expedition was twenty-five days. News being
+received that a large sail had been seen, the master-of-camp was sent
+in a small boat to investigate. Two days later he returned, reporting
+that the junk was from Borneo, and that he had fought with it "for it
+would not listen to peace." In the end the junk surrendered, and was
+brought in a prisoner; but the enemy "had killed a good soldier with
+a lance-thrust through the throat," and had wounded twenty more. The
+men of the junk were Moros, and they had fought most valiantly,
+and "were determined to die." Legazpi gave the Moros their liberty,
+whereat they expressed many thanks; he gathered as much information
+as possible from them in regard to the islands and peoples of these
+regions. "The Moros told him that they carried iron and tin from
+Borney, and from China porcelain, bells made of copper according
+to their manner, benzoin, and painted tapestry; from India pans and
+tempered iron pots." Among the captured Moros was the pilot, "a most
+experienced man who had much knowledge, not only of matters concerning
+these Filipinas Islands, but of those of Maluco, Borney, Malaca, Jaba,
+India, and China, where he had had much experience in navigation and
+trade." The Moros being shown the articles of trade brought by the
+fleet, advised them to go to Borneo, Siam, Patan, or Malaca, where
+they could easily trade them, but "although we wandered about these
+islands for ten years, we could not dispose of so many silks, cloths,
+and linens." "This Moro told the general that two junks from Luzon were
+in Butuan, trading gold, wax, and slaves.... He said that the island
+of Luzon is farther north than Borney." The Castilians learn that the
+hostility and fear of the natives of these islands is the result of
+a marauding expedition conducted by Portuguese, who had represented
+themselves to be Castilians. [57] With the aid of the Moro pilot peace
+and friendship were made with one of the chief men of the island of
+Bohol; and now for the first time food was received in any quantity,
+many sardines especially being brought by the natives. Legazpi
+despatched one of the small boats to Cebú in order to make friendship
+and peace with its inhabitants, and to gather all possible information
+for the relation he was to send back to New Spain. They were guided
+by the Moro, who acted in the capacity of interpreter, as he knew the
+language of the natives. A negro "who had been in India and Malaca,
+and knew the Malay tongue" acted as interpreter between this pilot and
+the Spaniards. "The Borneans said that the Indians had two Spaniards,
+and that sometime ago they had given one of them to Bornean merchants;
+they did not know whether they had the other yet, or what had been done
+with him. The Portuguese had ransomed the one taken by the Borneans and
+had taken him to Malaca." As the men sent to Cebú did not return within
+the time appointed by Legazpi--they had been provisioned for but one
+week--a canoe of natives, who offered themselves, was sent to look for
+them. Meanwhile the "San Juan," which had been despatched to Butuan,
+returned without having accomplished the full object of its mission,
+namely, to procure information regarding cinnamon. The captain reported
+having "found at the port of Botuan two Moro junks from Luzon," with
+which they traded for gold and wax. The soldiers, hearing that the
+Moros had much gold in their junks, were insistent that they should
+seize them, alleging as an excuse the deceit practiced by the Moros in
+their trading. The captain would not permit this, and in order to avoid
+a collision with the Moros returned to the fleet, leaving part of his
+duty unaccomplished, for which Legazpi reprimanded him severely. The
+general, calling a council of his officers and others, consulted with
+them as to the advisability of colonizing one of the islands. All but
+the religious were unanimous that a settlement should be made on one
+of them, but the latter did not care "to deliberate upon this." [58]
+Questioned as to what island they preferred, if Legazpi should
+order a settlement made, they signified as their choice the island of
+Cabalian, where although there was no port, a settlement could be made
+in the interior, as food was abundant there, and the return vessel to
+Spain could be easily provisioned. The unanimous opinion was that the
+"San Pedro" should return with news of the expedition to New Spain,
+as it was a lighter and better vessel than the "San Pablo." Nine days
+after their departure the canoe returned without news of the Spaniards
+sent to Cebú, which caused Legazpi great anxiety. That same night,
+however, these men returned alive and well, but the Moro pilot had
+been treacherously killed by some natives, while bathing in a river
+of the island of Negros. They had not anchored at Cebú, because of
+the violence of the tides about it. They had coasted about Negros and
+Cebú, and reported a large population and a plentiful food supply on
+the latter island. A council having been called it was determined that
+the fleet should go to Cebú, without delay, in order that they might
+make a settlement and despatch the "San Pedro" before the rainy season
+set in. Therefore on Easter Day the fleet set sail for this island,
+distant from Bohol fifteen or sixteen leagues. Being delayed by calms
+and contrary winds and the tides they did not reach their destination
+until the twenty-seventh and thirtieth of April. In conformity with the
+opinion that it was allowable to fight with the inhabitants of this
+island if they refused food and would not make a true friendship and
+peace--inasmuch as their chiefs had been baptized, and had afterward
+apostatized, and had treated Magalháes treacherously--Legazpi,
+after meeting with expressions of hostility and defiance, sent a
+party ashore to take the island. The natives immediately fled, and
+the soldiers were unable to find any of them on disembarking. "Their
+weapons are long sharp iron lances, throwing-sticks, shields, small
+daggers, wooden corselets, corded breastplates, a few bows and arrows,
+and culverins." About one hundred houses were burned, the fire having
+started from an accidental shot from one of the vessels, or having
+been lit purposely by the natives. The soldiers were quartered in the
+houses remaining after the fire. "There was found a marvelous thing,
+namely, a child Jesus like those of Flanders, in its little pine
+cradle and its little loose shirt, such as come from those parts,
+and a little velvet hat, like those of Flanders--and all so well
+preserved that only the little cross, which is generally upon the
+globe that he holds in his hands, was missing. [59] Meanwhile, as
+was right, the general had this prize, and when he saw it, he fell
+on his knees, receiving it with great devotion. He took it in his
+hands and kissed its feet; and raising his eyes to heaven, he said:
+'Lord, thou art powerful to punish the offenses, committed in this
+island against thy majesty, and to found herein thy house, and holy
+Church, where thy most glorious name shall be praised and magnified. I
+supplicate thee that thou enlighten and guide me, so that all that
+we do here may be to thy glory and honor, and the exaltation of
+thy holy Catholic faith.' And he ordered that this sacred image be
+placed with all reverence in the first church that should be founded,
+and that the church be called Nombre de Jesus ['Name of Jesus']. It
+gave great happiness and inspiration to all to see such an auspicious
+beginning, for of a truth it seemed a work of God to have preserved
+so completely this image among infidels for such a long time; and
+an auspicious augury in the part where the settlement was to be
+made." On May 8, the fort was commenced, Legazpi breaking the first
+ground, and "dedicating it to the most blessed name of Jesus." [60]
+The sites for the Spanish quarters and the church were chosen, and
+the town was called San Miguel, because founded on the day of this
+saint's apparition. That night the natives returned, setting fire to
+the remaining houses, so that the whole town was in danger of being
+burnt, with all the goods brought ashore from the ships. The site
+of the house wherein had been found the sacred image was selected
+"as the site of the Monastery of the Name of Jesus ... and from the
+said house the child Jesus was brought to the ... church in solemn
+procession, and with the great devotion, rejoicing, and gladness of
+all the men. Arriving at the church, they all adored it, and placed
+it on the principal altar, and all vowed to observe, sanctify,
+and celebrate solemnly as a feast day each year, the day on which
+it had been found, April 28. [61] And in addition a brotherhood of
+the most blessed name of Jesus was established in the same manner,
+under the conditions of that of San Agustin of Mexico, the majority of
+the people entering as members and brothers." In this procession took
+part a number of natives under two chiefs who professed friendship to
+the Spaniards. Finally peace and friendship was made between Legazpi
+and the greatest chief of the island, Tupas; and it was arranged that
+tributes should be paid in produce, since the people had no gold--not
+because of "any necessity the King of Castilla had of it" but merely
+as a tribute and token that they recognized him as their lord. But,
+perhaps through the maliciousness of the Moro interpreters, this
+peace was not concluded or kept; and certain of the natives, finding
+one of the company, Pedro de Arana, alone, killed him and cut off his
+head. "In this manner do the Indians of these islands keep peace and
+friendship, who in our presence refuse or deny nothing; but twenty
+paces away they keep nothing that they have promised. They have no
+knowledge of truth, nor are they accustomed to it. Therefore it is
+understood, that it will be very difficult to trade with them in a
+friendly manner, unless they understand subjection or fear." On the
+twenty-seventh of May, Legazpi ordered that the roll of those remaining
+be taken, in order that it might be sent to New Spain. Certain men
+of gentle birth, headed by one Pedro de Mena, objected to serving as
+Legazpi's body-guard, saying that such was the duty of servants. The
+master-of-camp hearing this, disrespect to the general, chided them,
+and sentenced them to serve in the companies. In revenge for this some
+one set fire to the house in which Legazpi's personal effects had been
+stored. The fire was put out and the danger averted with difficulty,
+during which "some of the soldiers were burned and hurt." De Mena and
+Esteban Terra were arrested, and the latter was given a hearing and
+found guilty. He was executed next morning. "From this it will be seen
+that not only are there enemies outside, but even in the very camp
+itself ... and it will be seen how necessary and suitable is the aid
+that must come from Nueva España." (Tomo ii, no. xxvii, pp. 217-351.)
+
+Zubu, May 28, 1565. Andrés de Mirandaola writes to the king various
+details of the expedition. "The products we have seen as yet among
+the natives, are gold, cinnamon, and wax; and their trade consists in
+these articles. And we are certain that these things can be had in
+abundance if your vassals, the Spaniards, cultivate the friendship
+of this land, for the aforesaid natives ... are a people who live
+without any restraint, neither regarding nor respecting those whom they
+designate as their seigniors.... It will be necessary for your majesty
+to conquer this region, for I believe without any doubt, that by no
+other way can it prove beneficial; nor can the Christian religion
+be otherwise advanced, because the people are extremely vicious,
+treacherous, and possessed of many evil customs. Therefore it is
+necessary for your majesty to order the conquest of this region, which
+can be done, with our Lord's aid, without much loss, if your majesty
+order people, arms, and ammunition to be provided, of all of which
+we suffer great lack at present." He tells of the damage inflicted
+on the Spanish in these regions by the Portuguese. Speaking of the
+Moro junks found at Butuan, Mirandaola says of the island of Borneo:
+"This island of Borney is rich, according to what we have heard
+of it. It is well populated and is very well fortified, having much
+artillery. Its people are warlike, and there is much trade in all parts
+of it." A brief account of the Spanish establishment on Cebú follows,
+and the consequent communications with the natives, which differ in
+no respect from other accounts. "Fray Andrés de Urdaneta, my uncle,
+is returning, and is going to serve your majesty in this discovery;
+and for his companion goes Fray Andrés de Aguirre. As captain goes
+Felipe de Salcedo and Juan de Aguirre, persons whom we know will
+serve your majesty with all fidelity, faith, and cheerfulness." He
+asks (in addition to the "two hundred well armed and equipped men"
+requested from New Spain) from the king "six hundred well armed men
+... of whom four hundred should be arquebusers and two hundred pikemen;
+large artillery, such as culverins, with ammunition; and ammunition
+and weapons for those who are here now. The people should be the best
+that can be found and of good lives." He asks the king to confirm the
+reward granted him by Velasco, and to increase his salary to three
+thousand ducats on account of the high cost of living. (Tomo ii,
+no. xxxii, pp. 365-372.)
+
+Relation of the expedition by Estevan Rodriguez, chief pilot of
+the fleet. This relation seems to have been the log kept by this
+pilot. Many of its entries are simply reckonings. He gives the
+names, tonnage, captains, and pilots of the different vessels. On
+the nineteenth of November the banner and standard were consecrated,
+and the oath taken. The fleet set sail four hours before dawn on
+November 21, [62] On Sunday, the twenty-sixth, the course was changed
+in accordance with the sealed instructions given to Legazpi. The
+"San Lucas" separated from the fleet December 1. On the eighth,
+Diego Martin, pilot of the "San Pablo," reported land but he was in
+error. Next day an island was sighted, in which there were "about
+one hundred Indians, a people well built and with long beards," for
+which the island was called Barbudos. "The women have pleasant faces,
+and these people are as dark complexioned as mulattoes. The women have
+little gardens. They have certain roots from which they make excellent
+bread, for I have tried it." [63] On the tenth they passed and named
+the islands Placeres and San Pablo. Other islands were passed on the
+twelfth and fifteenth. On the twenty-second they sighted a mountainous
+island to the south, whose inhabitants saluted them as "chamurre,
+chamurre," [64] or that is, "friends, friends!" This was the island
+of Guam. They found it to have a good bay and good rivers of fresh
+water. The products of this island are named, the people described,
+and the troubles there briefly enumerated. "The master-of-camp and
+Martin de Gueyte, with one hundred and fifty men, sacked and burned
+two villages." During the eleven days spent here "masses were said
+each day." Numerous words of the language spoken are recorded:
+Friend, _chamor_; good, _mauri_; hereabout, _baquimaqui_; pleasant
+to the taste, _mani_; take, _jo_; oil, _rana_; rice, _juay_; land,
+_tana_; dry cocoa, _micha_; señor, _churu_; fresh cocoa, _mana_; iron,
+_yrizo_; botija [a species of jar], _o_; gourd, _coca_; ship, _botus_;
+nail, _yuro_; salt, _azibi_; sugar-cane, _tupotipor_; fish, _bian_;
+no, _eri_; salt fish, _azuiban_; yam, _nica_; small, _segu_; wood,
+_tagayaya_; green banana, _regue_; water, _ami_; tamal, _enft_; banana,
+_jeta_; acorn, _puga_; net, _ragua_; pictured paper, _tricabo-tali;_
+eyes, _macha_;  rock, _rapia_; ears, _perucha_; paper, _afuipuri_;
+teeth, _nifi_; palm-leaf mat, _guafal_; hair, _chuzo_; ginger,
+_asinor_; hands, _catecha_; she, _reben_; foot, _ngmicha_; osier
+basket, _pian_; beard, _mimi_; deep, _atripe_; leg, _achumpa_; crab,
+_achulu_; this, _achi_; petaca [a leather covered trunk or chest],
+_agu_; pitcher, _burgay_; come here, _hembean;_ star, _vitan;_ moon,
+_uran_; sun, _afaon_;  to eat, _mana_; large, _riso_. Their numbers
+up to ten are: _acha, gua, tero, farfur, nimi, guanan, frintin, gua
+[sic], ãgua, manete_. On the fourteenth of February, 1565, they
+sighted the Philippines. Describing the natives, Rodriguez says:
+"these Indians wear gold earrings, and the chiefs wear two clasps
+about the feet.... All the body, legs, and arms are painted; and he
+who is bravest is painted most." Juan de la Isla was sent with one of
+the small vessels to reconnoiter a large and excellent bay at some
+distance away. There he made blood-friendship with the natives, but
+one of his men was treacherously killed. Rodriguez's reckonings were
+taken according to the Mexican rather than the Spanish rules. Rodriguez
+and Goyti were commissioned to explore among certain of the islands in
+order to find safe channels for the ships. They found one such between
+Panay and another island. They passed Tandaya and Cabalian during their
+ten days' cruise, and the fleet, in consequence of their report sailed
+to the latter place. The treacherous conduct of the Portuguese to both
+Spaniards and natives is discovered. "The general determined to go
+to Betuan, which is a very rich island, whence much gold is brought,"
+and anchor was cast before Bohol, from which place Legazpi despatched
+Juan de la Isla to explore westward, and Martin de Goyti eastward A
+small boat was despatched under Rodriguez "to discover some islands
+that could be seen from here. We went in the frigate, fifteen men
+and one Indian, who knew the language, the pilot of a junk captured
+by the master-of-camp and Captain Martin de Goete." This detachment
+coasted among various islands, among them Licoyon and Binglas. [65]
+They were blown out of their course by a storm. A _prau_ was sighted,
+but its occupants took flight, ran their vessel ashore, and hid on
+the island. The Spaniards went to the _prau_, and found therein
+a "little Indian girl of about three years, very pretty. She was
+hanging over the edge of the _prau_ with her body in the water, and
+screaming. When we came and wished to take her, she slipped into the
+water and would wellnigh have drowned, had not one of our men leaped
+in after her." Shortly after this a battle with other natives was
+averted only by the wind blowing off the covering to their two pieces
+of artillery, at sight of which the natives fled in confusion and hid
+themselves. The inhabitants showed themselves hostile at all points and
+the Spaniards had several narrow escapes on this island of Negros. From
+here they crossed to the island of Cebú. "This Cibuy is a fine island,
+about sixty leagues in circumference and thickly populated.... We found
+fourteen or fifteen villages on its sea-coast.... We did not dare to
+go ashore, although we were in need of food." The detachment returned
+to the fleet after twenty days, although they had been ordered only
+to cruise during six. The natives and two soldiers sent to look for
+these men had missed them by going to the opposite side of the island
+from that where Rodriguez had been The fleet set sail for Cebú, where
+after landing they found the village deserted. Legazpi ordered that
+each mess of four soldiers should take one house and the rest of the
+houses be destroyed. Everything was removed from the houses before
+any were destroyed. The general ordered that a thick set palisade of
+stakes be built, including therein a few wells of fresh water. "This
+village was built in triangular shape, with two water-fronts and one
+land side." The artillery was placed to defend the coast, while the
+Spaniards relied on the palisade for protection on the land side, until
+the fort could be built. Companies were sent out to scour the country
+for food, and "always brought back fowl, hogs, rice, and other things
+... and some good gold." The natives to the number of one hundred came
+to make peace one day. "In this town when we entered we found therein
+a child Jesus. A sailor named Mermeo found it. It was in a wretched
+little house, and was covered with a white cloth in its cradle, and
+its little bonnet quite in order. The tip of its nose was rubbed off
+somewhat, and the skin was coming off the face. The friars took it and
+carried it in procession on a feast day, from the house where it was
+found to the church that they had built." The natives were told that
+they thus honored the child Jesus. "After the mass and the sermon,
+the general went to treat with the king for friendship, telling him
+that we came thither for the King of Castilla, whose land this was, who
+had sent other people here before, and that they had been killed--as,
+for instance, Magallanes (and when Magallanes was mentioned, the king
+was much disturbed); but that he pardoned everything, on condition
+that you be his friends." To this peace the natives acceded, but
+as in other instances only for the moment; they failed to return
+at the appointed time to conclude the preliminaries, and killed one
+of the Spaniards. A body of men was sent out who captured more than
+twenty of the natives, among them a niece of the king, which was the
+means of getting into friendly touch with the people once more. The
+"San Pedro" was ready now to set out on the return trip to New Spain
+being well supplied with provisions for more than eight months. "Two
+hundred persons, with ten soldiers and two fathers, the father prior,
+and father Fray Andres de Aguirre," sailed with it on the first of
+June. (Tomo ii, no. xxxiii, pp. 373-427.)
+
+1565. Log of the return voyage to New Spain kept by Rodrigo de
+Espinosa. [66] This man was the pilot of the small vessel "San Juan,"
+commanded by Juan de la Isla. He was ordered to accompany Estevan
+Rodriguez on the return passage of the "San Pedro," under the command
+of Felipe de Salcedo. Setting sail on June 1, from the "Port of Zubu,
+... between the island of Zubu and the island of Matan, this latter
+island being south of Zubu," the "San Pedro" took a general northerly
+and easterly direction. The passage through the islands is somewhat
+minutely described. On one island where they landed to obtain a fresh
+supply of water, they saw "two lofty volcanoes." This island they named
+Peñol ["Rock"]. On June 10 the island of Felipina was reached, whence
+the trip across the open Pacific was commenced. Often the direction of
+the wind and the reckoning of the sun, are chronicled--also the days'
+runs, which vary between five and forty-five leagues. June 21, Corpus
+Christi Day, a headland was sighted on the starboard side, which had
+the appearance of a ship at anchor, and to which the name Espíritu
+Santo ["Holy Ghost"] was given. By September 15, Cebú lay fifteen
+hundred and forty-five leagues toward the west. On the eighteenth
+an island on their starboard side was named Deseada ["Desired"],
+and the log reads sixteen hundred and fifty leagues from the point of
+departure. On Saturday, the twenty-second, land was sighted; and next
+day the point of Santa Catalina, in twenty-seven degrees and twelve
+minutes north latitude, received its name. From that point they coasted
+in a southeasterly direction along the shores of southern California
+to its southern point in "twenty-three degrees less an eighth," naming
+the headland here Cape Blanco, from its white appearance. Near this
+place died the master of the vessel, "and we threw him into the sea at
+this point." On the twenty-seventh the chief pilot "Esteban Rodriguez
+[67] died between nine and ten in the morning." The small islands
+southeast of Lower California were passed and it was estimated that
+they were in the neighborhood of cape Corrientes. On the thirtieth,
+cape Chamela was passed; and on the first of October, the "San Pedro"
+lay off Puerto de la Navidad; the chart showing a distance of eighteen
+hundred and ninety-two leagues from Cebú. "At this time I went to
+the captain and said to him, that I would take the ship wherever he
+ordered, because we were off Puerto de la Navidad. He ordered me to
+take it to the port of Acapulco, and I obeyed the order. Although
+at that time there were but from ten to eighteen men able to work,
+for the rest were sick, and sixteen others of us had died, we reached
+this port of Acapulco on the eighth of this present month of October
+after all the crew had endured great hardships." (Tomo ii, no. xxxiv,
+pp. 427-456.)
+
+Following this relation is a document showing the estimates made by
+the two pilots and the boatswain, by command of the captain, of the
+distance between Cebú and Puerto de la Navidad. The first estimate
+was made on July 9. The map of the chief pilot was found to measure
+eighteen hundred and fifty leagues, but in his opinion the distance was
+about two thousand leagues. Rodrigo de la Isla Espinosa [68] declared
+that an old map in his possession showed more than thirteen hundred
+and seventy leagues, [69] but he increased the amount to about two
+thousand and thirty leagues. Francisco de Astigarribia's map measured
+eighteen hundred and fifty leagues, but his estimation was about two
+thousand and ten leagues. On September 18 the same three men estimated
+the distance from Cebú to the first land sighted--"an island off the
+west coast of New Spain" and lying in about thirty-three degrees--at
+seventeen hundred and forty leagues sixteen hundred and fifty leagues,
+and sixteen hundred and fifty leagues respectively; the highest
+point reached had been a fraction over thirty-nine degrees. (Tomo ii,
+no. xxv, pp. 457-460.)
+
+1565-1567. Relation of occurrences in the Philippines after the
+departure of the "San Pedro" to New Spain. [70] To a Moro who presented
+himself as a deputy from the chief Tupas, Legazpi expressed his sorrow
+that the natives were fleeing to the mountains, and would not give
+credence to the friendship and peace offered them in the name of the
+king, by the Castilians. Word was sent to Tupas that Legazpi regretted
+the necessity of warring with the natives, and that, when they wished
+to return, they might do so peaceably. Although they treacherously had
+killed a Spaniard, he, on his part, had treated well the two women and
+two children captured by him, and would restore them freely to their
+husbands and fathers, without ransom, whenever they chose to return to
+ask his pardon and to make peace. That same afternoon two chiefs--one
+of whom, Simaquio, was the husband of one of the women and the father
+of the two children--came into the fort. They declared themselves
+to be brothers of the chief Tupas. Simaquio "came to deliver himself
+to the governor, saying that the latter could do what he wished with
+him and his, and that he should hold them as slaves, or sell them in
+Castilla, or do what he pleased with them." Legazpi permitted him to
+see his wife and daughters, telling him "that he had been as watchful
+of their honor, as if he had kept them in his own house." Simaquio
+signified his desire "to be ... the friend and vassal of the king
+of Castilla, and to have perpetual peace and friendship, and that he
+would never be found lacking in it." To this Legazpi replied that it
+was necessary to treat with Tupas and the others jointly, "and that in
+this manner it would be ascertained who wished peace and friendship,
+and who did not; that he [Simaquio] should go and confer regarding
+peace and friendship with Tupas and the other chiefs; and that after
+such talk and conference, and getting the opinion of all, they should
+return to finish these negotiations and conclude the matter. Meanwhile
+his wife and daughters would receive good care and treatment, and he
+could rest assured that after peace had been made, he [Legazpi] would
+be their father and they his children, and he would look, after them
+and protect them as such." This good treatment reassured the natives,
+and a few days later Tupas appeared and a treaty of peace was made,
+the conditions of which follow. "First, they make submission, and bind
+and place themselves under the dominion and royal crown of Castilla
+and of his majesty, as his natural vassals, promising to be faithful
+and loyal in his service, and not to displease him in any way. They
+promise to observe, fulfil, and obey his royal commands as their king
+and lord; and to obey, in his royal name, the governor and captain
+residing in these islands, and to receive the latter whenever he
+should come to their islands, towns, and houses--whether he were angry
+or pleased, whether at night or day, whether for peace or for war,
+without any resistance or hostility, to fulfil his commands, and not
+to withdraw themselves from this dominion, now or in the future. This
+they promised for themselves and their future descendants, under risk
+of falling under and incurring the penalties which should be imposed
+in case of treachery and treason against their king and lord.
+
+"_Item:_ on condition, that the chief who killed Pedro de Arana
+by treachery should not enjoy this peace and friendship, until he
+had appeared before the said governor to make his plea, and whose
+punishment the said governor said he reserved for himself." The said
+Tupas and chiefs declared that they accepted this condition; and that,
+if they could, they would bring this man to his lordship so that he
+might be punished.
+
+"_Item:_ on condition that, if the said Tupas and chiefs asked the
+said governor for the aid of his men against any Indians hostile to
+them, who were making or should make war upon them, the said governor
+was obliged to give them aid, protection, and reenforcement of men
+for it. Likewise if the said governor should request people from the
+said Indians, they would be obliged to volunteer to fight against his
+enemies. All the spoils taken when the said Spaniards and Indians
+were acting in concert should be divided into two equal parts,
+of which the said governor and his people were to have one part,
+and the said natives the other.
+
+"_Item:_ on condition that, if any Indian, a native of this island,
+should commit any crime or wrong against any Spaniard, or take
+anything pertaining to and connected with the Spaniards, the said
+chiefs would be obliged to arrest him and bring him as a prisoner to
+the governor, in order that he might be punished, and justice done. And
+if any Spaniard should do any wrong or damage to the natives, or take
+anything belonging to them, the said chiefs and natives were to notify
+the said governor, and show him the proofs thereof, so that he might
+punish the wrong, and execute justice according to law.
+
+"_Item_: It is a condition that, if any slave or other person flee
+from the Spanish camp, and should go inland where the Indians live
+and inhabit, the said chiefs and natives be obliged to arrest him and
+bring him before the governor; likewise if any Indian, man or woman,
+free or slave, come to the Spanish camp from the Indians, that the
+said governor promises to send him back and surrender him--so that
+neither side defraud or hide anything from the other.
+
+"_Item:_ It is a condition that the said chiefs and natives shall
+be obliged, in selling to the Spaniards any or all provisions native
+to their land, and which they may wish to sell the latter, to demand
+only the just prices current among them, and those usually imposed by
+them, without advancing the price above its usual value. This price
+shall be fixed and understood, now and in future, and there shall be
+no change in it. Likewise the said governor shall fix moderate rates
+on the articles of barter brought from Spain for the natives. After
+these prices are fixed, neither side may advance them.
+
+"_Item:_ It is a condition that none of the said natives may, now or at
+any time, come into or enter the camp and settlement of the Spaniards
+with any weapons of any kind whatever, under penalty that the person
+entering with weapons shall be punished by the governor." In return
+for these conditions of peace, thus accepted by the natives, Legazpi
+promised that, for this first year, they need pay no tribute or other
+submission until after their harvests, "for the king of Castilla had
+no need of their possessions, nor wished more than that they recognize
+him as lord, since they were his and within his demarcation." In token
+of submission, Tupas and all the other chiefs present bent the knee
+before Legazpi, "offering themselves as vassals of his majesty," whom
+the governor ... received as such vassals of the crown of Castilla,
+and promised "to protect and defend as such." As a climax, presents
+of garments, mirrors, strings of beads, and pieces of blue glass were
+given to the various chiefs. Then Legazpi told them of the necessity
+of the king's having "a strong house, wherein could be kept and
+guarded the articles of barter and the merchandise brought thither,
+and his artillery and ammunition;" as well as a town-site for the
+soldiers. These the natives should assign, where it best pleased them,
+"because he wished it to be with the consent and choice of all of them;
+and although he had planned the house of his majesty on the point
+occupied at present by the camp, in order to be near the ships, he
+wished it to be with their universal consent." This place was granted
+by the natives, whereupon Legazpi proceeded to mark out land for the
+fort and Spanish town, assigning the limits by a line of trees. Ail
+outside this line "was to remain to the Indians, who could build their
+houses and till the fields." After ordering the natives "to go to the
+other side or the line which he had assigned to them, and the Spaniards
+... within the line ... the governor passed from one part to the other,
+cut certain branches, and said that, in his majesty's name he took,
+and he did take; possession of that site, ... and in token of true
+possession he performed the said acts." Besides not being allowed
+to enter the Spanish town with arms, no native could come hither at
+night, unless by special permission. Legazpi promised that "if any
+wrong should be done them, or they should experience any violence
+from any one, he would defend and protect them as their own father
+and protector," and that all wrongs would be punished according to
+Castilian laws. In conclusion a collation was given to the natives,
+and Simaquio's wife and daughters were surrendered to him and the
+other hostages set free, "whereat they expressed great wonder and
+joy, because it is unusual among them to free prisoners without any
+ransom." "The next day ... the same chiefs returned ... and said that
+they had come to make merry with the governor. The latter gave them
+a good reception, and set before them a breakfast and some liquor,
+in which consists their way of making merry." They brought other
+chiefs who submitted to the Spaniards, and later still other chiefs
+came in. Trade began to flourish as the natives recovered from all
+fear and returned to their former haunts. Among other things the
+natives traded "a great quantity of palm wine, to which the Spaniards
+gave themselves with good appetite, saying that they did not miss
+the wine of Castilla. But because of the risk and trouble that
+might arise therefrom, the governor ordered that wine should not be
+brought or sold within the camp, and that the Spaniards should not
+buy it. He told Tupas and the chiefs that, as the Spaniards were
+not accustomed to this land, and were but recently come thither,
+it was not good for them to drink this wine, and that some of them
+had become sick. And he asked that Tupas neither consent to it, nor
+bring wine to the Spaniards." The traffic still went on nevertheless,
+"secretly and at night," and the Spaniards gave themselves up to it
+entirely, saying "that it was better than that of Castilla." Moreover,
+the women prostituted themselves freely throughout the camp, an
+evil which Legazpi, although he posted sentinels, was unable to
+stamp out. Finally he announced to the native chiefs that only men
+should do the trading in the camp; and if the women did any trading
+he would assign them a public place as a market, and the latter
+should enter none of the Spanish houses. The chiefs replied "that
+those who came to sell and trade were slaves and not married women,
+and that he should not concern himself about it nor take it ill,
+for such was their custom, and that married and honorable women
+did not go to the camp; although the contrary of this was seen and
+understood afterwards. For the Indians going outside the village, as
+they do continually, to trade beside the sea, many of the wives and
+daughters of the chiefs came to the camp along with the other women,
+and thus went through the camp, visiting with as much freedom and
+liberty as if all the men were their own brothers. Thus it was seen and
+discovered later that this is one of their customs, and is exercised
+with all strangers from the outside. The very first thing they do is
+to provide them with women, and these sell themselves for any gain,
+however slight" The natives are described as covetous and selfish,
+without neatness and not cleanly. "It has not been ascertained whether
+they have any idols. They revere their ancestors as gods, [71] and
+when they are ill or have any other necessity, they go to their graves
+with great lamentation and commendation, to beg their ancestors for
+health, protection, and aid; They make certain alms and invocations
+here. And in the same manner they invoke and call upon the Devil, and
+they declare that they cause him to appear in a hollow reed, and that
+there he talks with their priestesses. Their priests are, as a general
+rule, women, who thus make this invocation and talk with the Devil,
+and then give the latter's answer to the people--telling them what
+offerings of birds and other things they must make, according to the
+request and wish of the Devil. They sacrifice usually a hog and offer
+it to him, holding many other like superstitions in these invocations,
+in order that the Devil may come and talk to them in the reed: When
+any chief dies, they kill some of his slaves, a greater or less number
+according to his quality and his wealth. They are all buried in coffins
+made out of two boards, and they bury with them their finest clothes,
+porcelain ware, and gold jewels. Some are buried in the ground, and
+others of the chief men are placed in certain lofty houses." [72]
+Legazpi ordered that in future no slaves be killed at the death
+of their chiefs, an order which they promised to obey. The natives
+desired to procure iron in their trading, but Legazpi ordered that none
+be given them by anyone. However, the trade was continued secretly,
+the iron being concealed in clothing, even after some of the men had
+been punished. By various dealings with the natives Legazpi discovered
+that they were deceiving him in regard to other natives of Cebú and
+the island of Matan; they had said that these men would make peace
+and friendship, but they never appeared. The inhabitants of Matan
+had always been hostile to the Spaniards, "saying that they would
+kill us, or at least would drive us away by hunger." One day Tupas
+told the governor that "his wife and daughters would like to come
+to see him, because they had a great desire to know him. He replied
+that he would be very glad and that Tupas should bring them whenever
+he wished; accordingly, Tupas did so after a few days. Their manner
+of coming was such that the women came by themselves in procession,
+two and two, the chief one last of all. After this manner came the
+wife of Tupas with her arms on the shoulders of two principal women,
+with a procession of more than sixty women, all singing in a high
+voice. Most of them wore palm-leaf hats on their heads, and some of
+them garlands of various kinds of flowers; some were adorned with
+gold, and some with clasps on their legs, and wearing earrings and
+armlets, and gold rings on their hands and fingers. They were all
+clad in colored petticoats or skirts and shawls, some of them made of
+taffety." The usual good cheer followed, and presents were made to
+all the women. The same good treatment was accorded to the wives of
+other chiefs who visited the settlement in the same manner. Legazpi
+"after his arrival in these islands, tried always to put the minds of
+the natives at rest, not allowing them to receive any wrong or hurt,
+or permitting that anything belonging to them should be taken from
+them without being paid for ... principally in this island of Zubu,
+where he thought to live and dwell permanently among the natives." A
+few days after the coming of Tupas's wife and the other women, he sent
+his niece to Legazpi. She was the first native to receive baptism,
+"although the father prior made her wait some days, enforcing upon her
+mind what it meant to be a Christian, and what she must believe and
+observe after her baptism." She was named Isabel, and married Master
+Andrea, a Greek calker, a few days after. Her son, aged three, and two
+children, a boy and a girl, of seven and eight years respectively,
+also received baptism. Other Indians came, in imitation of Isabel,
+asking baptism; and seven or eight infants who died received the holy
+rite that ensured them entrance into heaven. After being two months
+in Cebú, Legazpi, although pushing the work on the fortifications as
+rapidly as possible, sent out, in order to keep his part of the treaty,
+contingents of men with the natives, at two different times, to aid
+the latter against their enemies. The weapons and warlike qualities
+of the Spaniards gained them great prestige and inspired great terror
+throughout all the islands. About this same time "seven or eight Moros,
+whose chief was called Magomat, [73] came in a canoe to the camp,
+declaring themselves to be natives of the island of Luzon; and asked
+the governor for permission to come to this village to trade with a
+_prau_ which was stationed near this island. They said that if the
+Spaniards would trade with them, they would be very glad to have junks
+come from Luzon with much merchandise for the Spanish trade." They had
+learned of the Spanish settlement through a Moro who had been sent to
+Panay to buy rice for the fort, and that "they did no harm to anyone,
+and were possessed of a great quantity of silver and small coins;
+therefore they had come to find out our manner of trading." One of
+the Moros happening to sneeze while trading for pearls, said "that
+they could not buy; that that was their custom, and if they did, they
+would sin therein." Through these Moros the natives of Cebú learned
+to demand _tostones_ [a small coin] in exchange for their articles
+of trade, which was a loss to the Spaniards; but the latter laid in
+a good supply of provisions, by the aid of these same Moros. By the
+latter, Legazpi sent word to the king of Luzon of his residence in
+the islands and his desire to meet him and "deliver the message he
+bore to him from his majesty; and requested that he send him for this,
+a trustworthy person, or allow him to send some Spaniards thither to
+treat with the same king." These Moros induced two small "junks from
+Venduro [Mindoro] which is an island near Luzon" to come to trade at
+Cebú, having told them of the good treatment afforded them. These
+latter carried "iron, tin, porcelain, shawls, light woolen cloth
+and taffety from China, perfumes, and other knick-knacks." The
+master-of-camp and Martin de Goyti were sent with a body of men to
+obtain provisions among the neighboring islands, in the month of
+September of 1565. Guided by certain chiefs of Cebú, they visited an
+island to the west, inhabited by blacks who lived in a town called
+Tanay, stopping on the way at a village, hostile to Cebú, where they
+obtained some food. The people of Tanay fled at their approach, and
+the little food found there was sent to Legazpi; while the two leaders
+remained at the island some days in a fruitless endeavor to make peace
+and friendship with the natives. On All Saints' Day "about the hour
+of mass" some twenty houses were burned in the Spanish settlement,
+"among others that where the religious slept, and the hut where mass
+was said," and many goods were burned. "It could not be proved whether
+this fire was set, or happened through carelessness." It having been
+discovered that the inhabitants of Matan and Gavi who would not make
+peace with the Spaniards, but were friendly to the natives of Cebú,
+came freely to that island, and even entered the Spanish settlement,
+the master-of-camp and Goyti were despatched to Matan to receive the
+homage of the chiefs or to make war upon them. Warned by the natives
+of Cebú, those of Matan fled. The invaders burned their village, for
+which the natives threatened retaliation, saying they would burn the
+houses of the Spanish settlement. Meanwhile the food problem assumed
+threatening dimensions, and the men became discontented and began to
+grumble because they were not allowed to take anything from the natives
+without pay. "And although the governor and captains, the religious
+and other chief persons ... tried to encourage them with good words
+and promises," a mutiny was arranged among certain men, which, "if
+God in his infinite mercy had not caused it to be discovered, might
+have caused great loss and trouble." Certain of the petty officers
+(some of them foreigners), and some of the soldiers and servants,
+conspired to seize the "San Juan," and, making first a cruise through
+the islands, to seize "the junks of Borneo, Luzon, and Venduro, trading
+among these islands." Then they planned their course by way of the
+Strait of Magellan to New Spain, Guatemala, or Peru, or to Spain or
+France. If the weather were contrary then "they would go to Malaca,
+where the Portuguese would receive them with open arms ... because
+they had fled from this camp and settlement." All officers had been
+selected. The mutiny had every appearance of succeeding, for the master
+of the "San Pablo" had in his care all the artillery, powder, and
+ammunition aboard the ship. The twenty-seventh of November was set for
+their desertion, and to avoid pursuit the "San Pablo" and the frigates
+that had been built were to be sunk. The date, for some unknown reason,
+was postponed until the twenty-eighth. On that day the master of
+the "San Pablo" divulged the conspiracy to the master-of-camp, who
+immediately informed Legazpi. Pablos Hernandez, a native of Venice,
+the head of the conspiracy, fled, first making an ineffectual attempt
+to assume the ecclesiastical garb, in order that he might escape with
+his life. Finally "he determined to die as a Christian, in order that
+his soul might not be lost;" he gave himself up, and was hanged. The
+French pilot Pierres Plin, and a Greek were also hanged. The others
+were pardoned after being severely reprimanded. More than forty
+persons were implicated in this conspiracy. "The governor imposed
+only one order upon the foreigners, namely that none of them should
+speak any other language than Spanish." It was discovered that some
+of these men had conspired while at Puerto de la Navidad to make off
+with the "San Lucas," and that one night the sails had been lowered
+on the "San Pablo" under pretext that Legazpi's ship had done the
+same, the intention being to desert. Through the promptness of the
+master-of-camp, who threatened to hang the pilots if they lost
+sight of the "San Pedro," the conspiracy was foiled. The mutiny
+suppressed, attention was given to securing food. Five _praus_ of
+natives set out for the province of Baybay, taking with them articles
+of barter--Legazpi preferring that natives should go on this errand,
+as he feared that the Spaniards would wrong the islanders. These men
+delayed, as well as those who went to Panay, and it was thought,
+purposely, believing that the Spaniards would be driven from the
+island by hunger. So great was the famine that cats and rats were
+eaten by some of the soldiers. Goyti was sent with a number of small
+boats and a detachment of one hundred men to the villages hostile to
+those of Cebú, with orders to buy food and try to procure peace and
+friendship with the natives. He sent back several boat-loads of food,
+and on his own coming announced peace with five villages. Finally
+the natives who had gone to Panay returned, after three months'
+absence, bringing many excuses and but little food. Meanwhile news
+came from Baybay, where many of the former inhabitants of Matan
+and Gavi had sought refuge, of hostile excursions against the town
+of Mandam, an ally and friend of the Spaniards. These people from
+Baybay carried their insolence so far as to say they would burn the
+Spanish settlement. Legazpi sent two chiefs to Baybay to demand the
+release of the prisoners taken at Mandam. The messengers were scoffed
+at, and the marauders returned to Mandam in greater force, where
+they committed many depredations and made many prisoners. Legazpi
+determined to teach these arrogant natives a lesson, and ordered the
+master-of-camp to go thither; but granted a few days' delay at the
+petition of the Cebú natives, who said that many of their men were at
+Baybay, as well as those despatched thither to secure food. During
+this delay the master-of-camp and Martin de Goyti were sent to the
+islands where the latter had been shortly before, and where he had
+made peace with certain villages. This peace was confirmed and the
+inhabitants of fifteen or sixteen other villages "offered themselves
+as vassals of his majesty, some of whom gave millet and rice ... and
+others gave earrings of little weight ... and this was the first gold
+that was given in these islands to his majesty." All the natives of
+these islands have no idea of honor among themselves, always being
+ready to take advantage of each other's misfortunes--as was apparent
+by those of Cebú, who were friendly to the inhabitants of Mandam,
+robbing and sacking that town, when its people fled from the raiders
+of Baybay. The master-of-camp having returned from his expedition
+among the friendly villages, set out for Baybay, under guidance of
+Simaquio. This latter guided them, not to the chief city, where the
+prisoners from Mandam had been taken, but to the small and unimportant
+village of Caramucua, which was found deserted. At the town of
+Calabazan the Spaniards were duped by the few natives found there,
+who claimed to be natives of Cebú, and asked the invaders to wait two
+days and they would bring the chiefs of this town to make peace and
+friendship. The two days having elapsed, and no natives appearing,
+the Spaniards marched inland, being deserted by all the natives of
+Cebú, who said that "these were their friends, from which it was quite
+apparent that they were all hand in glove with one another." A three
+or four leagues' march resulted only in the killing of a few hogs,
+the firing of the native huts, and the capture and hanging of several
+natives. The only salutary result of the expedition was the return
+of a number of the inhabitants of Cebu who had migrated to Baybay
+because they did not wish to acknowledge the Spanish rule; asking
+pardon of Legazpi, these natives of Cebú were permitted to return,
+but the same favor was denied those from Matan and Gavi. Legazpi's
+policy was always to treat the people of Cebú with more than fairness,
+in order to retain their friendship, although he was fully aware of
+their duplicity toward him. Numerous expeditions in search of food
+were organized. The master-of-camp with seventy men, and accompanied
+by Juan de la Isla and the king's factor was despatched to the coasts
+of Butuan in search of sago, whence they returned after a long delay,
+and after they were half given up as lost; having failed to obtain
+provisions at Butuan, the commander of the expedition had gone on
+farther, over-staying his limit of forty days. On his return he brought
+more than one thousand _fanégas_ [74] of rice. He brought cheering
+news of the friendliness of the natives, and of the taking possession
+in the king's name of "Vindanao [Mindanao], and the coast of Botuan,
+Negros, and Panay." Another expedition under command of Goyti was
+despatched to Negros with additional orders to procure news of the
+former expedition, but his quest was useless. Meanwhile a messenger
+brought word that the master-of-camp was going to Panay, and would
+return as soon as possible. Before the return of the master-of-camp,
+Goyti was sent on another expedition to the coasts of Cabalian
+and Abuyo, taking with him sixty men. He was successful, sending
+back several boat-loads of rice, and news that the people of these
+districts were friendly,--although not much confidence could be placed
+in their friendship, for only a league from Cabalian five of his men
+had been treacherously murdered, and another time two more had shared
+the same fate. The master-of-camp having returned meanwhile, Legazpi
+sent a reenforcement of thirty men to Goyti with orders to explore
+the strait between Abuyo and Tandaya. At the mouth of this strait,
+news was had of a Christian "named Juanes, who had lived with the
+Indians for more than twenty years, and had married the daughter of
+a chief, and that he was painted like the other natives." Although
+an effort was made to obtain definite news in regard to this man,
+it was unsuccessful; and Goyti, falling ill of fever, was obliged to
+return without ransoming him. He brought as captives two chiefs whom
+he caused to be seized. While the camp was weakened by the absence of
+so many men on these expeditions, the malcontents at the settlement
+took occasion to attempt another mutiny. The ringleader was a certain
+soldier named Carrión, who had been pardoned by Legazpi after being
+"condemned to death by the master-of-camp for a certain crime." He was
+exposed by a Frenchman, who, like Carrión, had been implicated in the
+previous mutiny. It was planned to get to the Moluccas, "where they
+would receive all courtesy." A boat was to be seized from certain Moros
+of Luzon, and other depredations, to ensure sufficient food, etc.,
+were to be committed. Carrión and one other were hanged. The former
+"knew but little, but presumed to know it all, and talked too much, so
+that the majority of his acquaintances shunned his conversation." The
+master-of-camp was sent with a number of men to attempt the ransom of
+Juanes from the natives, with orders to stop on the way at Eleyti to
+ascertain the cause of the delay of a certain Pedro de Herrera who
+had been sent thither to obtain resin for pitching the ships. When
+this latter returned he bore a letter from the master-of-camp to the
+effect that Herrera had gone beyond his instructions. The latter was
+thereupon arrested and tried. This man brought news of three Spaniards
+who were held in the island of Tandaya who had been captured from a
+vessel within fourteen or fifteen months. Legazpi immediately sent
+this information to the master-of-camp, in order that he might ransom
+those men as well as Juanes, but the messengers failed to find that
+officer. Juanes proved to be not a Spaniard, but a Mexican Indian who
+had accompanied Villalobos. This Indian declared the three men to be
+of the same expedition, and Herrera had made a mistake in the time,
+which should be years, not months. The men despatched under Juan de la
+Isla to take the information of Herrera to the master-of-camp, fell in
+with the ship "San Gerónimo," which had been sent from New Spain with
+aid to Legazpi. The ship itself arrived at Cebú on October 15, 1566,
+with a doleful story of "bad management, mutinies, want of harmony,
+deaths, hardships, and calamities." The captain, by name Pericon,
+was not a suitable officer for such a voyage, setting sail from
+"Acapulco with more haste and less prudence than was needful." A
+conspiracy to mutiny was formed under the leadership of the master,
+the pilot, Lope Martin--the pilot of the vessel that had deserted
+Legazpi--and others. After various insubordinations, of which the
+captain, in his blindness, took no notice, the latter and his son
+were murdered. Soon afterward the two chief conspirators quarreled;
+and the pilot, forestalling the intention of the master to arrest
+him, hanged the latter. Then the pilot resolved to return to Spain by
+the Strait of Magellan, promising to make rich men of all who would
+follow him, but intending to abandon on some island those who were
+not favorable to him. Under pretext of wintering at a small islet
+near the island of Barbudos, he contrived to have the greater part of
+the men disembark. The ecclesiastic Juan de Viveros, who accompanied
+the expedition, discovering the pilot's intention to abandon some of
+the party, remonstrated with the latter's chief adviser, saying that
+"it was inhuman, and he should take them to the Filipinas, and leave
+them where there were provisions," but to no purpose. Each man lost
+all confidence in his fellows, and certain of the men, forming a
+counter mutiny in the king's name, seized the vessel and set their
+course for the Philippines, abandoning Lope Martin and twenty-six
+men on this island. The leader of this second mutiny hanged two men
+who were concerned in the death of the captain. Finally, after many
+hardships, the Ladrones and later the Philippines were reached. The
+notary of the ship was tried and executed by Legazpi as an accomplice
+in the captain's death. The others concerned in the mutiny were all
+pardoned. This new contingent "made homage anew, and swore to obey his
+majesty and the governor in his royal name." [75] The master-of-camp
+having been sent about this time to Panay to collect the tributes
+of rice, returned on November 16, without having accomplished his
+object, and having been compelled to leave his vessel, the "San Juan,"
+at Dapitan. He brought news that the Portuguese were coming to the
+island, sent thither by the viceroy of India "in search of Miguel
+Lopez de Legazpi, who had left Nueva España with four ships." One
+ship of the Portuguese fleet was encountered near Mindanao and four
+others about thirty leagues from Cebú, and two more at a distance
+of ten leagues out. On the following day the two Portuguese vessels
+last seen made their appearance, but almost immediately stood off
+again, and soon disappeared. The Spaniards began to fortify their
+settlement as strongly as possible, and the vessels were stationed
+in the best positions. Legazpi bade the Spaniards not to forget
+that they were Spaniards, and reminded them of the "reputation and
+valor of the Spanish people throughout the world." The natives in
+terror abandoned their houses, "removing their wives and children
+to the mountain, while some took them in canoes to other villages;
+and others took their children, wives, and possessions to our camp,
+placing them in the houses of soldiers who were their friends,
+saying they would die with us." On the nineteenth of November the
+two vessels reappeared; and Martin de Goyti was sent to talk to them,
+and if they "were in need of anything," to invite them to anchor in
+the port. The Portuguese said that they had become separated from the
+rest of their fleet by a storm. They were bound from India to the
+Moluccas, and thence to Amboina to take vengeance upon the natives
+for various depredations. After a mutual salute with the artillery,
+the Portuguese vessels withdrew. Each carried about thirty-five or
+forty Portuguese soldiers and crews of Indians from Malabar. Legazpi
+despatched the same captain with a letter to the Portuguese captain,
+Melo, expressing his regret that they had not stopped to accept
+his hospitality, because "at this port they would have been well
+received and aided with whatever was necessary for their voyage; for
+his majesty's command was that, wherever he should meet Portuguese,
+he should give them every protection and aid." He sent presents of
+food and wine, etc., to the Portuguese, who expressed their thanks
+verbally, saying "they had no paper or ink." They promised to do
+no wrong to the natives, at the request of Goyti, "because they
+were vassals of his majesty, and our friends." A comet seen next day
+"nearly above the town of Zebu," was taken by the soldiers as an omen
+of war and bloodshed. Affairs with the natives continued to improve
+steadily, and several chiefs came to offer themselves as vassals to
+the governor, promising to pay tribute. The Moro interpreter, his wife,
+and one child received baptism, a conversion that was of great moment
+because this Moro had much influence with the natives. The ship "San
+Gerónimo" was judged totally unseaworthy; and, in a council called by
+Legazpi to consider the question, it was decided to take the ship to
+pieces, and to construct a smaller vessel from what could be saved
+of it. The carpenters and others having made an examination of the
+vessel announced that it was so rotten that no smaller vessel could
+be made from it. Legazpi ordered also a large frigate to be built,
+as there was a great necessity for it to bring provisions to the
+settlement. The deaths of the Mexican Indian and a sailor and the
+sickness of several others, were attributed to poison, and Legazpi
+called Tupas to strict account, telling him that his treatment of the
+Spaniards was the reverse of what was to be expected for such good
+treatment on their part. Finally it was discovered that a woman had
+poisoned wine that had been sold to these men. She was executed, after
+having made a full confession and embraced the Christian religion. In
+consequence a stringent order was issued by the governor that no one
+should buy the native wine. On the same night of the execution of this
+woman one of the chiefs implicated in the murder of Pedro de Arana
+was captured upon information furnished by Tupas; he was executed
+on the following day, in the place of the murder. Expeditions sent
+out to explore and gather provisions, learned of gold and mines. On
+March 5, 1567, the large frigate was completed and launched, and it
+was named "Espíritu Santo." An expedition was despatched to the island
+of Gigantes in search of pitch for the boats. [76] "What we call pitch
+in this region is a resin from which the natives make candles in order
+to use in their night-fishing, and is the same as the copal of Nueva
+España, or at the most differs from it very little in color, smell,
+and taste; but it is very scarce, and occurs in but few places, and
+is found with great trouble." None was found here, and a boat-load
+of rice was brought instead from Panay, On the anniversary of the
+finding of the child Jesus in Cebú, the twenty-eighth of April, one
+of the two boats that had been despatched to the coasts of Mindanao
+under command of the master-of-camp returned with news of his death
+from fever, and anger at an attempted mutiny. Two soldiers who were
+supposed to be ringleaders were sent back with the frigate and the
+"San Juan" was following as rapidly as possible. The attempted mutiny
+was due to the master-of-camp's prohibiting any trading or buying of
+cinnamon. Martin Hernandez, a Portuguese, was the leader and the mutiny
+was smothered by his hanging. Martin de Goyti was appointed to the
+vacant position of master-of-camp, "for he was entirely trustworthy,
+and had much experience in matters of war." Besides the master-of-camp,
+fifteen or sixteen others died, which the physician declared was the
+result of eating too much cinnamon. The new master-of-camp executed
+two soldiers and one sailor, who were found to be, after Hernandez,
+most concerned in the mutiny.
+
+The "San Juan" was despatched to New Spain to carry despatches and to
+beg aid. At the same time, July 10, came two boats from the Moluccas
+with letters to Legazpi from the Portuguese commanders inviting the
+Spaniards to their islands. From these Portuguese it was learned that
+they proposed a speedy descent upon the settlement. The Spaniards were
+but ill prepared for such a thing. "All this risk and danger has been
+caused by the delay in receiving aid from that Nueva España. May God
+pardon whomsoever has been the cause of so great delay and so many
+hardships!" [77] (Tomo iii, no. xxxix, pp. 91-225). Cebú, _circa_
+1566. A petition to the king bearing signatures of Martin de Goiti,
+Guido de Labezari, Andres Caúchela, Luis de la Haya, Gabriel de
+Rribera, Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, Joan de la Isla, and Fernando
+Rriquel, sets forth the following requests: 1. That ecclesiastics be
+sent to Cebú, "for the preaching of the holy gospel and the conversion
+of the natives," as only three of those first sent remain, namely,
+Fray Diego, Fray Martin de Herrada, and Fray Pedro He Gamboa. 2. More
+men, and arms and ammunition for five or six hundred men, so that if
+the natives will not be converted otherwise, they may be compelled
+to it by force of arms. 3. That due rewards be granted Legazpi for
+his faithful service. 4. The confirmation and perpetuation of the
+appointments made by the viceroy of New Spain, Luis de Velasco,
+in the expedition of Legazpi. 5. That the king grant to all those
+of the expedition and their descendants forever exemption from
+_pecho_ [78] and custom duty, as well as exemption from tax on ail
+merchandise that they might trade in these islands for the period
+of one hundred years. 6. That transferable _repartimientos_ [79]
+be granted to the conquerors and new discoverers. 7. That the wives
+and children of the conquerors, whether in Spain or New Spain, be
+sustained from the royal estate until the _repartimientos_ be made;
+and that in case of the death of any of those of the expedition this
+sustenance be continued. 8. That land be apportioned to them. 9. That
+the conquerors alone, outside of the king, be allowed to trade in
+the Philippines. 10. That the Moros, "because they try to prevent our
+trade with the natives, and preach to them the religion of Mahomet,"
+may be enslaved and lose their property. 11. That the offices of
+the royal officials appointed by Velasco be granted for life, and
+to one heir after them, and that they be allowed to share in the
+_repartimientos_. 12. An increase of salary because of the high cost
+of living in these islands. The petitioners beg further: 1. That
+slave traffic be allowed, "that the Spaniards may make use of them,
+as do the chiefs and natives of these regions, both in mines and other
+works that offer themselves." 2. The remittance of the king's fifth
+of all gold and silver found for fifty years. 3. That the natives
+be distributed in _encomiendas_. Legazpi in a separate petition
+makes the following requests: That the Philippines be conquered,
+colonized, and placed under the dominion of the crown, in order
+that the gospel may be preached to more advantage and the tributes
+collected from the natives, who are "changeable, fickle, and of but
+little veracity." That religious of good life be sent who may serve as
+examples, and that they may "try to learn the language of this land,
+for thereby they will obtain good results." That certain Moros, who,
+under pretext of being traders, preach the Mahometan faith and hinder
+Spanish trade with the natives, be expelled from the islands, and that
+they be not allowed to marry or settle therein. That his office of
+governor and general be confirmed for life and extended to one heir,
+as promised by Velasco. That the four thousand ducats promised him by
+Velasco be granted him from the royal estate, inasmuch as he has made
+the expedition without any personal aid from the king. That he and
+two heirs be allowed to hold all the forts established by him, with
+the salary agreed upon with Velasco, and that such holding and salary
+commence with the fort of Cebú. That the title of high constable,
+for himself and heirs, of all lands discovered and colonized by him,
+be confirmed. That he may have two of the Ladrone Islands, with the
+title of _adelantado_, provided he conquer and colonize them at his own
+cost; these islands will be of great service as a way-station between
+New Spain and the Philippines. That Felipe de Salcedo, his grandson,
+be granted the habit of the order of Santiago for his great services
+in the voyage to the Philippines, and his discovery of the return
+route to New Spain, for all of which he had received no financial aid
+from the crown. That the king favor Mateo del Saz, the master-of-camp,
+for his excellent services. (Tomo iii, no. xlv, pp. 319-329.)
+
+Legazpi's son, Melchor, presented five petitions to the king, all
+growing out of the agreements made with the former by Luis de Velasco,
+and his subsequent services in the islands. The first petitioned
+in behalf of Legazpi: 1. That two of the Ladrones with title of
+_adelantado_, and a salary of two thousand ducats be granted him
+and his heirs, this concession to bear civil and criminal powers of
+jurisdiction, and the title of governor and captain-general of the
+Ladrones. 3 and 4. Exclusive right to choose men for the conquest,
+both in New Spain and the Philippines, or any other place, and the
+appointment of duties and officials; also the right to fit out ships
+in any port of the Indies, and authorization of agents. 5. That he be
+permitted to assign land to the colonists. 6 and 7. That he and his
+heirs be high constables of all these islands and that they hold all
+forts built therein. 8 and 9. To him, his sons, heirs, and successors
+forever, one-twelfth of all incomes from mines, gold and silver,
+precious stones, and fruits, in the Ladrones; and two fisheries,
+one of pearls and the other of fish, in the same islands. 10. That
+for ten years after any colony has been formed no import tax be paid
+on goods. 11. That only one-tenth of all gold, silver, gems, and
+pearls discovered for ten years after the first settlement be paid the
+king. 12. That Legazpi may appoint in his absence from the Philippines
+or Ladrones a lieutenant, who shall act in his name. 13. That for
+six years he may commission two vessels for navigation of the Indies,
+and that he may despatch them together or separately. 14. That fines
+be granted for the founding of churches and monasteries throughout
+the islands. 15. That the petition in regard to Felipe de Salcedo be
+granted. 16. That a dozen religious from each order go to the islands,
+and that their superior do not object to their going. 17. That
+no foreigners, especially Portuguese, be allowed in the islands,
+"because therefrom might follow great losses and troubles, as happened
+when Lope Martin was sent as pilot with Captain Pericón." 18. That
+no vessels be permitted to go to these islands from the Indies, or
+from any other land, "without the express consent and commission of
+the royal _Audiencia_ or the viceroy" of the district from which the
+ship sails, and the king must be fully informed thereof. The cause of
+this clause was that ships were fitting out in Peru and other places
+for these islands. 19. That Moros be prohibited from trading in the
+islands. 20. "Because the conquest of the Ladrones is of slight moment,
+by reason of their inhabitants being poor and naked," and their best
+use is as a way-station from New Spain; and New Guinea on the other
+hand offers much profit in both temporal and religious matters,
+that their conquest be permitted to Legazpi. 21. That, in case of
+Legazpi's death before the conquest is effected, the petitioner,
+or Legazpi's heir and successor, or the person appointed by him,
+may complete it. This petition was vistoed in Madrid, March 2,
+1569, although it had been presented a considerable time before
+that date. After waiting for two years in vain for an answer to this
+petition Melchor de Legazpi presented another petition asking: that
+efficient aid be sent his father; that he be confirmed in his title
+of governor and captain-general "with the salary that your highness
+is pleased to assign him, and with the other rewards contained in
+his [Legazpi's] petition, ... and that he be not abandoned to die
+in despair at seeing himself forsaken and forgotten by his king;"
+that he be granted the four thousand ducats promised him by Velasco
+"in order that we might better prepare for the marriage of ... my
+sister, who is of marriageable age." The petition states that even had
+Legazpi's expedition proved a failure, the king should not permit want
+to come upon his children, since his substance had been expended in
+the royal service. In the third petition, Melchor de Legazpi requests
+that the office of accountant of the City of Mexico rendered vacant
+by the death of its incumbent, be bestowed upon him, in remembrance of
+his father's services. He says the family is "poverty-stricken and in
+debt," because of his father having spent all his possessions in the
+king's service. The fourth petition presents information concerning
+Legazpi's services. The fifth petition requests that certain persons
+be received by the court as witnesses, and give information regarding
+Legazpi. From the testimony of these persons it was shown that Legazpi
+was one of the oldest and most honored citizens of the City of Mexico;
+that he was a wealthy landholder of that city; and had lost his wealth
+through devotion to the king's service, without receiving any reward
+therefor. (Tomo iii, no. xlvi, pp. 330-370.)
+
+
+
+Warrant of the Augustinian Authorities in Mexico Establishing the
+First Branch of Their Brotherhood in the Philippines--1564
+
+
+Fray Pedro de Herrera, vicar-general of the Order of Hermits of our
+holy Father Augustine in the regions of the Indies, with Fray Diego
+de Vertavillo, provincial of the same order in this Nueva España, and
+Frays Antonio de Aguilar, Nicolás de Perea, Francisco de Villafuerte,
+and Juan de Medina, _definitors_ [80]--to our very dear Brethren in
+Christ, Andrés de Urdaneta, prior, Diego de Herrera, Andrés de Aguirre,
+Lorenzo de San Esteban, Martin de Rada, priests, and Fray Diego de
+Torres, to you, all and singular, everlasting greeting in the Lord.
+
+Very beloved sons: You are aware how Felipe, by the grace of God
+king of the Spains and the Indies, and our lord, has been greatly
+pleased with the news that some brethren of our order are to go with
+the expedition now being equipped by his very illustrious viceroy and
+captain-general, Don Luis de Velasco, in this Nueva España, which is to
+rail through the Western Sea of this kingdom toward the continent and
+certain of the islands that lie between the equator and the Arctic and
+Antarctic poles, and below the region of the torrid zone itself--to the
+end that according to right reason and the benign counsels of Christian
+piety, both at home and abroad as will best seem consonant with the
+purpose of his royal majesty, you may control the fleet and troops
+of the Spanish army. Especially too that the most brilliant light of
+faith may beam upon the populous races that dwell in that region of
+the world. Through the benignity of God most holy and supreme, and
+your preaching, there is hope that those benighted barbarians may cast
+aside the errors and more than Cimmerian darkness of idolatry for the
+splendor of the gospel; and that they who, so long unacquainted with
+gospel truth, have been groping in the gloom of Satanic bondage may
+now at last through the grace of Christ, the common savior of all men,
+gaze at the full light of truth in their knowledge of his name.
+
+Wherefore, as it has seemed our filial and reasonable duty not to
+prove wanting in view of the favor and trust granted us by his royal
+majesty, whereby measures will be taken to add to the divine glory,
+our homage to the king, and the safety of many mortals,--therefore
+after long meditation on this matter and mature counsel, sure as we
+are of your piety, deep learning, charity, and merits, we have chosen
+you for this apostolic charge, the task (with the help of the Lord,
+to whom we commend you) of leading peoples to embrace the faith. In
+order that greater and richer merit may ensue from your obedience
+in undergoing these very great hardships, which you are ready to
+meet through your love of Christ--although we have ever found you
+willing and ready to comply with our mandates--yet now in virtue of
+die Holy Ghost we command you, the above-named brethren, to set out in
+this first voyage with the fleet which the illustrious and well-born
+knight Miguel López de Legazpi, governor and commander of the fleet,
+whom ours [81] style captain-general, is to conduct to the aforesaid
+lands. We exhort and pray you earnestly, as far as we may in the
+Lord, to be in all things as the good actor of God, as becometh the
+holy ones and ministers of God, in all virtues--especially humility,
+patience, and discipline.
+
+Chiefly, however, we desire to have shine forth in your deeds that
+singular and renowned token of Christians which our Savior Christ,
+when on the point of offering up his most innocent life and his
+most holy blood--that thereby, in rescuing us from the deadliest of
+fates, he might ensure the freedom of mortals--commended repeatedly
+to his followers as a countersign, in these words: "By this shall
+all men know that you are my disciples, if you have love one for
+another." This is that priceless boon of charity which Paul styles
+"the bond of perfection," which we trust may not only shine forth
+from your midst--Whereby you should cling to Christ as a companion,
+and seek the possession of his spirit--but that the same affection
+of peace and love flow thence from you to all other men as from a
+clear fountain, to the end that those who have made profession of this
+soldiership in Christ may cling to one another in the mutual bond of
+charity, to the maintenance amidst the clash of arms of that "grace
+which," the Apostle affirms, "is above all sense." For peace, be it
+known, dwells even in the midst of affrays, and is to be commended
+by you all, to the best of your power, to the inhabitants of those
+regions--to whom you should, as the heralds and vanguard of true
+evangelical piety, appear as in search not of what is your own,
+but of what is Jesus Christ's. Moreover, we earnestly exhort your
+charity in the Lord, as far as lies in our power, to announce the
+all-holy gospel of Christ to all races, baptizing them that believe
+in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;
+training them in the holy Catholic faith, on the same lines on which
+the faithful are trained by our cherished mother the Church of Rome;
+shunning utterly therein all novelty of doctrine, which we desire
+shall in all things conform to the holy and ecumenical councils and
+doctors acknowledged by the same Church; teaching them especially
+that obedience which all Christians owe to die supreme Pontiff and the
+Church of Rome--which in truth is always the leader, head, and mistress
+of all other churches of the world--then to their lawful rulers and
+masters; teaching them at the same time to live under the yoke and
+discipline of Faith, Hope, and Charity, and to forget, moreover,
+their old-time superstitions and errors of the Devil. And that you
+may the more easily fulfil the duty of your apostleship, to which
+you have been called by the Lord, we declare and appoint all among
+you who are priests among the preachers and confessors of our order,
+granting to you whatever privileges have hitherto been granted or shall
+be granted by the supreme Pontiffs themselves, or their legates, to
+our order especially, as well as to other orders, hospitals, houses,
+congregations, or other persons whatsoever--the privileges whereof
+may be considered as common to us by reason of many apostolic grants,
+among others, especially, the grants made to us by Julius the Second,
+Leo the Tenth, Clemens the Seventh, and Paulus the Third. Moreover,
+we grant you especially all the authority hitherto given by Sixtus
+the Fourth, Nicholas the Fifth, Gregorius the Ninth, Leo the Tenth,
+Adrian the Sixth, Clemens the Seventh, Paulus the Third, and Paulus
+the Fourth, or which hereafter may be given by all other Pontiffs,
+to all brethren going to the countries of unbelievers, to preach the
+holy gospel of Christ--especially to Farther Tartary, China, and other
+regions of the earth wherein we know not whether up to these times
+has been preached the piety of the holy Catholic faith--among which
+indults of the Pontiffs, Adrian the Sixth granted and conveyed all his
+power of whatsoever kind that might seem of need in the conversion
+and maintenance of neo-Christians. By reason of our office we grant
+and convey to you this power as far as lies in us.
+
+We grant you, moreover, the power to establish houses and monasteries
+of our order in whatever places it may seem expedient to you for the
+glory of God and the health of our neighbor, and all the privileges,
+especially those of Sixtus the Fourth, Julius the Second, and Leo the
+Tenth for the reception of novices to the habit of our order. Shunning,
+moreover, all novelty, you shall zealously bring them up in the same
+mode of life that you yourselves have learned from your mother,
+our order, under the rule of our holy Father Augustine, and the
+constitutions of the order.
+
+Also, we grant you power to administer all the sacraments to
+commanders, soldiers, sutlers, traders, and others who go on this
+expedition, as well as to all other faithful in Christ, whom you may
+encounter wheresoever you go, in virtue of the grants made therefor
+to us by Adrian the Sixth, Paulus the Third, and all other supreme
+Pontiffs.
+
+Also to the very venerable father Fray Andrés de Urdaneta whom you
+all--each for himself, publicly and privately, at the same time when
+through our commission you were assembled in chapter--have chosen
+canonically as your prior and prelate for this expedition, we grant
+the fulness of all our authority in corporals as well as spirituals,
+as far as we have, it and are enabled, without reserving anything
+whatsoever to ourselves. And this authority we wish to terminate in
+the aforesaid father, whenever according to our instructions you shall
+choose another, and pass thence in its fulness to the newly-elect,
+and so on in succession for all time, until this grant of ours shall
+be recalled by ourselves or our chiefs.
+
+In testimony and faith whereof, we have signed our names, with the
+titles of our office, to this our grant, whereto we have ordered the
+seals of our order to be appended.
+
+Given in our convent of Culhuacan [Mexico], the fifth ides of
+February, in the year of our Redemption one thousand five, hundred
+and sixty-four.
+
+_Fray Pedro de Herrera_, Vicar general.
+_Fray Diego de Vertavillo_, Provincial.
+_Fray Antonio de Aguilar_, _Definitor_.
+_Fray Nicolas de Perea_, _Definitor_.
+_Fray Francisco de Villafuerte_, _Definitor_.
+_Fray Juan de Medina_, _Definitor_.
+
+
+
+Act of Taking Possession of Cibabao
+
+
+On the flagship, on the fifteenth day of February, 1565, the royal
+fleet being anchored near a large island, which the natives indicated
+by signs to be called Cibabao, [82] the very illustrious Miguel Lopez
+de Legaspi, his majesty's governor and captain-general of the people
+and fleet of discovery of the Western Islands, appeared before me,
+Fernando de Riquel, chief notary of the said fleet and government of
+the said islands, and declared: that whereas his lordship is sending
+his ensign-general, Andres de Ybarra, to make friends with an Indian,
+a native of this island, called Calayan, who declared himself a chief;
+and whereas it is fitting that possession be taken of the island in
+the name of his majesty; therefore he authorized fully the said Andres
+de Ybarra to take possession, in the name of his majesty, of the part
+and place where he went thus with the said Indian, and all the other
+districts subject and contiguous thereto. In affirmation of the above,
+he consented to the present ordinance before me, the said notary,
+and the witnesses hereunder subscribed, with their incidences and
+dependencies, annexes and rights, and he embossed the same in the
+form prescribed by law, and signed it with his name, the witnesses
+being the high constable Grabiel de Rribera, Amador de Arriaran [83]
+and Juan Pacheco, gentlemen of the governor, Miguel Lopez.
+
+Given before me,
+
+_Fernando Riquel_, chief notary.
+
+And after the aforesaid, on this said day, month, and year aforesaid,
+the said ensign-general Andres de Ybarra, appeared before me, the
+said notary and the witnesses hereunder subscribed, being on the river
+Calayan to which the said chief thus named took him, having landed in
+a small inlet, at the edge of the water, and containing a small bay,
+and said that in the name of his majesty, by virtue of the power
+conferred on him by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general of the discovery of the islands of the
+West, he occupied and took possession and apprehended the tenure and
+true and actual possession or quasi-possession of this said land, and
+of all territory subject to it and contiguous to it. And in token of
+true possession, he passed from one end of that land to the other,
+cut branches of trees, plucked grass, threw stones, and performed
+such other acts and ceremonies as are usual in such cases--all of
+which took place quietly and peaceably, with common consent of those
+who were present, without the opposition of any one. And after the
+aforesaid act took place, the said Andres de Ybarra besought me, the
+said notary, to certify thereto, those present as witnesses being,
+father Fray Diego de Herrera, father Fray Pedro de Gamboa, the high
+constable Grabiel de Rribera and Francisco Scudero de la Portilla,
+[84] Pedro de Herrera, and many other soldiers. I, the said Fernando
+Rriquel, notary aforesaid, bear witness to the aforesaid, for it was
+done in my presence, and I was present at everything jointly with
+the said witnesses. In witness whereof I, Fernando Riquel, chief
+notary, affix here my signature and accustomed flourish, which in
+such documents is in token of truth. Collated with the original. [85]
+
+
+_Fernando Riquel_, government notary.
+
+
+
+Proclamation Regarding Treasure
+
+Order to Make Declaration of the Gold Taken from the Burial-Places
+of the Indians
+
+
+In the island of Cubu of the Western Islands, belonging to his majesty,
+on the sixteenth of May, one thousand five hundred and sixty-five,
+the most illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, his majesty's governor
+and captain-general of the people and fleet of the discovery of the
+Western Islands, appeared before me, Fernando Riquel, government
+notary of the said islands, and declared: that, inasmuch as he had
+been informed that many Spanish soldiers and sailors have opened many
+graves and burial-places of the native Indians in this island, wherein
+a quantity of gold and other jewels has been found; and inasmuch as
+those opening these graves and finding the said gold have not made
+a report thereof to his excellency nor to his majesty's officials,
+in order that his majesty may receive and take his royal fifths and
+rights; therefore he ordered, and did order, that proclamation should
+be made, in due form of law, that all who have opened any graves
+whence they have abstracted gold, jewels, and other valuables, and
+those who have in their possession gold and jewels of these islands,
+however they may have been obtained, shall appear and make full
+declaration regarding such things before his majesty's officials, in
+order that what is, in this regard, fitting to his majesty's service
+and the good security of his royal estate, may be provided--under
+penalty that whoever shall act contrary to this order shall, besides
+losing all the gold and other valuables thus obtained and abstracted,
+be proceeded against in due form of law.
+
+Furthermore, he ordered that, from this time henceforth, no grave or
+burial-place be opened without the permission of his, excellency, in
+order that there might be present at this opening one of the king's
+officials, or myself, the above-mentioned notary, so that no fraud
+or deceit may occur, and so that an account and memorandum may be
+taken of everything--under penalty of five hundred _pesos de minas_
+and of returning all that was taken from such grave or burial-place,
+together with the fifth over and above this for his majesty's exchequer
+and treasury. This was his declaration and order, and he signed the
+same with his name,
+
+_Miguel Lopez_
+
+Proclamation: This said day, month, and year abovesaid, the contents of
+this edict were proclaimed in the form prescribed by law, by the voice
+of Pito Atambor, [86] in the presence of myself, the said notary, near
+the lodging of the said governor and general, and near the lodging of
+the master-of-camp, Mateo del Sas, many soldiers being present at each
+place. In affirmation of the above, Fernando Riquel, government notary.
+
+Collated with the original,
+
+_Fernando Riquel_, government notary.
+
+
+
+
+Letters from Miguel Lopez de Legazpi and Other Officials to Felipe
+II of Spain--1565
+
+
+To the Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+I gave an account to your majesty of my departure from Puerto de la
+Nabidad, which is located in Nueva España, with your royal fleet for
+the discovery of the Western Islands. Continuing my voyage until
+February thirteen of this present year, I arrived at one of the
+Filipinas Islands. Afterward I cruised among other islands of this
+archipelago, until I reached this island of Cubu, whence I despatched
+a vessel to Nueva España to discover the return route, and to give
+an account to your majesty of the incidents of our voyage until the
+departure of this vessel. The relation of the voyage is despatched
+together with this letter, as well as certain other information in
+regard to the change of feeling among the natives respecting the
+friendship and goodwill that they have been wont to exercise toward
+the vassals of your majesty, and the cause therefor; the possessions
+that have been taken in your majesty's name; and the routes of the
+pilots of this fleet. I beseech your majesty that you will have these
+examined, and provide whatever seems most fitting. I shall remain
+in my settlement in this island of Cubu until I receive the orders
+your majesty shall see fit to impose upon me, although I have but few
+people. I am writing also to the royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva España to
+beg succor of both people and ammunition, in order that I may sustain
+myself until your majesty has seen all these records, the memorandum of
+the articles asked by the officials of your royal _hacienda_ [treasury]
+residing here, and the general and individual communications of those
+who remain here, and until your majesty shall have provided and ordered
+what is most fitting, and have signified your royal pleasure. Since
+this undertaking is so vast, and of so great import in regard to the
+spiritual and temporal, and has ended so happily, and is so seasonable,
+I humbly beg your majesty to order that particular account be taken
+of it, and that you order the succor and provision petitioned and
+requested from these islands; and that you will give the matter into
+the charge of one who will provide and effect it with all care and
+diligence; for I trust, with the help of God, our Lord, that very
+great blessings in the service of God, our Lord, and of your majesty,
+will result, with the increase of your royal income and the universal
+good of your kingdoms and seigniories. I beseech your majesty that,
+yielding with your accustomed magnificence in showing favor to your
+servants who serve you in matters of great import, you will be pleased
+to order that the communications accompanying this letter be examined,
+and that you will grant me the favor that seems most fitting to your
+majesty, whose sacred royal Catholic majesty may our Lord have in
+his keeping, and give you increase of kingdoms and seigniories for
+many and felicitous years. From Cubu, May 37, 1565.
+
+Your sacred royal majesty's faithful servant, who kisses your majesty's
+royal feet,
+
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_
+
+
+_[Endorsed:_ "To the Sacred Catholic Royal Majesty the king Don
+[Felipe] our lord.--To his majesty, May 27, 1565. Miguel Lopez de
+Legazpi, Cubu, May 27, 1565.--Seen and to be filed with the others."]
+
+To the Sacred Catholic Majesty:
+
+Because General Miguel Lopez de Legazpi is giving your majesty
+a full account of events throughout these districts, therefore we
+shall say only that we remain in your majesty's royal service in these
+Filipinas--in that part where the men of Magallanes were killed, called
+the island of Cubu--under the protection of God, our Lord, and awaiting
+that of your majesty; and we remain here with very great necessity.
+
+We beseech your majesty to provide us aid with the despatch and
+diligence fitting, in order that your majesty's purpose to introduce
+the Christian religion into these districts, and to reduce these
+people, neglected for so many years, and who are in dire need of
+receiving the fruits of our holy Catholic faith, may be attained. We
+are of stout heart because of the many favors that our Lord has been
+pleased to bestow upon us hitherto; and for the future we trust that
+he will keep us in his holy service, and protect us in that of your
+majesty. The ship acting as flagship on the voyage hither from Nueva
+Spaña is about to return to discover the return route to your majesty's
+kingdoms. The venerable father Fray Andres de Hurdaneta sails in it. To
+him we refer in everything that has happened here, and we charge him
+with the relation of events in these districts, as one who has so well
+understood everything that has happened hereabout. Father Fray Diego
+de Herrera, Fray Martin de Herrada and Fray Pedro de Gamboa, religious
+from whom we receive every good instruction and counsel, remain here.
+
+We supplicate your majesty, with all humility, to exercise the
+accustomed favor to your majesty's faithful servants and vassals, in
+consideration of the faith, fidelity, and alacrity with which we have
+ever served your majesty. What is offered for your consideration by
+us and by this entire camp, as your servants, we make known to your
+majesty, which things your majesty will be pleased to provide.
+
+In your majesty's name we have possessed and still possess, as
+protector and general, Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, one for whom we give
+many thanks to our Lord, who has been pleased to provide us a so
+excellent protector, and one who with a so great desire watches over
+the service of your majesty--whose sacred Catholic royal person may
+our Lord have in his keeping, and augment with great kingdoms and
+seigniories; such is the wish of us the faithful servants of your
+majesty. The island of Cubu, May 29, 1565. Sacred Catholic Majesty,
+your sacred Catholic majesty's faithful servants, who kiss your
+majesty's royal feet with all humility: Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+Mateo del Saz, Fray Diego de Herrera, Fray Martin de Rada, Martin
+de Goiti, Fray Pedro de Gamboa, Guido de Lavezari, Andres Cabchela,
+Andres de Mirandaola, Andres de Ybarra, Juan Maldonado de Berrocal,
+Luis de la Haya, Juan de la Isla, Gabriel de Rribera.
+
+
+[_Addressed:_ "To the Sacred Catholic Majesty, King Don Felipe our
+lord, from his camp in the islands of the West."]
+
+[_Endorsed:_ "To his majesty. xxixth of May, 1565. From Miguel Lopez
+de Legazpi and other persons, from Cubu, on xxixth of May, 1565. Seen,
+and to be added to the rest. 65."]
+
+Sacred Catholic Majesty:
+
+First and foremost in this present letter, we inform your majesty,
+with the loyalty and fidelity which we always display, of our great
+need of help, which your majesty must condescend to have sent us
+speedily, considering that we have so great need of it in order to
+attain what is so much desired by us in the service of God, our Lord,
+and in that of your majesty.
+
+The great service which the venerable father Fray Andres de Hurdaneta
+has rendered to God, our Lord, and to your majesty is worthy of great
+praise and many thanks; for he instructed us in all things, both
+spiritual and temporal, during the whole voyage, and because no other
+except him sailed in the fleet who did instruct us. Therefore, all of
+us, your majesty's faithful servants--both the officials of the camp
+and all your vassals generally--humbly beseech and beg your majesty to
+consider his great services and merits; and as soon as he has given
+your majesty an account of all that has happened in these regions
+hitherto, to order and command him to return, in order to prosecute
+this undertaking, which is of so great import to the service of God,
+our Lord, and to that of your majesty--inasmuch as it is fitting for
+the future, as he is one who has so well understood everything that
+is occurring in all places, and as therein he may attain the result
+desired by your majesty in everything. This we hope to achieve, with
+all confidence and alacrity, through divine favor and the protection
+of your majesty. Therefore we beseech your majesty to grant us this
+favor, and succor us with father Fray Hurdaneta's presence, because
+he is very necessary to us, and will gather much fruit in both
+spiritual and temporal affairs; and for all the aforesaid matters,
+and for our consolation and aid, we are sure of this gratification,
+which your majesty will be pleased to grant us fully, as is your
+majesty's wonted custom to so faithful servants and vassals. May our
+Lord watch over the sacred Catholic royal person of your majesty; and
+may he augment you with great kingdoms and seigniories, as is desired
+by us, your majesty's faithful servants and subjects. From the island
+of Cubu, the first of June, the year MDLXV. Sacred Catholic Majesty,
+your sacred Catholic majesty's faithful servants and subjects, who with
+all humility kiss your majesty's royal feet: Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+[87] Mateo Delsaz, Martin de Goiti, Guido de Lauezari, Andres Cabchela,
+Andres de Mjrandaola, Andres de Ybarra, Luis de la Hava, Fernando
+Riquel, government notary; Amador de Arriaron, Juan Maldonado de
+Berrocal, Gabriel de Rribera, Juan de la Ysla, Jerónimo de Moncon,
+Hernando Lopez, Don Pedro de Herrera, Francisco de Leon, Marcos de
+Herrera, Pedro de Herrera, Juan Pacheco Maldonado, Diego Lopez Pilo,
+Christobal de Angulo, Luis Antonio Bañuelos, Garcia de Padilla,
+Martin de Larrea, Lloreynte Machado, Lope Rodriguez, Garcia Ramyrez,
+Francisco Escudero de la Porlilla, Rodrigo de Ribera, Pablos Ernandes,
+Francisco Lopez, corporal, Bartolomé Rodriguez, Diego Fernandez de
+Montemayor, Antonio Flores, Julio Garcia, Anton Aluarez Degrado,
+Francisco de Herrera, Ernando de Monrrey.
+
+[_Addressed:_ "To the Sacred-Catholic Majesty, King Don Felipe our
+lord, from the general and his camp in the Western Islands."]
+
+[_Endorsed:_ "+ To his majesty. Seen. From the island of Cubu from
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi and others. June first, 1565."]
+
+
+
+
+A Letter from the Royal Officials of the Filipinas Accompanied by a
+Memorandum of the Necessary Things to Be Sent to the Colony
+
+
+Most powerful sirs:
+
+As your highness [88] must have already learned through the despatch
+carried as from us by the bachelor Myñes [Martinez], we set sail
+for these Western Islands on the twentieth of November, MDLXIIII. In
+compliance with your highness's command, we shall relate what occurs
+in those islands with all faithfulness and diligence.
+
+Since your highness will find an account of the voyage made by us,
+in the relation given by the pilots who come with the fleet, we
+shall say no more about it, except by way of reference. We shall
+only relate the events which concern the service of God, our Lord,
+the service of his majesty, and the increase which his royal exchequer
+can derive from these regions.
+
+We reached these Felipinas on the thirteenth of February, MD[L]XV. From
+the day of our arrival here until now we have found not a friend or a
+people who submits to his majesty. The reason for this was disclosed
+to us after we had sailed about in this archipelago for two months,
+namely, that the Portuguese who are in the Malucos came to an island
+called Bohol, where we remained thirty-seven days, and there committed
+the following mischief: after they had made peace with the natives and
+given them to understand that they came to trade with them, they called
+together one day as many natives as they could; and while the latter,
+thinking themselves safe, were trading with them, the Portuguese gave a
+war-signal and killed five hundred people, capturing six hundred more
+whom they took to Maluco as slaves. This has caused us great anxiety,
+because the natives, having received such cruel treatment, were so
+frightened that whenever they saw a sail they ran to the mountains;
+and, if any of them remained, it was to tell us that they desired none
+of our friendship. Thus from the day we arrived until now, we have
+suffered much hardship. We stopped at an island where Magallanes's
+men were killed, and there the people received us somewhat peacefully;
+but the following day, after they had placed in safety their wives and
+children, they said that they did not wish to give us in exchange for
+our goods anything of what we had asked, namely, their provisions. As
+we have just said, they declared that not only they would not give us
+anything, but that they were willing to fight us. Thus we were forced
+to accept the challenge. We landed our men and disposed the artillery
+of the ships, which were close to the houses of the town, so that
+the firing of the artillery from the said ships and the arquebuses on
+land drove the enemy away; but we were unable to capture any of them,
+because they had their fleet ready for the sea.
+
+They abandoned their houses, and we found in them nothing except an
+image of the child Jesus, and two culverins, one of iron and one
+of bronze, which can be of no service to us; it is believed that
+they were brought here at the time of Magallanes. We rejoiced, as
+all Christians ought in like case; for we saw that the Lord had been
+pleased to place us under his protection and grant us prosperity and
+favor. We beseech him to guide us in his service and to preserve us
+in that of his majesty.
+
+As far as we have seen, in all the places to which we have thus far
+come, we think that his majesty could turn them into great kingdoms
+and seigniories, if your highness send us the supply of men, arms,
+ammunition, and artillery; for in our present condition we need
+everything, and find ourselves in the midst of many and warlike
+peoples--who, on account of the Portuguese, have declared war against
+us throughout the whole of the archipelago.
+
+The memorial of things which this camp needs accompanies this
+letter. [89] Your highness will order that they be supplied with great
+speed and diligence, for without them we shall incur great peril,
+and the camp will have no means of support; but with them we shall
+attain what his majesty desires.
+
+As your highness probably knows, we brought no brands for the royal
+fifths of his majesty, so that some articles of gold which were found
+in the graves of these heathens have not been marked. In respect to
+this and all other articles which were found and delivered to us,
+we have done our duty. The general ordered that the persons who found
+anything should deposit all such articles until your highness shall
+command otherwise. We beg your highness to order that the right
+measures be taken in this case; also in regard to the fifths, and
+the procedure which must be adopted in these regions in all matters
+pertaining to the service of his majesty and other duties. A general
+edict was published that any person obtaining gold, pearls, jewels,
+and precious stones, should lose all, unless they are registered in
+the register of his majesty, for lack of the said brands with which
+to mark the fifths. We notify the officials residing in that city
+[Mexico], so that in case anything should appear that is not noted
+in the register, they shall take the necessary steps in regard to it.
+
+The specimens of gold, cinnamon, and wax were found in a port called
+Butuan, where we, the treasurer, and the factor, went by order of the
+general to investigate a certain report which we had heard concerning
+things to be found in the island of Beguendanao [Mindanao]. We found
+the aforesaid port, and in it two Moro junks which were trading
+there. According to orders received, we made peace with the lord of
+the said port, and gave him the message and the present which the
+general sent him. We gave him to understand that with his pleasure we
+were going to trade in his land, and that we would favor and protect
+him in everything in the name of his majesty. He answered us through
+the Moros, who served as interpreters, that he was pleased with our
+offers. We learned that the Moros felt very uneasy about the embassy,
+and we think that they influenced the said ruler and the natives
+by their vile designs. We were obliged to trade with them because
+they gave no opportunity to the natives to trade with us. The said
+Moros demanded in exchange for their goods nothing but _testones_,
+and it was agreed that for each weight of gold six of silver should
+be given. At this rate we bartered for the specimens of gold, wax,
+and cinnamon, which we send to his majesty and to your highness. The
+money belonged to some deceased persons, a memorandum of which we
+send to the officials of the royal exchequer.
+
+We beseech his majesty, and your highness in his royal name,
+that, inasmuch as the said Moros and others take all the gold,
+pearls, jewels, precious stones and other things of which we have
+no information,--thus injuring the natives, both by giving us no
+opportunity to plant our holy faith among them, and by taking the said
+gold, they should, if they continue the said trade, lose their property
+and be made slaves, for they preach the doctrine of Mahomet. This
+matter, as well as the necessary supplies to be sent for our aid,
+your highness will order to be looked after with great diligence;
+because all that we ask for in the memorandum is of great necessity
+in our present critical condition. May your highness add and send
+whatever may seem best to you, so that we may be able to accomplish
+in these regions what his majesty desires. There is great need of
+the Christian religion among these natives, as well as of the men
+and other things asked in the memorandum. May our Lord keep the most
+powerful persons of your highnesses, and cause you to prosper with
+large kingdoms and seigniories.
+
+From Cubu, May xxviii, in the year MDLXV.
+
+Most powerful sirs, we are the faithful servants of your highnesses,
+who very humbly kiss your most powerful feet.
+
+_Guido de Labecares_
+_Andres Cauchela_
+_Andres de Mirandaola_
+
+
+
+Memorandum of the Supplies and Munitions Asked to Be Sent from Nueva
+Espana to His Majesty's Camp at the Port of Cubu
+
+
+Memorandum of things--not only articles of barter, but arms and
+military supplies--which are necessary, to be provided immediately
+from Nueva España in the first vessels sailing from the said Nueva
+España to these Felipinas Islands; of which the following articles
+must be speedily furnished:
+
+
+Articles
+
+
+    First: twelve pieces of heavy artillery, and among
+    them culverins and reënforced cannon and swivel-guns
+    for the fortress which is to be built,                        xii
+
+    Fifty more bronze _bersos_ [small culverins], of the
+    sort brought from España with double chambers,                  1
+
+    Twenty falcons with double chambers,                           xx
+
+    A dozen new scaling ladders,                                  xii
+
+    Balls for the artillery and the molds for making them,
+
+    Two hundred _quintals_ [90] of powder                          cc
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of fuses,                                      l
+
+    Two hundred _quintals_ of lead,                                cc
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of saltpetre,                                  l
+
+    Thirty _quintals_ of rock sulphur,                            xxx
+
+    Three hundred arquebuses (not of the worthless
+    supply there in Mexico); and with them some with
+    flints, all with horn powder-flasks (large or small)
+    together with their molds and gear, which are to be
+    in good condition,                                            ccc
+
+    One hundred corselets with their fittings,                      c
+
+    Two hundred _morions_ and helmets,                             cc
+
+    Fifty coats-of-mail, of rather heavy mail,                      1
+
+    One hundred tapir hides,                                        c
+
+    One hundred white blankets for light and serviceable
+    body armor,                                                     c
+
+    Three hundred pikes with their iron points,                   ccc
+
+    Fifty cavalry lances,                                           1
+
+    Fifty good broadswords, of which there is great need,           1
+
+    Twelve foreign cannoniers, for those whom we brought
+    with us are of little account,                                xii
+
+    Three hundred well-disposed soldiers who are to remain
+    here, (a third or half of them to be sailors),                ccc
+
+    A dozen carpenters to build the vessels which must
+    be built here,                                                xii
+
+    Two smiths, with their forges and tools,                       ii
+
+    Four pairs of bellows with their tubes,                      iiii
+
+    Twelve negroes for these forges, and among them
+    four sawyers,                                                 xii
+
+    An artificer or two to make arquebuses and locks
+    for them,                                                      ii
+
+    Two other locksmiths,                                          ii
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of tow,                                        1
+
+    A surgeon and a physician, with their drugs; and two
+    other barbers, [91] because only one remains here,           iiii
+
+    Three hundred good shields,                                   ccc
+
+    Two hundred _quintals_ of wrought iron plates, not
+    as it comes from the mine,                                     cc
+
+    Thirty _quintals_ of the finest steel,                        xxx
+
+    One hundred tanned cow-hides,                                   c
+
+    Three hundred pickaxes,                                       ccc
+
+    Two hundred iron shovels,                                      cc
+
+    A royal ropemaker, who is in Mexico,
+
+    One hundred Venetian sail-cloths,                               c
+
+    Ten _quintals_ of sailmakers' twine,                            x
+
+    Two bales of paper,                                            ii
+
+    Four balances divided into three parts,                      iiii
+
+    Six weights for large balances,                                vi
+
+    Fifty horn lanterns,                                            1
+
+    Two hundred _fanégas_ of salt,                                 cc
+
+    Two hundred casks of wine,                                     cc
+
+    One hundred casks of vinegar,                                   c
+
+    Two hundred casks of oil,                                      cc
+
+    Five hundred _arrobas_ [92] of sugar,                           d
+
+    One dozen barrels of raisins and almonds, since
+    by not having brought them the men have suffered
+    great-privations,                                             xii
+
+    Ten large hogsheads of flour,                                   x
+
+    Blankets for the men,
+
+    Shirts in quantity,
+
+    Doublets in quantity,
+
+    Breeches of woolen cloth and linen in quantity,
+
+    Hempen sandals in quantity,
+
+    Cowhide shoes in quantity,
+
+    Hats,
+
+    All in quantity for military supplies.
+
+
+For barter, the following:
+
+
+    Two bolts of Valencian scarlet cloth, with odds
+    and ends,                                                      ii
+
+    _Item_ seven bolts of Toledo scarlet cloth,                   vii
+
+    Six cases of headdresses,                                      vi
+
+    A great quantity of beads, blue, green, and yellow;
+    ten breadths of each sort,                                    xxx
+
+    Two pieces of crimson velvet,                                  ii
+
+    Three dozen colored hats,                                   xxxvi
+
+    One case of large gilded coins for the coast of China,          i
+
+    Two bales and two boxes of linens,                           iiii
+
+    Two _quintals_ of _Muzavetas_,                                 ii
+
+    Four pounds of fine coral of all sorts,                      iiii
+
+    Three _quintals_ of glass, (one blue),                        iii
+
+    One thousand bundles of glass beads--green and yellow,          m
+
+    Five hundred dozen hawks' bells,                                d
+
+    Coins and small bars of fine silver for trade in China,
+
+    Six large caldrons of pitch,                                   vi
+
+    Two large caldrons, such as are used for bucking linen;
+    but they must be large and very strong, because they
+    are to be used in making saltpetre,                            ii
+
+    One thousand sailneedles,                                       m
+
+    Two hundred hogsheads hooped with hoops of iron,               cc
+
+    Two saddles with long stirrups, with colored velvet
+    trimmings, and all rivets, bits, and stirrup-irons
+    to be gilded,                                                  ii
+
+    Two cavalry saddles with colored trimmings, all to
+    be of good quality,                                            ii
+
+    Six gilt swords with daggers of good quality which
+    are for the S.S. on the coast of China and for those
+    in the islands of Japan,                                       vi
+
+
+All of the aforesaid goods should be sent as soon as possible, on
+the first ships that sail, for all these things are very necessary,
+that we may maintain ourselves in these parts.
+
+List of articles needed by the said fleet for the oared vessels which
+are to be built here for his majesty. The list follows:
+
+
+    First: four hawsers, of one hundred and twenty _brazas_
+    [93] each; each five _quintals_,                   xx _quintals_
+
+    Two large cables, of eighty _brazas_ each; each one
+    to weigh six _quintals_,                          xii _quintals_
+
+    Six hawsers, of one hundred and thirty _brazas_ each;
+    each to weigh three _quintals_,                 xviii _quintals_
+
+    Two large cables additional, of one hundred and twenty
+    _brazas_ each; each to weigh ten _quintals_,       xx _quintals_
+
+    _Item_ common sails for rigging, thirty _quintals_,
+                                                      xxx _quintals_
+
+    We need one hundred _quintals_ of cordage of all sorts,
+                                                        c _quintals_
+
+    Two grapnels, each to weight four _quintals_,
+                                                     viii _quintals_
+
+    Four anchors, to weigh five _quintals_ apiece,
+                                                       xx _quintals_
+
+    Six grapnels, to weigh three _quintals_ apiece; five
+    or six more, each to weigh from five to six _arrobas_,
+                                              xxxiii _arrobas_ [sic]
+
+    Four grapnels, three _arrobas each_,
+                                                       xii _arrobas_
+
+    Twelve French saws,                                          xii
+
+    Four frame-saws,                                            iiii
+
+    Six hand-saws,                                                vi
+
+    Two grindstones,                                              ii
+
+    Five hundred pieces of cloths from Teguintepeq
+    for sails,                                                     d
+
+    One hundred _quintals_ of tar,                                 c
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of pitch,                                     l
+
+    For _sallotes_ ropes which are necessary, four pieces
+    of one hundred and fifty _brazas_ each, to weigh
+    three _quintals_ apiece,                          xii _quintals_
+
+    Four hawsers of one hundred _brazas_ each, to weigh
+    four _quintals_ apiece,                                      xvi
+
+    Two workmen, oar makers, to make oars from the wood
+    hereabout,                                                    ii
+
+    Two hundred pulleys; with both eyes and sheaves,              cc
+
+    One hundred _quintals_ of grease,                              c
+
+    Two hundred sheep-skins with the wool on,                     cc
+
+    All this cordage to be _agave_ and hemp.
+
+    Also two anvils of two _arrobas_ each,                        ii
+
+    Also two small ones from six to seven pounds,                 ii
+
+    One anvil,                                                     i
+
+    Two screws for filing,                                        ii
+
+    A half-dozen boys for ironworking,                            vi
+
+    Three or four bellows-pipes for forges,                     iiii
+
+    One hundred heavy coats of mail,                               c
+
+    The powder and fuse which have been asked for,
+
+    Likewise three or four pairs more of bellows are
+    asked for,                                                  iiii
+
+    Twelve more negroes,                                         xii
+
+    Two hundred more iron axes shod in Mexico,                    cc
+
+    Two hundred mattocks,                                         cc
+
+    One hundred more pieces of Tequantepeque [Tehuantepec]
+    and Venetian canvas,                                           c
+
+    One pair of large fishing-nets which may come in the
+    hogsheads mentioned above,                                    ii
+
+    Ear-rings, glassware, and fine coral,
+
+    The coins and bars of silver, just as they have been
+    asked for,
+
+    The caldrons of pitch, because those that were made
+    in Mexico were worthless,
+
+    One dozen caldrons with three compartments,                  xii
+
+    Four syringes, and the cupping glasses and the lancets
+    which are likewise ordered,
+
+    Sail-needles with large eyes,
+
+    Workmen who understand how to build vessels,
+
+    Six cables for the flagship, of fourteen or sixteen
+    _quintals_ each
+
+    The steel that is asked for. [Certain shapes and
+    sizes of steel spikes are specified, with drawings
+    to illustrate; five, thirty, forty, and fifty
+    respectively, of the various kinds are asked for.]
+
+
+[_Endorsed:_ "List of articles which are required for his majesty's
+camp situated in the port of Cubu of the West."]
+
+
+
+
+Relation of the Voyage to the Philippine Islands, By Miguel Lopez
+de Legazpi--1565
+
+
+Illustrious Sire:
+
+
+I wrote to your excellency from Puerto de la Navidad giving as full
+an account as possible up to that port. Now I shall do the same, for
+I consider it a debt justly due, and I shall always consider it so
+whenever the opportunity presents itself. I am enjoying good health,
+thanks be to our Lord; and the same can be said of the whole camp,
+a thing which ought not to be looked upon as of little importance. May
+our Lord grant to your excellency the good health that I wish.
+
+On Tuesday, November 21, three hours before dawn, I set sail with the
+fleet that was at Puerto de la Navidad. For five days the fleet sailed
+southwest, but on the sixth we directed our course westward until we
+reached the ninth degree. We sailed on in this latitude in search of
+the island of Los Reyes, in order that we might go from that point
+to the Felippinas. A week after we had taken this course, we awoke
+one morning and missed the _patache_ "San Lucas," with Captain Don
+Alonso de Arellano in command. There had been no stormy weather to
+make it lose sight of us; nor could it have been Don Alonso's fault,
+for he was a gallant man, as he showed. It is believed that it was
+due to the malice or intent of the pilot. And as he had already been
+informed about the expedition that we were making, and the course we
+were to sail, and as he was fully instructed as to what he must do in
+case he should lose sight of us (as actually happened), and whither
+he must proceed to await us, we expected all the time that we would
+find the vessel in some of these islands. But up to this time we have
+heard nothing of it, which gives me not a little uneasiness. After the
+fleet had sailed for fifty days in the same course between nine and
+ten degrees, a degree more or less, we reached land, which proved to
+be an island inhabited by poor and naked fishermen. This island was
+about four leagues in circumference, and had a population of about
+two hundred men. That same day we sailed between two other small
+islands, which were uninhabited and surrounded by many reefs, which
+proved very troublesome to us for five or six days. At the end of
+that time we decided that the fleet should continue its course along
+the thirteenth degree of latitude, so that we might strike a better
+land of the Filipinas, which the pilots were finding already, and
+should not strike Vindanao. We followed our course in this latitude,
+and on Monday, January 21, we came in sight of land, which afterward
+proved to be one of the Ladrones Islands, called Gua. We directed our
+bows to that island, but we were no more than two leagues from it when
+fifty or sixty _praus_ under sail surrounded the fleet. These _praus_
+were furnished with lateen sails of palm mats and were as light as
+the wind; this is a kind of boat that sails with remarkable speed,
+either with the wind or at random. In each canoe were from six to eight
+Indians, altogether naked, covering not even the privy parts, which
+men are wont to cover. They laughed aloud, and each of them made signs
+inviting us to his own town (for they were from different villages)
+and promising to give us food there. At break of day we coasted the
+island and the next morning we cast anchor in a very good port. The
+day had scarcely begun when a great number of those _praus_ appeared
+about us. There were so many of them, who came to trade with us, that
+some of our men who counted them affirm that there were more than four
+or five hundred of them around the ships. All that they had to sell
+us were articles of food, namely, potatoes, rice, yams, cocoa-nuts,
+sugar-cane, excellent bananas, and several other kinds of fruit. They
+also brought ginger, which grows in this island in so great quantity
+that it is a thing to wonder over; and they do not till or cultivate
+it, but it comes up and grows of itself in the open fields, just as
+any other herb. The natives shouted at us, each one inviting us to buy
+of him. The men of the fleet began to give them the face-cards from
+old playing cards, and to put bits of woolen cloth and other objects
+around their necks and on their heads. The Indians seeing this asked
+for these articles, and adorned themselves therewith as they had seen
+our men do. In these transactions many ridiculous things happened,
+and many jests were played. Afterward our men began to give them
+nails, which the Indians liked so well that they desired nothing else
+after that. They would smell them before taking them. For each nail
+they gave measures of rice containing about half a _fanéga,_ more or
+less. After the rice was drawn up into the boat by means of a rope,
+because the Indians would not trade outside of their canoes, and the
+packages were opened, it was found that only the top layer was rice
+and the rest straw and stones. The Indian who had practiced this jest
+would clap his hands in glee, and laugh long and loud, and go from that
+vessel to another, to play the same trick. Then again they would take
+the nails, and take flight without giving anything in return. These and
+many other deceptions were practiced by them. They are so great thieves
+that they even tried to pull out the nails from our ships. They are
+better proportioned than the Spaniards. Often they attain the great
+strength fitting to their statures. One of them went behind one of
+our soldiers and snatched away the arquebuse from his shoulder. When
+good opportunity offered, they discharged their weapons on those who
+were taking in water. Notwithstanding that some of the natives on land
+were shot down, the others did not discontinue trading with our ships;
+but rather those on the ships, after they had sold their goods, went
+ashore in their canoes, and there with their hardened clubs, stones,
+and slings (which comprise their weapons, and which they manage very
+skilfully) they took the place of those who were fighting, and those
+who were fighting embarked in the canoes, and came also to the ships
+to trade. All this seems to be the proceeding of savages, as these
+people really are, for they have only the form of men. They have no
+laws, or chiefs whom they obey; and therefore every one goes wherever
+he wishes. They eat no meat. A soldier who went ashore received a
+wound in the hand. The wound was apparently small; and indeed it was
+through negligence of the wounded man himself that he died within
+two weeks. One day, after a slight engagement between my men and the
+natives, we got ready at sunset to sail, without noticing the absence
+of a young roustabout who, either through carelessness, or because
+he had not heard the call to assemble, must have advanced too far
+on the mountain. As our small boats reached the ships, the Indians,
+who had not lost sight of us during the hour while we remained there,
+came out upon the shore. As the boy came down from the mountain to the
+shore, the Indians, when they saw him, fell upon him and in a moment
+with great cruelty tore him to pieces, giving him at least thirty
+lance thrusts through the body. When the men of our ships saw the
+Indians discharging blows, and discovered that they did not have the
+boy with them, they returned to shore with great fury; but at their
+arrival the natives had already fled up a hill. They found the boy
+as I have said above; and I charged the master-of-camp to punish the
+natives for this act. At midnight he went ashore, and marched inland,
+but meeting no Indians, he arranged his men in an ambuscade on shore,
+in which he killed a few of them and wounded many others. Our men
+burned many houses all along the coast. The town inland on this island
+is large and thickly populated, and abounds in all things which are
+raised in the island. There our men found about two pounds of very
+good sulphur, and took one of the natives alive, who was brought to
+the ship, and whom I am sending to that Nueba España. This island is
+called Ladrones, which according to the disposition of the inhabitants,
+is the most appropriate name that could have been given it. Eleven
+days after reaching this island, we set sail following our course
+in the aforesaid latitude. After sailing eleven days more with good
+weather, we finally came in sight of Filippinas, where we finished
+our voyage. According to the experiments and opinions of the pilots,
+we covered more than two thousand leagues from Puerto de la Navidad
+to this island, although I have heard that they were deceived as to
+the distance. On the afternoon of the same day in which we came to
+this land, we cast anchor in a beautiful bay, called Cibabao, and
+there we remained seven or eight days. Meanwhile we sent two boats,
+one south and the other north (for this island is located north and
+south) to see whether they could find some good port or river. One
+of them returned minus a gentleman of my company, called Francesco
+Gomez, and with the report that, for ten leagues north, they had found
+neither port nor river. The gentleman was killed by some Indians,
+after he disembarked to make blood-friendship with them, a ceremony
+that is considered inviolable. This is observed in this manner: one
+from each party must draw two or three drops of blood from his arm
+or breast and mix them, in the same cup, with water or wine. Then the
+mixture must be divided equally between two cups, and neither person
+may depart until both cups are alike drained. While this man was about
+to bleed himself, one of the natives pierced his breast from one side
+with a lance. The weapons generally used throughout the Filipinas
+are cutlasses and daggers; lances with iron points, one and one-half
+palms in length; _lenguados_, [94] enclosed in cloth sheaths, and a
+few bows and arrows. Whenever the natives leave their houses, even if
+it is only to go to the house of a neighbor, they carry these weapons;
+for they are always on the alert, and are mistrustful of one another.
+
+While we were in this bay, Indians and chiefs came in several
+boats, displaying prominently a white flag at the bow of one of
+them. Another flag was raised on the stern of the flagship as a
+sign that they could approach. These people wear clothes, but they
+go barefooted. Their dress is made of cotton or of a kind of grass
+resembling raw silk. We spoke to them and asked them for food. They
+are a crafty and treacherous race, and understand everything. The best
+present which they gave me was a sucking pig, and a cheese of which,
+unless a miracle accompanied it, it was impossible for all in the fleet
+to partake. On the occasion of the death of the gentleman whom they
+killed, the natives scattered themselves through the island. They are
+naturally of a cowardly disposition, and distrustful, and if one has
+treated them ill, they will never come back. They possess, in common
+with all these islands, swine, goats, hens of Castile, rice, millet,
+and in addition a great variety of excellent fruit. The people wear
+gold earrings, bracelets, and necklets. Wherever we went we found
+a great display of these articles. Although people say that there
+are many mines and much pure gold, yet the natives do not extract it
+until the very day they need it; and, even then, they take only the
+amount necessary for their use, thus making the earth their purse.
+
+Leaving this bay, we sailed south until we reached the end of the
+island, where the land turns west. Just south of this island are
+other islands between which and this island there is a straight
+channel running west. The fleet passed through this channel, and on
+the second day from our departure from Cibabao, after having sailed
+nearly thirty leagues, we reached a port of Tandaya Island.
+
+In this port a small river empties itself into the sea through an
+estuary. Some of our boats sailed up this river and anchored at the
+town of Cangiungo. The natives received them neither with peace nor
+war; but they gave our men food and drink. When they were about to eat,
+an Indian came to them, who spoke a few words in the Castilian tongue,
+saying "Comamos" ["let us eat"], "bebamos" ["let us drink"], and
+answering "si" ["yes"], when questioned by Anton Batista "Billalobos
+[Villalobos]" and "Captain Calabaça." It seems that he had traded with
+the people of the fleet of Billalobos, according to what was gather
+from him. And because he said this, this native vexed the ruler of the
+village, and never came back. The next day I wished to go to the same
+village, and found the natives hostile. They made signs that we should
+not disembark, pulled grass, struck trees with their cutlasses, and
+threateningly mocked us. Seeing that in this case cajolery could not
+suffice, we withdrew in order not to disturb them; but as we departed,
+they began to shower sticks and stones after us, and I was obliged to
+order the soldiers to fire their arquebuses at them; and they never
+appeared again. This town has a population of twenty or thirty Indians.
+
+On arriving at that port, I despatched Captain de Goite with a boat
+and a frigate, well supplied with men and provisions, to discover
+some port along the coast. On the way he was to examine thoroughly
+the town of Tandaya, which was not very far from where we were, and
+other towns of the island of Abbuyo. Deceived by the appearance of the
+coast, he sailed on past the coast for fifteen leagues, without seeing
+anything. Finally he reached a large bay on which was situated a large
+town containing many families; the people had many swine and hens,
+with abundance of rice and potatoes. He returned to the fleet with
+this news, which gave us not a little content, for all were longing
+for land-products. The fleet left this port, and in the afternoon of
+the next day we reached the above-mentioned bay, where we anchored in
+front of the large town of Cavalian. One thing in especial is to be
+noted--namely, that wherever we went, the people entertained us with
+fine words, and even promised to furnish us provisions; but afterward
+they would desert their houses. Up to the present, this fear has not
+been in any way lessened. When we asked the people of this village for
+friendship and food, they offered us all the friendship we desired,
+but no food whatever. Their attitude seemed to me to be quite the
+contrary of what had been told me by those who had gone there; for
+they had said that, in this village of Cavalian, which is located on
+the island of Buyo, Spaniards were received and were well treated. Now
+they did not wish to see us, and on the night of our arrival, we were
+made thoroughly aware of this; for they embarked with their wives,
+children, and property, and went away. The next day, a chief called
+Canatuan, the son of Malate [95] who is the principal chief of the
+town, came to us; but I detained him in the ship, until provisions
+should be sent us from land (paying for them to their satisfaction),
+because of his not returning to the village and because his father
+was very old and blind. But this proved no remedy, to make them give
+us anything but words. It was determined that the people should go
+ashore. And so they went, and we made a fine festival, killing for
+meat on that same day about forty-five swine, with which we enjoyed
+a merry carnival--as payment for which articles of barter were given
+to the chief whom I had with me. The latter sent us ashore with an
+Indian, to give these articles to the owners of the swine.
+
+This chief, Canutuan, by signs and as best he could, informed me of the
+names of the islands, of their rulers and people of importance, and
+their number. He also promised to take us to the island of Mancagua,
+[96] which was eight leagues from this island. We set sail with the
+Indian, and when we reached Macagua I sent him and three others, who
+went with him to their village in a canoe, after giving them some
+clothes. He was quite well satisfied, according to his own words,
+and became our friend.
+
+This Macagua, although small, was once a thickly-populated
+island. The Castilians who anchored there were wont to be kindly
+received. Now the island is greatly changed from former days, being
+quite depopulated--for it contains less than twenty Indians; and these
+few who are left, are so hostile to Castilians, that they did not even
+wish to see or hear us. From this island we went to another, called
+Canuguinen. [97] Here we met with the same treatment. As the natives
+saw our ships along the coast, they hastened to betake themselves to
+the mountains. Their fear of the Castilians was so great, that they
+would not wait for us to give any explanation.
+
+From this island the fleet directed its course towards Butuan,
+a province of the island of Vindanao; but the tides and contrary
+winds drove us upon the coast of an island called Bohol. Here we
+cast anchor, and within a small bay of this island we made some
+necessary repairs to the flagship. One morning the _almiranta_
+[98] sighted a junk at some distance away. Thinking it to be one
+of the smaller _praus,_ the master-of-camp despatched against it a
+small boat with six soldiers, after which he came to the flagship to
+inform me of what he had done. Seeing that he had not sent men enough,
+I despatched another small boat with all the men it could hold; and
+the master-of-camp himself with instructions how he was to proceed,
+reached the boat and junk, which were exchanging shots. The junk
+seeing that the boat contained 10 few men, defied them. When the
+second boat arrived it found some of the men wounded, and that the
+junk had many and well-made arrows and lances, with a culverin and
+some muskets. The junk defied the second boat also. Shouting out in
+Castilian, "a bordo! a bordo!" ["board! board!"] They grappled it, and
+on boarding it, one of our soldiers was killed by a lance-thrust in the
+throat. Those aboard the junk numbered forty-five soldiers. Fourteen
+or fifteen of them jumped into a canoe which they carried on their
+poop deck, and fled. Eight or ten of the others were captured alive,
+and the remainder were killed. I have been assured that they fought
+well and bravely in their defense, as was quite apparent; for besides
+the man they killed, they also wounded more than twenty others of
+our soldiers. In the junk were found many white and colored blankets,
+some damasks, _almaizales_ [99] of silk and cotton, and some figured
+silk; also iron, tin, sulphur, porcelain, some gold, and many other
+things. The junk was taken to the flagship. Its crew were Burnei
+Moros. Their property was returned to them, and what appeared, in our
+reckoning, its equivalent in articles of barter was given to them,
+because their capture was not induced by greed. My chief intent is
+not to go privateering, but to make treaties and to procure friends,
+of which I am in great need. The Burneans were much pleased and
+satisfied with this liberality displayed toward them, thus showing
+how fickle they were.
+
+On the same day that the boats went to the junk, I despatched the
+_patache_ "San Joan" with orders to go to Butuan and sail along its
+coast, and to find out in what part of this island the cinnamon is
+gathered, for it grows there. They were also to look for a suitable
+port and shore where a settlement could be made. While the _patache_
+went on this mission, I kept the boat of the Burneans and the
+pilot. This latter was a man of experience, and versed in different
+dialects; and he informed me of much regarding this region that I
+wished to know. Among other things he told me that, if the Indians
+of this land avoided this fleet so much, I should not be surprised,
+because they, had great fear of the name of Castilla. He said that
+while we were among these islands no Indian would speak to us; and
+that the cause for this was that about two years ago, somewhat more
+or less, some Portuguese from Maluco visited these islands with eight
+large _praus_ and many natives of Maluco. Wherever they went they
+asked for peace and friendship, saying that they were Castilians,
+and vassals of the king of Castilla; then when the natives felt quite
+secure in their friendship, they assaulted and robbed them, killing
+and capturing all that they could. For this reason the island of
+Macagua was depopulated, and scarcely any inhabitants remained there.
+And in this island of Bohol, among the killed and captured were more
+than a thousand persons. Therefore the natives refused to see us
+and hid themselves--as in fact was the case. Although, on my part,
+I did my best to gain their confidence, giving them to understand
+that the Portuguese belong to a different nation and are subjects of a
+different king than we, they did not trust me; nor was this sufficient,
+for they say that we have the same appearance, that we wear the same
+kind of clothing, and carry the same weapons.
+
+In this island of Bohol live two chiefs, one called Çicatuna and the
+other Çigala, who through the Bornean's going inland to call them,
+came to the fleet. From these chiefs I heard the same thing that I
+had been told by the Burnei pilot and his companions, in regard to the
+great robberies that the Portuguese committed hereabout, in order to
+set the natives against us--so that, on our coming, we should find no
+friends. This fell out as they wished, because, although Çicatuna and
+Çigala made friendship with me, we could put no confidence in them;
+nor would they sell us anything, but only made promises.
+
+While in this island, I despatched a frigate to reconnoiter the coast
+of certain islands that could be seen from this island. The chief pilot
+and Joan de Aguire accompanied it, and it was supplied with sufficient
+food, men, and provisions. Coming to the entrance between two islands,
+they were caught by the tide and drifted to the other entrance of the
+channel; and, in order to return, they sailed around the island. On
+this island they saw a town where the Moro pilot declared that he
+was known, and that he was on friendly terms with its inhabitants;
+but under pretense of friendship, the natives, treacherously killed
+him with a lance-thrust. The space of one week had been given to them,
+but it took much longer; for the return could be accomplished only
+by sailing around the island which was one hundred and fifty leagues
+in circumference.
+
+When the _patache_ returned from Butuan, it reported that they had
+seen the king, and that two Moro junks of the large and rich island
+of Luzon were anchored in the river which flows near the town. The
+Moros sold our men a large quantity of wax. When the men of Luzon saw
+our _tostones_ they were very much pleased with them, and they gave
+nearly twenty marks of gold, which they had there in that island,
+giving for six _tostones_ of silver one of gold; and they said that
+they had more gold, if our men would give them more _tostones_, and
+that in exchange for the latter they would give them ten or twelve
+_quintals_ of gold which they had there in that island. The soldiers
+of the _patache_ were so desirous to plunder the junks, that they
+besought permission to do so from the captain; thus importuned,
+and because his own desire was not less keen, he was on the point
+of granting it. Fortunately the officials (the treasurer and factor)
+aboard the _patache_ opposed this, saying that it was not fitting to
+his majesty's service, and that it would stir up the land and set it
+against us. As the men of Luzon had put some earth within the cakes of
+wax that they had sold, in order to cheat us with it; and inasmuch as
+they, moreover, insisted that the natives should not give anything in
+exchange for any other kind of trade-goods, but only for _tostones_,
+and had uttered many lies and slanders against us--the soldiers said
+that this was sufficient to justify the war; and that the war would
+not be the cause of stirring up the natives, because the latter
+were not at all well-disposed toward the Moros. Finally they did
+not touch the Moros, being persuaded to this by the captain and the
+officials. By my instructions, in case they should meet any strange
+or piratical junk that proved hostile, they returned to the station
+of the fleet, bringing a small quantity of gold, wax, cinnamon, and
+other things. Nevertheless the natives of the island would have sold
+them a quantity of gold had not the Moros prevented it.
+
+While in the bay of the island of Bohol, I was very anxious about
+the frigate, since it was to be gone but one week; while twenty-one
+days had passed, and it was nowhere to be seen. Meanwhile a _prau_
+which I had despatched with two soldiers and the chiefs Çicatuna
+and Çigala to the island of Cubu to endeavor to ascertain some
+news concerning it, had returned, bringing no news whatever of its
+whereabouts. On Holy Saturday, three hours before daybreak, while
+we were thus plunged in great anxiety and grief, fearing that our
+companions might have been lost, captured, or killed, the shout "the
+frigate! the frigate!" was heard in our fleet. Turning my glance,
+I beheld it entering the bay. Only the Burnei pilot was missing;
+the others looked well and strong, although they had suffered from
+hunger. On arriving, they informed us that the island which they had
+coasted had a circuit of one hundred and fifty leagues, and that
+on their return they had passed between it and the opposite coast
+of Cubu. [100] They reported that this island of Cubu was densely,
+populated, containing many large villages, and among them were many
+people inhabiting the coast, and inland many cultivated districts. The
+above-mentioned soldiers who went to Cibu in the _prau_ with Cicatuna
+and Cigala said that the same thing was to be observed on the other
+coast, and that the port of the town of Cibu admitted of anchorage,
+and was excellent. I decided to take the fleet to that island--a plan
+I carried out, with the intention of requesting peace and friendship
+from the natives, and of buying provisions from them at a reasonable
+cost. Should they refuse all this I decided to make war upon them--a
+step which I considered justifiable in the case of these people;
+for it was in that same port and town that Magallanes and his fleet
+were well received. King Sarriparra and nearly all the natives were
+baptized, and admitted to our holy faith and evangelical teaching,
+voluntarily offering themselves as his majesty's vassals. Magallanes
+and more than thirty of his companions were afterward killed while
+fighting in behalf of this island against the people of Matan, a
+thickly-populated island situated near this one. Afterward the two
+islands made peace privately between themselves, and the inhabitants
+of the town of Cibu killed many of the Spaniards of the same fleet,
+and drove the remaining few away from their land. Hence we see that all
+this is sufficient occasion for any course whatever. In accordance with
+this last opinion the fleet left the port of Bohol and we reached the
+port of Çibu on Friday, April 27, 1565. We had scarcely arrived when
+an Indian came to the flagship in a canoe, who said that Tupas, the
+ruler of the island, was in the town, and that he was going to come
+to the fleet to see me. A little later there came from the village,
+an Indian, an interpreter of the Malay language, who said, on behalf
+of Tupas, that the latter was getting ready to come to see me, that
+he would come on that very day, and that he would bring ten of the
+principal chiefs of that island. I waited for them that whole day;
+but as I saw that the people were much occupied in removing their
+possessions from their houses and carrying them to the mountain, and
+that during all this day and until noon of the next, Tupas, the son
+of Saripara, who killed the men of Magallanes, did not come, I sent a
+boat with father Fray Andres de Hurdaneta and the master-of-camp, in
+order that, in their presence, the government notary, with Hieronimo
+Pacheco, interpreter of the Malay tongue (which is spoken by many of
+the natives of this land), might request the natives, as vassals of
+the king of Castilla, to receive us peaceably. They were to assure the
+people that I did not come to do them any harm, but on the contrary
+to show them every favor, and to cultivate their friendship. Three
+times this announcement was made to them, with all the signs and kind
+words possible to win their friendship. But at length--seeing that
+all our good intentions were of no avail, and that all the natives
+had put on their wooden corselets and rope armor [101] and had armed
+themselves with their lances, shields, small cutlasses, and arrows;
+and that many plumes and varicolored headdresses were waving; and
+that help of men had come in _praus_ from the outside, so that their
+number must be almost two thousand warriors; and considering that
+now was the time for us to make a settlement and effect a colony, and
+that the present port and location were exactly suited to our needs,
+and that it was useless for us to wait any longer; and seeing that
+there was no hope for peace, and that they did not wish it, although
+we had offered it--the master-of-camp said to the natives through an
+interpreter: "Since you do not desire our friendship, and will not
+receive us peacefully, but are anxious for war, wait until we have
+landed; and look to it that you act as men, and defend yourselves
+from us, and guard your houses." The Indians answered boldly: "Be it
+so! Come on! We await you here." And thereupon they broke out into
+loud cries, covering themselves with their shields and brandishing
+their lances. Then they returned to the place whence they had set out,
+hurling their lances by divisions of threes at the boat, and returning
+again to their station, going and coming as in a game of _cañas_. [102]
+Our men got ready and left the ships in boats; and as the boats left
+the ships for the shore, in accordance with the order given them,
+some shots were fired from the ships upon the multitude of _praus_
+anchored near a promontory, as well as at the landsmen upon shore,
+and upon the town. But, although they had showed so great a desire
+for war, when they heard the artillery and saw its effects, they
+abandoned their village without waiting for battle, and fled through
+the large, beautiful, and fertile open fields that are to be seen
+in this region. Accordingly we remained in the village, which had
+been left totally without provisions by the natives. We pursued the
+enemy, but they are the lightest and swiftest runners whom I have
+ever seen. When we entered the village, all the food had been already
+taken away. However, I believe that there will be no lack of food. In
+exchange for our hardships this is a good prospect, although there
+is no hope of food except through our swords. The land is thickly
+populated, and so fertile that four days after we took the village
+the Castilian seeds had already sprouted. We have seen some little
+gold here, on the garments worn by the natives. We are at the gate
+and in the vicinity of the most fortunate countries of the world, and
+the most remote; it is three hundred leagues or thereabouts farther
+than great China, Burnei, Java, Lauzon, Samatra, Maluco, Malaca,
+Patan, Sian, Lequios, Japan, and other rich and large provinces. I
+hope that, through God's protection, there will be in these lands no
+slight result for his service and the increase of the royal crown,
+if this land is settled by Spaniards, as I believe it will be. From
+this village of Cubu, I have despatched the ship with the father prior
+[Urdaneta] and my grandson, Phelipe de Zauzedo, with a long relation
+of the things which I boldly write here to your excellency. They will
+inform his majesty at length, as persons who have been eyewitnesses
+of all especially of what has taken place here, the state of the new
+settlement, and the arrangements made for everything. It remains to
+be said that, since this fleet was despatched by the most illustrious
+viceroy, my master, of blessed memory, and further, chiefly because of
+being an enterprise that every gentleman should all the more favor,
+inasmuch as it pertains naturally to your excellency, as the heir
+of the glory resulting from this expedition--your excellency should
+favor it in such a manner that we may feel here the touch of your
+most illustrious hand, and so that aid should be sent as promptly as
+the necessity of our condition demands. For we shall have war not
+only with the natives of this and other neighboring islands of the
+Philipinas (which is of the lesser import), but--a thing of greater
+consequence--we shall have to wage war with many different nations
+and islands, who will aid these people, and will side against us. On
+seeing us settled in this island the Portuguese will not be pleased,
+nor will the Moros and other powerful and well-armed people. It might
+happen that, if aid is delayed and is not sent by you to us with all
+promptitude, the delay will prove a sufficient obstacle, so that no
+result will follow from the work that we have accomplished. I beg his
+majesty to send us some aid with the promptness, which rightly should
+not be less man in that city of España, where his majesty resides. And
+because it is worth knowing, and so that your excellency may understand
+that God, our Lord, has waited in this same place, and that he will be
+served, and that pending the beginning of the extension of his holy
+faith and most glorious name, he has accomplished most miraculous
+things in this western region, your excellency should know that on
+the day when we entered this village one of the soldiers went into
+a large and well-built house of an Indian, where he found an image
+of the child Jesus (whose most holy name I pray may be universally
+worshiped). This was kept in its cradle, all gilded, just as it was
+brought from España; and only the little cross which is generally
+placed upon the globe in his hand was lacking. This image was well
+kept in that house, and many flowers were found before it, no one
+knows for what object or purpose. The soldier bowed before it with
+all reverence and wonder, and brought the image to the place where
+the other soldiers were. I pray the holy name of this image which we
+have found here, to help us and to grant us victory, in order that
+these lost people who are ignorant of the precious and rich treasure
+which was in their possession, may come to a knowledge of him.
+
+
+
+
+Copia de Vna Carta Venida de Se|-
+Uilla  a  Miguel  Saluador  de
+Valencia. La Qual Narra El Ventu|Roso Des-
+Cubrimiento Que los Mexicanos Han
+Hecho, Naue-|Gando con la Armada
+Quesu Magestad Mando Hazer en|
+Mexico. Con Otros Cosas Mar-
+Auillosas, y de Gran| Prone-
+Cho Para Toda la Chris-
+Tiandad: Con|Dignas
+De Ser Vistas y
+Leydas.
+
+
+¶_En Barcelona, Per Pau Cortey, 1566._
+
+Desto de la China ay dos relaciones, y es, que a los dezisiete de
+Nouiembre del año de mil y quinietos y sessenta y quatro, por mandado
+de su Mage. se hizo vna armada en el puerto de la Natiuidad e la
+mar del Sur, cient leguas de Mexico, de dos naues, y dos pataysos,
+para descubrir las yslas dela especieria, que las llaman Philippinas,
+por nuestro Rey, costaron mas de seyscientos mil pesos de Atipusque
+hechas a la vela.
+
+¶Partieron el dicho dia del puerto, y nauegaron seys dias juntas:
+y a los siete les dio vna barrusca, que se aparto dellas el Patays,
+que era de cincuenta toneladas, y lleuana venyte [_sc._ veynte]
+hombres: el qual nauego cincuenta dias, y al fin dellos, vio tierra,
+que eran muchas islas entre las quales vio vna mas grande, y alli
+surgio. ¶Acudieron ala costa gente dela isla la qual es mas blanca que
+los Indios nuestros: y las mugeres muy mas blancas que los hombres,
+como las mugeres de cosas de palma texidas, y labradas encima con
+sedas de colores. Porgala. trahen los dientes colorados, y horadados,
+y enlos agujeros vnos clauicos de oro. Y los hombres con calcas de
+lieço de algodõ con senogiles de seda, con muchas pieças de oro. ¶Entre
+ellos vino vno q parescia de mas calidad, vestido todo de seda, con vn
+alfange, la empuñadura, y guarniciones de oro, y piedras. ¶Los nuestros
+les pidieron mantenimientos, y dierõ se losa trueque de bugerias:
+pero ellos pidierõ hierro y dio seles: y quando vieron los clauos,
+no querian otro sina clauos, y estos pagauan con oro en poluo. Trayan
+algunos vnas dagas de azero muy galanas, y muestran ser gente politica
+y de mucha razõ. Vsan depeso y medida: dierõ alos nuestros gamos,
+puercos, gallinas, codornizes, arroz, mijo, y pan de palmas: de todo
+esto ay grande abudancia. Estuno alli el Patays casi treynta dias,
+esperando las otras naues, y como no vinieron, determino de boluer
+a Mexico: y al tiepo que salio dela isla, encontro vn junco, que es
+navio de casi cient toneladas, enla qual venian sessenta Indios,
+y como vieron el Patays, todos se echarona nado, y se fueron a la
+tierra, que estana cerca. Entraron dentro algunos soldados, por
+mandado del capitan, y hallaron que yua cargado de porcellanas,
+y mantas, y lienços pintados, y otras cosas dela tierra, y algunos
+cañutillos de oro molido, delos quales no tomaron mas que vno, y
+algunas porcellanas, y algunas mantas: y delo demas, de todo poco,
+para traher lo por muestra. Estuuo este Patays en yr y en boluer,
+dozientos, y treynta dias. Huuieron de menester subir mas de quarenta
+grados hazia el norte. Huuo desde el puerto do partieron, hasta esta
+isla, mil y sete cientas leguas. ¶Las otras tres naues dentro de
+cincuenta dias hallaron muchas islas, y aportarõ en algunas dellas,
+y passaron en cada vna dellas muchas cosas, que estan grande la
+relacion, que ocupa veynte pliegos de papel. En fin aportaron a vna
+isla grande que se llama Iubu, y alli hizieron amistad conel rey
+della, que se hizo desta manera. Saco se el rey sangre del pecho,
+y el capitan assi mesmo, y echada la sangre de entrabos en vna copa
+de vino la partierõ por medio, y el vno benio la vna mitad, y el
+otro la otra mitad: y aquello dizen q haze la amistad inuiolable. Cõ
+todo esto tuuierõ ciertas passiones, y robarõ vn lugarejo: y en vna
+casa pobre hallaron vn niño Iesus, destos que traen de Flandes, con
+su velo, y pomo enla mano, tan fresco como si se acabara de hazer
+entonces. En aquella isla qui sieron poblar, porq es muy abundãte de
+todos los mantenimientos, y començaron a hazer vn fuerte, y hizierõ
+fuera del vna yglesia, dopusieron el niño Iesus, y la llamarõ del
+nombre de Iesus: y la isla la llaman sant Miguel, porque se entro
+enella el dia de su Aparicion. Y de alli alos Malucas dõde esta
+la especieria, ay cient y cincueta leguas, y ala China dozientas,
+y a Malach quinientas leguas. Y hallaron alli canela finissima que
+la hauian los dela isla trahydo de los Malucas y gengibre, y cosas
+de seda galanas. Y de alli embiaron delas tres naues la capitana
+de Mexico, do llego despues que hauia llegado el Patays, y estauan
+adereçando otras dos naues para socorro. Hay muchas otras islas por
+alli muy grandes, y son del mismo modo desta. Entre las otras hay vna
+tierra tan rica de oro, que no lo estiman en nada: y hay tãta cãtidad
+de canela que la quemã en lugar de leñares de tan luzida gente, q la
+ygualan con España. Hay alli vn rey q tiene ala continua mil hõbres
+de guarda: y estima se tanto que ninguno de sus vassallos le vee la
+cara sino vna vez enel año: y si le han de hablar para tratar conel
+algo, le hablã por vna zebratana: y quãdo de año a año se dexa ver,
+le dã muy grandes riquezas. Son gente muy prima, hazen brocados,
+y sedas texidas de muchas maneras. Tienen en tan poco el oro, q dio
+este rey por vn pretal de cascaueles, tres barchillas de oro en poluo:
+porq alli todo quanto oro ay es en poluo. Cargaron estas tres naues
+quando tornaron tanta cantidad de oro en aquella isla, que mõto el
+quinto q dan al rey vn millon y dozientos mil ducados. ¶Andan por alla
+Moros contratando con naues, y trocãdo cosas de su tierra por oro, y
+mantas, y especieria, y por clauos y otras cosas. Encontro la armada
+con vna naue dellos, y tomola, aunque se defendio de tal manera,
+q mato vno dellos, y hirieron mas de veynte. Y trahian muchas cosas
+de oro y mantas, y otras especierias que hauian rescatado. Hay tantas
+islas que dize que son seteta cinco mil y ochocientas. En esta isla
+de Iubu do hazen poblacion, es do mataron a Magallanes. Y dizen, que
+los Portugueses con ciertas Carauelas aportaron por alli, haura dos
+años, llamãdose Españoles, y vassallos del rey de Castilla, y robaron
+muchas islas, y las saquearon, y lleuaron mucha gente captiua, porque
+como veyan q nuestra armada se haiza enla nueua España, tomassen los
+nuestros cõ los dela tierra mal credito. Y assi quando los nuestros
+llegaron, pensando que eran ellos, huyan alos mõtes con sus joyas,
+y haziendas. Y se ha visto el general en harto trabajo por
+apaziguarlos, y darles a entender que son ellos, y cierto deue ser
+hombre cuerdo, porque por la relaciõ se vee hauer tenido mucho
+sufrimiento, por no topar con ellos, y los ha lleuado con mucho
+amor, sin hazer agrauio a nadie. Ello escosa grãde, y de mucha
+importãcia: y los de Mexico estã muy vfanos con su descubrimiento,
+q tienen entedido q seran ellos el coraçon del mundo. Trahe eneste
+nauio de auiso q es venido agora aca, gegibre, canela, oro en poluo,
+vna arroua de conchas riquissimas de oro, y blancas, joyas de oro,
+cera, y otras cosas para dar muestra delo que en aquella tierra ay,
+y muchas bugerias, y otras cosas muy galanas. Y aunque no las traxeran,
+harto trahian en hauer descubierto y hallado la nauegacion por aquestas
+partes, que es cosa de mucha calidad. Con la flota sabremos mas delo
+que supiere auisare a V.M. &c.
+
+
+
+
+Copy of a Letter Sent from Seuilla
+To Miguel Saluador of
+Valencia. Which Narrates the Fortunate
+Discovery Made By the Mexicans Who
+Sailed in the Fleet Which His Majesty
+Ordered to Be Built in
+Mexico. With Other Wonderful
+Things of Great Advantage
+For All Christendom:
+Worthy of
+Being Seen and
+Heard.
+
+
+¶_Printed in Barcelona, By Pau Cortey, 1566._
+
+Of this discovery, two relations have come from China: namely, that
+on the seventeenth of November, [103] in the year one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-four, a fleet was made ready by order of his majesty
+in Puerto de le Natividad, (which is situated on the Southern Sea,
+one hundred leagues from Mexico), consisting of two ships and two
+_pataches_, in order to discover the spice islands, which are named
+Philippinas, after our king. This fleet, when ready for sailing,
+cost more than six hundred thousand _pesos_ of Atipusque. [104]
+
+¶These vessels set sail from port on the above-mentioned day,
+voyaging in company for six days. On the seventh a squall struck them,
+separating from the others the _patache_, a vessel of fifty tons'
+burden, and carrying a crew of twenty men. [105] This vessel sailed
+for fifty days, at the end of which time land was sighted. This proved
+to be a number of islands, among which they saw one larger than the
+others, where they cast anchor. ¶On the shore of the island were
+gathered the natives, who are lighter complexioned than our Indians,
+the women being of even lighter hue than the men. Men and women were
+clad alike in garments woven from the palm, and worked along the edges
+with different colored silks. By way of adornment, they color their
+teeth, and bore them through from side to side, placing pegs of gold
+in the holes. The men wear drawers of cotton cloth, silken garters,
+and many pieces of gold. ¶Among them was one man who seemed of higher
+rank than the others, clad wholly in silk, and wearing a cutlass,
+of which the hilt and sword guard were gold and precious stones. ¶Our
+men asked them for food, giving them various trinkets in exchange. But
+they asked for iron, which was given to them; and when they caught
+sight of the nails, they desired nothing else, and paid for them
+with gold-dust. Some of them wear very neatly-made steel daggers, and
+they appear to be a polite and intelligent people. They use weights
+and measures. They gave our men deer, swine, poultry, quail, rice,
+millet, and bread made of dates--all in great abundance. The _patache_
+remained here for about thirty days, waiting for the other ships;
+but, as these did not come, they determined to return to Mexico. As
+they left the island, they met a junk, which is a vessel of about one
+hundred tons' burden, in which were sixty Indians. When these caught
+sight of the _patache_, all threw themselves into the water, and
+swam to the shore, which was not far away. Some soldiers, by command
+of the captain, boarded the junk, and found it laden with porcelain,
+cloths, figured linens, and other products of their country, together
+with some beads of hammered gold. Of these latter they took but one,
+with some of the porcelain and cloth--a little of each thing--to
+carry as specimens. In going and returning this _patache_ consumed
+two hundred and thirty days. They were compelled to run to the north,
+beyond the fortieth degree. From the port of departure to that island,
+they sailed one thousand seven hundred leagues. ¶Within fifty days,
+the other three vessels discovered many islands. They anchored at
+some of these, and in each one they suffered many hardships. So long
+is the relation of this, that it fills twenty sheets of paper. [106]
+Finally they landed at a large island named Iubu, where they made
+friendship with its king. This was done in the following manner. The
+king drew some blood from his breast, and the captain did the same. The
+blood of both was placed in one cup of wine, which was then divided
+into two equal parts, whereupon each one drank one half; and this,
+they assert, constitutes inviolable friendship. Notwithstanding
+this, they had certain conflicts, and sacked a little village. In
+a poorly-built house was found an image of the child Jesus, such
+as comes from Flanders, with his veil and the globe in his hand,
+and in as good condition as if just made. They wished to settle in
+that island, because of the abundance of all kinds of food. They
+began the construction of a fort, outside of which they erected a
+church, wherein the child Jesus was placed, and they called the church
+_Nombre de Jesús_ ["Name of Jesus"]. They named the island Sant Miguel,
+because of landing there on the day of his apparition. From here to the
+Malucos, where the spice is found, there is a distance of one hundred
+and twenty leagues; to China, two hundred; and to Malach [Malacca],
+five hundred. They found in this island the finest cinnamon, which
+its people acquire through trade with the Malucos; besides ginger
+and articles of fine silk. Of the three vessels, the flagship was
+despatched from that island to Mexico, where it arrived later than
+the _patache_, and where two other vessels were being prepared as
+a relief. There are many other very large islands in that region,
+in appearance quite like the above-named island. Among others is a
+region so rich in gold, that the amount is beyond estimation. And
+there is so great abundance of cinnamon that it is burned instead of
+wood by those people, who are as luxurious as those of Spain. They
+have a king there who has a constant body-guard of one thousand men,
+and who is esteemed so highly that none of his subjects see his face
+oftener than once a year. If they find it necessary to converse with
+him on any matter, they speak to him through a long wooden tube. And
+when he annually permits himself to be gazed upon, his subjects
+give him many valuable things. These people are quite advanced. They
+possess brocaded and silken fabrics of many different kinds. They hold
+gold in so little estimation that this king gave three _barchillas_
+[107] of gold dust (for there all their gold is in the form of dust)
+for one string of hawk's bells. Those three vessels loaded so much
+gold in that island that the king's fifth amounted to one million two
+hundred thousand ducats. ¶Moros frequent that district in ships for
+purposes of trade, bartering the products of their country for gold,
+cloths, spices, cloves, and other articles. The fleet encountered one
+of their vessels and captured it, although its occupants defended
+themselves so valiantly that one of the Spaniards was killed, and
+more than twenty wounded. They had much gold, cloth, besides spices,
+which they had acquired in trade. So many are the islands that they
+are said to number seventy-five thousand eight hundred. That island
+of Iubu, where the colony was planted, is the place where Magallanes
+was killed. [108] It is said that the Portuguese with some caravels
+landed there about two years ago, claiming to be Spaniards and subjects
+of the king of Castilla, and plundered many islands, sacking them and
+seizing many of the natives. Consequently, when those people heard that
+our fleet had been made ready in Nueva España, our men were held in
+bad repute among the natives of that region. Therefore when our men
+arrived, the inhabitants, thinking them to be the Portuguese, fled
+to the mountains with their jewels and possessions. The general has
+experienced much trouble in appeasing them, and in making the natives
+understand who the Spaniards are. Surely he must be a discreet man,
+for the relation shows that he has exercised much forbearance in not
+coming to blows with them; and he has shown them much friendliness,
+without causing offense to anyone. This is a great and very
+important achievement; and the people of Mexico are very proud of
+their discovery, which they think will make them the center of the
+world. The vessel that has just come here [109] with the news of
+this discovery has brought ginger, cinnamon, gold-dust, an _arroba_
+of the richest gold _conchas_ and _blancas_, [110] gold ornaments,
+wax, and other articles, in order to furnish proof of what this land
+contains, besides many trinkets and pretty articles. And even had they
+not brought these things, they bring enough in having discovered and
+found the route for navigation to these districts, which is a most
+notable event. When the fleet comes, we shall know more--of which,
+when it is known, I shall advise you, etc.
+
+
+
+
+Letters to Felipe II of Spain, By Miguel Lopez de Legazpi--1567-68
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+Captain Martin de Goyti came with me on this expedition to serve
+your majesty as captain of a company of soldiers, at the order of Don
+Luis de Velasco (who is in glory), who was viceroy of Nueva España;
+since then, on account of the death here of the master-of-camp, Mateo
+del Saez, I have committed his duties to the above-named captain. In
+both capacities he has served and is serving your majesty faithfully
+and loyally in every way; and he takes great care and pains, for he
+is a very prudent and rigorously just man, and possessed of many
+good qualities for this office. Furthermore, he has shown himself
+in the wars to be skilful and courageous and of great valor, as an
+old soldier who has served your majesty many years in Italy and has
+always been the first in all labors and perils which have occurred. By
+great diligence and care he has induced many of the natives to become
+vassals of your majesty; and by his great industry and diligence has
+been one of the chief means of our being able to maintain ourselves
+in this land. It is well and fitting, if in this discovery any
+service has been rendered to your majesty, that you recompense him,
+for he also has served and toiled in it. May God, our Lord, watch
+over your majesty's royal person and increase your kingdom for many
+years. Done at Cebu, July 12, 1567. Sacred royal Catholic majesty,
+whose royal feet your humble and faithful vassal kisses,
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+
+Very exalted and powerful Lord:
+
+At the end of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-four,
+I left Nueva España by way of the South Sea, for the discovery of
+these islands of the West, by order and commission of his majesty;
+and having arrived at these Filipinas islands, I sent a vessel
+back to Nueva España to discover the return route, and to give his
+majesty an account of the voyage, and inform him that a colony had
+been settled in this island of Cubu. What has happened since then is,
+that in these fortunate times of his majesty and your highness there
+have been discovered and are being discovered many islands and lands,
+in which God, our Lord, and his majesty and your highness may be very
+well pleased with the great growth of our holy Catholic faith. And,
+not to be prolix with long relations of affairs and details concerning
+this land, I will refer you to those which I am writing to the royal
+Council of the Indies. It seemed to me that your highness would be
+pleased with specimens of the weapons with which these natives fight;
+accordingly they are bringing to your highness a Chinese arquebuse,
+of which there are some among these natives. Although they are very
+dexterous in handling these guns, when on the sea, aboard of their
+_praus_, they carry them more to terrify than to kill. And likewise
+they bring you a half-dozen lances and another half-dozen daggers,
+a cutlass, two corselets, two helmets, and a bow with quiver and
+arrows, all which they use. Moreover, that your highness may see how
+scrupulous these people are in their dealings, I send your highness
+a pair of balances and one of their steelyards. I beg humbly your
+highness to receive my desire to serve you ever as a faithful servant,
+and pardon my boldness.
+
+Very exalted and powerful lord, may our Lord watch over the very
+exalted and powerful and royal person of your highness, and may he
+augment you with more kingdoms and seigniories for many and fortunate
+years. From this island of Çubu, July 15, 1567. Your highness's very
+faithful servant who kisses your royal hands.
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+On the vessel which I sent to New Spain to discover the return route,
+I gave your majesty a relation of the events of the voyage, and of
+our arrival and settlement in these islands, up to the time of the
+ship's departure. The succeeding events in this camp may be seen by
+the relation which I send with this letter.
+
+Last year a vessel [111] was sent from Nueva España for this island
+with news of the arrival of the flagship which went from here. It
+arrived here on the fifteenth of October of last year, in great
+extremity and trouble, for on the way they killed the captain and
+a son of his, and some others, and raised mutinies, rebellions,
+and other troubles, as may be seen from the evidence thereof which I
+send. As it brought no other assistance, nor any of the articles which
+we sent for from here, nor any command or order from your majesty
+(nor have these things been sent here since then); and since after
+so long a time the flagship has not returned, nor have we received
+the assistance that was hoped for with it--the men of this camp are
+in extremities and distressed. Because it has not been permitted them
+to rob, or make war upon, or in any way harm the natives, and as they
+see so great delay in the sending of aid, some have not been lacking
+in treacherous and damnable purposes and desires, from which God,
+our Lord, has been pleased up to now to deliver your majesty's loyal
+and faithful servants--who with all loyalty and zeal have served you
+and are now serving you in these regions--and I hope therefore that
+in his divine goodness he will continue to do so.
+
+There have been some islands discovered in this neighborhood,
+and more are being continually found of which we knew nothing, and
+which are inhabited by many people. There is disclosed a very great
+foundation and opening for both the spiritual and the temporal, from
+which God our Lord and your majesty may derive much profit, and our
+holy Catholic faith be much increased, if your majesty will give the
+necessary orders, and provide the suitable religious and laborers who
+may work diligently in this great vineyard of the Lord. And from what
+has been hitherto seen much fruit may be had in their conversions,
+without much difficulty, because there are not known among them either
+the temples or the rites and ceremonies of other peoples--although they
+are a people extremely vicious, fickle, untruthful, and full of other
+superstitions. They all have many specimens of gold, and this they
+trade and wear as jewelry; but there is only a small quantity of it,
+by reason of there being no headmen or great lords among them. In some
+islands we have been informed of and have seen mines of gold, which,
+if the islands were peopled with Spaniards, would, it is believed,
+be rich and profitable. In other islands there is an abundance of
+cinnamon, of which they make little use. They make no exportation of
+it, and therefore it is of little worth to them. Seventy _quintals_
+of it, more or less, have been carried upon this ship for your
+majesty; and there may be carried every year as much as your majesty
+wishes--enough indeed to supply all Christendom.
+
+I have resided continuously on this island of Cubu, awaiting the orders
+which your majesty may be pleased to have sent. I have barely succeeded
+in maintaining the forces with the least possible harm to the natives,
+and I shall try to do the same until I see your majesty's command, and
+know your royal will; because if we should make war upon these people,
+I think that great harm would ensue, but little advantage would be
+gained, and we should suffer hardships greater than those which have
+been suffered, although they have been bad enough. By the blessing
+of peace, we have succeeded in attracting into the obedience of your
+majesty many towns. As they have come from all this neighborhood of
+which possession has been taken in your royal name, the list of the
+towns accompanies this letter. And as these people are fickle and
+treacherous, and know not how to obey or serve, we ought to have here
+a fort and a number of Spaniards, who by good treatment might restrain
+them and make them understand what justice is; and who may settle in
+other places most convenient for the security of all those of this
+region. For this purpose married men should be sent and those who
+would have to remain permanently in this land. I beg your majesty to
+be pleased to have provided with all despatch what is most in accord
+with your royal pleasure, and give the commission to some one in Nueva
+España, who with all care and special diligence, will provide all
+that is necessary, without there being so much delay as in the past.
+
+For the security of these parts, and in order to get this needed
+security, it would be fitting and necessary to have built half a
+dozen galleys. For this, and even to provide them with crews there
+is reasonable provision here, provided you send officers and workmen
+to build the vessels, as has been written to the royal _Audiencia_
+of Mexico. With these vessels all these islands may be protected,
+as well as many others that are farther away from them; and it might
+even be possible to coast along the shores of China and to trade on
+the mainland. They would be very profitable and effective. Your majesty
+will cause to be provided in this regard what is most pleasing to you.
+
+In November of last year arrived, very near where we are, a large
+fleet of Portuguese who were coming from India to Maluco, where they
+must have thought that we were. Having arrived near our settlement,
+they stopped a few days, giving out that they were coming in search of
+us. They sent two small boats to reconnoiter our colony and station,
+afterward resolving to continue their voyage without stopping here. It
+may well be imagined that they were not pleased to see Spaniards in
+these parts.
+
+Farther north than our settlement, or almost to the northwest not
+far from here, are some large islands, called Luzon and Vindoro,
+where the Chinese and Japanese come every year to trade. They bring
+silks, woolens, bells, porcelains, perfumes, iron, tin, colored
+cotton cloths, and other small wares, and in return they take away
+gold and wax. The people of these two islands are Moros, and having
+bought what the Chinese and Japanese bring, they trade the same goods
+throughout this archipelago of islands. Some of them have come here,
+although we have not been able to go there, by reason of having too
+small a force to divide among so many districts.
+
+The people who remain here are very needy and poor, on account
+of having had, hitherto, no advantages or profits in the islands;
+and they have endured many miseries and troubles, with very great
+zeal and desire to serve your majesty, and are worthy of receiving
+remuneration. I humbly beg your majesty to be pleased to be mindful
+of their services, to grant them all favor (since these regions and
+districts contain sufficient for it), because a hundred merit it, and
+have served well and will serve much more in the future. Therefore I
+beg your majesty in addition, that your majesty approve the duties
+and offices given and assigned for these districts, and that your
+majesty confirm them to the persons who hold them, together with
+the greater favors that you may confer on them; for in these men are
+found the necessary qualifications, and they fulfil their duties with
+all fidelity.
+
+As this ship was about to sail, there arrived at this port two small
+galleys from Maluco, carrying certain Portuguese with letters from
+the captains of the fleet that came to these regions last year for
+the assistance and fortification of Maluco. In these letters they
+ask us to go out to their fleet, as your majesty will see by the very
+letters which accompany this present letter, together with the copy of
+the one I sent back to them. Some of those who came with the letters
+gave us to understand that, if we would not go willingly, they would
+take us by force; and that very shortly they would attack us in so
+great force that we could not resist them. I do not consider that
+they have any right to attack us or make war on us, since we, on our
+part, are causing them no trouble or harm; and although they come,
+we cannot do anything else than wait for them, notwithstanding that
+we are few and short of ammunition and other war material, since help
+has not come from Nueva España as we expected; and we have neither
+vessels nor equipment in order to escape. May God provide in this
+what he sees necessary, and as is your majesty's pleasure,--whose
+sacred royal Catholic person may our Lord watch over for many and
+prosperous years with increase of more kingdoms. From this island
+of Cubu, July 23, 1567. Your sacred royal majesty's very humble and
+faithful servant who kisses your hands and feet.
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+When I arrived in these Filipinas islands in the year sixty-five,
+I despatched a ship to discover the return route to Nueva España. I
+also sent to your majesty a relation of the events of the voyage,
+and of my colonization in this island of Çubu, where I should
+await the reply that your majesty should be pleased to have sent
+me; and stated that I was writing to Nueva España that they should
+provide me with all the most necessary things; and those we lacked
+most. Seeing so much delay on all sides, last year I sent another
+ship with the relation of all that had occurred here, begging your
+majesty to be pleased to order that we should be helped and provided,
+with all possible expedition, with the things that we have asked for,
+and which were extremely necessary and important; and that the matter
+be committed to some one in Nueva España, who should provide and have
+charge of it, because although they sent us reenforcements of men,
+they sent us nothing else that we had asked for. They said that
+they had not your majesty's commission for it, and that they were
+expecting every day the warrant that your majesty will be pleased to
+give in this case, so that by virtue of it they could supply us with
+what was needed. This great delay has subjected us to hardship and
+distress, and to great danger and risk--especially through our lack
+of powder and ammunition, and rigging and sails for the vessels, of
+which we are quite destitute, and of which there are not, and cannot
+be, any here. I beg your majesty to have the goodness to have these
+things seen to, as is most in accordance with your royal pleasure,
+with the expedition required in a matter of so great importance; and
+that henceforth this matter be entrusted to some one in Nueva España,
+at your majesty's pleasure, who shall administer it as is most fitting
+to your royal service and the good of those here.
+
+By the vessel that left last year, I sent your majesty seventy
+_quintals_ of cinnamon which we got in trade with the natives; and
+this vessel about to sail carries one hundred and fifty _quintals_
+more. There is abundance of it, and we could send more, were it
+not for the lack of articles of barter; for those we bring are
+valueless, and these natives do not desire them. There are also
+other drugs, aromatics, and perfumes which our people do not know;
+nor do the natives know them, for they have but little curiosity,
+and care nothing for these things. In some places there are oysters,
+and indications of pearls; but the Indians neither know of them nor
+fish for them. There are gold mines; pepper might be had also if it
+were cultivated and cared for, because pepper trees have been seen,
+which some chiefs keep in their houses as curiosities, although they
+value the pepper at little or nothing. The country is healthful and
+has a fair climate, although it is very rough and mountainous. All
+trade therefore is by sea, and almost all the natives live on the
+sea-coast and along the rivers and creeks that empty into the sea. In
+the interior there are few settlements, although in some islands there
+are blacks living in the mountains, who neither share nor enjoy the
+sea, but are most of the time at war with the Indians who live down
+on the seacoast. Captives are made on both sides, and so there are
+some black slaves among the Indians.
+
+If this land is to be settled, to pacify and place it under your royal
+dominion, in order to civilize its inhabitants and bring them to the
+knowledge of our holy Catholic faith, for it cannot be sustained by
+way of trade, both because our articles of barter have no value among
+them, and because it would be more expense than profit--in order to
+possess it for pacification, it is most necessary and important that
+your majesty maintain here a half-dozen galleys, with which to explore
+all this archipelago, and make further discoveries. Likewise they
+could coast along China and the mainland, and find out what there is
+there, and achieve other things of great importance. The galleys could
+be built here at very slight cost, because there is plenty of wood
+and timber. Your majesty would have only to provide tackle, sails,
+anchors, and the heavy bolts and nails for these vessels. You would
+also have to send from Nueva España two skilled ship-builders, two
+forges, and two dozen negroes from those that your majesty maintains
+at the harbor at Vera Cruz who might be taken without causing any
+shortage. Pitch, oakum, and grease, which are not to be had here,
+could be made without any further cost. The ships could be manned by
+slaves bought from these natives, or taken from those places which
+do not consent to obey your majesty.
+
+Likewise if the land is to be settled, the mines here ought to
+be worked and fitted up. Since at first it will be difficult and
+costly and very laborious, for many causes and reasons, your majesty
+ought to do us the favor of giving up your royal rights and fifths,
+or a part of them, and for a time suitable, to those working the
+mines, so that they might reconcile themselves to undertaking it and
+expending their possessions therein; your majesty ought likewise to
+give them permission to buy the slaves, whom these natives barter
+and sell among themselves, and whom they can use on their estates and
+for their advantage, without taking them from their land and native
+home. In everything your majesty will examine and provide according to
+your pleasure. May our Lord keep your sacred royal Catholic majesty,
+and increase your kingdoms and seigniories for many and prosperous
+years, as your royal heart desires. From this island of Çubu, June
+26, 1568. Your sacred royal Catholic majesty's faithful and humble
+servant who kisses your royal feet.
+
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+
+Negotiations Between Legazpi and Pereira Regarding the Spanish
+Settlement at Cebu--1568-69
+
+
+(I, Fernando Riquel, [112] notary-in-chief of the royal armada which
+came forth to discover the Islands of the West, and to govern them
+for his majesty the king Don Felipe, our sovereign, certify and truly
+testify to all who may see the present, or its duplicates authorized
+in public form, that while his excellency Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general for his majesty of the above-mentioned
+royal armada, was located with the people thereof in this island and
+port of Çubu in the said Felipinas, there came to the said port a
+certain Portuguese armada, the chief commander of which, they said,
+was named Gonzalo Pereira. He, after arriving at this said port and
+remaining therein a few days, sent certain ordinances and documents
+to the said governor, to which the latter replied sending also other
+documents of his own; and the ordinances and documents of the said
+commander-in-chief, Gonzalo Pereira, remained in the hands of me,
+the above-mentioned Fernando Riquel; while the papers and documents
+which the said governor sent in response to the said captain-general,
+under his own signature, remained in the hands of the captain-general
+himself. The duplicates, signed and authorized by Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of the Portuguese fleet aforesaid, I, the above-mentioned
+Fernando Riquel, possess, and do insert and incorporate them one
+with another; and the copies thereof, one placed after another,
+constitute what now follows, arranged according to the order in which
+they were presented.)
+
+As for the requisition and protest which I, Gonçallo Pereira,
+commander-in-chief of this fleet of the king, our sovereign, do make
+to the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, captain-general
+of the fortress and settlement which he has recently established in
+this our island of Cebu: you, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public in this
+fleet, are directed to lay it before him, and with his reply--or, if
+he be unwilling to give one, without it--to return to me. You shall
+present to him the document and documents, which I must send him,
+to the effect that it is true that, coming from India in order to
+favor and increase the Christian communities in these islands, which
+had been persecuted by the unbelievers, I learned in Borneo that his
+grace had entered into this our charge and conquest, and established
+himself in this island of Cebu, and that he had entered by accident
+and not intentionally through his having encountered severe storms,
+and had reached land in this possession of ours. Wherefore I arrived
+on the sixth of October, one thousand five hundred and sixty-six, from
+Borneo, having come in quest of him to aid and assist him in his need,
+as was my duty as a Christian, and because of the close relationship
+and friendliness of our sovereigns which obliged me to do this, and
+nothing less, in order to fulfil on our part, the compact made between
+the emperor Don Carlos, whom may God preserve, and the royal sovereign
+Don Joham the Third, whom may God maintain in glory. As it turned out
+I did not see him, owing to the stress of weather which constrained
+me to go directly to Maluco--whence I sent Antonio Rombo Dacosta and
+Baltesar de Sousa in two _caracoas_ [113] to visit his grace, and
+ascertain from him what he needed from our fleet, offering him most
+willingly everything that it contained. From the fortress likewise,
+the same offers were made by Alvoro de Mendonca its commander; but
+his grace neither accepted nor besought anything from the fleet or
+from the fortress. And hearing from Antonio Rombo that there was great
+need of many things, through lack of which much hardship was suffered,
+I left Maluco again on the thirteenth of October one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-seven, in search of his grace, very well provided
+with everything necessary for his aid--no inconsiderable amount--at the
+cost of his highness and of his captains. And I failed again to see
+him, in spite of all my efforts, in consequence of setting out late,
+and having encountered a very violent monsoon. On the twenty-sixth of
+August, one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight I returned to Maluco,
+only to retrace for a third time my way. And our Lord was pleased to
+allow me to arrive at this our port where I encountered him in peaceful
+wise without any hostile manifestation whatsoever. And I did not take
+from and defend against him any vessels or supplies, a thing both
+easy and profitable for us to do; but, on the contrary, I favored his
+grace in every way, and gave him the title of governor. But--seeing
+that the fortress was being strengthened more and more each day upon
+the land; and that he was trying to enter into communication with the
+people about, and constraining them in some measure by force of arms
+to obedience in the payment of tribute to his majesty the king Don
+Felipe; and entering into agreements, in the name of his majesty, with
+the people near and far to the effect that they might sail safely all
+around the land and through the waters of this archipelago,--I am in
+considerable apprehension, for all this region belongs to the conquest
+and demarcation of the king our sovereign; and I cannot persuade myself
+that his grace comes here with the delegated authority and consent of
+the king Don Felipe, who is so closely connected and allied with the
+king our sovereign. Wherefore I request his grace, both one and many
+times, on the part of the very Catholic and Christian sovereigns,
+[114] to send me word as to the cause of his coming and his stay,
+and to show the commission which he brings; for if the consent of
+the sovereigns is in any wise therein contained, I wish to conform
+thereto, as I am very desirous to give help and favor in every way
+which will be of service to the said sovereigns--as, in letters,
+and in the interviews held, I have given his grace to understand
+thoroughly. And if his grace is not willing to do anything in this
+matter, and will not consent to come with all his camp and join
+this fleet, as I have also asked him to do, I summon him, on behalf
+of the very Catholic and Christian sovereigns, to depart from this
+land and archipelago of ours forthwith, with all his camp, fleet,
+and munitions of war, and leave it free and unembarrassed to the said
+lord thereof. And otherwise I protest that all the loss and damage
+which may ensue in this matter will fall upon his grace, and that he
+will be obliged to give account of them to God and to the sovereigns
+our lords. Given in this galley "San Francisco," in the port of Cebu,
+on the fourteenth of October one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_.
+
+
+(_Notification:_ On the fifteenth day of the said month of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public for the king our sovereign in this his fleet, went at
+the command of Goncalo Pereira, the captain-general thereof, to the
+camp of Çebu of which the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi
+is the commander; and I presented to him in his lodgings there,
+two hours, somewhat more or less, after noon on the said day, month,
+and year, and delivered to him, word for word, the demand and protest
+above mentioned, given to me by Afonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of the
+fleet, who was granted due authority for this business by the said
+commander-in-chief. At this delivery were present the said factor
+and Baltesar de Freitas, the notary of the fleet; Andres d'Ibarra,
+captain; Guido de Levazaris, his majesty's treasurer; Amador de
+Arrayaran, first ensign, and Graviel da Rabeira, head _aiguazil_,
+of the camp--all of whom signed here with me, Pero Bernaldez, notary,
+who writes these presents.
+
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_,
+_Alfonso Alvarez Furtado_,
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.
+
+
+And then the said Miguel Lopez, after the said demand had been read by
+me, said that he had heard it, and begged that a copy thereof might be
+given him, to which he would reply in due form; and, that there may be
+no doubt about the matter, Lopez says upon another line that it will
+be truly done. And I, Pero Bernaldez, who drew up this writing in the
+said day, month, and year, and at the said hour, do witness thereto,
+in company with the said witnesses already mentioned.
+
+
+_Andres de Ybarra_,
+_Guido de Lavezaris_,
+_Amador de Arrayaran_,
+_Graviel de Ribera_.)
+
+
+_Authorization:_ Guonçallo Pereira, commander-in-chief of these
+south-by-east regions: by my authorization power is granted to Alfonso
+Alvarez Furtado, factor of the king our sovereign in this his fleet,
+so that he may, for me, and in my name, present and require from
+his highness all the papers and documents which may serve the ends
+of justice, with all the powers which I myself should have in these
+affairs which I am carrying on with the very illustrious Miguel Lopez
+de Legazpi, general of the fleet and forces of Nova Spanha. Therefore,
+in certification of the above, I, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of
+this fleet, signed this document on the galleon "San Francisco,"
+in the port of Çebu, on the thirteenth day of the month of October,
+in the year of the birth of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_,
+_Pedro Bernaldez_.
+
+
+(_Reply:_ This is the copy of the answer which the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi sent to Gonçalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the armada in the South Sea. I, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of
+this fleet for the king our sovereign, copied the summons of the said
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty the king Don Felipe, our sovereign, of his forces and
+the royal fleet, for the discovery of these islands of the West:
+inasmuch as certain demands, contained in a summons which Pero
+Bernaldez--notary-public, as he said, of his armada--read to me on
+behalf of the very illustrious Gonçalo Pereira, captain-general of
+the Portuguese armada, have been made upon me on the petition of
+Alonso Alvarez [Furtado], factor of the said armada (as in the said
+summons to which I refer, is set forth, at greater length); therefore
+replying to the said demand and to the things contained therein,
+I say that I came by command of his majesty the king Don Felipe,
+our sovereign, and with his royal fleet as the governor and general
+thereof, with the purpose of discovering the lands and islands of
+the West, which are and always were within his demarcation, in order
+to propagate and teach therein the gospel and the evangelical law,
+and to spread the Christian sway of our holy Catholic faith--the thing
+which, most of all, his majesty purposes in these parts. In the course
+of my expedition I arrived at these islands, where I was obliged to
+provide myself with certain supplies which I needed and which I did
+not have at hand; and in search of which I went about among the said
+islands for many days without being able to secure them, until by
+chance I arrived at this port of Cubu, where I was obliged to spend
+the winter. I sent from here the flagship, in which I came, to Nueva
+Spaña with a report of all that had happened during the expedition;
+and I wrote to his majesty saying that I would await here his answer
+and despatches in order to learn whither he commanded me to go. And it
+was because no despatch or answer came to me from his majesty that I
+stayed here so long, and not from any intention or desire to settle
+or remain in this land. As a matter of fact, in my instructions
+I am commanded not to make entry in the islands of Maluco, or to
+infringe the treaty made between the kings of Castilla and Portugal,
+our sovereigns. In a clause contained therein, moreover, I am ordered
+to come to these Felipinas islands and seek for certain people, lost
+here, who had belonged to the armada of Rui Lopez de Villalobos; and,
+in case I found them alive, to ransom them at his majesty's expense
+and deliver them out of their subjection to the infidels, in order to
+return them to their native lands and to the Christian faith in which
+they were born and reared. This I have successfully accomplished;
+of those who had come over in the said armada one was found in the
+island of Tandaya, and I ransomed him. And I have also received notice
+that two Spaniards were sold by the natives of the island aforesaid
+to the Indians of Burney, which piece of information has made me
+desirous of knowing their whereabouts and what was done with them,
+that I might bestow upon them the same benefit of ransom. By this
+it is clearly seen and inferred that his majesty is convinced and
+believes that the Filipinas islands are within his demarcation, for
+on the one hand he orders me to come to them, and on the other not
+to infringe the royal treaty of our kings and sovereigns. And in this
+faith and belief I came and have remained here in his royal name, and
+not with the intention of injuring the most Christian king of Portugal
+or harming any of his possessions, or in any way to transgress the said
+treaty. And even though the lands belong to his majesty, my will and
+intention has, up to the present time, not been to settle in them or
+in any others until I should have the authority of his majesty; and
+the assurances and letters of protection which have been given to the
+natives of this land were so given, to the end and purpose that the
+warriors and soldiers who go and come from one place to another in
+search of provisions should not be harmed or injured or robbed. In
+this, indeed--even though the lands do belong to his highness,
+as is set forth in the said summons--a service has been done him;
+for all was done with the intention of protecting and preserving the
+natives thereof. Moreover, just as soon as I arrived at these islands
+I endeavored to learn and ascertain if the Portuguese had come here,
+and if they had any intercourse and commerce with the natives; and
+if the said natives did them any service, or paid them tribute, or
+if the Portuguese derived any other advantage from them. And the said
+natives assured me that this was not the case, and that they neither
+knew them nor had ever seen them. This assurance emboldened me in
+thinking myself the more authorized to provide and supply myself from
+among them, without harm to anyone. As regards the tributes mentioned
+in the summons aforesaid, the fact is that on a few occasions no
+supplies were to be bought; and, in order not to make war upon the
+natives and do them any injury, or to take the supplies from them by
+force, we persuaded them to give us some provisions by means of which
+our people might be maintained. Some of them gave and have given,
+of their own free will, a certain amount of rice and other food,
+but nothing whatsoever through which his majesty has derived any
+profit--on the contrary, a large amount of gold has been paid out for
+the provisions aforesaid; and this, moreover, the natives gave, when,
+and in what manner, and in what quantity they themselves desired,
+without suffering any violence or receiving any reward. Everything
+which I have enumerated was to protect and defend the natives
+aforesaid, without doing them any harm or injury whatsoever. And
+as for what his grace says in the summons aforesaid about sending
+Antonio Runbo de Acosta and Baltesar de Soza to visit me, and how
+they came in the month of July of the past year to this camp, with
+letters from his grace and other captains entreating me to go to
+their fleet and fortress of Maluco with all my people, together with
+other offers, I would say that they were received in this camp with
+all peace and amity and good will, in accordance with the custom of
+the land. And through them personally I replied to his grace giving
+them the reasons for my coming and my stay in this land, which are
+those above-mentioned; and telling him that I was unable to accept the
+kindness which was proffered me in the fleet and fortress of Maluco,
+inasmuch as it would be contrary to the commands and orders which I
+bore from his majesty. And certain persons who came in company with
+Antonio Runbo, gave us to understand very differently from what had
+been written me in the letters, and stated and declared that the said
+captain-in-chief was on his way with all his fleet, with the intent of
+coming here and taking prisoners all the Castilians that they should
+encounter. The same purpose was indicated in a letter which Antonio
+Lopez de Segueira, captain of a galley, wrote at Point Coavite to the
+master-of-camp Mateus del Saz (may he rest in peace). Consequently,
+the horizontal rampart of this camp was constructed, in order to guard
+the munitions and the property of his majesty; for up to that time
+there had been no fort or protection therefor whatsoever, save only
+a palisade of palm-logs driven into the ground to keep the natives
+from doing damage at night--for concerning all the rest our minds
+were fully at peace, as was natural in the case of people who had no
+idea or intention of remaining in the land, but only of awaiting the
+message from his majesty and then going whither his majesty should
+command. And so I stated and declared to the said Antonio Ronbo that
+what I needed was ships to leave the land; and I intimated the same
+to his grace at our interviews, and begged him to give me two ships
+of his own, with which I might depart, on condition of my paying for
+them from his majesty's possessions here. And the same I say today,
+as the most expeditious means of departing hence and leaving the land
+in the hands of its rightful owner; and if I have the said ships I
+will do so now, in order to give satisfaction to his grace. Without
+them, we are absolutely obliged to await the ships which are to come
+from Nueva Spana in order that we may depart; and when they come I
+promise to fulfil and accomplish what I specify above, without any
+injury attaching to any one whomsoever from my stay in this island. And
+although the intention and offers of his grace seem favorable, pacific,
+and impelled by Christian feeling, the statements made public by the
+people of his fleet are very much in opposition thereto; for they say
+and declare that he comes only to take us prisoners, and that he has
+sent for reënforcements from many sources to carry this purpose into
+effect, and (which has the worst sound of all), that he is sending
+for reënforcements from among the Mahometan Moros and pagans, to
+fight against Christians and vassals of his majesty. This I do not
+believe, as the fleet of his grace is so large and powerful that he
+may do what he pleases, especially with people who desire to serve
+him and who will vindicate themselves in everything pertaining to the
+service of God and of the sovereigns our lords. And as regards the
+request he makes, in the said summons, to be shown what authority I
+have for entering these islands, I say, that I am ready and prepared
+to show it to him as often as he may desire to see it, as I have
+told him personally. And I likewise on my own part beg him, and if
+necessary even summon him, in the name of his majesty, once, twice,
+and thrice, and as many times as I am by law required: to show me if
+he have any order or command from the kings our lords in order that
+I may obey and fulfil it, as I am required to do; or if he has order
+and command from his highness to trouble and make war upon the vassals
+of his majesty who may be in these regions. Without that, I find no
+cause or adequate reason, nor can I believe that his grace desires,
+to do me violence or any injury, in transgression of the peace and
+amity and relationship which is so close and intimate between the
+kings our sovereigns; moreover, it would be a matter of very great
+displeasure to God our lord. And if, through unwillingness to do so,
+injuries and scandals should arise and increase on one side or the
+other, I declare that it will be the fault and blame of his grace,
+and that he will be obliged to give an account therefor to God and to
+our sovereigns and lords. And this is what I say and respond to the
+said summons, not consenting to the protests contained therein. And
+I sign it with my name, and request you, the present notary, to read
+and make known this my answer to the said captain-in-chief in person,
+and that the same be incorporated and inserted in the said summons; and
+that testimony thereof be given me, as well as the copies necessary,
+in due form. Done in Çubu, the fifteenth day of the month of October,
+of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legaspi_.
+
+
+_Notification:_ In the island and port of Cubu, in the galleon said
+to be called "San Francisco," I, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief,
+and government notary at the instance of Andres de Mirandaola, factor
+and inspector for his majesty, read this response and summons to the
+very illustrious Gonçalo Pereira, captain-general of the royal fleet of
+Portugal, in person, _de verbo ad verbum_ exactly in accordance with
+the tenor thereof. He said that he had heard it, and would reply. The
+said Andres de Mirandaola in virtue of his authority presented
+it, in the name of the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general of the royal fleet for the discovery
+of the islands of the West, there being present, as witnesses to
+all above-mentioned, Alonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of the royal
+fleet of Portugal; Pedro Dacuna de Moguemes, captain-general of the
+sea of Maluco: Sancho de Vasconcellos, nobleman; Guoncallo de Sousa,
+nobleman of the household of his highness, the king of Portugal; Pero
+Bernaldez, notary public; and Christoval Ponze, scrivener, notary,
+all of whom signed it together with me, the said Fernando Riquel.
+
+
+_Andres de Mirandaola_,
+_Pero Dacunha de Moguemes_,
+_Sancho de Vasconcellos_,
+_Afonso Alvarez Furtado_,
+_Guoncallo de Sousa_,
+_Pero Bernaldez_,
+_Christoval Ponce de Leon_.
+
+
+In testimony thereof
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.
+
+(This copy herewith above-written was well and faithfully compared
+with the original by me, Pero Bernaldez, notary public of this fleet,
+without there being found any interlineation or erasure of a kind
+which would occasion doubt: only the word _perjuizio_ [harm], and
+the interlineations _premio_ [reward], and _dha_ [for _dicha_--said]
+are scratched out. Everything there is correct, and the said Fernaõ
+Riquel, notary-in-chief, was present at the comparison and subscribed
+his name here with me, together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, who affixed here his assent, on this day, the twenty-ninth
+of December of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, on the said day, month, and year, aforesaid.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year above-mentioned, I was present at
+and saw the correction and comparison of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(_Authorization:_ In the island and port of Çubu, on the fifteenth
+day of the month of October of the year one thousand five hundred and
+sixty-eight, the very illustrious Miguel Lopez Legazpi, governor and
+captain-general for his majesty over his people and royal fleet for
+the discovery of the islands of the West, before me, Fernando Riquel,
+notary-in-chief and government-notary, and in the presence of the
+witnesses hereunto subscribed, said that, in the name of his majesty
+he gave and granted all and every authority he possessed--as in such
+case is by law required, and it may and ought to be sufficient--to
+Andres de Mirandaola (who was present), factor and overseer of the
+royal estate of his majesty, in order that in his place, and as if it
+were he himself, the said Mirandaola might present whatever summons,
+protests, and replies, and other documents whatsoever, that might prove
+necessary, to the very illustrious Gonçalo Pereira, captain-general of
+the Portuguese fleet anchored in this port, in regard to the affairs
+under negotiation at the present moment between them concerning the
+service of God our Lord, and that of the kings our sovereigns; and in
+testimony thereof I sign the present with his name, the witnesses being
+Martin de Goiti, the master-of-camp, and Captain Diego de Artieda.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legaspi_.
+
+Done before me,
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This copy was well and faithfully compared with the original by me,
+Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, without there being found
+any interpolation or erasure which would occasion doubt; and the said
+Fernaõ Riquel was present at the comparison, and signed here with
+me--together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary of this fleet of the king
+our lord, who affixed here his assent--on this day, the twenty-ninth
+of December of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, in the said day, month, and year, aforesaid.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year, above-mentioned, I was present at
+the correction of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Second Summons:_ Replying to this reply to my first summons, made
+by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, general of the camp
+and of the people of Nova Spanha, I declare that the essence, subject,
+and right of all this matter is not contained in words, but in deeds;
+and that his grace has up to the present time acted in a way very
+displeasing to God, to his majesty and to the king our sovereign,
+as I shall set forth in detail. As regards his grace's coming by
+authority of his royal majesty, the king Don Felipe, in order to
+discover lands, the islands of the West lying within his demarcation,
+and to propagate Christianity therein, as should be the principal
+purpose of so Christian a prince; and bearing withal instructions not
+to enter into aught, or in any way infringe the treaty and agreement
+made between the emperor Don Carlos and the king our sovereign Don
+Joan the Third (both of whom I pray God may have in glory): this does
+not absolve, but rather condemns him, inasmuch as he has acted in a
+manner so contrary to his instructions, neither making discoveries,
+nor founding any Christian communities, nor limiting himself to
+his own demarcation, but hastening with great speed to penetrate so
+many leagues through our demarcation--contrary to the faith, oath,
+agreement, and instructions of his true king and lord. He would indeed
+be able to say that he was ignorant of the bound and limit of these
+two demarcations, if Father Urbaneta had not told and requested him
+to settle such of the Ladrones Islands as, on his way around them,
+he might discover; if his majesty had not charged him not to enter,
+under any consideration, into the territory belonging to the king
+our sovereign; and if he had not been told and informed by the
+ships which were in this vicinity that the islands belonged to us,
+all which will appear, in proper time, in documents sworn before a
+notary. His grace's saying, in his letter written to me at Maluco,
+that he entered into this our conquest in consequence of stormy weather
+surprised me not a little, for the Portuguese in their voyages from
+Portugal to India (although even more exposed to inclement weather,
+to more violent winds, and to rough and heavy seas), never encountered
+a tempest of such violence as to endure for more than twenty-four
+hours, or in which, however far one of our ships might run, (with
+sails either furled or spread forth to the wind) they ever passed
+over an extent of more than fifty or sixty leagues--although, it is
+true, I have heard it said that one of our ships once ran a distance
+of eighty leagues; but his grace's having entered three hundred
+leagues into these waters of ours causes me anxiety, especially in
+view of his coming through a sea so calm and winds so gentle that
+small boats are able to navigate it, as most of the people of this
+region have told and declared to me. As regards his saying that he
+was absolutely obliged to enter, owing to lack of provisions, I reply
+through the lips of the captain of his company and those of ours here,
+who affirmed that in the Ladrones Islands where he was best employed
+in the service of God, so many boats brought him supplies that their
+number was estimated in one single day at six hundred; moreover,
+that in the islands aforesaid, and in others by which they passed,
+they obtained hens, swine, fish, rice, and yams. The same thing was
+told me by the father prior; and I understand that Guido de Lavezaris,
+treasurer of his majesty and his grace, having, in this archipelago
+of ours, nothing left of the six hundred boat-loads and obtaining in
+this region so little food in the boats or camp, sent to Panae and
+others of our districts for supplies at the cost of a great deal of
+trouble. This is a fact well attested, since I have been in this port;
+for I consented and allowed many vessels bearing supplies to enter,
+on their declaring to me that there was so great lack of provisions
+here that many soldiers were living upon grass. I assert it to be clear
+and evident, moreover, for every man of judgment and understanding,
+that so rich a fleet--comprising so large ships, sent forth for the
+purpose of discovery by its king, and departing from his kingdom of
+Nova Spanha, a land of so great fertility and abundance--would not
+lack supplies and munitions for three or even four years; and that
+a fleet so large as that of which his grace is commander must have
+come provided and supplied with everything necessary for a long
+period of time. And this was, indeed, declared to be the fact by
+the chief men of the encampment, who said that biscuit and supplies
+abounded on the flagship, when it arrived hence at Nova Spanha;
+and that there was great superfluity in many things obtained from
+the islands lying within their demarcation, as well as in many more
+which his grace brought over in his fleet. In this lack of provisions
+(in which he placed himself very much by his own choice), we placed
+Alvoro de Mendonça, who was then captain of the fortress of Maluco,
+at his disposal for everything that he might need from these lands and
+seas of the king our sovereign, in the month of July of the year one
+thousand five hundred and sixty-seven through the means of Antonio
+Ronbo da Costa and Baltesar de Sousa, whom I sent for this purpose
+from Maluco in two _caracoras._ This his grace did not accept--
+on account of the abundance of everything which he possessed, as if
+appears--contrary to the action which would be taken by one who is in
+necessity, and who avails and assists himself even through the medium
+of his enemies; and even more so in the case of so good friends as are
+and always have been the vassals of the king our sovereign and those
+of the sovereigns of Castela, between which princes there exists a very
+ancient relation and intimacy. The excuse he gives, in addition to the
+others already mentioned, of entering into this our sea and conquest,
+because he knew that the Portuguese have no commercial relations as
+yet within these islands, is weak and of no avail; for in what law,
+either divine or human, does his grace find it written that, when the
+kings and their vassals disregard for a time commercial relations with
+lands belonging within their demarcations, others should consequently
+take therefrom gold and drugs, which do not belong to them? As for
+his saying that he entered here to look for Spaniards who remained in
+these islands from the fleet of Ruilopez de Villalobos, and that he
+has already ransomed one, and has information regarding two more--this
+is a very poor reason for violating good faith, truth, oath, and so
+solemn a compact between so Christian princes. This is especially true
+in view of the knowledge and experience (to which Guido de Lavezaris
+could testify) of the great affection and sheltering kindness with
+which those of the company of Ruilopez de Villalobos were received
+and transported to Spanha (at great expense to his highness and his
+captains), through the favor of the viceroy, and were well looked
+after in our merchant ships; while those who, with his approbation,
+wished to remain here, were likewise granted many favors, and, having
+become rich, now dwell in the fortresses and cities of India. Moreover,
+he might have trusted us in this matter of the three Spaniards, who
+remained here at all the less cost to his majesty, and without serving
+his highness. As for trying to make me to believe that he was serving
+the interests of the king our sovereign during his stay in this our
+king's land, with his safeguards and defenses. I emphatically assert
+that they were all erected very much against his interests; for one
+who has the intention alleged by his grace gives evidences plain to
+all, assuring the inhabitants of the land against those accompanying
+him, but not by means of fortifications and a so great assumption
+of authority in another's kingdom--usurping therein the vassalage
+rights of his highness and transferring the same to his majesty,
+who already has so many; obliging the natives to pay him tribute,
+and laying down the law to them as if they were his own subjects; and
+taking them prisoners on their coming to see the captains of their
+real king and sovereign, as in the case of one who was captured as
+he came to the pinnace of Antonio Ronbo da Costa, and prevented from
+speaking with me. As for the chimerical charges which his grace makes
+against me concerning the letter of Antonio Lopez de Segueira, and the
+words of the soldiers of Antonio Rumbo, in what manner could he have
+formed an opinion from a letter written by an individual captain who
+had been separated for many days from my company, if the sincerity of
+my intentions should be truly proved without further indications? For
+I do not know the words of his letter; but the statement of Antonio
+Lopez, after having had several shots fired against him, was not
+without cause, inasmuch as, having learned that alien people had
+a considerable time previous entered into this our territory, and
+had made a settlement and erected a fort therein, knowing withal
+but little of his grace, and much of the compact, good faith, and
+sincerity of his royal majesty the king Don Felipe, it seemed proper
+to lay the blame upon the captain rather than on the king--of which,
+in the judgment of many, his grace was not so ill-deserving. God
+forbid that I should reply to what is said concerning the words of the
+soldiers, for I should be very much ashamed to have to give account,
+in so sorry a business, for my actions in entering and remaining
+in this port; and to make proof of the great zeal which I have for
+the service of God and of the kings our sovereigns, and of my great
+desire to preserve peace and amity between us--suffering, as I have,
+whatever wrong is done me in this camp. Let his grace judge me only
+upon sure grounds, and not on chimerical accusations of the past,
+the falsity of which I prove by good deeds in the present. With regard
+to his claim of not having ships in which to depart from these waters
+of ours into his own, during the three or four years in which he has
+been settled in this our port of Cebu, I maintain that he had more
+than sufficient time and ships in which to leave; for I know that the
+flagship could carry two hundred men, or as many as his grace may then
+have had in his camp quite easily (for the return passage had already
+been discovered), inasmuch as his grace intimated to me in a letter
+which he wrote me at Maluco that the flagship held even more. And of
+his own accord he ordered the _patache_ "San Joan," the other small
+_patache_, and some frigates to be run ashore; for as soon as one came
+from Nova Spanha the others could easily go thither--a large fleet,
+certainly, since it contained more than a thousand men, together with
+a camp much larger. He lacked, therefore, neither supplies, ships, a
+known route home, nor time in which to depart from our demarcation,
+when he entered there, as is plain; the small _patache_ and the
+flagship, also, were not lacking to him. We offered him everything
+that he needed from the fortress and fleet of his highness.
+
+Therefore, from the above and from other things previously written, it
+remains proved, not by the Portuguese, but by the Spaniards themselves,
+and not by camp-followers but by his chief men, that his grace is not
+here through necessity, but with a very definite aim, awaiting more
+men and a fleet, in order forcibly to wrest Maluco, China, and Japan,
+from the king our sovereign. This is clearly shown by the words of
+the foremost men of his company, and by the many questions they put
+to us concerning our knowledge of these regions; as well as by the
+letters from Nova Espanha which have fallen into my hands.
+
+_The encampment_: It is shown by the people and munitions which
+his grace ordered to be brought, and which were brought to him;
+the flagship and the _patache_; the extent of the defenses which
+he is erecting day and night; the great reenforcements which he
+is procuring from among the infidels to help him fight against us
+Christians--as was well made evident at the arrival of Antonio Ronbo
+and at mine; his ordering these people to hasten with their arms to
+this camp of his, summoning them to fill all the land with snares;
+and by his resolve to shed, with the aid of his ships, much Christian
+blood. All this consists of deeds, and not of imaginations such as
+he brings up before me regarding the king of Ternate; for it is much
+more certain that the latter has not yet gone forth from his kingdom
+than that he is now absent from it. It is true that I summoned that
+king to come with his fleet, as a vassal of the king our sovereign,
+for many reasons: first and foremost, to induce him to leave his
+land and not remain there, when I should go thither to investigate
+his evil deeds against God and his highness in the persecution of
+the Christian communities of Morobachan, Anboyno, and Celebs--as on
+several occasions, it was suspected, happened covertly. The second,
+to take satisfaction upon his people for the treasonable acts which
+the natives of Taguima committed in their harbor against the boats
+of the merchantmen from Maluco and of this fleet; but I was unable
+to inflict punishment by effecting a landing there on account of the
+country being overgrown with heavy thickets. The third, that I might
+negotiate for provisions for this archipelago, if his grace should
+long remain therein. The fourth, to chastise many Moros and natives
+who have injured, and are injuring, God and his highness. The fifth,
+to make such use as should be necessary of that king's services and
+labor. But as for availing myself of his forces against Christians,
+may God forbid that I should ever do such a thing; and blood so
+old and free from stain as mine, and so Christian a nation as the
+Portuguese are, would never tolerate it. And that this is true I have
+already intimated to his grace, to the father prior, and to Guido de
+Lavezaris, not forgetting where I begin this reply of mine--wherein I
+declare that his grace is wronging God, his majesty, and his highness,
+and is, besides, quite well understood in other matters pertaining
+to this affair. I add, moreover, in so far as God is concerned: his
+ordering or consenting to the sale of iron and weapons in this camp
+to the infidels, so as to arm them against Christians; his ordering
+javelins [115] to be made in this settlement of negroes and in his own,
+which the Spaniards would take away to Mindanao and Cavetle to sell,
+exchanging them for cinnamon, hardwood _machetes_, axes, knives,
+and even for drugs. One of the principal items concerns the Lord's
+Supper--so jealously guarded by the holy fathers, and regarding which
+they have issued threats of excommunication, so stringent that no one
+can be absolved except by them. He suffers many men belonging to this
+camp to have carnal intercourse in public with native women, without
+punishing them therefor, although making a pretense of being rigorous
+in other matters of less importance. He takes other people's property,
+acting in all respects just as if he were ourselves, and thus takes
+our property against our will. As concerns his majesty, he reduces
+and renders null and void, in so many respects, his solemn compact
+(which deserves all the good faith and truth that should belong to
+so Christion a prince), and thus wrongs his blood relatives to whom
+he owes so many obligations. He takes from his highness by force
+these lands conquered by him; and he is awaiting more forces and a
+fleet to terminate completely the task of capturing them all. For
+this he is taking measures, with much preparation of war, in his
+hostility to the captains and people of his highness's fleet--among
+whom there is no hostile feeling, and who even offer amicably to
+serve, with much love and pleasure in so doing, both him and all his
+company. With regard to the two galleys which his grace asks from me,
+out of the three which I possess, it would not be right to give them
+to him, even though I found him doing many services to God and to
+the king our lord in this land. But when I find him wronging them,
+and intending to wrong them still more, I can but be startled at his
+grace's asking me for the sinews of this fleet and the sword with
+which to cut off my own head, as I would be doing if I should give
+him ships in order that he may carry out the more successfully his
+purpose--especially as no clause existed in the treaty which would
+oblige the king our lord to order ships and a fleet to be given to
+the Spaniards who might pass this way with the intention of doing
+him injury, in order that they might depart hence and continue on
+their way. As far as his grace's awaiting a reply from his majesty is
+concerned, I consider it even more unreasonable to ask for galleys;
+for, just as one who is committing some deadly sin displeases God all
+the more the longer he continues therein, so likewise, the longer his
+grace continues to transgress the good faith and truth of the contract
+made by his very Christian king and lord, the greater displeasure he
+will cause to God; but, if he would depart hence, upon our waters, in
+all peace and amity, God would be pleased and the princes satisfied,
+since they are so good Catholics and so close and intimate
+relatives. And his grace would thus be atoning for the past to the
+king our lord, and to me on his behalf; and would not, considering
+his age, be obliged, in this last quarter of his life, to oppose God
+in a matter so contrary to precedent and justice, by trying to remain
+forcibly in this our land and sea, at the cost of shedding innocent
+blood in the matter, or of its being wiped out at the same cost--when
+without any trouble or expense he may attain his wish, and be placed
+where he may see his sovereign; or, in case of loss, have security
+therefor, and profit into the bargain. Let him go forth once more to
+make discoveries, and to propagate our holy Catholic faith, in his
+own demarcation; and I entreat and summon him to depart with his camp
+into this fleet, where they will be treated with all the good faith,
+sincerity, and affection which befits good Christians and vassals
+of kings so closely bound. For the purpose of returning to Espanha,
+all necessary supplies and hospitable services will be afforded
+him. But let him not beg off by saying, as he has already said once,
+that he has instructions not to transgress or violate the treaty
+and compact in these our waters; for one who has, in all respects,
+up to the present time, done precisely the contrary will with all
+the more justice journey by our waters to Espanha, thus serving God
+and the kings our lords, rather than injure them by remaining. I also
+entreat him once more, and with special emphasis summon him, to have
+his instructions shown to me, as I on my part will do by sending him
+the orders of the king our lord, whenever he may, with a mind exempt
+from passion or self-interest, desire me to do so. And I entreat him
+earnestly as a favor, and I summon him in the name of God and of the
+said princes, to consider the agreement which I here propose to him:
+and, having considered it, to carry it out in all respects without
+distrust, reserve, deceit, or delay whatsoever. And if he does not wish
+to accept this fleet, which I offer him in order that he may depart,
+and return to Espanha, let him then depart from this island and from
+all others belonging to the demarcation of the king our lord, with all
+his camp implements of war, his master-of-camp, his captains, ensigns,
+sergeants, corporals, and the other officers and people of war and the
+royal service. If his grace be unwilling to do this, I bear witness
+that all the blame and fault which may ensue in this matter will fall
+upon him, and that he and all his camp will be held and considered
+as suspected rebels against the mandates of his king and sovereign;
+and I shall remain exempt from any fault for whatsoever injury and
+evil may occur. And you, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public in this fleet
+for the king our lord, are commanded to read to him the contract, and
+to acquaint the said Miguel Lopez, general of the camp and people of
+Nova Spanha, with this reply, which shall be incorporated and annexed
+to the reply made by him, as aforesaid; and of this you will give me
+the document or documents necessary to be drawn up in public form. I
+likewise command you, Fernaõ Riquel, notary-in-chief of this camp,
+and all the other clerks and notaries thereof, to give and transfer to
+me all the summons, protests, replies, and responses which may be made
+in this matter, now or hereafter, and the instrument and instruments
+which shall be necessary to me, in duly attested form. In this galley
+"San Francisco," on the nineteenth day of the month of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. Let there be no
+doubt in the interlineation which occurs at the hundred and third
+line of the said reply, namely, _vindo questa_; and where it reads,
+in the margin, _e requeiro_, at the beginning of the two hundred and
+thirty-first line above-written--for it is all correct. In the same
+day and year above-written.
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_.
+
+(_Notification_: On the nineteenth day of the month of October of the
+year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, in this port of Cebu,
+at the place occupied by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+general of the fleet and forces of Nova Spanha, there was given to me
+by Afonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of the fleet of the king our lord,
+the compact made between the emperor Don Carlos (whom may God preserve)
+and the king Don Joan the Third our lord (may he live in glory), and
+likewise the answer which Guonçallo Pereira, captain-general, sent to
+the reply to the first summons of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi;
+and he ordered me, on behalf of the king our lord, to read it, and
+acquaint him therewith. And I read, and made him cognizant thereof,
+_de verbo ad verbum_, before him personally and many persons of his
+camp. He replied thereto that he hnd heard the same, and would make
+answer. Witnesses thereto who were present at all the proceedings:
+the said Afonso Alvarez Furtado; Baltesar de Freitas, clerk of the
+said fleet; Martin de Goti, master-of-camp; Andres de Mirandaiola,
+factor of his majesty; Andres de Ybarra, captain; Dioguo Dartieda,
+captain; and Guido de Lavezaris, his majesty's treasurer--all of whom
+affixed their signature with me.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_, notary.)
+
+(In the said day, month, and year above written, with me signed
+Fernando Herrequel, notary-in-chief of this camp and fleet. Witnesses:
+Martin de Goiti, Andres de Ybarra, Andres de Mirandaola, Guido de
+Lavezaris, Diego de Artieda, Fernando Riquel, Afonso Alvarez Furtado,
+Baltesar de Freitas.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+_Compact_: Don Sebastiaõ, by God's grace King of Purtugual, and of the
+Algarves here and beyond the sea, in Afriqua; Seignior of Guinee and of
+the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia,
+and India--to all the _corregidors_, auditors, judges, justices,
+officials, and persons of my realms and fiefs, to whomsoever this
+my letter of testimony may be presented, and on whom the recognition
+thereof is incumbent, greeting: I hereby declare that, through Gonçalo
+Pereira, knight of my household, captain-general of my fleet, now
+at my fortress of Maluco, I was petitioned by Alvoro de Mendonça,
+captain of the said fort, and knight of my household, that I should
+order a copy made of the compact which was made between the King Don
+João and the emperor Don Carlos, my ancestors of glorious memory,
+in regard to the doubt and controversy of Maluco; the same to be
+filed in the factory of the said fortress, in order that he might
+thereby justify himself completely with Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+captain-general of the fleet of the king Don Felipe, my much loved
+and esteemed brother, now stationed at the island of Cebu. The copy
+of this contract I have ordered sent to the said captain; it is,
+_de verbo ad verbum_, as follows:
+
+Don Jòhan, by the grace of God King of Purtugual and of the two
+Algarves here and on the other side of the sea, in Afriqua; Seignior
+of Guinee, and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia,
+Arabia, Persia, and India,--to all the _corregidors_, auditors,
+judges, justices, officials, and persons of my realms and fiefs,
+to whom this my letter of testimony may be presented, and on whom the
+recognition thereof is incumbent, greeting: I hereby declare that by my
+governor Jorge Cabral, orders were sent to my auditor-general (whom,
+with appellate jurisdiction, I maintain in those parts of India),
+to forward a testimonial letter giving a copy of the compact made
+between me and the emperor, my greatly beloved and cherished brother,
+regarding the dispute and controversy of Maluco, in the interest of
+which, and thus ordered in fulfilment of my duty, the said copy of the
+compact was forwarded in the testimonial letter by two routes. The
+copy thereof, _de verbo ad verbum_, constitutes what follows in the
+consecutive pages adjoining this.
+
+Don Joaõ, by the grace of God King of Purtugual and of the Algarves on
+this side and beyond the sea, in Afriqua; Seignior of Guinee and of
+the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia,
+and India, to all the _corregidors_, auditors, judges, justices,
+officials, and persons to whom this my testimonial letter shall be
+shown, and on whom the acknowledgment thereof is incumbent: I inform
+you hereby that my attorney tells me that, for the protection and
+preservation of my laws he needs the copy of the compact which I
+have made with the emperor, my greatlv beloved and cherished brother,
+in regard to the dispute and controversy of Maluco. It is as follows:
+
+[Here follows the Compact or treaty of Zaragoza, April, 1529, whereby
+Cárlos relinquishes all rights to Maluco for the consideration of
+three hundred and fifty thousand ducats. The essential parts of this
+treaty are given in vol. i, pp. 222 ff. of this series.]
+
+[The summons or notification proper then continues:]
+
+And, on his summoning of my said attorney, I ordered him to forward
+to him this my letter of testimony with the copy of the said
+compact given in the town of Almeyra on the ninth day of the month
+of December. Ordered by the king's decree through the licentiate
+Francisco Diaz de Amaral, of his _desembargo_; and _corregidor_ of my
+court with jurisdiction over criminal affairs, Antonio Ferrãz drew up
+the same in the year one thousand five hundred and forty-five, and I,
+Pero Dalcaceva Carneiro, of the said Council of the said sovereign, and
+his secretary and notary-in-chief in all his kingdoms and possessions,
+countersigned it.
+
+(This compact above preceding and declared was here copied entire
+from the copy sent from the kingdoms, which was signed by the
+licentiate Francisco Diaz de Amaral mentioned therein, approved by the
+chancellor's office, and drawn up by the secretary, Pero Dalcaceva
+Carneiro and Joaõ de Figueiroa. Wherefore, coming as it does in the
+manner above set forth, this copy, which was derived therefrom and
+written here, is a true one, without any thing of a nature to cause
+doubt save a certain interlineation reading "within the said line,
+which such islands or lands." For, to make the same a true copy,
+it was written on thirteen half-sheets of paper and compared, from
+beginning to end, by the official whose name is affixed hereto; and
+full faith shall be given the same wherever it shall be presented,
+in court or out, in view of the fact that, for greater assurance,
+it is sealed with the seal of my arms in this city of Goa on the
+twenty-third day of April. The king ordered the same through the
+licentiate Christovaõ Fernandez, member of the _desembargo_ and
+auditor-in-chief of India with appellate jurisdiction. Lopo Daguiar,
+a notary by office, had the document written and subscribed, by the
+authority which he possesses, in the year of the birth of our Lord
+Jesus Christ, one thousand five hundred and fifty. _Pagado nihil._
+[116] The licentiate,
+
+_Christovao Fernandez_.)
+
+(Compared with the original copy by me, a notary, in conjunction by
+the official here subscribed. Antonio Fernandez, Lopo Daguiar. _Pagado
+nihil._ Lopo Daguiar. The licentiate,
+
+_Andre de Mendanha_.)
+
+(This compact previously and above set forth was in its entirety copied
+from the copy of another copy sent from the kingdom and signed by the
+licentiate Christovan Fernandez mentioned therein, which was approved
+by the chancellor's office, and compared by Antonio Fernandez and
+Lopo Daguiar: wherefore, on account of its above-mentioned source,
+this duplicate emanating therefrom is presented here as a true and
+correct copy, without there being anything therein which would cause
+doubt. It was all inscribed upon seventeen half-pages of paper, with
+the copy of the letter-patent and that of the compact, compared in its
+entirety by the official hereunto subscribed. Wherefore full and entire
+faith shall be given to the same, wherever it shall be presented,
+both in and outside of court, inasmuch as, to assure the same, it is
+sealed with the seal of my arms in this fortress of Maluco on the
+second day of the month of September. Ordered by the king through
+Alvaro de Mendonça, nobleman of his household and his captain in
+this said fortress, and through Thome Arnao, court-notary who had it
+drawn up and subscribed, by the authority possessed by him thereto,
+in the year of the birth of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-seven. _Pagado nihil_.
+
+_Alvoro de Mendonca_.)
+
+(Collated with the original copy of the said copy by me, a notary,
+in company with the officials hereunto subscribed. Dioguo de Paiva,
+Thomé Arnaõ, of the chancery.
+
+_Vasco Martinez_.)
+
+(This is the copy of a reply which the very illustrious Miguel Lopez
+de Leguazpi sent to Gonçalo Pereira, captain-general in these regions
+of the South for the king our lord, which reply I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet, copied from the original at the request
+of the said Miguel Lopez de Legazpi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty the king Don Felipe, our sovereign, over his people and his
+royal fleet for the discovery of the islands of the West--in reply
+to the rejoinder made by the very illustrious captain-general of the
+Portuguese fleet, to the response which I made to his first summons,
+do now confirm my response aforesaid, which is absolutely true, as
+said and declared therein; and this will be proved and established
+with true and sufficient evidences and proofs, at any and all times,
+as it shall prove necessary. And I do not feel bound to reply to
+many of the things contained in his rejoinder, inasmuch as they are
+utterly irrelevant, and have nothing to do with the business here
+concerned--tending, as they do, to attribute fault, and cause for
+slander, where there is none; many of them, also, being untrue, and
+unworthy of a person in so serious and important a station, and of so
+illustrious and Christian blood as the said captain-general claims
+to possess. And thus denying it, in all and for all, and coming
+to the essential points, I declare and affirm that my entrance in
+this island was occasioned by the reasons and causes contained in my
+response; that it was forced and necessary, and without my knowing
+that I had passed the line of demarcation. And this I neither knew
+nor understood until the said captain-general assured me of it in his
+letters. And likewise I affirm that I was detained, and remained here
+against my will, through my inability to leave in any way for lack
+of ships and provisions; and not intentionally or purposely to harm,
+in any way whatsoever, the very illustrious and puissant sovereign,
+the king of Portugal, or any of his possessions, or to harm any third
+party. Nor had I the intention of taking anyone's property away from
+him, as may be proved by those principal persons of this camp by whom
+his grace declares himself to be informed of the contrary; for, if
+put upon their oaths, they will, as Christians, be unable to escape
+the necessity of telling the truth. And, as a man who has desired,
+and still desires, to depart hence, the first time when Antonio Rumbo
+da Costa and Baltasar de Soza came here, I informed them that what
+I needed for that purpose was ships, and that ships were on their
+way; and so I have informed his grace many times. In this necessity,
+however, he has up to the present time given me neither remedy, aid,
+nor favor--which I expected from friends and vassals of a sovereign
+so related by kinship and blood with his majesty; and as I would have
+done for them, if I had found them in the plight in which they find
+me. It is no valid objection to say that I have had ships in which
+I could have left--such, for example, as the "Capitana" and the
+"San Juan," which went to Nueva España--for the "Capitana" carried
+about two hundred persons, and the _patache_ "San Juan" seventy,
+which number was the utmost that they could carry, on account of
+the supplies and rigging which they bore. Nor does it avail to say
+that I intentionally ran the flagship aground, for the opposite is
+the truth; nor should it be presumed or believed that a vessel so
+much needed by this camp (the property, moreover, of his majesty)
+could purposely have been run aground--which statement any person
+who is willing to look at the matter dispassionately, will clearly
+perceive. And it avails even less to say that the father Fray Andres
+de Urdaneta requested me to settle in the island of Ladrones, for
+this did not occur; nor will such a request ever appear, in truth,
+save in so far as it was discussed whether it would be well for us
+to go to that island, in view of our having no supplies, or any kind
+of meat, or anything to live on. It was agreed by all that we should
+proceed thither, as was done; and the six hundred crafts which he said
+came alongside the ships came to beg and not to give. For, in all the
+ten days of our stay there, we could not buy ten _fanegas_ of rice;
+and if they brought anything it was cocoanuts, bananas, _tamalle_,
+and other articles of the fruit kind, of very unsubstantial and
+ordinary quality. This will prove to be the truth, rather than what
+is said in opposition thereto. And when we arrived at these islands,
+we were in great need of food, as we had on board the fleet nothing
+but biscuit--and even that in small quantity, as it was carried only
+by the "Capitana" for its return; so that the whole camp suffered
+for the lack of food. And even if the supply of biscuit was more
+than sufficient to last until Nueva España was reached, yet as the
+return passage was not then known, we endeavored to supply those
+going on the vessels with provisions sufficient for one year; and as
+they arrived at Nueva España instead, within three months, they had
+of necessity a superabundance of biscuit. Further, regarding his,
+accusations as to my being here against the will of God and of his
+majesty, I deny it; for I have always endeavored to do his majesty's
+will with all fidelity and loyalty like the true and faithful servant
+that I am, as has ever been the custom of my ancestors; and I shall
+try to pursue that course until I die. Accordingly, I intend to give
+good account to his majesty, as I have always done, of all matters
+entrusted to me--which here require neither allegation nor mention,
+for I am bound to account therefor to his majesty alone. As for what
+he says concerning the promises and kind services which were offered
+me from him, I refer to his said first summons and his reply to my
+rejoinder--the import of which is that I should go with my men to his
+fleet and depart therein for India, or some other place, and that I
+should immediately leave these lands with all my men; and accusing
+me of many losses and damages which I did not inflict. These offers,
+made under such hard conditions, appear more like those of an enemy
+than of a friend; for I do not see that the terms proposed could have
+been any harsher if I and all those with me had been Turks. For the
+first injunction, namely, that I should go to India, is contrary to
+what his majesty expressly orders me to do; so that, if I did it,
+I might then indeed be accused of violating his will. It would be,
+moreover, a violation of the treaty between the kings, our sovereigns,
+which was presented me by his grace, inasmuch as a clause thereof
+says that the vassals of the king of Castilla may navigate the seas
+of the king of Portugal as much as necessary, in order to reach the
+South Sea of his majesty toward the strait of Magallanes, and no more;
+and that if any other navigation than this through the seas of his
+highness occurs, it will be done by any persons in violation of the
+said treaty. Wherefore we are bound not to do this thing under any
+consideration, for our intention has been and is to adhere to the
+said treaty. And as for the second injunction, that we should depart
+and leave the land immediately with all our men and munitions of war,
+such a thing is impossible without ships, as is clear and evident,
+and as such I declare the same. And, therefore, from the offers
+aforesaid results, and may be clearly inferred, the intention with
+which the said offers were made--which is tantamount to using force
+upon us and injuring us, as if we were men isolated in this island, and
+without respect for the will of God or of our sovereigns and lords,
+or for peace and friendship, or for the relationship that exists
+between them. And that the truth of my justification may stand out
+more clearly, I declare myself ready to show the instructions and
+orders which I bear--as I have previously said I would do, on the
+condition that the said captain-general show me his own: and I do
+promise that if he will sell me ships in which to go away, that I will
+immediately depart, and leave these lands free to the rightful owners
+thereof. And in the event that I do not obtain them from this source,
+but that ships or message shall come from his majesty, I will do the
+same, without my stay in this island causing any damage or injury to
+any district of the kings our lords. And, to carry out the same, I am
+ready, if necessary, to make any instrument or instruments whatsoever;
+and to pay for any and all damage which may result from my stay in
+this island. And since God, the omnipotent and true who resides in
+the heaven, is cognizant of the hearts intentions, and wills of men
+I do appoint him judge of this dispute between us. O show the truth,
+and protect and aid the same in all respects. And, not admitting the
+protests of the captain-general's reply, I beg and require him--once,
+twice, and thrice, and as many times as I am by law obliged,--in the
+name of God our Lord and of his majesty, to accept our justification
+and leave us free; and that he cherish no intention to make war upon
+us, or harm us, or employ any force or injury against us; for our
+own will and intention is to inflict the same on none. And, if the
+contrary be done, I do protest that it will be at his own blame and
+responsibility, and that he will be obliged to incur all the damage
+and losses which may result therefrom. And I request you, Fernando
+Riquel, chief clerk of this camp, to read the same to him, and to
+notify him thereof, and to give me in public form the testimonies and
+duplicates thereof which may be necessary to me for the protection
+of my right. Given in Cubu on the twentieth day of the month of
+October, of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. No
+doubt should be occasioned by the erasure where it reads _navios_
+["ships"], which was erased in the interest of truth.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi_.
+
+
+(_Notification:_ In the galley "San Francisco" of the fleet of the very
+illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general, anchored in the harbor of
+this island of Cebu, on the twentieth day of the month of October of
+the said year, I, Fernando Riquel, chief clerk, and in the government
+employ, did read this response and that contained therein to the said
+captain-general in person, in presence of the factor and inspector
+Andres de Mirandaola, who holds power of attorney from the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general for
+his majesty and on his behalf. And his grace, the said captain-general,
+having heard the foregoing, which I read to him _de verbo ad verbum_,
+said that, not replying to what did not demand reply in the said
+response--which had been written by one more blinded by passion
+than in the free use of his senses, or than by one of the descent
+which he claimed--but confining himself only to the most essential
+points concerning the service of God and of the kings, he does deny
+everything which his grace says in his said rejoinder, evidences for
+which denial he will show in their propor time by documents worthy
+of credence before the sovereigns. He also states that he refuses
+even more emphatically to show him the instructions which he carries;
+for since he has been in this port (now some twenty days), his grace
+told him continually that he would show him his instructions, yet upon
+his sending Don Duarte de Meneses for this purpose, his grace would
+not show him the same; and likewise, when he came with the said Don
+Duarte upon this galley "San Francisco," his grace refused to show his
+instructions to him. Moreover, when he went ashore to see his grace,
+and talked with him, the latter would not show the same; and on two
+occasions when he sent hither the said factor, Andres de Mirandaola,
+with a response, he did not order him, either in person or by another,
+to show the same, although he continually affirmed that he would show
+them. On account of these things, and of his breaking in all respects
+the said principal contract; and, because it appears that he was not
+in need, during the three years and some months of his stay here;
+and because of the deceptions which his grace practiced upon him,
+using many fine words, but very different deeds as the coast defenses
+and forts proved--although he [the Portuguese captain-general] did not
+adopt such method in his treatment of him, when he allowed many ships
+bearing provisions and men to enter the harbor, although he could have
+detained the same--through all these things, his real intention is
+laid bare. For, as one intending to make war takes advantage of all
+occasions to that end, so has his grace done and still is doing. As
+for the other matters, he is referred to the protest sent to him today
+by Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of the Portuguese fleet. And this he
+gave as his response before the witnesses, Captain Alvaro de Mendonza,
+Admiral Don Duarte de Meneses, Simon de Mendonça, and the factor Afonso
+Alvarez Furtado, who together with me; the said Fernando Riquel, signed
+the same with their names. Andres de Mirandaola, Alvaro de Mendonca,
+Don Duarte de Meneses, Simaõ de Mendonça, Alfonso Alvarez Furtado.
+
+I testify thereto,     _Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This duplicate has been compared most carefully with the original by
+me, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet for the king, our lord,
+without there being found any interlineation or erasure which would
+cause doubt--save that there is an erasure where it read _navios_
+["ships"], which was done in the interests of truth. And the said
+Fernão Riquel, chief clerk, was present at the comparison, and signed
+here with me, together with Baltesar de Freitas notary of the fleet,
+who placed here his approval. This day, the twenty-ninth of December,
+one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+I have compared this duplicate,
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This duplicate was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary
+of this fleet, on the said day and year above specified.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year, I was present at the collation
+and comparison of this duplicate.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Third summons_: Concerning the summons and protest that I, Gonzalo
+Pereira, captain-general of this fleet, make to the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, general of the fleet and people of Nova
+Espanha. You, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, are
+directed to present and read to him the same; and, with his reply
+(or without it, if he refuse to give one), to put into my hands the
+instruments necessary to me to prove the truth of what follows. I
+affirm that on arriving at this port of Cebu, and exchanging such
+courtesies with his grace as were befitting to the requirements of
+my position and rank, besides offering both by letters and requests
+on behalf of the king our lord, everything needful to him and to his
+army, and to his royal majesty, the King Don Felipe--in order, also,
+to serve in this matter the king our lord--his grace did not so much
+as consent to accept from me anything whatsoever; but descended to
+subterfuge, and, as answer to my rejoinder, ordered his artillery
+to take position in front of the fleet, to impede my passage--in
+spite of his being on the land and sea of the king our sovereign. In
+every respect, therefore, he gives evidence of not adhering to the
+compacts and treaties made between his imperial majesty Don Carlos,
+King of Castella, and King Don Joaõ, our lord (may they rest in glory),
+which documents I had sent and presented to him in order to obviate
+all doubts and disputes that might arise. He has certainly incurred,
+in return, the displeasure of God and the sovereigns. Secondly, I
+send him again the letter of the emperor Don Carlos to Ruilopez de
+Vilhalobos, and those of his company, that he may see more clearly
+its truth and purport; and I summon his grace particularly--once
+and as many times as I am empowered thereunto--and, in general,
+all his captains, ensigns, sergeants corporals, and pilots, and all
+the other officials of war, retinue, and justice, on both land and
+sea, soldiers and sailors alike--in conformity to the said compact,
+to assemble immediately on this fleet of the king our lord, and to
+depart therein in order to present themselves before the viceroy of
+India. From the said viceroy, in the name of the king our lord, in my
+own, and in that of the captains of this fleet and of the fortresses of
+India, I give to each individually, and, to all in general, assurance
+that no harm or injury whatsoever shall be done them; that they shall
+be left free to go to their own kingdom or remain in India, as they
+prefer; and that they shall receive all possible good treatment, and
+be given all their property, and everything of which they may stand
+most in need. And if his grace refuse to do this, I summon him again
+and many times, and all the rest of his fleet and army, individually
+and collectively, to depart at once and leave the said fortress,
+and abandon this island and all others which, by the said treaty,
+are seen to belong to the commerce and conquest of the king our lord,
+and to leave everything here forever free and disembarrassed. And
+likewise I notify them not to do violence to, and to leave free,
+the Portuguese who are in his army, to whom, by this present, I give
+assurance, in the name of the king our lord, that they shall not be
+proceeded against as criminals, for thus embarking and being in the
+said fleet and camp, from the day when they passed the boundaries of
+Castella up to the present. And I summon them all individually and
+collectively, and I order them in the name of the king our lord, to
+come immediately to this the fleet of their true king and sovereign,
+on the above-mentioned assurance that they shall in all respects be
+protected. And if they do not consent thereto, and he, Miguel Lopez
+de Leguaspi--and his captains and officers, and all the persons
+above-named--shall not, in every respect, assent to that which I
+request and demand as above, I declare that he--together with all
+his above-mentioned captains and persons aforesaid, of whatsoever
+rank, nation, condition, or country they may be--will be held and
+considered and judged as disobedient by his royal majesty, King Don
+Felipe, their sovereign, and by the King of Portugal, our lord, and
+by their officers of justice. And in the same event I do, now and
+forever, in the name of the said kings, hold them as rebels, if they
+neither come hither nor depart within the three days first following
+the notification of this summons. I impose this time upon them as a
+limit, declaring that they shall not be allowed another day's respite;
+that they will be condemned to death, both natural and civil, either
+through war or in any other way whatever, according to the custom and
+laws of our kingdom; and that their possessions, ships, artillery,
+munitions of war, and everything else which they may have brought to
+this land or obtained therein, or received in trade or in any other
+way, shall be seized and distributed and given away to the extent
+which may seem to me conformable to the said compact. Nor shall they,
+the parties aforesaid, or any one acting for them, or any of their
+heirs, or any relation or descendant, in particular or in general,
+have in this matter any right--neither they, nor likewise the owners
+of the said property, fleet, or munitions, which shall thus be
+taken from them, even though absent, wherever they may be. Moreover,
+even though they be not guilty of the disobedience and disrespect
+aforesaid, nor have given any cause for this action, they shall not,
+subsequently nor at any time, have any right to proceed against me,
+or against any captain, officer, or member of this fleet who may be
+holding the same; nor shall any heir of the above-named persons, at
+any time whatsoever, be obliged to make restitution thereof, either
+legally or as a matter of conscience. Likewise, in conformity with
+the said compact, I declare to be null and void, and of no effect or
+force, all right which they may have, royal, personal, or based upon
+any other title or right which may be named, designated, or specified,
+or which his majesty King Don Felipe claims to have acquired, through
+the compact made between the very Catholic and Christian sovereigns,
+King Don Joan the Second of Portugal, and Don Fernando of Castella
+(may they rest in glory), regarding the division of the conquest and
+discovery of the world, conceded by the holy fathers, in the commerce
+and conquest of Maluco and all its lands and seas which shall be found,
+perceived, or discovered by ships in that whole region west of Nova
+Spanha, as determined by an imaginary line from north to south through
+the islands of Las Velas [Ladrones]; and those rights I declare null
+and void from the day on which the said Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi
+passed to the west of the said line with his fleet. And likewise I
+declare that, inasmuch as this fleet contains more soldiers than men
+of letters, all summons, declaration, and protestation befitting the
+right and justice of the king, our lord, and of his descendants and
+kingdoms, shall be held as made and truly and completely declared,
+demanded, summoned, alleged, and protested, without any lack or
+failure, whatsoever. And neither his royal majesty, nor any or all
+successors to the kingdom of Castella shall have the right to require
+or summon the Portuguese to deliver to them their lands and conquest
+of the said West; or demand any payment or satisfaction whatsoever
+for the losses, damages, deaths, or deprivations of property occurring
+to the disobedient camp and fleet, or to any others who, subsequently
+arriving, are subject to the foregoing. For others have already come
+to these parts who pretended to be filled with brotherly love and
+affection, but did not prove this by their actions--inasmuch as they
+did very great injury to the property of the king our lord, and of his
+vassals, without the king's receiving any compensation therefor from
+his illustrious highness. No doubt should be entertained regarding
+the interlineation where the word _justica_ ["justice"] occurs. This
+day, the twenty-first day of the month of October, in the year one
+thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Gonzalo Pereira_.
+
+(_Notification:_ On the twenty-first day of the month of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, at the present
+place of habitation of the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+general of the fleet and people of Nova Espanha, I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public, in his presence and that of his captains and many other
+persons of his camp, read, _de verbo ad verbum_, the foregoing summons,
+together with the letter of the emperor Don Carlos (may he rest in
+glory). In reply, he said that he heard the same and would respond as
+was befitting. Witnesses thereto: Martin de Goete, master-of-camp;
+Andres de Ybarra, captain; Guido de Lavezaris, treasurer of his
+majesty; Luis de a Haya, captain--all of whom affixed their signatures
+together with me. Martin de Goiti, Luis de la Haya, Guido de Lavezaris,
+Andres de Ybarra.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(_Response:_ This is a duplicate of a response which the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi sent to Goncallo Pereira,
+captain-general in these parts of the south for the king our lord. This
+response, I, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet copied from
+the original at the request of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty King Don Felipe, our lord, of his people and the royal fleet
+for the discovery of the islands of the West, declare in response
+to the third summons of the very illustrious Gonzalo Pereira,
+captain-general of the Portuguese fleet, served on me by Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public thereof, that I am ready and prepared to do
+and fulfil everything specified and offered by me in the answers which
+I have previously given to the summons which he has sent me. Basing
+my reply once more upon them, I repeat that on my part there will
+be no failure to respect and carry out the treaty made by the kings
+our lords, and to maintain the peace, friendship, and alliance which
+have existed and still exist between them, and which is incumbent upon
+us owing to the close relationship of the two. As for the conditions
+contained in the said summons aforesaid, which command me to go with
+all my people to his fleet, to depart therein for India, I declare
+that this is impossible for me, as it would be a direct violation
+of the instructions which I have received from his majesty; nor
+could I give over my people and my fleet to any person whomsoever,
+without his majesty's express permission and command. Moreover,
+it would be a violation of the compact and treaty existing between
+the kings our lords. And, in the event of my not doing this, he says
+that within three days from now I must leave this island and these
+lands. This I myself desire, and would be glad to do so, if it were
+possible. And I promise to do the same immediately, if his grace will
+furnish me means therefor. But it is neither right nor reasonable
+to oblige me to perform the impossible. And I declare, therefore,
+and promise that when I shall have ships I will depart, and leave
+the land free to whomsoever it may belong, without allowing my stay
+therein to result in harm to any one; and if it shall so result, then
+I stand ready to pay and to give payment and satisfaction therefor,
+to a sufficient and adequate amount, and to do everything in my power
+to the end that the treaty between the kings our sovereigns shall
+not be transgressed, or any injury be done or ensue to any of the
+parties hereto. And regarding what he says in his summons concerning
+the new fort, I admit that it is true that some fortifications were
+begun--a thing most usual and customary wherever there is a garrison
+of Spanish soldiers--for protection from any one who might undertake
+to do me injury or violence. But it was not done to injure his fleet,
+or anything else belonging to him, which did not previously do me
+injury. This is especially evident in view of the fact that although
+yesterday I had begun the erection of the new fort, aforesaid, on
+receiving a letter from his grace in which he asked me to cease and
+not continue work upon the same, I immediately ordered that work to
+cease and to be suspended; and nothing more has been or will be done
+thereon, if his grace and his fleet are willing to keep peace and
+friendship with me, as is incumbent upon Christians and vassals of
+sovereigns so closely connected and related. This I do in order that
+no statement or calumny for breaking the said peace may be uttered
+against me. And, regarding what he says in the rejoinder to my second
+reply, namely, that I refused to show the instructions which I bear,
+his grace knows perfectly well that I have offered many times to show
+him the same, and that nothing was sent by him. And to do everything
+possible on my own part, and to make my cause a just one, I send to
+him enclosed herewith those clauses of my instructions bearing upon
+the present business, which were copied from the original, and signed
+and approved by the chief notary of this camp, in order that they
+might be produced as witness and proof, at anytime or place whatever;
+besides this, his grace will be allowed, if he so desire, to send
+some person here to see them collated with the original. Throughout
+these instructions is evident and deducible the Christian spirit,
+greatness, rectitude, and kindness of his majesty King Don Felipe,
+as well as the moderation which he orders to be maintained wherever
+we should fall in with Portuguese--which is very different in its
+nature from what is essayed and planned against me and the vassals
+of his majesty. It will be seen, moreover, how just is his majesty's
+cause, and, in his royal name, our own. Therefore, in the name of God
+omnipotent, our Lord and of his majesty, I beg and summon his grace
+once, twice, thrice, and as many more times as I am bound by law--not
+to consent to or permit any wrong or injury to be done, directly or
+indirectly, by evasions, or in any other manner whatsoever, in order
+that Christian blood may not be shed without cause or occasion, to
+the great displeasure of God and of the princes our sovereigns. For
+my intention was not to do any harm to any one; but rather I offer
+to pay all and any damage which may result from my stay here; and I
+declare that, if he do the contrary, then all the deaths, damages,
+losses, and interests shall fall upon his head and responsibility,
+and that he shall be obliged to pay and make satisfaction for the
+same. Moreover, I protest, as much as the rights of his majesty and
+our own make it incumbent upon me, to demand, allege, and protest,
+and, although it be not declared or specified here, I do allege,
+demand, and protest therein, as many times as the law and my duty
+require. And I do not admit the protestations and condemnations which
+are contained in his summons and protest; and I request that this
+response shall likewise be read, shown, and made known to all the
+captains of his fleet, together with the clauses of my instructions,
+in order that they may see our justification; and, having seen it,
+comport themselves as Christians--so that God our Lord, and our
+princes, may be better served, without shedding Christian blood;
+and that the other injuries and difficulties which, in the opposite
+event might ensue, may be avoided. And I require and summon you,
+Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of this camp, to read and make
+known this response and protest, and the clauses mentioned therein,
+to the said captain-general, and the other captains of his fleet; and,
+with his response, or without the same, to give me the testimonies
+and copies necessary to me in his majesty's interest, and to my own
+in his royal name. Given in Cubu, on the twentieth day of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_.
+
+(_Notification:_ The foregoing answer and clauses, I, Fernando
+Riquel, notary-in-chief in the government employ, read and made
+known to the said very illustrious Gonzalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the Portuguese fleet, in his own person, as well as to the other
+captains of his fleet, _de verbo ad verbum_, in such a way that it
+was understood--those captains being Alvaro de Mendonca, Don Duarte
+de Meneses, Simon de Mendoca, Lorenco Furtado de Mendoca, and Mendo
+Ruellas de Vasconcelos--on the twentieth day of the month of October
+of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. And let it
+be understood, that although I reckon today as the twentieth of
+October, the summons to which this is the response, was made upon
+the twenty-first everything having been done upon the same day. The
+cause for this is the difference between the Portuguese and the
+Castilians, the former reckoning one day ahead, and so it is in
+all the rejoinders and summons. I delivered this notification and
+summons to the said parties on the galley "San Francisco," this day,
+the twentieth of October, in the presence of the foregoing persons,
+and of Alonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of his highness--all of whom
+signed their names here, together with me; likewise Christoval Ponce,
+notary of his majesty's camp. Simaon de Mendonca, Alvoro de Mertdonca,
+Lourenco Furtado de Mendonça, Don Duarte de Meneses, Alfonso Alvarez
+Furtado, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos, Christoval Ponse de Leon.
+
+I testify thereto,     _Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This copy was closely and faithfully compared with the original
+by me, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, without there
+being found any interlineation or erasure of a kind which would
+cause doubt--although there is an interlineation--_dha_ [_dicha_,
+"said"] which was truthfully inserted. The said Fernao Riquel,
+notary-in-chief, was present at the comparison, and signed his name
+together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary of the fleet, who placed
+here his approval. This day, the twenty-ninth of December of the year
+one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, on the said day and year above specified.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the day, month, and year aforesaid, I was present at the collation
+and comparison of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This is the copy of certain clauses of [the instructions given by]
+the royal _Audiencia_ of Mexico, which the very illustrious Miguel
+Lopez de Leguaspi sent to Goncalo Pereira, captain-general in the
+regions of the south for the king our sovereign--which document was
+copied at the request of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi.
+
+I, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of the royal fleet for the
+discovery and administration of the islands of the West, for his
+majesty, King Don Felipe, our sovereign, testify and affirm to all
+persons, who may see the present: that in a set of instructions and
+regulations, signed by Don Luis de Velasco, former viceroy of Nueva
+España; the licentiate Valderrama, _visiador_-general and member of
+the council of his majesty; Doctor Ceynos, Doctor Villalobos, Doctor
+Horozco, Doctor Vasco de Puga, and Doctor Villanueva--all auditors
+of the said Royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva España, resident in the City
+of Mexico--and countersigned by Antonio de Turcios, secretary of the
+_Audiencia_, is contained, among many other clauses, the following:)
+
+"The course of conduct which you, Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, appointed
+as governor and general on his majesty's behalf, for the discovery
+of the islands of the West, by the very illustrious viceroy Don Luis
+de Velasco, late governor and captain-general of this Nueva España,
+and president of the royal _Audiencia_ resident therein, are to
+adhere to in the voyage and expedition which with the aid of God,
+our lord, you are about to undertake for the discovery aforesaid,
+with the ships which have been constructed for that purpose by his
+majesty's orders and are now at Puerto de la Navidad in this Nueva
+España, on the coast of the South Sea is as follows:"
+
+[See _ante_, p. 89 ff., for synopsis of these instructions.]
+
+[The clauses sent thus by Legazpi relate in general to the course
+to be pursued in the expedition in regard to the Portuguese and
+their possessions in the eastern seas--assuming, however, that the
+Philippines fell within Spain's demarcation, wherein Legazpi was
+ordered to effect a settlement. The document continues:]
+
+(I took the above clauses from the said instructions and
+regulations. They were signed by the above-mentioned viceroy
+[Antonio de Mendoza], the _visitador_, and the auditors, as is
+sufficiently apparent; and to that document I refer, by order of
+the most illustrious governor Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi. The same are
+well and faithfully copied, and the comparison and collation thereof
+took place before Christoval Ponze, notary of this camp, and Juan de
+Gamboa. And they are well and faithfully copied. Given in the island
+of Cubu, on the twentieth day of October, in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight. Therefore, I, the said Fernando Riquel,
+affix hereunto my signature and accustomed flourish, in attestation
+of truth.    _Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(I, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of the government, read and made
+known to the said most illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general of
+the Portuguese fleet in his own person, and to the other captains of
+his fleet--to wit, Alvaro de Mendoca, Don Duarte de Meneses, Simon de
+Mendoça, Lorenco Furtado de Mendoça, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos--the
+above reply and clauses, word for word, so that he might have full
+understanding thereof, on the twentieth day of the month of October,
+in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. It is understood
+that, although I reckon today as the twentieth of October, the summons
+to which this is a reply was dated on the twenty-first, all which
+took place on one and the same day. The cause for this difference
+between the Portuguese and Castilians is that the Portuguese are
+one day ahead. [117] This is so in all their replies and summons. I
+delivered this notification and summons abovesaid in the galleon
+"San Francisco" on the twentieth day of October abovesaid, in the
+presence of those above-mentioned, and Alonso Alvarez Furtado, factor
+of his highness; and they all signed their names jointly with me and
+Christoval Ponze, notary of his majesty's camp. Simon de Mendoza,
+Don Duarte de Meneses, Alvoro de Mendoça, Lorenço Furtado de Mendoça,
+Mendornellas de Vasconcelos, Alonso Alvarez Furtado, Christoval Ponze.
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This copy was collated thoroughly with the original by me, Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet. It has no interlineations
+or erasure which would cause doubt. There occurs only the following
+interlineation, namely, _entender_ ["to understand"], which was
+added to make it correct. The said Fernaõ Riquel was present at the
+collation, and signed here jointly with me and Baltesar de Freitas,
+notary of the fleet, who placed here his approval. Collated on the
+twenty-ninth day of December of the year one thousand, five hundred
+and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(I certify that this copy was collated in my presence, Baltesar de
+Freitas, notary of this fleet, on the day as abovesaid.     _Baltesar
+de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year abovesaid, I was present at the
+correction and collation of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Fourth summons_: Replying to this third answer of the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, general of the fleet and people of Nova
+Espanha, I declare, as I have already said in my reply, that actions
+speak louder than words. Up to this point I have acted in a way
+pleasing both to God and to the kings our lords, being bound to serve
+both equally well, on account of the close and long enduring union
+which, always existing between the former sovereigns of Castella and
+Purtugual, does now likewise exist between these present rulers. And,
+understanding from the instructions which his highness [of Portugal]
+gives to his captains for such cases, that he orders them to serve
+the interests of his royal majesty, King Don Felipe, in every
+possible way not at variance with his own interests, I have in all
+respects thus carried out his commands and all the stipulations of
+the treaty; while his grace has violated the same in so many ways,
+principally in making traffic, on behalf of Nova Espanha, of gold
+and drugs from this region within our demarcation--a thing forbidden
+in specific terms in the treaty. This does not harmonize with what
+his grace says about stress of weather and the lack and necessity
+of ships--for one who has been engaged in traffic knows the remedy
+for such cases, and his grace did traffic in our gold and drugs,
+and sent for reënforcements, by the fleet--a thing which, likewise,
+does not harmonize with his affirmations. For, the fewer people the
+ships contained on coming from Nova Espanha, the better could his grace
+lodge himself therein with all his camp, there being none in the whole
+voyage to obstruct his way provided they had sufficient crews. But
+God exists, and heaven cannot be covered with a sieve; nor are there
+diseases of the eye so serious as to be able to hinder the perception
+of a thing so evident. His grace is condemned by his own captains for
+his transgressions against the treaty, while he himself admits that
+his instructions forbid him to enter our demarcation. And although,
+in view of the above, I was released from obligation to do him any
+favor, yet I have been begging him for a considerable time to make
+use both of me and of this fleet, since he himself possesses none,
+and to depart therein upon his way. Nor is it reasonable that his
+grace should depart alone in any of these ships; and he must be out
+of his senses, after staying here four years, to undertake to wait
+four more in this land of the king, our lord--for that is the least
+time in which ships can be constructed in Nova Espanha for him to
+depart in; and this season there could reach him only the _patache_
+"San Joan," and some ship or other from Peru, a very small conveyance
+for so large a camp. Wherefore I beg him as a favor, and summon him,
+once and many times, to depart in this fleet belonging to the king,
+our lord,--or, better, to his majesty--together with all the people
+of his highness, inasmuch as this tends to the latter's service; for
+this is the easiest and best remedy, to depart from our conquest,
+and observe, at least, in part, the treaty. Likewise, I again
+request him to come with all his camp to this fleet, that we may both
+continue together the work of propagating our holy Catholic faith, and
+destroying the sect of Mafamede [Mahomet] in Maluco, Java, and Acheen;
+for as this work is so pleasing to God, it should be likewise so to
+so Christian a sovereign as is his majesty. And--in payment for the
+many times when the kings of Purtugual went to Castella to render aid
+to her sovereigns against the Moors who were warring against them--it
+would be better for us to join our forces, and change our hostility
+to friendship, as the battle of Selado, and the raising of the great
+siege of Sevilha, and many other battles in which the Portuguese added
+luster to their name in the service of the said kings, demand--and, in
+our own times, those fleets of ours which participated in the capture
+of Tunes, in the island of Dargel, or again in the taking of Pinhao,
+[118] and in many other public and private undertakings in which,
+with both money and arms, we greatly aided the kings of Castella. In
+spite of all this, his grace will not grant me a thing so reasonable
+and pleasing, both to God and to the kings our lords, and to the
+advantage of their army; but, on the contrary, so obstinately refuses
+to accept the offer of this fleet, and will not depart from our land,
+but steadily continues building fortifications and throwing up new
+breastworks, from which he attacked the fleet of the king our lord
+in this his port, and fired several shots at us from the fortress,
+as if we were Moors and pagans. And yet I did not allow him to be
+bombarded, in reply, from this galley "San Francisco," although I had
+cannon with which I could have caused him much anxiety; but rather
+retired, in accordance with my constant desire, past and present, for
+peace--as is seen in my reluctance to make war upon him or to be the
+cause of shedding Christian blood. Thus I have acted very differently
+from his grace, who had ambuscades laid at the fords, whither I sent
+my boat, peaceably, without any soldiers aboard, in order to show in
+all respects my great desire to avoid war. As for his grace's saying
+that I opened fire on his fort, it was only after I had sent him
+word beforehand not to make this necessary; so that the desire which
+has since been made evident by him was shown therein also. And a few
+bombardments from the boats, moreover, were not sufficient either to
+deter his people on land from continuing their work upon our land and
+sea or his grace from breaking out in open war against me with great
+ardor and desire; while I, on the contrary, had very little desire to
+injure him, but allowed many vessels, people, and provisions to go
+into the fortress, wherewith he could fortify himself against this
+peaceful fleet of the king our lord. And with regard to the clauses
+of his instructions which his grace had shown to me in his defense,
+I would say that this was of service to me; for although, it is true,
+one of them says that he shall go among the Filipinas islands, yet,
+immediately thereafter follows a contrary clause to the effect that he
+shall in no way transgress the treaty and agreement between Castella
+and Purtugual, which has the more force to prevent him from going to
+the Filipinas, in virtue of the more effectual words contained in the
+solemn covenant of the treaty aforesaid. Moreover, in regard to his
+grace's saying that the desire entertained by his majesty was not to
+enter our demarcation, and that he thought the Filipinas were in his,
+I would say that in all kingdoms, when it happens that doubt arises in
+the instructions, letters, provisions, or charters of the sovereigns,
+it is the custom to be guided thereby according to the intention of
+those who gave them. Another clause declares that, if he find us in his
+demarcation, he shall not do us any violence; but his grace came even
+to our own territory and did this, acting in flagrant disobedience
+to what his instructions allowed him, by undertaking illegally and
+wrongfully thus to dispossess us of our land and sea. And again I beg
+and summon him, once and many times, on the part of God, and of the
+kings our lords, not to do us violence, but to depart in this fleet,
+in the doing of which he will be doing great service to God and to
+the sovereigns aforesaid. And if he do not this, I declare by all
+the declarations of the protest sent to him through Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet, on the twenty-first of October, in the
+year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, that all the losses,
+deaths, dispossessions of property, and damages consequent shall fall
+upon his grace, while I shall remain free and absolved therefrom. I
+request and summon you, Fernaõ Riquel, notary-in-chief of that camp,
+to read and make known this response to the said Miguel Lopez, and
+with his reply--or without it, if he refuse to give it--to deliver
+to me the certain instrument or instruments which shall be necessary
+to me; likewise that you send me such instruments, so arranged as to
+be authoritative, containing all the summons, protests, duplicates,
+replies, rejoinders, and letters which have been exchanged and
+written in this affair hitherto. In this galley "San Francisco," on
+the twentieth day of October, in the year one thousand five hundred
+and sixty-eight. There is no doubt or wrong erasure herein.
+
+_Guoncallo Pereira_.
+
+(_Notification_: In the island and port of Cubu, in the Filipinas,
+on the twenty-seventh day of the month of October of the year one
+thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, before the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general for his majesty
+of the war and of the fleet for the discovery of the islands of the
+West, and in the presence of me, Fernando Riquel, chief notary of
+the same, there appeared Roque Bras, a servant, claiming to be in
+the service of the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the Portuguese fleet anchored in this port; and, in his name,
+presented this document as contained above. And he asked me, the said
+Fernando Riquel, to read the same, and the said governor ordered me
+to read it; wherefore, to carry out his commands, I did read it, _de
+verbo ad verbum_, as well and exactly as I could, considering that
+it was written in Portuguese. The said governor, on hearing the same,
+said that he had heard it and would respond thereto--witnesses to all
+the abovesaid being the master-of-camp Martin de Goiti, Captain Diego
+de Artieda, Captain Luis de la Haya, and Captain Juan de Salzedo,
+all of whom signed the same jointly with me. Martin de Goiti, Diego
+de Artieda. Luis de la Haya, Juan de Salzedo.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(_Response:_ This is the copy of a response which the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi sent to Guoncallo Pereira, captain-general in
+these regions of the south for the king our lord. I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of the said fleet, copied the same from the original
+at the request of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty King Don Felipe, our lord, of his people and royal fleet
+for the discovery of the islands of the West: in response to the
+summons of the very illustrious Gonzalo Pereira, captain-in-chief of
+the Portuguese fleet, served on me the twenty-seventh day of this
+present month of October I declare that it is true, as contained
+in his summons, that "actions speak louder than words," as also do
+offers without actions--which in his case we have seen to be very
+different. For it is manifest and known to all that his actions
+have been, and are, very different from good words; since on the
+twentieth day of this month, without any cause or legitimate reason,
+or without the removal of the assurances given by one to the other,
+or without making or giving any warning or information, his grace
+ordered his galleys and small vessels to make an attack on certain
+fortifications and defenses of ours. And they attacked and fired
+many cannon and arquebuse-shots at the people on the shore and bank
+near the fort aforesaid, without any artillery being fired at them
+in return from this camp, which could do them harm, until the outcome
+of the affair was seen. On the contrary, astonished at the treatment
+afforded us when we had not given any occasion whatsoever for the same,
+I wrote to his grace that very day. He, without any reply to what I had
+written, sent, the next morning, two galleots and a pinnace to take up
+a position in the other entrance of this harbor (where they now are),
+in order to prevent us from receiving any supplies or provisions. He
+has blockaded us upon all sides; and, what is most intolerable of all,
+the galleys and pinnaces aforesaid have sacked, fired, and burned all
+the neighboring villages, and killed the natives and inhabitants,
+without exempting even women and children, in the towns of Gavi,
+Cotcot, Diluan, Denao, and Mandavi--for the sole reason, and no other,
+as I understand, that they had been at peace with us, and had supplied
+and sold us provisions for our money. All this cannot be denied,
+inasmuch as we have seen it all with our own eyes. This may well
+be called deeds, and not words: and he has answered with a war of
+incredible cruelty. And in view of this, it is not surprising that
+we should have taken or that we do take some precautions, since he
+has made war so openly, and now tries to do us so open violence and
+injury. As far as the pleasing of God and of our rulers is concerned,
+it is of very little service, or none at all, to say that we should
+go to his fleet; for this cannot be done without violating his
+majesty's orders, to which I shall not expose myself. Moreover,
+all possible justifications have been offered on my side for not
+departing from this land and leaving it free; and, if necessary,
+I now offer them again. And it has no bearing on the subject to say
+that I have been here four years and desire to remain four years
+more; for my intention and desire has not been, nor is, to remain
+here even one year, but to depart as soon as I receive despatches
+and ships from his majesty--which, at latest, will be here with the
+next northeast wind. And as for his saying that only the _patache_
+"San Juan" and one ship can reach me, that is all nonsense; for his
+majesty, if he desire, can send one, six, ten, or twenty ships from
+Nueva España, for they have them in the South Sea there. And, what
+is more, I offer to depart with those that come, whether they be few
+or many, this being the easiest, shortest, and quickest remedy for
+what his grace says he wishes and desires--namely, that I should leave
+this land free and unembarrassed. And in this way he will receive full
+satisfaction very shortly, without loss, damage, or injury whatsoever
+to the one side or the other, unless his grace himself chooses to
+give occasion therefor. And, if he do this, he will do his duty, and
+what he is bound to do in the service of God and of our sovereigns,
+and will obviate the necessity of shedding Christian blood--as well
+as an infinite number of damages and annoyances which might otherwise
+ensue and come to pass now or in the future. And if, in the event of
+his grace's not being willing so to do, any further damage, loss,
+or scandal should ensue, then I declare that he shall be guilty of
+it all; and that he shall be considered to have acted criminally in
+all respects and be obliged to give an account of his deeds to God
+and to our sovereigns and rulers. And I ask and summon him--once,
+twice, thrice, and as many more times as I am required by law--not
+to permit violence to be done me, or any injury or warlike action
+such as he has undertaken, much to the displeasure of God and of
+our sovereigns and lords. And I protest, in all ways in which I have
+already protested, and all others in which, on his majesty's behalf,
+I am bound to request, declare, affirm, and allege--all of which,
+although not specified in detail, is fully expressed herein. And
+as for what he says about its being better to join his fleet in the
+work of propagating our holy Catholic faith, and destroying the sect
+of Mahomet in Maluco, Java, and Achen, in compensation for the many
+occasions on which the sovereigns of Portugal aided those of Castilla
+against the Moros--I say that if his highness or he, in his royal
+name, wage war against the pagans in these islands, and have need
+of other people's assistance, I am ready and prepared to give him
+soldiers to help, and to go with him to the places above-mentioned,
+in the service of the very illustrious and puissant King of Portugal,
+conformably to the instructions and orders which I have from his
+majesty, provided that his grace give them ships and supplies,
+and such other securities as may be reasonable from one party to
+another. Regarding what he says of the clauses of my instructions,
+the unequivocal, holy, and sincere intention of his majesty stands
+clearly forth therefrom, and should be received and admitted as such;
+and likewise the fact that I myself have fulfilled his royal orders,
+and have no intention of injuring any one or taking other people's
+property from them. For I offer and stand ready to depart, just as
+soon as possible, from everything which his grace declares to belong
+to his highness, without any further summons; and to pay for all the
+years of my stay here. This--being, as it is, the truth--is sufficient
+satisfaction for all that his grace has said or may say in the matter;
+for I desire to follow his instructions provided it be within my power,
+and depart from this land and leave it free and unembarrassed. And
+therefore I declare that I will do this, as I have said--refusing at
+the same time to admit his allegations, and basing myself upon those
+which I have made on my own part, which are true and certain. Given
+in this settlement and camp on the twenty-eighth day of October in
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legaspi_.
+
+(_Notification_: In the galley "San Francisco" of the royal fleet of
+Portugal, on the twenty-eighth day of October in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight, I, Christoval Ponze, notary, read and
+made known this response and summons of the very illustrious Miguel
+Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general of the fleet for the
+discovery of the islands of the West, to the very illustrious Gonzalo
+Pereira, captain-general of the royal fleet of Portugal, in his own
+person, _de verbo ad verbum_, in such a way that he understood it. He
+responded that he heard and would make answer to the same, witnesses
+being Don Duarte de Meneses, admiral of the said fleet, Antonio Lopez
+de Sequeyra, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos, and the factor Alonso
+Alvarez Furtado, all of whom signed here their names. Don Duarte de
+Meneses, Antonio Lopez de Sequeyra, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos,
+Alfonso Alvarez Furtado.)
+
+(This copy was carefully collated with the original by me, Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, without there being found any
+interlineation or erasure which would cause doubt--although there is
+an erasure of the word _no_ ["not"] which was made without deceitful
+purpose. At this comparison was present the said Fernaõ Riquel,
+who signed here with me, together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary
+of the fleet, who placed here his approval on this twenty-ninth day
+of December, in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+this fleet, on the day aforesaid.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(I was present at the correction and comparison of this copy on the
+month, day, and year aforesaid.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Fifth summons_: In response to the fourth reply which the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, general of the fleet and people
+of Nova Spanha, sent and had conveyed to me on the twenty-ninth
+day of the month of October in the year one thousand five hundred
+and sixty-eight, by Christovão Ponze de Leon, notary of his camp,
+I say that I cannot help being amazed again and again at seeing how
+his Grace attempts to depreciate my actions and give luster to his
+own--those on the one side being so different from those on the other,
+and done in sight of his camp yonder and of this fleet stationed
+here. When there are, however, so many noblemen and gentlemen of
+such reputation for sincerity and truth, his Grace will not be able
+to deny that during the forty days of peace in this port, he did not
+see any sign of hostility in this our fleet of the king, our lord,
+or any indication thereof, inasmuch as ships were allowed to enter to
+him with men and provisions aboard--when by capturing them, as could
+have been done easily, I could have caused him much annoyance, if
+my intention had been to bring about such a consummation. His Grace,
+however, in great contrast to my own procedure, on the same days and
+during the same peace, had many breastworks and defenses constructed
+in his fortress, and corresponding defenses outside of the same
+with a great amount of artillery mounted on many baskets filled with
+earth. These were quite sufficient to defend himself against a great
+army, rather than a small band of Portuguese zealous in the service
+of God and of the kings our lords, and reluctant to shed Christian
+blood even in so just a cause. Nor will he deny that--not content
+with having so strong a fortress, with so many Spaniards to make
+defense against us in our own territory in case I should undertake to
+do him violence therein--he ordered, during the term of the peace,
+an artillery station to be established on the bank opposite where
+he took in water, in order to prevent me from obtaining any; and up
+to the present time he has refused to let me have any, although this
+is our own land. Moreover, he desired to cannonade the fleet at short
+range from the fortress aforesaid, as afterward more clearly appeared;
+for, on my immediately writing his Grace through Baltesar de Freitas,
+notary of the fleet, to do me the favor to order that this should not
+occur again, since it seemed more the act of an enemy than of a friend,
+he wrote me in return things irrelevant to the case, while the rest of
+his letter consisted only of vain words and compliments. I wrote to
+his Grace again the next day, sending my letter by Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet. In this letter I asked him again to
+do me the favor of ordering the work to be destroyed; otherwise, I
+should consider myself authorized to declare that war had broken out,
+and that the assurances between us would remain null and void--as his
+Grace will see in my letters, since his memory is so feeble as he says
+and declares, since he says and declares that without the assurances
+being canceled as yet on either side, and without giving any warning
+or intimation whatsoever, I ordered the boats and galleys to fire on
+his fortifications and basket defenses. But this I did, in reality,
+in firing on the black people of the land, who were acting against
+their true king and lord. Little blood was shed in this affair, as I
+have ascertained, but all this business his Grace owes to his failure
+to reply to or satisfy me--acting as if he wished open war with me,
+as was seen by the breast-work which he had constructed. And--after a
+few volleys had been fired from the said boats, galleys, and pinnaces,
+in reply to the many broadsides which they let fly at us from their
+fortress--here on the afternoon of that same day Fernan Riquel,
+notary-in-chief of that camp, came with a reply from his Grace, also
+a copy of certain clauses from his instructions, and a message to
+the effect that he would finally have the work stopped, if this fleet
+would stand off farther from shore. This I showed to the said Fernaõ
+Riquel, who suddenly became short-sighted, in order not to see it;
+nevertheless, I ordered the boats to retire, and to fire no more. And
+the next day I did not, on my part, consent that they should go on
+increasing the work further. In what, then, does his Grace find here,
+up to the present time, more good words and deeds than mine? Moreover
+I gave him much more peace. It should be added that after the boats
+had killed many Indians and a few Spaniards, they ceased from further
+shots that afternoon and the following day. It would then have been
+just and due to us that his Grace should have had the basket defenses
+destroyed--for that was the true road to peace and amity after so long
+a period of enjoyment of our land--rather than to allow a bombardment,
+as cruel as if against heretics, to take place and endure from eleven
+o'clock in the morning till sunset. These ships of the king our lord
+were pierced with balls in his own port, killing several persons,
+and so aimed as to kill many more, if I had not used caution and
+retired. This affair is certainly an ugly and terrible one, before
+God and men. I did not, however, consent that any broadside should be
+fired from this galley, the "San Francisco," although I had pieces
+of very large caliber therein, which could have done much damage to
+the fortress and defenses. And therefore, up to the present time,
+I have not shed, nor given occasion for the shedding of Christian
+blood as his Grace has done in batteries and ambuscades--although none
+whatever were made against him, inasmuch as I restrained myself when
+I could have done him much injury by fire and sword. The sovereigns
+yonder, however--who are so good Christians and have clear minds--will
+judge of the fair words and fair deeds of his Grace, and of my
+deceitful words and most evil deeds; for we cannot be good judges
+in our own behalf in such an offense committed against the king, our
+lord, and his vassals. Quickly turning to the work at hand, a little
+later on the same day of the cannonading, I ordered the galleys to
+take possession of the other mouth of this harbor; for, now that his
+Grace has broken out in war against me, it seemed to me better service
+to God, and to the kings our lords, and a Christian's obligation,
+to pursue hostilities by means of starvation rather than by fire and
+sword--for although I blockade you with it, I have ordered this fleet,
+and it stands ready, to bring you a great quantity of supplies, that
+you may not perish through lack thereof. And as for the damage which
+the oared vessels have done in the territory of the infidels, it does
+not appear to me so serious and unheard-of as his Grace depicts it;
+for it is juster in war that we should punish those vassals of the
+king our lord for unfaithfulness and opposition to their true leaders
+than that his Grace himself, although a stranger here, should, in time
+of peace, give them very different kind of punishment for slighter
+cause, in addition to making them pay tribute. As for his assertion
+that he will pay and satisfy the king our lord for all the losses and
+damage which he has done him in this land of his, it was unnecessary
+to write such a thing; for his Highness is not a merchant nor is he so
+avaricious as to take satisfaction in money or property from any other
+sovereign, particularly from his captains; and he will be satisfied,
+and I, in his name, only at his Grace's leaving the land free and
+unencumbered, and thus not bringing about the death of his vassals
+there in so many ways. As for his Grace's being willing to give me
+people and assistance for the augmentation of the faith and the service
+of the king our lord, certainly he may be sincere in this one matter;
+but the Moros of Maluco, Java, and Acheen are, through our sins,
+so numerous, that without his Grace in person, and all his company,
+it would be difficult to sweep them away. But with such aid I hope in
+God that much service will be done Him by us all; for on His account
+they ought to be resigned to take a voyage much longer than from
+India to Espanha, inasmuch as He suffered Himself to be crucified
+and shed His precious blood for our salvation. For the letters of
+instruction issued by Christian princes do not forbid their captains
+the propagation of the Catholic faith and the destruction of the sect
+of Mafamede, in any land of in any way whatsoever--especially when
+the rightful king, through his captains, requests this so necessary
+assistance from his Grace; and when there is so much intimacy and so
+close a relation between these kings our lords, as to justify asking
+that there be given him all the supplies and munitions necessary and
+sufficient to their needs, and even much more. But since his Grace
+is not willing, for the sake of God and the aforesaid sovereigns, to
+go so long a way toward carrying out their wishes, I protest in the
+terms already on my part protested. And I require you, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet, to read and make known this response
+to the said Miguel Lopez; and to deliver into my hands an instrument
+drawn in public form, containing all the summons, protests, replies,
+duplicates, and letters, which may be needed for the outcome of this
+business. Given in this galley the "San Francisco" on the thirtieth
+day of October, in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_
+
+(_Notification and Reply_: On the thirtieth day of the month of
+October in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, at the
+place now occupied by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+general of the fleet and forces of Nova Spanha, at the command of
+Goncallo Pereira, captain-general of the fleet of the South Sea,
+I, Pero Bernaldez, notary, read and made known to him _de verbo
+ad verbum_, this reply as above written. He responds as follows to
+the same: "that the captain-general should well remember that, in
+the first letter in which this summons is mentioned, he asked only
+for the cessation of the work of erecting the wicker defenses, which
+request was granted immediately and the work ceased, although baskets
+cannot constitute war, and are rather for defense than offense. And
+on the following day, by a second letter which his Grace wrote, he
+again reiterated and requested that the baskets should be taken down,
+and that he should receive either yes or no as an answer, with which
+he would consider himself to have received a final answer. With the
+same letter he sent me word by the factor Andrés de Mirandaola and
+Hernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of this camp, that if the baskets
+were not taken down by nightfall, he would consider war to have
+broken out between us. While I was engaged in framing an answer to
+this, and before the time-limit set by him had expired, he sent his
+galleys and small boats to attack the defenses and the people who were
+stationed on the shore. Then our soldiers, seeing that the Portuguese
+were attacking them and had begun hostilities, determined to complete
+their defenses, and fought with the Portuguese from about noon-time
+until sunset, without any cannon-shots being fired at the Portuguese
+from this camp. And on the morning of the following day, without any
+new action on our part, the said captain-general sent two galleys
+and a small boat to seize upon the other entrance to this harbor, and
+this order was executed. They have been and still are located there,
+toward the east; and they refuse to allow any person, or supplies,
+or anything else whatsoever, to come in or go out from this camp--a
+procedure for which I am at a loss to find the proper designation,
+unless it be war and the intention to starve us to death, which
+is not a usual action on the part of Christians. Consequently, he
+should not be astonished if this causes us to think that his actions
+do not correspond to his words, and to the offers made on his part;
+while, on the contrary, there is in truth all possible justification
+on our part, and we have offered assistance and favor, should they
+be necessary, against infidels, and in the interest of his Highness,
+the very illustrious and puissant King of Portugal. For I will carry
+out and fulfil that promise with the same willingness with which it
+is offered, in the consciousness of being therein of service to his
+Majesty. And it is but little relevant to say that, unless I go in
+person with all my camp, nothing can be effected; for either there or
+here, or any place whatsoever, I could be of little use, and would
+be but little missed; nor is it just, in view of the impossibility
+of my performing it without the express permission of his Majesty, to
+attempt to oblige and bind me to perform the same. And as for the rest,
+I confirm what I have already said, responded, requested, and protested
+against, in his Majesty's name, in previous replies and rejoinder;
+and if it be necessary, I again request, demand, and protest, as many
+times as I am by law obliged, and as may be befitting. As for the war,
+violence, and injuries which his Grace does, and tries to do me, I
+elect almighty God, who knows the whole truth and the hearts of men,
+as judge, and pray that He, out of the infinite pity and benignity
+of His heart, may aid and favor him who most truly and with least
+injury has tried and is trying to obtain peace from the opposite side,
+without Christian blood being shed, to His great displeasure and that
+of the kings our lords. Therefore I exculpate his Majesty, and myself
+in his royal name, as well as all those in his royal service at this
+camp, so that neither now nor at any subsequent time may blame or
+responsibility be charged upon or imputed to them." He signed the
+above with his name, and said that he gave it, and he did give it, as
+his answer. There were present, as witnesses, Captain Juan Maldonado
+de Berrocál; the ensign-general, Amador de Arriaran; the accountant,
+Andres Cauchela; the chief constable, Graviel de Ribera; and the
+notary-in-chief, Fernando Riquel--all of whom, together with me,
+the said Pero Bernaldez, signed the same. Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, Andres Cauchela, Amador de Arriaran,
+Graviel de Ribera, Fernando Riquel.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_
+
+_Sixth summons_: In response to this fifth answer from the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, general of the fleet and people
+of Nova Spanha. I admit briefly that in my first letter to him,
+I requested him to discontinue the defenses, and in the second,
+to destroy them--which his Grace refused to do, although it was a
+thing so just and so important to the lords of the land, as well
+as to my own advantage, for him not to employ hostilities against
+me, or give me occasion to accept the same; for it was but a slight
+cost or humiliation for a man who has so great a desire for peace as
+his Grace constantly says he has, to destroy the defenses, in which
+more hostility than friendship is displayed. I, on the other hand,
+had more than sufficient reason and justification for sending the
+galleys to take possession of the other entrance to this harbor,
+inasmuch as our respective courses of action were very unlike during
+the peace, as has been stated in other responses. Moreover, his Grace
+will not, in spite of all, deny that the galleys had not yet left
+this position when his people began to bombard me; and that those
+vessels had taken a very different route from that of going to cut
+off supplies. And as for his Grace's excusing himself and the rest
+of the company from engaging in the service of God, of his Majesty,
+and of the king our lord, as I have requested, more cogent reasons
+exist than that his presence is not very important in a case of so
+great urgency. Concerning his reiterated plea that he cannot violate
+his royal Majesty Don Felipe's instructions, I declare to him that
+since he entered here in violation of the same, and against the will
+of the king our lord, the latter will be well served by his Grace's
+going still farther, in his willingness to employ himself in his
+Majesty's service. And in all the rest, I take my stand upon what has
+already been said, and protest by what has already been protested. I
+order you, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, to notify him
+thereof, and deliver into my hands such instrument or instruments as
+shall be necessary to me, drawn up in legal form. Made in this galley
+"San Francisco" on the first day of November in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight. An erasure was made by me therein which
+shall not cause doubt, since it was made without intention to deceive.
+
+_Goncallo Pereira_
+
+(In the island and port of Cubu in the Filipinas, on the thirty-first
+day of the month of October, in the year one thousand five hundred
+and sixty-eight, before the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general for his Majesty of the people and fleet
+for the discovery of the islands of the West, and in the presence of
+me, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief and official notary, appeared Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public, who declared that he belonged to the fleet
+of the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general, and read
+this response above-written. The said governor after hearing the same,
+said that, "as his Grace the said captain-general says, he had written
+in the first letter that the work on the wicker fortifications should
+cease; and that, with the intention of pleasing and satisfying him
+in all respects, he, the said governor, had ordered the work thereon
+to cease; and it would not have continued, had not his Grace ordered
+them to be bombarded with many pieces from four galleys and small
+boats--whereupon the soldiers seeing that they were being fired upon
+completed their defenses at the great risk of their own lives and
+persons. And on the following day, when the galleys and small boats
+went off to seize and blockade the other entrance to this harbor,
+the purpose of their expedition was shown clearly, and afterward put
+beyond the shadow of a doubt, by their own acts. And it is unjust that
+his Grace should prohibit the conveyance of provisions to this camp,
+for those therein are Christians, and vassals of his Majesty, King Don
+Felipe, our lord. This act, beside being disobedience to God our lord,
+will greatly displease the princes, our sovereigns. And so I beg and
+request of him, and, on behalf of God and of his Majesty, I summon him,
+to allow the unrestricted entrance to and passage from this camp of
+provisions, as should be done and permitted between Christians, and
+between vassals of princes so intimate and so closely related. By the
+copy of the clauses of his instructions sent to the captain-general,
+his [Legazpi's] entrance into these islands, is shown to have been
+by the orders of his Majesty and not against his royal will; and he
+declares that, in order to depart from the islands, the shortest way
+open to him is that which he has requested in his past replies. It
+is also evident that his Grace could very easily provide for this,
+especially now that additional ships have come to him aside from
+those of his fleet. In doing this he will greatly please God our
+lord and the kings our sovereigns, and extricate this whole camp,
+as well as his own fleet and person, from a bad predicament. The said
+captain-general must understand that he will therein particularly serve
+his own sovereign, for he will prevent the necessity of other soldiers
+and fleets being sent here to attack us. Wherefore again, I request,
+summon, and protest to him all that has been requested, summoned,
+and protested in the past response, and the answer thereto." And
+this he said he gave as his response, and he signed it with his
+name, in the presence, as witnesses, of Captain Andres de Ybarra,
+Captain Juan de Salzedo, Captain Juan Maldonado de Berrocál, and
+the accountant Andres Cauchela, who signed the same with me. Miguel
+Lopez de Legazpi, Andrés Cauchela, Andres de Ybarra, Juan de Salzedo,
+Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, Pero Bernaldez.
+
+Before me,   _Fernando Riquel_)
+
+_Last summons_: I conclude with this my last response, weary of so
+many papers containing so many irrelevancies on a thing so clear and
+evident; for though I admit the possibility of his Grace's having
+ordered the work to cease, as he affirms in his rejoinder, yet I
+declare it to be of no avail to give an order if the order be not
+carried out, or not obeyed. The work, on the contrary, was continued
+with greater haste and care for four hours after the time-limit which
+I had written to his Grace, saying that if the work were not destroyed
+I should consider myself as answered. I stated that oared boats would
+then be sent to frighten them, and prevent the execution of a work
+so unjust and of so ill a purpose, in addition to the many acts of
+injustice which have already been committed here in this land of the
+king our lord, greatly to his displeasure--and, as I believe, that
+of his Majesty, which is the same thing. On my complaining several
+times to his Grace, during the continuance of peace, and when I had
+so great a desire of serving him--as even now I feel no hesitation
+in doing--in regard to his erection within the aforesaid camp of
+many breastworks and fortifications, he replied, by letter, that
+it was the custom of camps and soldiers always to be thus throwing
+up fortifications. Nevertheless, he was erecting those defenses,
+not in his Majesty's demarcation, but thirty leagues within that
+of his Highness, and against one of his captains--one, too, who is
+so peaceably inclined as I have always been, until the moment when
+war was waged against me, and a considerable time after that, for
+which reason I am surprised at his acts. I then ordered the galleys
+to the other entrance of this harbor--the justest and most Christian
+means of acting, for it was my intention not to starve him to death,
+but to oblige him to cease from this injury to his Highness, and
+accept shelter in this fleet and make up for past privation. For what
+Friar Quapucho [i.e., fustian-clad] is so humble, so long-suffering,
+and so charitable to any one as I have been to a person who has not
+deserved it from his king and lord? The more ships that come to me
+to join this fleet, the better service will his Grace and company be
+able to enjoy therein, and they will experience much friendship and
+satisfaction therein--thus performing great service to God and to the
+kings, to whom we are all so closely bound, and for whom we ought to
+endure and surfer hardships with exceeding joy. And this the more,
+because his Grace neither possesses nor gives any just reason for
+being excused from so virtuous a work (in which he will always take
+personal part in company with me who follow and accompany him), or
+for being unwilling to concede what I have requested so many times,
+and now request again, much more earnestly, on behalf of God, of his
+Majesty, and of the king our lord. All that has happened or which
+may subsequently happen, therefore, I declare shall fall to his own
+responsibility; and I protest, by the protestations already made, and
+by all which may redound to the justice and right of the king our lord,
+and of the subsequent heirs of the kingdoms of Portugal. And you,
+Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, are directed to make
+the same known to him, and give and deliver to me such instrument or
+instruments as shall be required by me. In this galley "San Francisco,"
+on the second day of the month of November, in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Goncallo Pereira_
+
+(In the island and port of Cubu, on the first day of the month of
+November, in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight,
+in the presence of me, Christoval Ponze, scrivener of this camp
+of his Majesty, there appeared Pero Bernaldez, notary-public,
+who claimed to be of the royal fleet of Portugal, and read this
+answer from the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the said fleet, to the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general for his Majesty of the royal fleet for
+the discovery of the islands of the West, in his own person, in such
+wise as to be heard by him. He declared that he had already answered
+and replied to the said captain-general, on many distinct occasions,
+concerning the fact that his intention and will had not been nor
+is to injure the exalted and puissant king of Portugal, or anything
+belonging to him in any way; or to seize upon or take from him, or
+occupy this or any other land belonging to him. "I desire, as I have
+desired always, to depart from this land; and if up to the present
+moment this design has not found realization and I have not departed,
+it has been through lack of equipment and of ships, and not through any
+expectation of reënforcements of men and a fleet, as, on the contrary,
+he affirms." Wherefore he begged the said captain-general to sell him
+ships, in order that he might immediately depart; or else to suggest to
+him some other way by which he could leave, since he neither wishes nor
+desires any other consummation. As for the fortifications and defenses
+which his Grace mentions, they are for the purpose of defense against
+any one trying to do him violence or injury unjustly and unreasonably,
+until such time as he may be enabled to depart and leave this land
+free, as he has declared and promised he would do. Neither on his
+own part nor on that of anyone belonging to his camp has he desired
+to make war upon his Grace or on the members of his royal fleet;
+but rather to serve them in all possible ways, as he has offered in
+past summons and responses, to which he begs to refer, and on all of
+which he takes his stand anew. On the other hand, it is quite clear
+and evident that the captain-general is trying to do him violence and
+injury in wishing to carry him to India with him without consenting
+to any other means whatsoever; and in having begun and initiated war
+against him and blockaded him, by ordering the entrances and outward
+passages of this harbor blockaded, on account of which he is bound
+to make defense. And since the said captain-general wishes it so,
+and continues doing so great injury to God our lord, and to our
+sovereigns, by the war, and sheds Christian blood, unreasonably and
+without justification, all the blame and responsibility, and all the
+damages, losses and deaths resulting therefrom, shall be upon his
+shoulders. He protests again by all protested and demanded by him
+in his past replies, and by all which most devolves upon him in this
+case to protest, demand, and summon, as many times as is proper and to
+which he is by law obliged; and he thus challenges him as testimony,
+in the presence, as witnesses, of Captain Diego de Artieda and Captain
+Andres de Ybarra; the factor, Andres de Mirandaola; the treasurer,
+Guido de Levazaris; and the ensign-in-chief, Amador de Arriaran, all
+of whom signed here their names. Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, Diego de
+Artieda, Andres de Ybarra, Guido de Lavezaris, Andres de Mirandaola,
+Amador de Arriaran, Pero Bernaldez.
+
+Before me,    _Christoval Ponze_, notary)
+
+(All the above papers, writings, replies, responses, and other
+documents above set forth, I, the said Fernando Riquel, took _manu
+propria_, as best I could, from the originals, writing them down _de
+verbo ad verbum_ and letter for letter, at the request of the said
+governor Miguel _Lopez_ de Lagazpi, who signed the same here with his
+name. And they are accurate and true, witnesses of the correction and
+comparison with the originals thereof being Miguel Lopez, Francisco
+de Cocar, and Juan de Gamboa y Lezcano, soldiers in this camp--in
+testimony whereof I have made my usual signature and rubric. Given
+at Cubu, the second day of the month of June in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-nine.
+
+In testimony of the truth, _Fernando Riquel_)
+
+(This copy was written on twenty-three sheets of paper, including
+the present, and bears the corrections, erasures, and interlineations
+following: [These follow, in the original document.] And note should
+be taken that the contract was corruptly and badly written for so it
+was in the original.)
+
+(In the City of Mexico, on the twenty-third day of the month of
+December in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-nine, the
+presidents and auditors of the royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva Spaña said
+that, inasmuch as in a docket of letters and despatches from Miguel
+Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain in the islands of the West,
+which came addressed to this royal _Audiencia_, this relation was found
+therein of negotiations between the said governor and Goncalo Pereira,
+a Portuguese, captain of the most serene King of Portugal, regarding
+the summons repeatedly served, to the effect that the said Miguel
+Lopez should depart from the islands, region, and spot, where he was
+situated as is declared in the said relation, it is fitting that this
+docket be sent to his Majesty in his royal Council of the Indies. In
+order that entire faith may be given thereto, a judicial inquiry shall
+be received confirming the signature as that of the said Miguel Lopez
+de Legaspi, and of the handwriting and signature of Hernando Riquel,
+his notary. Having been received as signed from the secretary of this
+royal _Audiencia_ it shall be sent to his Majesty. And accordingly
+they ordered it, by decree, to be set down in writing.
+
+_Sancho Lopez de Agurto_)
+
+(_Attestation_: And then upon the said day, month, and year above
+specified for the said inquiry, there was received an oath in the name
+of God and the blessed Mary, and upon the sign of the cross +, in the
+form prescribed by law, from Sancho Lopez de Agurto, secretary of the
+royal _Audiencia_ of this Nueva Spaña, and he took the same in the
+presence of me, Juan Augustin de Contreras, notary of his Majesty and
+receiver of this royal _Audiencia_, under which he promised to tell
+the truth in this affair. On being interrogated by the aforesaid,
+and after having seen the writing contained in this other part,
+and the signatures thereof, where occur the names of Miguel Lopez
+and Fernando Riquel, he said that this witness knew the said Miguel
+Lopez and Fernando Riquel, whom many times he had seen write and sign
+their names; and that he knows that the said Miguel Lopez de Legaspi
+went as governor and general to the islands of the West, and took
+as his official notary the said Fernando Riquel, on the authority
+of the viceroy Don Luis de Velasco; and that the said signatures at
+the end of the said narration and writing, to wit, "Miguel Lopez"
+and "Fernando Riquel," together with the handwriting of the said
+narration are, of a truth so far as this witness knows, those of the
+parties aforesaid; and he says this without the slightest doubt, for,
+as already said, he has seen them write and sign their names, and he
+has written papers and signatures of theirs in his possession similar
+to those of the said narration, without the slightest variation. The
+said Hernando Riquel was held and considered as an upright man, and
+a lawyer of much veracity; and as such this witness held and still
+holds him. And he declares on the oath taken by him that his entire
+deposition is true, and he has affixed his signature to the same.
+
+_Sancho Lopez de Agurto_
+
+Before me, _Johan Augustin_, notary of his Majesty.)
+
+[The sworn depositions of Juan Augustin de Contreras and of Alonso
+de Segura, made before Sancho Lopez de Agurto, follow. They are
+substantially the same as the above. The document continues:]
+
+(I, the said Sancho Lopez de Agurto, notary of the chamber of the
+said royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva España, who was present at the said
+inquiry made therein, affixed my seal in testimony of the truth. [119]
+
+_Sancho Lopez de Agurto_)
+
+
+
+
+Bibliographical Data
+
+
+_Expedition of Garcia de Loaisa_
+
+_Résumé of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents, dated from
+1522 to 1537, are briefly synopsized from Navarrete's _Col. de viages_,
+v, pp. 193-439. This editor obtained the material for his series from
+the archives of Sevilla, Madrid, and Simancas.
+
+_Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra_
+
+_Résumé of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents are dated in
+1527-28, and are published by Navarrete, _ut supra_, pp. 440-486.
+
+_Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos_
+
+_Résumé of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents, also
+synopsized, for the period 1541-48, are obtained from _Doc. inéd._,
+as follows: _Ultramar_, ii, part i, pp. 1-94; _Amér. y Oceania_, v,
+pp. 117-209, and xiv, pp. 151-165.
+
+_Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_
+
+_Résumé of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents, covering
+the period 1559-69, are also synopsized from _Doc. inéd. Ultramar_,
+ii, pp. 94-475, and iii, pp. v-225, 244-370, 427-463.
+
+_Warrant for establishment of Augustinian Mission_ (1564).--The
+original of this document was found among the archives of the
+Augustinian convent at Culhuacan, Mexico. The only publication of
+this _Patente_ of which we are aware is that (in Latin) from which our
+translation is made, in a work by Elviro J. Perez, O.S.A.,--_Catalogo
+bio-bibliografico de los religiosos agustinos_ (Manila, 1901),
+pp. xi-xiv. At present, we are unable to give further information
+concerning the document.
+
+_Possession of Cibabao_ (Feb. 15, 1565).--The original MS. (from
+a copy of which our translation is made) is conserved in the
+Archivo de Indias at Sevilla; pressmark, "Simancas--Filipinas;
+descubrimientos, descripciones y poblaciones de las Islas Filipinas,
+años 1537 á 1565; est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 1, 23." It has been published
+in _Doc. ined. Ultramar_, i i, pp. 351-355.
+
+_Proclamation regarding gold found in burial places_ (May 16,
+1565).--The data for the preceding document apply to this one
+also--save that to pressmark should be added "ramo 25;" and that the
+pagination for this one in _Doc. ined._ is 355-357.
+
+_Letter to Felipe II_ (May 27, 1565).--The original MS. is also
+in Sevilla; pressmark, "Simancas--Filipinas; descubrimientos,
+descripciones y gobierno de Filipinas; est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 1,
+23." It was published, _ut supra_, pp. 357-359. There are two copies
+in the Archivo, one of which is incorrectly endorsed "1569." In such
+cases it should be remembered that despatches and other official
+documents were often sent in duplicate--sometimes in triplicate,
+or even quadruplicate,--and by different vessels, to ensure that at
+least one copy should reach its destination.
+
+_Letters to Felipe II_ (May 29, June 1, 1565).--The original MSS. (from
+copies of which our translations are made) are also in the Archivo
+de Indias; pressmark. "Patronato, Audiencia de Filipinas--Cartas
+de los gobernadores." More definite designation is not possible, as
+these MSS. were not in their regular place in the above _patronato_
+at the time when our transcripts were made. With the letter of June
+1 we present a photographic reproduction of the signatures. Both of
+these documents were published in _Doc. inéd. Amér. y Oceania_, xiii,
+pp. 527-531.
+
+_Letter to the Audiencia of Mexico_ (May 28, 1565).--The original
+MS. is in the Archivo de Indias; pressmark, "Simancas--Filipinas;
+descub. descrip. y pob. Filipinas, años 1537 á 1565; est. 1, caj. i,
+leg. 1, 24, no. 24." This letter was accompanied by a memorandum of
+supplies needed for the military post established in the Philippines by
+Legazpi; and with the above-named MS. is a list of this sort--which,
+however, must have been placed in this _legajo_ by some error, as it
+mentions some articles that had been sent in the year 1570. But in
+another patronato--which has the same title as the above, but for the
+years 1566-68--in "est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 2, 24," is a list of similar
+character, with the title, _Memoria de los rescates y municiones
+que se pidieron á Nueva España, para enviar al campo de S.M. que
+reside en el puerto de Cubu_. This document is undated; but internal
+evidence makes it probable that it is the list which was sent with
+this letter to the Audiencia, with which we have accordingly placed
+it, transferring the other list to a later date, 1571.
+
+_Legazpi's Relation_ (1565).--The original MS. is in the
+Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar, Madrid; pressmark, "170-20-3_a_, caja
+n_o_. 22." It has not, so far as is known, ever been published. Nothing
+indicates positively the name of the person to whom it was written;
+but we may reasonably conjecture, from the style of address, that
+it was probably sent to the president of the Audiencia of Mexico. As
+Legazpi's own account of his voyage and achievements, this document
+possesses special interest and value.
+
+_Copia de vna carta venida de Seuilla a Miguel Saluador de Valencia_
+(1566).--This little pamphlet (Barcelona, Pau Cortey, 1566)
+is generally regarded as the first printed account of Legazpi's
+expedition. But one copy is known to exist--the one which was in
+Retana's collection, now the property of the Compañia General de
+Tabacos de Filipinas, Barcelona. For this reason, we present this
+document in both the Spanish text and English translation--the former
+being printed from an exact transcription made from the original
+document at Barcelona. The original is in two sheets (four pages)
+of quarto size, printed in type about the size of that used in this
+series; it is bound in red boards, and is in good condition.
+
+_Letters to Felipe II_ (July 12, 15, 23, 1567, and June 26,
+1568).--The original MSS. of these four letters (from copies of which
+our translations are made) are in the Archivo de Indias at Sevilla;
+pressmark, "Simancas--Secular, Audiencia de Filipinas; Cartas y
+expedientes de gobernador de Filipinas vistos en el consejo. Años de
+1567 á 1599; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 6."
+
+_Negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira_ (1568-69).--The originals
+of these documents are in the Archivo de Indias at Sevilla; pressmark,
+"Est. 1. caj. 1, leg. 2, 24, n_os_. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9." A MS. copied or
+compiled from these originals for use in the South American boundary
+negotiations at Paris in 1776, is in the Archivo general at Simancas;
+pressmark, "Leg. 7412, fol. 87 y 88;" from a copy of this MS. our
+translation is made.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+[1] This document is printed in both the original language and
+English translation.
+
+[2] Navarrete says in a note that this must have been made about the
+time the Junta of Badajoz closed, in 1524.
+
+[3] The hospital (and, later, military) order of St John of Jerusalem,
+was first established in that city in 1023, and received papal
+recognition in 1113. Its knights served with distinction in the
+crusades. From 1291 to 1523 the order had its seat in the island
+of Rhodes; but in 1530 that of Malte was ceded to it by the emperor
+Charles V. After the capture of Malta by the French, the order became
+small and insignificant. This order was known in the course of its
+history by various names, among them being the Order of Rhodes (Rodas).
+
+Garcia Jofre de Loaisa, the commander of this expedition, was a native
+of Ciudad Real. He must not be confounded with the noted archbishop
+of Seville, of the same name, whose kinsman he was. The commander
+died at sea in July, 1526.
+
+[4] This was a priest who accompanied the expedition. After passing
+the Strait of Magellan, the ship "Santiago," in which Areizaga sailed,
+was compelled by lack of supplies to direct its course toward the
+Spanish settlements on the west coast. This priest returned thence
+to Spain, where the historian Oviedo saw him; the latter compiles
+from Areizaga's narrative a long account of his adventures, and of
+Loaisa's voyage as far as the strait (see Oviedo's _Hist. de Indias_,
+lib. xx, cap. v-xiii).
+
+[5] Hernan Cortés, the conqueror of Mexico, was born in 1485, at
+Badajoz, Spain. When a mere boy, he resolved upon a military career,
+and in 1504 went to the West Indies, where he took part in various
+expeditions, and held some official posts of importance. During
+1519-27, Cortes effected the conquest of Mexico and subjugation of
+its people. Returning to Spain in triumph (1528), he received from
+the emperor titles and lands, and was made captain-general of New
+Spain, an office which he held from 1530 to 1541. He sent Saavedra to
+search for Loaisa (1527); and in 1533 and, 1539 sent out expeditions
+of discovery--the latter, under Ulloa, ascending the western coast of
+America to thirty-two degrees north latitude. Cortes died at Seville,
+December 2, 1547.
+
+[6] Andrés de Urdaneta was born in 1498, at Villafranca de
+Guipuzcoa. He received a liberal education, but, his parents dying, he
+chose a military career; and he won distinction in the wars of Germany
+and Italy, attaining the rank of captain. Returning to Spain, he
+devoted himself to the study of mathematics and astronomy, and became
+proficient in navigation. Joining Loaisa's expedition, he remained in
+the Moluccas, contending with the Portuguese there, until 1535, when
+he went back to Spain. Going thence to Mexico (about 1540), he was
+offered command of the expedition then fitting out for the Moluccas,
+"but on terms which he could not accept." Villalobos was given command
+of the fleet in his stead, and Urdaneta later (1552) became a friar,
+entering the Augustinian order, in which he made his profession on
+March 20, 1553, in the City of Mexico. There he remained until the
+fleet of Legazpi departed (November 21, 1564) from La Navidad, Mexico,
+for the Philippine Islands; Urdaneta accompanied this expedition,
+with four other friars of his order. He was appointed prelate of
+those new lands, with the title of "protector of the Indians;"
+he also acted as pilot of the fleet. In the following year he was
+despatched to Spain, to give an account to the government of what
+Legazpi had accomplished. This mission fulfilled, he desired to return
+to the Philippines, but was dissuaded from this step by his friends;
+he came back to Mexico, where he died (June 3, 1568), aged seventy
+years. Urdaneta was endowed with a keen intellect, and held to his
+opinions and convictions with great tenacity. To his abilities and
+sagacity are ascribed much of Legazpi's success in the conquest of
+the Philippines. For sketches of his life, see Retana's edition of
+Martínez de Zúñiga's _Estadismo de las Islas Filipinas_ (Madrid,
+1893), ii, appendix, pp. 621, 622; and _Dic.-Encic. Hisp.-Amér._
+
+[7] The "zebra" was the guanaco or South American camel
+(_Auchenia_). The feathers were those of the South American ostrich
+(_Rhea rhea_), also called "nandu" and "avestruz" by the natives,
+or possibly of the smaller species _R. darwinii_; both are found as
+far south as the Strait of Magellan.
+
+[8] It was the custom of many of the writers of these early documents
+to give in dates only the last two or three figures of the year.
+
+[9] His name was Alvaro de Loaisa.
+
+[10] This was the flagship of Magalhães, which remained at Tidore after
+the departure of the "Victoria." The "Trinidad" set out for Panama on
+April 6, 1522, but was compelled by sickness and unfavorable winds to
+return to the islands. She was then captured by the Portuguese; the
+ship was wrecked in a heavy storm at Ternate, and her crew detained as
+prisoners by the Portuguese. Hardships, disease, and shipwreck carried
+away all of them except four, who did not reach Spain until 1526.
+
+[11] Sebastian Cabot (Caboto) was born about 1473--probably at
+Venice, although some claim Bristol, England, as his birthplace; he
+was the son of the noted explorer John Cabot, whom he accompanied on
+the famous voyage (1494) in which they discovered and explored the
+eastern coasts of Canada. A second voyage thither (1498), in which
+Sebastian was commander, proved a failure; and no more is heard of
+him until 1512, when he entered the service of Fernando V of Spain,
+who paid him a liberal salary. In 1515 he was a member of a commission
+charged with revising and correcting all the maps and charts used
+in Spanish navigation. About this time, he was preparing to make
+a voyage of discovery; but the project was defeated by Fernando's
+death (January 23, 1516). In the same year Cabot led an English
+expedition which coasted. Labrador and entered Hudson Strait; he
+then returned to Spain, and was appointed (February 5, 1518) royal
+pilot-major, an office of great importance and authority. He was
+one of the Spanish commissioners at Badajoz in 1524; and in 1526
+commanded a Spanish expedition to the Moluccas, which sailed from
+Spain on April 3 of that year. Arriving at the River de la Plata,
+Cabot decided to explore that region instead of proceeding to the
+Moluccas--induced to take this step by a mutiny among his officers,
+sickness among his crews, and the loss of his flag-ship. Misfortunes
+followed him, and he returned to Spain in 1530. Upon the accession
+of Edward VI to the English throne, Cabot was induced to reenter the
+English service, which he did in 1548, receiving from Edward promotion
+and rewards. Nothing is heard of him after 1557; and no work of his
+is known to be extant save a map of the world, made in 1544. and
+preserved in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris. Regarding his life
+and achievements, see Nicholls's _Sebastian Cabot_ (London, 1869);
+Henry Stevens's _Sebastian Cabot_ (Boston, 1870); Harrisse's _Jean
+et Sebastian Cabot_ (Paris, 1882); F. Tarducci's _John and Sebastian
+Cabot_ (Brownson's translation, Detroit, 1893); Dawson's "Voyages of
+the Cabots," in _Canad. Roy. Soc. Trans., 1894,_ pp. 51-112, 1896,
+pp. 3-30, 1897, pp. 139-268; Dionne's _John and Sebastian Cabot_
+(Quebec, 1898); Winship's _Cabot Bibliography_ (London, 1900).
+
+[12] João Serrão, one of Magalhães's captains, was elected, after the
+latter's death, to the command of the fleet. On May 1, 1521, he was
+murdered by natives on the island of Cebú, having been treacherously
+abandoned there by his own companions.
+
+[13] The "Santiago," in which was the priest Areizaga (see note 3).
+
+[14] Saavedra died at sea in the month of December, 1529. See
+Navarrete's _Col. de viages_, v, p. 422.
+
+[15] Lib. xx of Oviédo's _Hist. de Indias_ is devoted to the relation
+of these early expeditions to the Philippines of Magalhães, Loaisa,
+and Saavedra.
+
+[16] Ruy Lopez de Villalobos is said to have been a man of letters,
+licentiate in law, and born of a distinguished family in Malaga; he was
+brother-in-law of Antonio de Mendoza, who (then viceroy of New Spain)
+appointed him commander of the expedition here described. Departing
+from Navidad, Mexico (November 1, 1542), he reached Mindanao on
+February 2 of the following year; he was the first to make explorations
+in that island. It was he who bestowed upon those islands the name
+Filipinas (Philippine), in honor of the crown-prince Don Felipe of
+Spain, afterward known as Felipe II; he conferred this appellation
+probably in 1543. The Portuguese, then established in the Moluccas,
+opposed any attempt of Spaniards to settle in the neighboring islands,
+and treated Villalobos as an enemy. After two years of hardships
+and struggles, he was obliged to place himself in their hands; and,
+departing for Spain in one of their ships, was seized by a malignant
+fever, which terminated his life at Amboina, on Good Friday, 1546. In
+his last hours he was spiritually assisted by St. Francis Xavier
+(styled "the Apostle of the Indies"). For biographical material
+regarding Villalobos, see _Dic.-Encic. Hisp.-Amér.,_ article: "Lopez
+de Villalobos;" Galvano's _Discoveries of the World_ (Hakluyt Society
+edition), pp. 231-238; and Buzeta and Bravo's _Diccionario Filipinas_;
+Retana's sketch, in his edition of Zúñiga's _Estadismo_, ii, p. 593*.
+
+[17] Pedro de Alvarado was, after Hernán Cortés, the most notable of
+the early Spanish conquerors of New Spain. He was born at Badajoz,
+about 1485, and came to America in 1510. He served with distinction
+in many wars and expeditions during the conquest, and received from
+Cortés various important commands. Among these was the post of governor
+and captain-general of Guatemala (1523); in the following year he
+founded the old city of Guatemala, which later was destroyed by the
+eruption of a volcano. In 1534 he planned to send an expedition to the
+Pacific islands; but news of the discovery of Peru and the conquests
+of Pizarro caused him to defer this enterprise, and he sent instead
+troops to Peru, fitted out through his extortions on the inhabitants
+of his province. Afterward he planned, with Mendoza, the expedition
+conducted by Villalobos, but never knew its outcome; he died on July 4,
+1541, from wounds received while attacking an Indian village.
+
+[18] Antonio de Mendoza belonged to a family of distinction, and was
+born at Granada, toward the close of the fifteenth century. He was the
+first viceroy of New Spain, being appointed April 17, 1535. He was
+beloved by the people for his good government; he made wise laws,
+opened and worked mines, coined money, founded a university and
+several colleges, and introduced printing into Mexico. He despatched
+two maritime expeditions of discovery--that of Villalobos, and another
+to California; and made explorations by land as far as New Mexico. In
+1550 he was sent as viceroy to Peru, and administered that office
+until his death, which occurred July 21, 1552, at Lima.
+
+[19] The title of Marquis del Valle de Oaxaca was conferred upon Hernán
+Cortes, July 6, 1529. He had taken great interest in the exploration
+of the Pacific Ocean and its coasts; and had spent on expeditions sent
+out with that object no less sum than three hundred thousand pesos
+(Helps's _Life of Cortés_, p. 282.)
+
+[20] This compares favorably with the homestead law of the United
+States. The institution mentioned in the next sentence apparently was
+peculiar to Spanish colonial administration in America. Its origin
+was in the _repartimiento_, which at first (1497) meant a grant of
+lands in a conquered country; it was soon extended to include the
+natives dwelling thereon, who were compelled to till the land for the
+conqueror's benefit. In 1503 _encomiendas_ were granted, composed of
+a certain number of natives, who were compelled to work. The word
+_encomienda_ is a term belonging to the military orders (from the
+ranks of which came many officials appointed for the colonies),
+and corresponds to our word "commandery." It is defined by Helps
+(practically using the language of Solorzano, the eminent Spanish
+jurist), as "a right conceded by royal bounty, to well-deserving
+persons in the Indies, to receive and enjoy for themselves the
+tributes of the Indians who should be assigned to them, with a charge
+of providing for the good of those Indians in spiritual and temporal
+matters, and of inhabiting and defending the provinces where these
+_encomiendas_ should be granted to them." Helps has done good service
+to historical students in recognizing the great importance, social
+and economic, of the _encomienda_ system in the Spanish colonies, and
+its far-reaching results; and in embodying the fruits of his studies
+thereon in his _Spanish Conquest in America_ (London, 1855-61), to
+which the reader is referred for full information on this subject;
+see especially vols. iii, iv.
+
+[21] See the Treaty of Zaragoza, vol. i, p. 222.
+
+[22] This was the dust or residue of the filings from the various
+assays and operations in the founding of metals, and was usually
+applied to the benefit of hospitals and houses of charity. It belonged
+to the king, and was placed under lock and key, one key in possession
+of the founder and the other of the king's factor.--Note by editor
+of _Col. doc. inéd_.
+
+[23] This name is variously spelled Labezaris, Labezares, Labezarii,
+Lavezarii, and in other ways. This man occupied an important place
+in Legazpi's expedition, and was later governor of the Philippine
+Islands. Several documents by him will appear in this series.
+
+[24] A note by the editor of _Doc. inéd._ says that the religious
+sent in this expedition were Fray Jerónimo de San Estevan, prior of
+the Augustinians; Fray Nicolás de Perea, Fray Alonso de Alvarado,
+and Fray Sebastián de Reina.
+
+[25] A small vessel with lateen sails.
+
+[26] This was the Portuguese governor of Ternate and the Moluccas. The
+correspondence may be found in the archives of Torre do Tombo.
+
+[27] Apparently a reference to the islands Sarangani and Balut, off the
+southern point of Mindanao. Regarding Mazaua (Massava, Mazagua) Stanley
+cites--in _First Voyage by Magellan_ (Hakluyt Society Publications,
+no. 52), p. 79--a note in Milan edition of Pigafetta's relation,
+locating Massaua between Mindanao and Samar. It is doubtless the
+Limasaua of the present day, off the south point of Leyte.
+
+[28] A map by Nicolaus Visscher, entitled _Indiae Orientalis nova
+descriptio_ (undated, but probably late in the seventeenth century)
+shows "Philippina al Tandaya," apparently, intended for the present
+Samar; but Legazpi's relation of 1565 (_post_) would indicate that
+Tandaya was the modern Leyte. Ortelius (1570) locates the Talao
+Islands about half-way from Mindanao to Gilolo they are apparently
+the Tulour or Salibàbo Islands of today.
+
+[29] The names in brackets are the modern appellations (see
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ ii, pp. xvi, xvii).
+
+[30] Antonio Galvano explains this by declaring that he had in 1538
+(being then the Portuguese governor of the Moluccas) sent Francisco
+de Castro to convert the natives of the Philippines to the Catholic
+faith. On the island of Mindanao he was sponsor at the baptism of
+six kings, with their wives, children, and subjects. See Galvano's
+_Tratado_ (Hakluyt Society reprint of Hakluyt's translation,
+_Discoveries of the World_, pp. 208, 233).
+
+[31] See _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, ii, p. xvii.
+
+[32] On old maps Abuyo; the aboriginal appellation of the island of
+Leyte (Retana-edition of Combés's _Mindanao_, p. 749).
+
+[33] Probably the cannon belonging to Magalhães's ship "Trinidad,"
+which the Portuguese seized in October, 1522; they had built a
+fortified post on the island of Ternate in the preceding summer,
+their first settlement in the Moluccas. Ternate, Tidore, Mutir, and
+two others, are small islands lying along the western coast of Gilolo;
+on them cloves grew most abundantly when Europeans first discovered
+the Moluccas.
+
+[34] Bisayas or Visayas is the present appellation of the islands
+which lie between Luzón and Mindanao.
+
+[35] This document is printed in both the original text and English
+translation.
+
+[36] Luis de Velasco succeeded Antonio de Mendoza as viceroy of New
+Spain, taking his office in November, 1550, and holding it until his
+death (July 31, 1564). He was of an illustrious family of Castile and
+had held several military appointments before he became viceroy. He
+exercised this latter office with great ability, and favored the
+Indians to such an extent that he was called "the father of the
+Indians." He died poor and in debt, and was buried with solemnity in
+the Dominican monastery at the City of Mexico.
+
+[37] A small vessel used as a tender, to carry messages between larger
+vessels, etc.
+
+[38] The Treaty of Zaragoza, _q.v._ vol. i, p. 222.
+
+[39] This opinion is correct, referring as it does to the five islands
+lying along the coast of Gilolo.
+
+[40] Miguel Lopez de Legazpi who, with Andrés de Urdaneta, rediscovered
+and conquered the Philippine Islands, was born in Zubarraja in
+Guipúzcoa in the early part of the sixteenth century, of an old
+and noble family. He went to Mexico in 1545, where he became chief
+clerk of the _cabildo_ of the City of Mexico. Being selected to take
+charge of the expedition of 1564, he succeeded by his great wisdom,
+patience, and forbearance, in gaining the good will of the natives. He
+founded Manila, where he died of apoplexy August 20, 1572. He was much
+lamented by all. He was succeeded as governor of the Philippines by
+Guido de Lavezaris.
+
+[41] Navarrete says (_Bibl. Marit_., tomo ii, p. 492), that
+Legazpi was fifty-nine years old when the fleet set sail in 1564,
+which makes him six years older than the age given above. See
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ tomo ii, p. 116, note.
+
+[42] The Ladrones or Marianas number in all sixteen islands, and are
+divided into two groups of five and eleven islands respectively. They
+extend north and south about nine hundred and fifty kilometers, lying
+between thirteen degrees and twenty-one degrees north latitude, and
+one hundred and forty-eight degrees and one hundred and forty-nine
+degrees forty minutes longitude east of Madrid. They are but thinly
+populated; their flora resembles that of the Philippines. The largest
+and most important of these islands, Guam, is now the property of
+the United States.
+
+[43] Although this allusion cannot well be identified, it indicates
+some episode of the great eagerness and readiness for western
+discovery then prevalent in France. Cartier's explorations (1534-36,
+and 1540-43), and later those of Jean Allefonsce, had already been
+published to the world; and maps of the eastern coast of North America
+showed, as early as 1544, the great St. Lawrence River, which afforded
+an easy entrance to the interior, and might readily be supposed to
+form a waterway for passage to the "Western Sea"--especially as New
+France was then generally imagined to be a part of Asia; Japan and
+China being not very far west of the newly-discovered coast.
+
+[44] These two vessels were rechristened "San Pedro" and "San Pablo"
+before actually sailing. The admiral of the fleet was to have been
+Juan de Carrión; but he was left behind because of his dissensions
+with Urdanetá, and Mateo del Saz fulfilled his duties.
+
+[45] The Theatins were a religious congregation founded in Italy (1524)
+by Gaëtano de Tiene and Giovanni Pietro Caraffa, archbishop of Theato
+(the modern Chieti)--who afterward became pontiff of Rome, under the
+title of Paul IV. Their object was to reform the disorders that had
+crept into the Roman church, and restore the zeal, self-sacrifice,
+and charity of apostolic days. They would neither own property nor
+ask alms, but worked at various trades and were thus maintained,
+with voluntary offerings from the faithful. During the next century
+they spread into other European countries (where they still have many
+houses), and undertook missions in Asia.
+
+[46] The total cost of the preparation of Legazpi's fleet was 382,468
+pesos, 7 tomines, 5 grains of common gold; and 27,400 pesos, 3 tomines,
+1 grain of gold dust. These expenses cover the period from December
+13, 1557, until March 2, 1565. See _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ iii,
+no. 36, pp. 461-463.
+
+The gold dust here mentioned (Spanish _oro de minas_) means gold in
+the form of "gravel" or small nuggets, obtained usually from placers,
+or the washings of river-sands. The "common" gold (_oro común_)
+is refined gold, or bullion, ready for coinage.
+
+[47] This vessel, after trying to find--or at least making such a
+claim--the fleet in Mindanao and other islands, returned to New Spain,
+anchoring at Puerto de la Navidad August 9, 1565. A relation by its
+captain Alonso de Arellano, gives an account of this voyage (published
+in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ iii, no. 37, pp. 1-76). Testimony as
+to the truth of this relation is given under oath by its author, his
+pilot Lope Martin, and others. It is quite evident throughout that it
+was written with the hope of explaining satisfactorily the "San Lucas's
+" sudden disappearance and failure to rejoin the flagship. Accounts of
+islands passed by the vessel are given and the various and frequent
+mishaps of wind and wave detailed at length. On January 8 an island
+was reached where the people "were afraid of our ship and of us and
+our weapons. They are well proportioned, tall of stature, and bearded,
+their beards reaching to their waists. The men wear their hair long
+like women, neatly combed and tied behind in a knot. They are greedy,
+very treacherous, and thoroughly unprincipled.... They are Caribs, and,
+I understand, eat human flesh. They are warlike, as it seemed to us,
+for they were always prepared, and they must carry on war with other
+islands. Their weapons are spears pointed with fish bones, and masanas
+[a wooden weapon, generally edged with sharp flint, used by the early
+Mexican and Peruvian aborigines.].... They are much given to hurling
+stones from slings, and with very accurate aim. They are excellent
+swimmers and sailors. We called this island Nadadores [Swimmers],
+because they swam out to us when we were more than a league from
+the island." A mutiny sprang up after reaching the Philippines, but
+was checked. Arellano claims that he left the prescribed tokens of
+his visit in Mindanao. The _patache_ reached Puerto de la Navidad
+on August 9, after its crew had suffered many hardships and much
+sickness. Legazpi, quite naturally, was much displeased at the evident
+desertion of the "San Lucas" and caused action to be taken against
+Arellano and Lope Martin, by Gabriel Diaz of the Mexican mint. This
+latter presented various petitions before the _Audiencia_ of Mexico,
+detailing the charges and asking investigation. The charges were
+desertion,--"in which the loss he occasioned cannot be overestimated,"
+because this vessel was intended for a close navigation of the islands
+and their rivers and estuaries, which the larger vessels could not
+attempt,--assuming to himself powers of jurisdiction that belonged to
+Legazpi as general of the expedition,--executing summary justice on two
+men (causing them to be thrown overboard),--cruelty, and "many other
+grave and serious offenses;" which "he had committed in company with
+the pilot and others." Diaz asked that Arellano be made to render an
+account to Legazpi and to serve for his pay, as he had served in the
+expedition but ten days. However just the demand for an investigation,
+it was never made, which was probably due to Arellano's influence
+with the court in Spain. The only notice that appeared to be taken
+of the petitions was a request from the _Audiencia_ that Diaz show
+his authority to act in the case, which he had showed already in the
+petitions. The voyage of the "San Lucas" is called by the editor of
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ "one of the boldest registered in the
+history of navigation." See the above series, tomo ii, pp. 222, 223;
+and tomo iii, pp. v-xviii, and 1-76.
+
+[48] See the notarial attestation of the taking of possession of
+Barbudos in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ iii, pp. 76-79. This was
+apparently one of the Marshall Islands.
+
+[49] On January 26, 1565, Legazpi in person took possession of the
+Ladrones, for the Spanish crown. This possession was made in the
+island of Guam, before Hernando Riquel, government notary, and with
+all the necessary formalities. The witnesses were "Fray Andres de
+Urdaneta, prior; the master-of-camp, Mateo del Sanz; the accountant,
+Andres Cauchela; the factor, Andres de Mirandaola; the chief ensign,
+Andres de Ybarra; Geronimo de Moncon, and many others." See the record
+of possession, _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ iii, pp. 79-81.
+
+[50] Cf. with this the thievishness, and dexterity therein, of the
+Huron Indians, in _Jesuit Relations_ (Cleveland reissue), v, pp. 123,
+241, 243, and elsewhere.
+
+[51] This island is styled variously Guam, Goam, Guan, and Boan (see
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, ii, p. 243). The United States government
+now uses it as a coaling station.
+
+[52] From an official document drawn up by Hernando Riquel, it appears
+that the fleet reached the Philippines in very poor condition, due
+to insufficient and careless preparation. In response to a petition
+signed by the royal officials "Guido de la Vaçares [Lavezaris],
+Andres Cauchela, and Andres de Mirandaola," that testimonies be
+received from certain officers and pilots of the fleet, in regard
+to its poor condition, Legazpi ordered such depositions to be taken,
+which was done on May 23, 1565. These testimonies show that the fleet
+left Puerto de la Navidad with insufficient crews, marine equipment,
+artillery, and food, in consequence of which great sufferings had been
+and were still being endured. It was testified "that the provisions
+of meat, lard, cheese, beans and peas, and fish lasted but a short
+time, because of putrefying and spoiling by reason of having been
+laid in many days before sailing." See _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_
+iii, pp. 305-318.
+
+[53] The notarial testimony of this taking of possession will be
+given in this volume, p. 167.
+
+[54] Probably the island of Leyte. See _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_,
+ii, p. 258.
+
+[55] This ceremony of blood friendship will be explained in later
+documents. It was characteristic of Malayan peoples. The present
+Cabalian is in the extreme S.E. part of Leyte.
+
+[56] Camiguin, north of Mindanao, and north by west from Butuan Bay.
+
+[57] The testimonies of the "wrongs inflicted on the natives in
+certain of the Philippines, under cover of friendship and under
+pretext of a desire to trade," by Portuguese from the Moluccas, and
+the injuries resulting therefrom to the Spaniards, are recounted in
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, iii, pp. 284-305.
+
+[58] Probably in pique because Urdaneta's advice to colonize New
+Guinea had been disregarded, and because these islands were, as
+Urdaneta declared, in Portugal's demarcation.
+
+[59] The notarial memorandum of the finding of the Niño Jesús will
+be found in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, iii, pp. 277-284. It gives
+Legazpi's testimony concerning the discovery, and his appointment
+of the date of finding as an annual religious holiday, as well
+as the testimonies of the finder, Juan de Camuz, and of Esteban
+Rodriguez, to whom Camuz first showed the image (which is described
+in detail). Pigafetta relates _{First Voyage of Magellan,_ pp. 93,
+94) that he gave an image of the Infant Jesus to the queen of Cebú,
+April 14, 1521--evidently the same as that found by Legazpi's men.
+
+[60] On this day Legazpi took formal possession of the island of Cebú
+and adjacent islands for Spain. The testimony of Hernando Riquel,
+government notary, of this act appears in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_
+iii, pp. 89, 90.
+
+[61] This image is still preserved in the Augustinian convent at Cebú;
+a view of it is presented in this volume.
+
+[62] The preceding relation says three hours.
+
+[63] Probably the casava root.
+
+[64] The native race inhabiting Guam is called Chamorro.
+
+[65] This was the island of Negros (_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, ii,
+p. 410).
+
+[66] The pilot makes use of the familiar second person singular forms
+throughout this relation.
+
+[67] His relation of this voyage, continued until a few days before his
+death), is preserved in the Archivo general de Indias, at Seville. See
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, ii, p. 456.
+
+[68] His full name. He was a brother of Captain Juan de la Isla. See
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ vol. ii, p. 458.
+
+[69] The number in the printed document is one thousand three hundred
+and seventy. This must be an error for one thousand eight hundred
+and seventy, as so great a difference between the three maps would
+hardly be likely to occur.
+
+[70] This relation may be considered as the continuation of that
+which records the voyage from New Spain, until the departure of die
+"San Pedro" from Cebú. Neither is signed, but the former seems to
+have been written by a military officer, as he speaks in one place of
+"the men of my company."
+
+[71] Cf. the Chinese belief, and the reverence of the American Indian
+for his ancestors.
+
+[72] Cf. the burial rites of North American tribes, as described in
+the _Jesuit Relations_ (see Index, article: Indians).
+
+[73] This chief's name is also spelled in this relation Mahomat.
+
+[74] The _fanéga_ is a measure of capacity that was extensively used
+throughout Spain and the Spanish colonies, and in the Spanish-American
+republics; but it is now largely superseded by the measures of the
+metric system. Its value varied in different provinces or colonies. Its
+equivalents in United States (Winchester) bushels are as follows:
+Aragón, O.64021; Teruel (Aragón), I.23217; Castile, 1.59914; Asturias,
+2.07358; Buenos Aires, 3.74988; Canary Islands, 1.77679 (struck), 2.5
+(heaped). The _fanéga_ of Castile is equivalent to 5.63 decaliters. The
+name was also applied to the portion of ground which might be sown
+with a _fanéga_ of grain.
+
+[75] A detailed relation of the voyage of the "San Gerónimo"
+was written by Juan Martinez, a soldier, being dated Cebú, July
+25, 1567. It is given in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar,_ ii, no. 47,
+pp. 371-475. From the very first the insubordination of the pilot
+Lope Martin was manifest, who said to the easy-going captain. "If you
+think you are going to take me to Cebú, you are very much mistaken;
+for as soon as he saw me there, the governor would hang me."
+
+[76] In regard to this use of precious gums, see _East Africa and
+Malabar_ (Hakluyt Society Publications, no. 35), pp. 31, 230; in that
+text _yncenso_ is incorrectly translated "wormwood."
+
+[77] Document no. xli, pp. 244-276, tomo iii, consists of memoranda
+made by Hernando Riquel, notary of the expedition. These were drawn
+up by order of Legazpi, and relate to occurrences after the fleet
+reached Cabalian (March, 1565), until the resolution to colonize in
+Cebú. They are mainly concerned with negotiations with the natives,
+and are fully attested; but contain nothing additional to the matter
+in the relations.
+
+[78] A tax paid to the monarch by those not belonging to the nobility.
+
+[79] See note 18, _ante_, on _repartimientos_ and _encomiendas_.
+
+[80] Counselors of the provincial or other high official, whose advice
+was considered by him in all important affairs.
+
+[81] Ours: a familiar term in use by members of a religious order,
+referring to their fellows therein.
+
+[82] This island is called by the French pilot Pierres Plun,
+in his relation, Zibaban, Zibao, and Zibaba. La Concepción calls
+it (_Historia,_ vol. i, p. 331) Ybabao. The editor of _Cartas de
+Indias_ conjectures this to be the island of Libagas (near Mindoro);
+but that would not agree with the statements made about it in
+various documents. Retana (_Zúñiga,_ vol. ii, p. 383*) says that
+Cibabao is Samar, which is, however, not an altogether satisfactory
+identification.
+
+[83] This name is given at Arrezun in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_.
+
+[84] In _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, this name it given as Francisco
+Escudero de la Portolla.
+
+[85] In another document, dated February 20, 1565 (published in
+_Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, iii, pp. 81, 82), Legazpi personally
+verified the possession taken by Ybarra, Andrés de Urdaneta being
+witness thereto. On that day Legaspi took possession not only of
+Cibabao but of the adjacent islands.
+
+[86] In _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_ (p. 336), this name is given as
+"ypolito atanbor."
+
+[87] Many of these names are signed with a _rubrica_ or flourish,
+which, like the French _paraphe_, was customary as a protection
+against forgery.
+
+[88] Apparently referring to the president of the _Audiencia_ of New
+Spain, although the formal address is to that body as a whole.
+
+[89] This list does not accompany the letter, either in the Sevilla
+archives or in _Doc. inéd;_ but see Bibliographical Data for this
+document, at end of this volume.
+
+[90] The Spanish _quintal_ varied in different provinces and colonies
+as follows (equivalents given in U.S. pounds): Aragón, 109.738476;
+Castile (and Chile), 101.6097; Asturias, 152.281185; Catalonia, 87.281;
+Valencia (old measure), 109.728476; Buenos Aires, 101.4178. This unit
+of weight has been generally replaced by those of the metric system.
+
+[91] Evidently this word is used in its early sense, of one who
+practiced blood-letting, etc., as the barber often performed duties
+now strictly pertaining to the physician.
+
+[92] The _arroba_ was equal to four _quintals_.
+
+[93] The _braza_ was a measure of length, equivalent to 16.718
+decimeters, or 1.82636 yards (U.S.) The name originated (like the
+French _brasse_) in the primitive use of the human arm as a measure of
+length. The _braza_ (square) was used in the Philippines as a measure
+of surface, being equivalent to 36 Spanish, or 30.9168 English,
+square feet.
+
+[94] A short dagger with a broad blade.
+
+[95] In the relation published in _Col. doc. inéd. Ultramar_, ii,
+pp. 265-277, where these transactions are recounted in greater detail,
+these names are spelled Camutrian (Camutuan, Camotuan), and Maletec,
+respectively.
+
+[96] Apparently the same as the Massaua of earlier documents.
+
+[97] In the relation cited above, note 92, the name of this island
+is spelled (p. 277) Camiguinin.
+
+[98] The second ship of the fleet, "San Pablo." The "San Pedro"
+or flagship was spoken of as the _capitana_.
+
+[99] A veil of thin gauze worn by the Moors. Evidently the term is
+used in this connection, as the Mohammedans of these islands were
+called Moros (Moors) by the Spaniards.
+
+[100] Apparently referring to the island of Negros.
+
+[101] The word is _escaupiles_, which was a species of ancient
+Mexican armor.
+
+[102] An equestrian exercise with reed spears.
+
+[103] The actual date of departure was the twenty-first.
+
+[104] See note 43, _ante_, as to the cost of the fleet. The reference
+in the text is apparently to some Mexican mint or mine.
+
+[105] This vessel was the "San Lucas," commanded by Alonso de Arellano;
+see account of its adventures in "Expedition of Legazpi."
+
+[106] A reference to the relation sent to Felipe II by
+Legazpi--probably by the "San Pedro."
+
+[107] A measure for grain containing one-third of a _fanega_.
+
+[108] An error naturally made, in those early days of acquaintance
+with the Philippines, since the island of Mactan (Matan), where
+Magalhães was slain, lies near the coast of Cebú. According to the
+_U.S. Philippine Gazetteer_ (p. 69), the archipelago comprises twelve
+principal islands and three groups, with one thousand five hundred
+and eighty-three dependent islands.
+
+[109] Apparently meaning the "San Pedro," which was despatched from
+Cebú by Legazpi on June 1, 1565. It reached Navidad on October 1,
+and probably arrived at Seville in May or June, 1566.
+
+[110] The _concha_ and _blanca_ were ancient copper coins of the
+value of one-half and three _maravedis_, respectively. The coins
+above-mentioned evidently resembled these in size.
+
+[111] The "San Geronimo."
+
+[112] Throughout this document, the statements and comments of the
+notaries will be enclosed in parentheses, to enable the reader more
+easily to separate the various letters and writs from one another.
+
+[113] The _caracoa_ is a large canoe used by the Malayan peoples--"with
+two rows of oars, very light, and fitted with a European sail, its
+rigging of native manufacture" (_Dic. Acad._). According to Retana
+(_Zúñiga_, ii, p. 513*), the word _caracoa_ is not to be found in
+Filipino dictionaries.
+
+[114] Referring to the rule of Sebastião, the infant king of Portugal,
+and of his grandmother Catarina, regent during his minority.
+
+[115] Javelins: the Portuguese word is _azagayas_, with which
+cf. _assagai_, the name of a like weapon among the Kaffirs of Africa.
+
+[116] This phrase (meaning "nothing paid") is no longer used in
+notarial documents. Sometimes when documents are legalized by the
+Mexican Legation at Washington, the fee is not paid there, but
+is to be paid at Mexico on presentation of the document there;
+the secretary of the Legation accordingly writes on it, _No se
+pagaran derechos_--perhaps a similar procedure to that noted in the
+text.--_Arthur P. Cushing_ (consul for Mexico at Boston).
+
+[117] This arose from the fact that the Portuguese navigated eastward
+from Europe to reach their oriental possessions, while the Spaniards
+voyaged westward. The reckoning of the Spaniards in the Philippines
+was thus a day behind that of the Portuguese. This error was corrected
+in 1844, at Manila and Macao respectively. See vol. i, note 2.
+
+[118] Sevilla, one of the centers of Mahometan power in Spain, was
+besieged for more than two years (1246-48) by Fernando III of Castilla,
+who finally captured it. The expedition against Tunis here referred to
+was undertaken by Cárlos I of Spain (1535). to restore Muley Hassan,
+the Mahometan king of Tunis, to his throne, whence he had been driven
+by Barbarossa, King of Algiers; the usurper was expelled, after a
+brief siege.
+
+[119] This is followed by the certification of the copyist who
+transcribed this document for the South American boundary negotiations
+between Spain and Portugal in 1776, at Paris. It reads thus: "I,
+Don Juan Ignacio Cascos, revisor and expert in handwriting and
+old documents, and one of those appointed by the Royal and Supreme
+Council of Castilla, made the foregoing copy, and collated it with
+the original, which was written on twenty-four sheets of ordinary
+paper, and signed, each in his own hand, by Miguel Lopez de Legazpi
+and Fernando Riquel. Madrid, the twenty-sixth day of August in the
+year one thousand seven hundred and seventy-six.
+
+_Juan Ignacio Pascos_."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803,
+Volume II, 1521-1569, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, ***
+
+***** This file should be named 13280-8.txt or 13280-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/2/8/13280/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/13280-8.zip b/old/13280-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..301d3ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/13280-8.zip
diff --git a/old/13280.txt b/old/13280.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b81476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/13280.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9096 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, Volume
+II, 1521-1569, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803, Volume II, 1521-1569
+
+Author: Emma Helen Blair
+
+Release Date: August 25, 2004 [EBook #13280]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+
+
+
+
+
+The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803
+
+explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+beginning of the nineteenth century
+
+Volume II, 1521-1569
+
+
+
+Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Contents of Volume II
+
+
+
+    Preface
+    Expedition of Garcia de Loaisa--1525-26
+
+            [Resume of contemporaneous documents--1522-37]
+
+    Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra--1527-28.
+
+            [Resume of contemporaneous documents--1527-28]
+
+    Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos
+
+            [Resume of contemporaneous documents--[1541-48]
+
+    Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi--1564-68.
+
+            [Resume of contemporaneous documents--1559-68]
+
+            Warrant of the Augustinian authorities
+            in Mexico establishing a branch of their
+            brotherhood in the Philippines--1564
+
+            Act of taking possession of Cibabao, Fernando
+            Riquel; Cibabao, February 15, 1565
+
+            Proclamation ordering the declaration of
+            the gold taken from the burial-places of the
+            Indians. M.L. de Legazpi; Cubu, May 16, 1565
+
+            Letters to Felipe II of Spain. M.L. de
+            Legazpi and others; Cubu, May 27 and 29,
+            and June 1, 1565
+
+            Letter from the royal officials of the
+            Filipinas to the royal Audiencia at Mexico,
+            accompanied by a memorandum of the necessary
+            things to be sent to the colony. Guido de
+            Labecares and others; Cubu, May 28, 1565
+
+            Relation of the voyage to the
+            Philippines. M. L. de Legazpi; Cubu, [1565]
+
+            [1]Copia de vna carta venida de Seuilla a
+            Miguel Saluador de Valencia. (Barcelona,
+            Pau Cortey, 1566)
+
+            Letters to Felipe II of Spain. M.L. de Legazpi;
+            Cubu, July 12, 15, and 23, 1567 and June
+            26, 1568
+
+            Negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira
+            regarding the Spanish settlement at
+            Cebu. Fernando Riquel; 1568-69
+
+    Bibliographical Data
+
+
+
+
+
+Illustrations
+
+
+    Portrait of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi; photographic
+    reproduction from painting in Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar,
+    Madrid. _Frontispiece_
+
+    Portrait of Fray Andres de Urdaneta; photographic reproduction
+    from painting by Madrazo, in possession of the Colegio de
+    Filipinas (Augustinian), Valladolid.
+
+    Signatures of Legazpi and other officials in the Philippines;
+    photographic facsimile from original MS. of their letter of
+    June 1, 1565, in the Archivo general de Indias, Seville.
+
+    The Santo Nino of Cebu (image of the child Jesus found there
+    by Legazpi's soldiers in 1565); from a plate in possession
+    of the Colegio de Filipinas, Valladolid.
+
+
+
+
+
+Preface
+
+
+The next attempt to reach the Spice Islands is made by Garcia Jofre
+de Loaisa. A synopsis of contemporary documents is here presented:
+discussion as to the location of the India House of Trade; concessions
+offered by the Spanish government to persons who aid in equipping
+expeditions for the Moluccas; instructions to Loaisa and his
+subordinates for the conduct of their enterprise; accounts of their
+voyage, etc. Loaisa's fleet departs from Spain on July 24, 1525, and
+ten months later emerges from the Strait of Magellan. Three of his
+ships have been lost, and a fourth is compelled to seek necessary
+supplies at the nearest Spanish settlements on the west coast of
+South America; Loaisa has remaining but three vessels for the long
+and perilous trip across the Pacific. One of the lost ships finally
+succeeds in reaching Spain, but its captain, Rodrigo de Acuna, is
+detained in long and painful captivity at Pernambuco. The partial
+log of the flagship and an account of the disasters which befell
+the expedition are sent to the emperor (apparently from Tidore) by
+Hernando de la Torre, one of its few survivors, who asks that aid be
+sent them. Loaisa himself and nearly all his officers are dead--one
+of the captains being killed by his own men. At Tidore meet (June
+30, 1528) the few Spaniards remaining alive (in all, twenty-five out
+of one hundred and forty-six) in the "Victoria" and in the ship of
+Saavedra, who has been sent by Cortes to search for the missing fleets
+which had set out from Spain for the Moluccas. Urdaneta's relation
+of the Loaisa expedition goes over the same ground, but adds many
+interesting details.
+
+Various documents (in synopsis) show the purpose for which Saavedra
+is despatched from Mexico, the instructions given to him, and letters
+which he is to carry to various persons. Among these epistles, that
+written by Hernando Cortes to the king of Cebu is given in full;
+he therein takes occasion to blame Magalhaes for the conflict with
+hostile natives which resulted in the discoverer's death. He also asks
+the Cebuan ruler to liberate any Spaniards who may be in his power,
+and offers to ransom them, if that be required. Saavedra's own account
+of the voyage states that the time of his departure from New Spain
+was October, 1527. Arrivingat the island of Visaya, he finds three
+Spaniards who tell him that the eight companions o Magalhaes left at
+Cebu had been sold by their captors to the Chinese.
+
+Undaunted by these failures, another expedition sets forth (1542) to
+gain a footing for Spanish power on the Western Islands--that commanded
+by Ruy Lopez de Villalobos; it is under the auspices of the two most
+powerful officials in New Spain, and is abundantly supplied with men
+and provisions. The contracts made with the king by its promoters
+give interesting details of the methods by which such enterprises were
+conducted. Various encouragements and favors are offered to colonists
+who shall settle in those islands; privileges and grants are conferred
+on Alvarado, extending to his heirs. Provision is made for land-grants,
+hospitals, religious instruction and worship, and the respective
+rights of the conquerors and the king. The instructions given to
+Villalobos and other officials are minute and careful. At Navidad
+Villalobos and all his officers and men take solemn oaths (October 22,
+1542) to carry out the pledges that they have made, and to fulfil
+their respective duties. In 1543 complaint is made that Villalobos
+is infringing the Portuguese demarcation line, and plundering the
+natives, which he denies. An account of his expedition (summarized,
+like the other documents), written by Fray Jeronimo de Santisteban
+to the viceroy Mendoza, relates the sufferings of the Spaniards from
+hardships, famine, and disease. Of the three hundred and seventy men
+who had left New Spain, only one hundred and forty-seven survive to
+reach the Portuguese settlements in India. The writer justifies the
+acts of Villalobos, and asks the viceroy to provide for his orphaned
+children. Another account of this unfortunate enterprise was left
+by Garcia Descalante Alvarado, an officer of Villalobos; it also is
+written to the viceroy of New Spain and is dated at Lisbon, August 1,
+1548. Like Santisteban's, this too is a record of famine and other
+privations, the treachery of the natives, and the hostility of the
+Portuguese. Finally, a truce is made between the Castilians and
+the Portuguese, and part of the former embark (February 18, 1546)
+for the island of Amboina, where many of them perish.
+
+Nearly twenty years elapse before any further attempt of importance is
+made to secure possession of the Philippine Archipelago. In 1564 this
+is begun by the departure from New Spain of an expedition commanded by
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, with which enterprise begins the real history
+of the Philippine Islands. Synopses of many contemporaneous documents
+are here presented, covering the years 1559-68. This undertaking has
+its inception in the commands of Felipe II of Spain (September 24,
+1559) to his viceroy in New Spain (now Luis de Velasco) to undertake
+"the discovery of the western islands toward the Malucos;" but those
+who shall be sent for this are warned to observe the Demarcation
+Line. The king also invites Andres de Urdaneta, now a friar in Mexico,
+to join the expedition, in which his scientific knowledge, and his
+early experience in the Orient, will be of great value. Velasco thinks
+(May 28, 1560) that the Philippines are on the Portuguese side of the
+Demarcation Line, but he will follow the royal commands as far as he
+safely can. He has already begun preparations for the enterprise, the
+purpose of which he is keeping secret as far as possible. By the same
+mail, Urdaneta writes to the king, acceding to the latter's request
+that he accompany the proposed expedition. He emphasizes the ownership
+of "the Filipina Island" (meaning Mindanao) by the Portuguese, and
+thinks that Spanish ships should not be despatched thither without the
+king's "showing some legitimate or pious reason therefor." Velasco
+makes report (February 9, 1561) of progress in the enterprise;
+the ships have been nearly built and provisioned, and Legazpi has
+been appointed its general. Urdaneta advises (also in 1561) that
+Acapulco be selected for their embarcation, as being more convenient
+and healthful than Navidad. He makes various other suggestions for
+the outfit of the expedition, which show his excellent judgment and
+practical good sense; and asks that various needed articles be sent
+from Spain. He desires that the fleet depart as early as October,
+1562. Legazpi in a letter to the king (May 26, 1563) accepts the
+responsibility placed upon him, and asks for certain favors. Velasco
+explains (February 25 and June 15, 1564) the delays in the fleet's
+departure; he hopes that it will be ready to sail by the following
+September, and describes its condition and equipment. Velasco's death
+(July 31) makes it necessary for the royal _Audiencia_ of Mexico to
+assume the charge of this enterprise. Their instructions to Legazpi
+(September 1, 1564) are given in considerable detail. Especial stress
+is laid on the necessity of discovering a return route from the
+Philippines; and Urdaneta is ordered to return with the ships sent
+back to New Spain for this purpose. By a letter dated September 12,
+the members of the _Audiencia_ inform the king of the instructions
+they have given to Legazpi, and their orders that he should direct
+his course straight to the Philippines, which they regard as belonging
+to Spain rather than Portugal. In this same year, Juan de la Carrion,
+recently appointed admiral of the fleet, writes to the king, dissenting
+(as does the _Audiencia_) from Urdaneta's project for first exploring
+New Guinea, and urging that the expedition ought to sail directly
+to the Philippines. He says that he has been, however, overruled by
+Urdaneta. Legazpi announces to the king (November 18) his approaching
+departure from the port of Navidad; and Urdaneta writes a letter of
+similar tenor two days later. On that date (November 20) they leave
+port; and on the twenty-fifth Legazpi alters their course so as to
+turn it from the southwest directly toward the Philippines. This
+displeases the Augustinian friars on board; but they consent to go
+with the fleet. After various difficulties and mistakes in reckoning,
+they reach the Ladrones (January 22, 1565), finally anchoring at
+Guam. The natives prove to be shameless knaves and robbers, and
+treacherously murder a Spanish boy; in retaliation, their houses
+are burned and three men hanged by the enraged Spaniards. Legazpi
+takes formal possession of the islands for Spain. Proceeding to the
+Philippines, they reach Cebu on February 13, and thence make various
+journeys among the islands. They are suffering from lack of food,
+which they procure in small quantities, and with much difficulty,
+from the natives--often meeting from them, however, armed hostility. A
+Spanish detachment succeeds in capturing a Moro junk, after a desperate
+engagement; its crew are set at liberty, and then become very friendly
+to the strangers, giving them much interesting information about the
+commerce of those regions. Finally the leaders of the expedition decide
+to make a settlement on the island of Cebu. It is captured (April 28)
+by an armed party; they find in one of the houses an image, of Flemish
+workmanship, of the child Jesus, which they regard as a valuable prize,
+and an auspicious omen for their enterprise. The fort is built, and
+a church erected; and a nominal peace is concluded with the natives,
+but their treachery is displayed at every opportunity.
+
+On May 28, 1565, the officials of the Western Islands write a report
+of their proceedings to the _Audiencia_ of New Mexico. They have
+ascertained that the hostility of the natives arises from the cruelty
+and treachery of the Portuguese, who in Bohol perfidiously slew five
+hundred men and carried away six hundred prisoners. The Spaniards ask
+for immediate aid of soldiers and artillery with which to maintain
+their present hold, and to relieve the destitution which threatens
+them. They advise the speedy conquest of the islands, for in no other
+way can trade be carried on, or the Christian religion be propagated.
+
+Another account of the expedition is given by Esteban Rodriguez, pilot
+of the fleet; it contains some interesting additional details. On
+June 1, 1565, the ship "San Pedro" is despatched to New Spain with
+letters to the authorities, which are in charge of the two Augustinian
+friars, Urdaneta and Aguirre. The log of the voyage kept by the pilot
+Espinosa is briefly summarized. When they reach the coast of Lower
+California the master of the vessel and Esteban Rodriguez, the chief
+pilot, perish from disease. The ship reaches Navidad on October 1,
+and Acapulco on the eighth, "after all the crew bad endured great
+hardships." Of the two hundred and ten persons who had sailed on the
+"San Pedro," sixteen died on the voyage, and less than a score were
+able to work when they arrived at Acapulco, all the rest being sick.
+
+The previous record of the expedition is now continued. Legazpi makes
+a treaty with the chiefs of Cebu, who acknowledge the king of Spain
+as their suzerain. Gradually the natives regain their confidence
+in the Spaniards, return to their homes, and freely trade with the
+foreigners. Legazpi now is obliged to contend with drunkenness and
+licentiousness among his followers, but finds that these evils do not
+annoy the natives, among whom the standard of morality is exceedingly
+low. They worship their ancestors and the Devil, whom they invoke
+through their priests (who are usually women). Legazpi administers
+justice to all, protects the natives from wrong, and treats them
+with kindness and liberality. The head chief's niece is baptized, and
+soon afterward marries one of Legazpi's ship-men, a Greek; and other
+natives also are converted. The Spaniards aid the Cebuans against their
+enemies, and thus gain great prestige among all the islands. They
+find the Moros keen traders, and through them obtain abundance of
+provisions; the Moros also induce their countrymen in the northern
+islands to come to Cebu for trade. An attempt to reduce Matan fails,
+except in irritating its people. A dangerous mutiny in the Spanish
+camp is discovered and the ringleaders are hanged. The Spaniards
+experience much difficulty in procuring food, and are continually
+deceived and duped by the natives, "who have no idea of honor," even
+among themselves. Several expeditions are sent out to obtain food,
+and this opportunity is seized by some malcontents to arouse another
+mutiny, which ends as did the former. On October 15, 1566, a ship from
+New Spain arrives at Cebu, sent to aid Legazpi, but its voyage is a
+record of hardships, mutinies, deaths, and other calamities; it arrives
+in so rotten a condition that no smaller vessel could be made from
+it. A number of men die from "eating too much cinnamon." Portuguese
+ships prowl about, to discover what the Spaniards are doing, and the
+infant colony is threatened (July, 1567) with an attack by them.
+
+A petition (probably written in 1566), signed by the Spanish officials
+in the Philippines, asks for more priests there, more soldiers and
+muskets ("so that if the natives will not be converted otherwise,
+they may be compelled to it by force of arms"), rewards for Legazpi,
+exemptions from taxes for all engaged in the expedition, grants
+of land, monopoly of trade, etc. A separate petition, by Legazpi,
+asks the, king for various privileges, dignities, and grants. Still
+other requests are made (probably in 1568) by hit son Melchor, who
+claims that Legazpi had spent all his fortune in the service of Spain,
+without receiving any reward therefor.
+
+Certain documents illustrative of this history of Legazpi's
+enterprise in 1565 are given in full. An interesting document--first
+published (in Latin) at Manila in 1901, but never before, we think,
+in English--is the official warrant of the Augustinian authorities in
+Mexico establishing the first branch of their order in the Philippines
+(1564). It was found among the archives of the Augustinian convent
+at Culhuacan, Mexico; and is communicated to us in an English
+translation made by Rev. T. C. Middleton, of Villanova College. The
+other documents are: the act of taking possession of Cibabao (February
+15); a proclamation that all gold taken from the burial-places of the
+natives must be declared to the authorities (May 16); several letters
+written (May 27 and 29, and June 1) by Legazpi and other officials
+to the king; a letter (May 28) from the officials to the _Audiencia_
+at Mexico, with a list of supplies needed at Cebu. To these is added
+a specially valuable and interesting document--hitherto unpublished,
+we believe--Legazpi's own relation of his voyage to the Philippines,
+and of affairs there up to the departure of the "San Pedro" for
+New Spain. As might be expected, he relates many things not found,
+or not clearly expressed, in the accounts given by his subordinates.
+
+Next is presented (in both original text and English translation)
+a document of especial bibliographical interest--_Copia de vna carta
+venida de Sevilla a Miguel Salvador de Valencia_. It is the earliest
+printed account of Legazpi's expedition, and was published at Barcelona
+in 1566. But one copy of this pamphlet is supposed to be extant; it
+is at present owned in Barcelona. It outlines the main achievements
+of the expedition, but makes extravagant and highly-colored statements
+regarding the islands and their people.
+
+In a group of letters from Legazpi (July, 1567, and June 26, 1568)
+mention is made of various interesting matters connected with the
+early days of the settlement on Cebu Island, and the resources and
+commerce of the archipelago. He asks again that the king will aid his
+faithful subjects who have begun a colony there; no assistance has
+been received since their arrival there, and they are in great need
+of everything. The Portuguese are jealous of any Spanish control in
+the Philippines, and already threaten the infant colony. He sends
+(1568) a considerable amount of cinnamon to Spain, and could send
+much more if he had goods to trade therefor with the natives. Legazpi
+advises that small ships be built at the Philippines, with which to
+prosecute farther explorations and reduce more islands to subjection;
+and that the mines be opened, and worked by slave-labor.
+
+The Spanish settlement on Cebu was regarded with great jealousy by
+the Portuguese established in the Moluccas, and they sent an armed
+expedition (1568) to break it up. As the two nations were at peace,
+the Portuguese commander and Legazpi did not at once engage in war,
+but carried on protracted negotiations--a detailed account of which is
+here presented, from the official notarial records kept by Legazpi's
+chief notary, and transmitted to the home government. Legazpi claims
+that he has come to make new discoveries for his king, to propagate
+the Christian religion, and to ransom Christians held captive by the
+heathen in these regions; and that he had regarded the Philippines as
+being within the jurisdiction of Spain. If he has been mistaken, he
+will depart from the islands at once, if Pereira will provide him with
+two ships. The latter refuses to accept Legazpi's excuses, and makes
+vigorous complaints against the encroachments of the Spaniards. Pereira
+summons all the Spaniards to depart from the islands, promising to
+transport them to India, and offering them all aid and kindness, if
+they will accede to this demand; but Legazpi declines these proposals,
+and adroitly fences with the Portuguese commander. These documents
+are of great interest, as showing the legal and diplomatic formalities
+current in international difficulties of this sort.
+
+_The Editors_
+
+
+
+
+
+Documents of 1525-1528
+
+
+    _Expedition of Garcia de Loaisa_
+    1525-26
+    _Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra_
+    1527-28
+
+        [Resume of contemporaneous documents, 1522-37]
+
+
+
+Translated and synopsized by James A. Robertson, from Navarrete's
+_Col. de viages_, tomo v, appendix, pp. 193-486.
+
+
+
+Expedition of Garcia de Loaisa
+1525-26
+
+
+[These documents are all contained in Navarrete's _Col. de viages_,
+tomo v, being part of the appendix of that volume (pp. 193-439). They
+are here summarized in even briefer form than were the documents
+concerning the voyage of Magalhaes, indicating sources rather than
+attempting a full presentation of the subject. Navarrete precedes
+these documents with an account of Loaisa's voyage covering one
+hundred and ninety pages--compiled, as was his account of Magalhaes,
+from early authors and the documents in the appendix.]
+
+A memorandum without date or signature [2] describes to the king
+the advantages that would arise from establishing the India House of
+Trade at Corunna rather than at Seville: the harbor of Corunna is more
+commodious; it is nearer the resorts of trade for the northern nations;
+much trade now going to Portugal will come to Corunna; larger ships can
+be used and better cargoes carried; it is nearer to sources of supply,
+and expeditions can be fitted out better from this place; and it will
+be impossible for the captains or others to take forbidden merchandise,
+or to land articles on the return voyage--as they could do at Seville,
+because of having to navigate on the river. (No. i, pp. 193-195.)
+
+1522. The king and queen, after the return of the "Victoria" issue
+a document with thirty-three concessions to natives of their kingdom
+who should advance sums of money, etc., for fitting out expeditions
+for the spice regions; these privileges are to cover the first five
+expeditions fitting out. The interests and rights of the sovereigns
+and of the contributors are clearly defined. These fleets are to trade
+in the Moluccas, or in any other lands and islands discovered within
+Castile's demarcation. The House of Trade for the spice regions is
+to be established at Corunna. (No. ii, pp. 196-207.)
+
+Madrid, April 5, 1525. Fray Garcia Jofre de Loaisa, a commander of
+the order of St. John, [3] is appointed captain-general of the fleet
+now fitting out at Corunna for the Moluccas, and governor of those
+islands. His powers are outlined, being such as were usually given
+in such expeditions. As annual salary he is to have, during the
+voyage, "two thousand nine hundred and twenty ducats, which amount
+to one million, ninety-four thousand five hundred maravedis." He
+is to have certain privileges of trade, being allowed to carry
+merchandise. Rodrigo de Acuna is appointed captain of the fourth ship,
+with a salary of three hundred and seventy-five thousand maravedis. He
+may invest fifty thousand maravedis in the fleet, such sum being
+advanced from his salary. The accountant for the fleet, Diego Ortiz de
+Orue, is instructed to fulfil the duties incident to his office (these
+are named), and to keep full accounts. Instructions are issued also
+to the treasurer, Hernando de Bustamante, who is ordered "to obey our
+captain and the captain of your ship, and try to act in harmony with
+our officials, and shun all manner of controversy and discord." He must
+discuss with the captains and officials questions pertaining to his
+duty, for the better fulfilment thereof. (Nos. iii-vi, pp. 207-218.)
+
+Toledo, May 13, 1525. The crown reserves the right to appoint persons
+to take the place of any officials dying during the expedition. In
+case Loaisa should die, his office as governor of the Moluccas is to
+be filled in the following order: Pedro de Vera, Rodrigo de Acuna,
+Jorge Manrique, Francisco de Hoces. His office as captain-general falls
+first to Juan Sebastian del Cano; then to those above named. Further,
+the chief treasurer, factor, and accountant are next in succession; and
+after them a captain-general and other officers shall be elected by the
+remaining captains, treasurers, factors, and accountants. Instructions
+are given to Diego de Covarrubias as to his duties as factor-general
+of the Moluccas. He is to exercise great care in all matters connected
+with trade, selling at as high rates as possible. (Nos. vii, viii,
+pp. 218-222.)
+
+A relation by Juan de Areizaga [4] gives the leading events of
+Loaisa's voyage until the Strait of Magellan is passed. The fleet
+leaves Corunna July 24, 1525, and finishes the passage of the strait
+May 26, 1526. On the voyage three ships are lost, the "San Gabriel,"
+"Nunciado," and "Santi Spiritus." The "Santiago" puts in "at the coast
+discovered and colonized by. . . Cortes at the shoulders of New Spain,"
+to reprovision. Loaisa is thus left with only three vessels. (No. ix,
+pp. 223-225.)
+
+The deposition of Francisco Davila--given (June 4, 1527) under oath
+before the officials at Corunna, in order to be sent to the king--and
+several letters by Rodrigo de Acuna, dated June 15, 1527, and April
+30, 1528, give the interesting adventures of the ship "San Gabriel"
+and its captain after its separation from Loaisa's fleet. The vessel
+after various wanderings in the almost unknown seas near South American
+coasts, and exciting adventures with French vessels on the coast of
+Brazil, finally reaches Bayona May 28, 1527, in a wretched condition
+and very short of provisions. She carried "twenty-seven persons and
+twenty-two Indians," and is without her proper captain Acuna, who had
+been left in the hands of the French. Abandoned by the latter on the
+Brazilian coast, he was rescued by a Portuguese vessel and carried
+to Pernambuco "a trading agency of the King of Portugal," where he
+was detained as prisoner for over eighteen months. In his letter to
+the King of Portugal, Acuna upbraids him for treatment worse than the
+Moors might user "but," he adds, "what can we expect when even the sons
+of Portuguese are abandoned here to the fare of the savages? There are
+more than three hundred Christians, the sons of Christians, abandoned
+in this land, who would be more certain of being saved in Turkey than
+here.... There is no justice here. Let your majesty take me from this
+land, and keep me where I may have the justice I merit." Late in the
+year 1528, Acuna is ordered to Portugal, as is learned from another
+document, dated November 2 of that year. Before leaving Pernambuco he
+desires that a testimony of everything that has happened since his
+departure from Spain until his arrival at Pernambuco be taken down
+by the notary-public, this testimony being taken from the men who had
+come with him, "and the Frenchmen who were present at my undoing, and
+others who heard it from persons who were in the ships of the French
+who destroyed me." Acuna desires this in case any accident befall him
+while on the way to Portugal, and "that the emperor may be informed of
+the truth, and that I may give account of myself." This testimony is
+much the same as that contained in the other documents. (Nos. xxiii,
+pp. 225-241; and no, xv, pp. 313-323.)
+
+June 11, 1528. Hernando de la Torre, captain-general and governor
+in the Moluccas, sends the king a log of the fleet up to June 1,
+1526, followed by the adventures of the flagship, "Sancta Maria de
+la Victoria," after its separation from the rest of the fleet, with a
+description of the lands and seas in its course. The log was made by
+the pilot of the "Victoria," Martin de Uriarte. De la Torre prefaces
+these accounts with a letter in which he asks for aid, "of which we are
+in sore need." He says "all the captains of the ships, caravels, and
+the tender, seven in number; the treasurer, accountants, and officials,
+both general and private, ... are dead or lost, until now only the
+treasurer of one of the ships is left" and he [de la Torre] has been
+elected captain, "not because they found in me any good qualifications
+for the office, but only a willing spirit." He gives account to the
+king "of all that has happened, as I am obliged to do, and because
+of my office it is more fitting for me than any other to do so." Some
+notable events mentioned in the log are: the entrance into the Santa
+Cruz River on January 18, 1526; their arrival on the twenty-fourth at
+the cape of Las Virgines, near which Juan Sebastian del Cano's ship
+founders in a storm; and the passage of the strait, beginning March 29,
+by three ships and the tender, the last-named being lost on Easter
+Day. A detailed description of the strait follows. On September 4,
+"we saw land, and it was one of the islands of the Ladrones which the
+other expedition had discovered," where they find a Spaniard who had
+fled from the ship of the former expedition. On September 10 they
+depart from this island for the Moluccas. October 8 they land at
+an island where the friendly advances of the natives are checked by
+a native from Malacca, who declares that the Castilians would kill
+all the inhabitants. On the tenth, "the eleven slaves we had seized
+in the island of the Ladrones fled in the same canoe that we had
+seized with them." On the twenty-first they anchor at "Terrenate,
+one of the Malucos, and the most northern of them." November 4,
+they have news that the Portuguese are fortified in other islands
+of the archipelago. Negotiations with the Portuguese are detailed at
+some length. "The islands having cloves are these: Terrenate, Tidori,
+Motil, Maquian, Bachan." A description of these islands follows, and
+then the pilot adds, "All these islands of Maluco and those near by
+are ... mountainous." March 30, 1528 a Castilian vessel anchors at
+Tidore, one of three sent by Cortes [5] to seek news of Loaisa. The
+two others had been blown from their course five or six days before
+reaching the Ladrones. This ship, under command of Captain Saavedra
+Ceron, had ransomed three men of the caravel "Santa Maria del Parral,"
+one of Loaisa's ships, on an island to the north of Tidore. These men
+declare that their ship had been captured by the natives, the captain
+and most of the crew killed, and the remainder made prisoners. The
+accusation is made that these three men, in company with others, had
+themselves killed their captain. The document closes with various
+observations as to recent events, and states various needs of the
+Spaniards. The governor praises Saavedra, declaring that because of
+his diligence he is worthy of great rewards. (No. xiv, pp. 241-313.)
+
+Letters and documents follow which give details of the voyage of
+Loaisa, and events in the Moluccas until the year 1535. From a letter
+written (May 3, 1529) by Hernando de Bustamante and Diego de Salivas
+it is learned that Jorge Manrique, captain of the "Santa Maria del
+Parral," had been killed by his own men; and that sixty-one of those
+sailing in the fleet died a natural death, nine were drowned when the
+"Santi Spiritus" was wrecked, nine were killed by the Portuguese,
+and four were hanged. A writ handed to the king from the Council of
+the Indies says that German factors denied the report of the death
+of Loaisa; and it is advised that one or two caravels be sent from
+New Spain--from Colima, or Guatemala, or Nicaragua--to find out the
+truth of this report.
+
+A letter from Hernando de la Torre states that "Juan Sebastian del
+Cano, who was captain of the ship wrecked in the strait," became
+captain-general at Loaisa's death and "died a few days afterwards;"
+and that of the one hundred and twenty-three men of the "Victoria,"
+and twenty-five others who came with Saavedra, only twenty-five men
+were left. In an investigation concerning matters connected with
+Loaisa's expedition, Juan de Mazuecos declares (September 7, 1534)
+that Loaisa had died of sickness, four hundred leagues from the Strait
+of Magellan; and that all who ate at his table had died within the
+space of forty days. Like depositions concerning this expedition are
+taken from several others, among them being Fray Andres Urdaneta. A
+document made up from the above investigations says that Loaisa's
+death was in the last of July, 1526, and that the Ladrones number
+in all thirteen islands, "in which there are no flocks, fowls, or
+animals." (Nos. xvi-xxv, pp. 323-400. These documents are much alike.)
+
+The noted Augustinian Urdaneta [6] wrote an account of this disastrous
+enterprise, and of subsequent events, covering the years 1525-1535;
+this relation is the best and most succinct of all the early documents
+regarding Loaisa's expedition. It bears date, Valladolid, February 26,
+1537; and the original is preserved, as are the majority of the Loaisa
+documents, in the Archivo general de Indias in Seville. Urdaneta,
+as befits an actor in the events, uses the first person, and gives a
+very readable and interesting account of the expedition. He describes a
+Patagonian thus: "He was huge of body, and ugly. He was clad in a zebra
+skin, and on his head he bore a plume made of ostrich feathers; [7] he
+carried a bow, and on his feet had fastened some bits of leather." He
+describes, briefly and graphically, the storms that scattered the
+ships and caused the foundering of the "Santi Spiritus." Shortly after
+entering the strait, "a pot of pitch took fire on the commander's
+ship, and the ship began to burn, and little was lacking that we did
+not burn in it, but by God's help, and the great care exercised,
+we put out the fire." "We left the strait in the month of May,
+five hundred and twenty-six [_sic_] [8]--the commander's ship,
+two caravels, and the tender. A few days afterward we had a very
+great storm, by the violence of which we were separated from one
+another, and we never saw each other again.... In these adversities
+died the accountant Tejada and the pilot Rodrigo Bermejo. On the
+thirtieth of July died the captain-general Fray Garcia de Loaisa,
+and by a secret provision of his majesty, Juan Sebastian del Cano
+was sworn in as captain-general ... On the fourth of August ... died
+Juan Sebastian del Cano, and the nephew of the commander Loaisa,
+[9] who was accountant-general." When they reached the Ladrones "we
+found here a Galician  ... who was left behind in this island with
+two companions from the ship of Espinosa; and, the other two dying,
+he was left alive.... The Indians of these islands go about naked,
+wearing no garments. They are well built men; they wear their hair
+long, and their beards full. They possess no iron tools, performing
+their work with stones. They have no other weapons than spears--some
+with points hardened with fire, and some having heads made from the
+shin bones of dead men, and from fish-bones. In these islands we took
+eleven Indians to work the pump, because of the great number of sick
+men in the ship." The trouble with the Portuguese in the Moluccas
+is well narrated. Of the people of Java, Urdaneta says: "The people
+of this island are very warlike and gluttonous. They possess much
+bronze artillery, which they themselves cast. They have guns too,
+as well as lances like ours, and well made." Others of their weapons
+are named. Further details of negotiations with the Portuguese are
+narrated, as well as various incidents of Urdaneta's homeward trip in
+a Portuguese vessel by way of the Cape of Good Hope. He disembarks at
+Lisbon on June 6, 1636, where certain papers and other articles are
+taken from him. The relation closes with information regarding various
+islands, and the advantages of trading in that region. He mentions
+among the islands some of the Philippines: "Northwest of Maluco lies
+Bendenao [Mindanao]...in this island there is cinnamon, much gold,
+and an extensive pearl-fishery. We were informed that two junks come
+from China every year to this island for the purpose of trade. North
+of Bendenao is Cebu, and according to the natives it also contains
+gold, for which the Chinese come to trade each year." (No. xxvi,
+pp. 401-439.)
+
+
+
+Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra
+1527-28
+
+
+[These documents are printed in the latter part of the appendix to
+volume v of Navarrete's _Col. de viages_; and although the voyage
+of Saavedra is connected so intimately with that of Loaisa, it
+is thought better to present it separately therefrom, as a whole,
+inasmuch as this was the first expedition fitted out in the New World
+for the islands in the far East. It is evident thus early that the
+vantage point of New Spain's position as regards these islands was
+clearly recognized. The letter from Cortes to the king of Cebu is
+given entire, as being somewhat more closely within the scope of this
+work than are the other documents.]
+
+Granada, June 20, 1526. By a royal decree Cortes is ordered to despatch
+vessels from New Spain to ascertain what has become of the "Trinidad"
+[10] and her crew that was left in the Moluccas; to discover news of
+the expedition of Loaisa, as well as that under command of Sebastian
+Cabot which had sailed also to the same region. [11] He is advised to
+provide articles for trade and ransom, and to secure for the expedition
+the most experienced men whom he can find--it is especially desirable
+that the pilot should be such. The king has written to Ponce de Leon
+and other officials to furnish all the help necessary. (No. xxvii,
+pp. 440-441.)
+
+May, 1527. Following the custom of the king in fitting out expeditions,
+Cortes issues instructions to the various officers of the fleet. Alvaro
+de Saavedra, a cousin to Cortes, is appointed to the double office
+of inspector-general and captain-general of the fleet. Two sets of
+instructions are given him, in each of which appears the following:
+"Because as you know you are going to look for the captains Frey
+Garcia de Loaisa and Sebastian Caboto, and if it is our Lord's will,
+it might happen that they have no ships; and if they have a supply
+of spices, you shall observe the following, in order that it may be
+carried on these ships. You shall note what they give, and to whom it
+is delivered, and you shall have the said captains and the officials
+they took with them sign this entry in your book." The first matter
+is to look for the above-mentioned captains. If they have discovered
+any new lands he must make careful note of that fact, and of their
+location and products. He is to go to Cebu to ascertain whether the
+pilot Serrano [12] and others made captives there are still alive,
+and, if so, to ransom them. He is to use all diligence in seeking
+information as to all men of Magalhaes's expedition who were left in
+those regions. Antonio Guiral is appointed accountant of the fleet; and
+the same general injunction contained in the other two instructions
+is also specified in his. Cortes writes in an apologetic vein to
+those of Cabot's fleet, asking them to inform him fully of events
+"in order that he may serve his majesty." He writes also to Cabot
+himself informing him of the purpose of Saavedra's expedition, adding,
+"because, as his Catholic majesty considers the affairs of that spice
+region of so much importance, he has a very special care to provide
+everything necessary for it." He mentions the arrival in New Spain of
+the tender that had accompanied Loaisa and become separated from him
+shortly after leaving the strait. [13] He assures Cabot that Saavedra
+goes simply to look for him and the others and will be subservient to
+him in all that he may order. A letter is written also to the king
+of the land or island at which Saavedra should anchor assuring him
+of only good intentions, and asking friendship and trade. Another
+letter to the king of Tidore thanks him in the name of the emperor
+for his good reception of Magalhaes's men who remained in that
+island. (Nos. xxix-xxxiii, pp. 443-461; No. xxxv, pp. 463, 464.)
+
+_Letter from Hernan Cortes to the King of Cebu_ To you the honored and
+excellent King of Cebu, in the Maluco region: I, Don Hernando Cortes,
+Captain-general and governor of this New Spain for the very exalted and
+most powerful Emperor, Caesar Augustus, King of the Spains, our Lord,
+send you friendly greeting, as one whom I love and esteem, and to
+whom I wish every blessing and good because of the good news I have
+heard concerning yourself and your land, and for the kind reception
+and treatment that you have given to the Spaniards who have anchored
+in your country.
+
+You will already have heard, from the account of the Spaniards whom
+you have in your power--certain people sent to those districts by the
+great emperor and monarch of the Christians about seven or eight years
+ago--of his great power, magnificence, and excellency. Therefore, and
+because you may inform yourself of what you most wish to know, through
+the captain and people, whom I send now in his powerful name, it is
+not needful to write at great length. But it is expedient that you
+should know, that this so powerful prince, desiring to have knowledge
+of the manner and trade of those districts, sent thither one of his
+captains named Hernando de Magallanes with five ships. Of these ships
+but one, owing to the said captain's lack of caution and foresight,
+returned to his kingdoms; from its people his majesty learned the
+reason for the destruction and loss of the rest. Now although he was
+sorely afflicted at all this, he grieved most at having a captain who
+departed from the royal commands and instructions that he carried,
+especially in his having stirred up war or discord with you and
+yours. For his majesty sent him with the single desire to regard you
+all as his very true friends and servants, and to extend to you every
+manner of kindness as regards your honor and your persons. For this
+disobedience the Lord and possessor of all things permitted that he
+should suffer retribution for his want of reverence, dying as he did
+in the evil pretension which he attempted to sustain, contrary to
+his prince's will. And God did him not a little good in allowing him
+to die as he did there; for had he returned alive, the pay for his
+negligence had not been so light. And, in order that you and all the
+other kings and seigniors of those districts might have knowledge of
+his majesty's wishes, and know how greatly he has grieved over this
+captain's conduct, some two years ago he sent two other captains with
+people to those districts to give you satisfaction for it. And he gave
+orders to me--who, in his powerful name, reside in these his lands,
+which lie very near yours--that I too despatch other messengers for
+this purpose, in order that he might have greater assurance, and that
+you might hold more certain his embassy, ordering and charging me
+especially that I do it with much diligence and brevity. Therefore
+I am sending three ships with crews, who will give the very full and
+true reason of all this; and you may be able to receive satisfaction,
+and regard as more certain all that I shall say to you, for I thus
+affirm and certify it in the name of this great and powerful lord. And
+since we are so near neighbors, and can communicate with each other in
+a few days, I shall be much honored, if you will inform me of all the
+things of which you wish to be advised, for I know all this will be
+greatly to his majesty's service. And over and above his good will,
+I shall be most gratified thereat and shall write you my thanks;
+and the emperor our lord will be much pleased if you will deliver
+to this captain any of the Spaniards who are still alive in your
+prison. If you wish a ransom for it, he shall give it you at your
+pleasure and to your satisfaction; and in addition you will receive
+favors from his majesty, and reciprocal favors from me, since, if you
+wish it so, we shall have for many days much intercourse and friendship
+together. May twenty-eight, one thousand five hundred and twenty-seven.
+
+_Hernando Cortes_.
+
+(No. xxxiv, pp. 461-462.)
+
+A relation of the voyage was written by Saavedra and set down in the
+book of the secretary of the fleet. The two ships and one brig set
+sail in October, 1527, from the port of "Zaguatenejo, which is in
+New Spain, in the province of Zacatala," on the western coast. When
+out but a short distance his surgeon dies and is buried at sea. Soon
+after this one of the ships begins to take water, and so rapidly
+that it is necessary to bring men from the other vessels to keep her
+afloat. On December 29 the Ladrones are sighted; and soon afterward
+they anchor at an island (not of this group), whose inhabitants show
+previous contact with Castilians by crying as a signal "Castilla,
+Castilla!" He relates the finding of one of the three men at the island
+of Vizaya. This man relates that after a year's captivity his master
+had taken him to Cebu, where he learned from the natives that they had
+sold to the Chinese the eight companions of Magalhaes who were left
+on that island. The natives of Cebu "are idolaters, who at certain
+times sacrifice human beings to their god, whom they call Amito,
+and offer him to eat and to drink. They dwell near the coast and they
+often voyage upon the sea in their canoes, going to many islands for
+plunder and trade. They are like the Arabs, changing their towns from
+one place to another. There are many fine hogs in this island, and
+it has gold. They say that people from China come hither, and that
+they trade among these islands." Another relation of this voyage
+was presented by Vicente de Napoles in 1634, in an investigation
+at Madrid. Early in the voyage the ships become separated, and
+Saavedra's vessel never again sees its companions. [14] He tells of
+seeing "an island which is called Mondana, and which the Portuguese
+call Mindanao." The finding of the three Castilians is narrated,
+also the meeting with the survivors of Loaisa's expedition; their
+negotiations with the Portuguese; and their final return to Europe
+in a Portuguese vessel are recounted. [15] (No. xxxvii, pp. 476-486.)
+
+
+
+Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos--1541-46
+
+
+[Resume of contemporaneous documents, 1541-48.]
+
+
+Translated and synopsized, by James A. Robertson, from
+_Col. doc. ined.,_ as follows: _Ultramar_, ii, part i, pp. 1-94;
+_Amer. y Oceania,_ pp. 117-209, and xiv, pp. 151-165.
+
+
+
+The Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos--1541-46
+
+
+[The expedition of Villalobos, [16] although productive of slight
+immediate result, paved the way for the later and permanent
+expedition and occupation by Legazpi. For this reason--and, still
+more, because this was the first expedition to the Western Islands (in
+contradistinction from the Moluccas), which included the Philippine
+group, and because these latter islands received from Villalobos
+the name by which history was to know them,--these documents, which
+for lack of space cannot be here fully presented, deserve a fuller
+synopsis than do those pertaining to the preceding expeditions of
+Magalhaes, Loaisa, and Saavedra. The documents thus abstracted are to
+be found in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ ii, part 1, pp. 1-94; and in
+_Col. doc. ined. Amer. y Oceania,_ v, pp. 117-209, xiv, pp. 151-165.]
+
+Jalisco, March 28, 1541. The _adelantado_ of Guatemala, Pedro de
+Alvarado, [17] writes the king, Felipe II, regarding his contract
+with the viceroy of New Spain, Antonio de Mendoza [18] for expeditions
+of discovery along the coast and among the Western Islands. Alvarado
+with eleven vessels has called at one of the ports of New Spain, "to
+excuse the differences and scandals that were expected between Don
+Antonio de Mendoza ... and myself, in regard to the said discovery,
+because of his having sent Francisco Vasquez to the said provinces [of
+the West] with a fleet." They have agreed to make their discoveries,
+both by land and sea, in partnership "in the limits and demarcation,
+contained in the agreement that was made with me, considering it as
+certain that, because of the many ships and people, and the great
+supply of provisions at our command, we shall know and discover
+everything that is to be seen in those regions, and bring it to the
+knowledge of God our Lord, and to the dominion of your majesty." It
+is determined to divide the fleet into two parts, "one to go to the
+Western Islands, which should make a hurried trip among them, noting
+their products; and the other should coast along Tierra-firme." Three
+large ships and a galley, with a crew of three hundred skilled men
+under command of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos, "a man of great experience
+in matters of the sea," are destined for the voyage to the Western
+Islands. This fleet is to set out within three months to prosecute
+its discovery, "for all this time has been and is necessary to repair
+the vessels." Alvarado tells the king "that all this has been at great
+labor and expense; and not only our own possessions, but those of many
+of our friends are risked in it--and I especially ... as I came from
+those kingdoms impoverished and in debt to so great an extent, have
+remained in so great necessity that, if your majesty do not help me
+with some gift and gratification, as has ever been your custom toward
+those who serve you, I can not maintain myself." By the agreement made
+with the king, no covenant for explorations and discovery was to be
+made with any other person for seven years. Alvarado has heard that
+"the Marquis del Valle [19] persists in begging ... this conquest,
+and wishes to despatch people to undertake it," and the king is asked
+to grant no license for this. The _adelantado_ had determined to go
+upon this expedition in person, but has been dissuaded from it by
+his friends. Antonio de Almaguer has been received as an official
+of the fleet in place of the previous appointee, who is dead, by
+virtue of a royal decree permitting Almaguer's appointment to any
+office that he might desire, in case of the death or absence of the
+previous appointee. The latter had given the necessary pledges which
+have been sent to the India House of Trade at Seville. The king is
+asked to confirm this appointment. (No. i, pp. 1-7.)
+
+Talavera, July 26, 1541. The contract made by the king with Alvarado in
+1538 and 1539, and with Mendoza in 1541, provided for the discovery,
+conquest, and colonization of the islands and provinces of the
+southern sea toward the west. Alvarado had offered to undertake this
+expedition within fifteen months after arriving in Guatemala, sending
+westward two galleons and one ship, sufficiently provisioned for two
+years, with full crew and equipment, and the necessary artillery;
+and other vessels for discovery about the American coasts. If lands
+and islands shall be discovered, he promises to send thither, for
+their colonization, "ten additional ships, eight hundred soldiers,
+and three hundred of them cavalry, should the nature of the land
+be such that horsemen are necessary for it." He is also to send
+"ecclesiastics and religious for the instruction and Christian training
+of the natives of those regions." All this is to be at Alvarado's
+expense, without the king being obliged to recompense him for any
+outlay, except by the privileges granted him. "Likewise you offer,
+that after the discovery ... you shall keep masters, carpenters,
+and other workmen, as many as thirty, in a shipyard that you own in
+the said province of Guatemala, in order that what shall have been
+discovered, may be aided and preserved more easily." Also he is to
+employ as many men as may be necessary in building vessels for the
+space of ten years. He is to be governor of Guatemala for seven years,
+"and as many more as we choose; unless, the _residencia_ being taken
+from you now at our order by ... our auditor of the royal _Audiencia_
+and chancellery of New Spain should show crimes for which you should
+be deprived of your trust although you shall be obliged to render an
+account whenever I order it" Four per cent of all profits of the fifth
+part of "all gold, silver, precious stones, pearls, drugs, spices,
+and of all other metals and things found and produced in the said
+lands, and of which the rights pertain to us," and four per cent of
+all tributes, are assigned forever to Alvarado (provided that such sum
+does not exceed six thousand ducats each year), and are divided in due
+ratio between the provinces discovered. This is clear of all rights or
+taxes. In answer to Alvarado's request for a tenth of all lands and
+vassals discovered,--selected as he may see fit, and accompanied by
+the title of duke, with the dominion and jurisdiction of the grandees
+of Castile,--the king grants him four per cent _pro rata_ in each
+part, and the title of count, "with the dominion and jurisdiction
+that we shall decree, at the time when we shall order the said title
+bestowed. This shall be granted after the said discovery, and after
+you shall have signified what part you have selected, provided that we
+shall not have to give you your said part from the best or the worst
+of the said islands and provinces, or the chief city of a province,
+or a seaport." Other privileges are: the life-title of governor and
+captain-general of all places discovered, with an annual salary of
+three thousand ducats, plus one thousand ducats over and above this
+sum, to be paid from the incomes and profits accruing to the king from
+these discoveries, but these shall not be paid unless the incomes and
+profits reach that figure; his heir shall be governor of two hundred
+leagues of land, with the same salary and gratification, and under
+the same condition Stone forts may be built, at his own expense,
+in such places as he may select, which he and two generations of
+his heirs shall hold, with an annual salary and gratification of
+one hundred and fifty thousand maravedis for each one of the forts,
+to be paid under the same conditions as the foregoing. He shall have
+the perpetual office of high constable in all lands discovered and
+conquered. No similar agreement shall be made with others for seven
+years, if he fulfil his promises. Provision will be made later as to
+the natives of the lands discovered. Men and goods may pass freely from
+Puerto de Caballos (conquered by Alvarado) to Guatemala, and orders
+are to be given by the king that the governor of Honduras shall place
+no obstacles in the way of such passage; and meanwhile Alvarado's
+claims to the above port are to be investigated. The governor of
+Honduras will be required to furnish Indians as porters, for whose
+services the current price must be paid, as well as for all carts
+and other equipment used, but as much as possible must be carried
+by waterways. One hundred and fifty negro slaves may be taken from
+"these our kingdoms, or from the kingdom of Portugal for the said
+fleet or for the preparation of the said fleet, free of all taxes;"
+but the _adelantado_ must send an account to Spain, signed by the
+officials of Guatemala, that such disposition of them has been made;
+if not so employed, then the sum of six thousand maravedis is to be
+paid for the rights of each slave. More slaves may be taken after
+the discoveries have been made. The governors of all ports, etc.,
+are to be commanded to accord good treatment to the fleet, should
+it anchor at their respective ports. For ten years all goods taken
+to the newly-discovered lands shall be free from all taxes. For
+the same length of time the colonists shall not pay the tenth to
+the king, but after the tenth year, they shall pay one-ninth, and
+so on each year until they shall pay one-fifth; but for trade and
+booty the fifth shall be paid from the beginning. There is to be no
+duty on goods taken "from these our kingdoms to the said province
+of Guatemala for the preparation of the said fleet" for the first
+voyage. All personal property that Alvarado takes to the islands
+or provinces discovered is to be during his life free from duty,
+provided it shall not exceed in any year the sum of three thousand
+ducats. Those going on the expedition who take horses, may take
+two Indian slaves apiece. Land is to be assigned to the colonists,
+of which they are to have perpetual ownership after a four years'
+residence. [20] _Encomiendas_ of the Indians may be assigned "for such
+time as you wish, under the instructions and ordinances given you." The
+treaties with the Portuguese crown in regard to the demarcation and
+the Moluccas must be strictly obeyed. [21] The agreement with Mendoza,
+viceroy of New Spain, that he shall have a one-third interest in the
+fleet is confirmed. No excise duty is to be levied "for ten years,
+and until we order to the contrary." A hospital is provided for by
+one hundred thousand maravedis taken from fines. The hospital also
+is to receive the rights of _escobilla_ [22] and the sweepings in
+the founding of metals. Lawyers and attorneys are prohibited from
+engaging in their callings in the lands and islands discovered. The
+royal officials appointed by the king are to be taken in the fleet, as
+well as ecclesiastics "for the instruction of the natives of the said
+islands and provinces to our holy Catholic faith." For the latter,
+Alvarado is to pay the "freight, provisions, and other necessary
+supplies fitting to their persons, all at your own cost." Ransoms
+for captured native princes or seigniors pertain to the king, but,
+on account of the labors and expenses of the undertaking, one-sixth
+shall be given to the king and the remainder shall be distributed
+among the conquerors, first subtracting the king's fifth; but of the
+booty falling into the hands of the conquerors after the death of a
+prince or chief killed in battle, or obtained by justice or otherwise,
+one-half shall be the king's, and shall be delivered to his officials,
+first withdrawing his fifth. In case of doubt regarding the collection
+of the king's rights in any treasure, "especially of gold, silver,
+precious stones, and pearls, and that found in graves or other places
+where it shall have been hidden," and in other goods, the following
+order is to be observed: one-fifth of everything taken in battle, or
+taken from villages, or for ransoms shall be paid the king; he shall
+receive one-half of all treasure found in graves or places of worship,
+or buried, and the person finding the treasure shall have the other
+half; but any person not announcing his find shall lose "all the
+gold, silver, precious stones, and pearls, and in addition one-half
+of his other possessions." The strict observance of the contract is
+ordered. This contract was first made in 1638; in 1639, a section
+was inserted confirming the partnership of Alvarado and Mendoza,
+in which the latter was to receive one-third of all profit; in 1541,
+in accordance with the new agreement between the two men, a clause
+was added to this contract, giving equal rights to each. (No. ii,
+pp. 7-26.)
+
+Mexico, September, 1542. On the fifteenth of this month Mendoza
+commissions Gonzalo Davalos as his treasurer on the expedition, Guido
+de La Bezaris [23] as his accountant, and Martin de Islares as his
+factor. The treasurer is to receive an annual salary of seventy-five
+thousand maravedis, "to be paid from the profits that shall pertain
+to me in those lands, it being understood that if this amount is not
+reached, I am not obliged to pay it from any other source." The usual
+duties of treasurer are to be observed by him. On the eighteenth of the
+month very full instructions are given to Villalobos by Mendoza. The
+principal injunctions of these instructions follow: he will report
+at Puerto de la Navidad, where the vessels for the expedition have
+been prepared; these will be delivered to him by Mendoza's agent,
+who shall make a full declaration of everything in the equipment
+of the vessels "except the merchandise and articles of barter,
+the slaves, the forge ... because they must be under the charge of
+the treasurer and officials whom I am sending in the fleet for that
+purpose; and other things I specify in their instructions, and in
+those of Juan de Villareal [his agent] in regard to it." He shall
+sign this declaration in the records of the notary and in the books
+of the accountant and treasurer. All the "artillery, ammunition,
+war supplies, and weapons, shall be given into the charge of the
+captain of artillery, and all the vessels of the fleet into the charge
+of the commander of the fleet, together with all their equipment,
+tackle and rigging, and provisions." In each ship, a pilot, master,
+boatswain, and notary shall be appointed. Each ship shall be put in
+charge of its master, and the notary for that ship shall take full
+notes of everything transferred to the former's keeping. The master
+shall also have care of the artillery of his vessel, such charge
+being imposed by the captain of artillery. For greater security
+the merchandise and articles for traffic, and the officials having
+them in charge, are to be apportioned among the vessels. An account
+must be taken in each vessel of its captain and crew (both sailors
+and soldiers), giving for each man his father's name and his place
+of birth. Villalobos is to have special watch over the treasurer,
+accountant, and factor. The men of the ships are to be divided into
+watches, no one being excused "except for legitimate cause." "And when
+you are ready to sail, you shall make full homage, . . . according
+to Spanish custom, that you will exercise well and faithfully the
+said office of lieutenant-governor and captain-general, . . . and
+that you will deliver to me, and to no one else, the discoveries and
+profits pertaining to me, according as his majesty orders in his royal
+provision, and that neither directly nor indirectly will you exercise
+any deceit or wrong in anything." The officers and all others shall
+take oath to obey him as captain-general, "and that there will be
+no mutinies or rebellions." The officials appointed by the king to
+guard his interests are to be received, and the best of treatment
+shall be accorded them. When a settlement has been made one or two
+vessels shall be sent back, sufficiently equipped, with news of such
+settlement, and of all he has accomplished. "Likewise you shall send
+me specimens of all the products of the land that you can secure,
+... of the manner of dressing [of the inhabitants], and their mode
+of life, what is their religion or sect, the character of their life
+and government, their method of warfare with their neighbors; and if
+they have received you peaceably, if you have made a treaty of peace
+with them, or your status among them." The spread of religion is to be
+sought especially. To this end "you shall try to ensure that those in
+your charge live as good Catholics and Christians, that the names of
+our Lord and his most blessed Mother, as well as those of his saints,
+be revered and adored, and not blasphemed; and you shall see to it
+strictly that blasphemies and public sins be punished." All letters
+sent in the ships returning must be assured safe delivery. Mendoza is
+to be first informed of all news brought by the ships. In these ships
+shall be sent also both Mendoza's and the king's profits, as well as
+those of the individuals of the fleet, provided the latter shall not
+prevent the sending of either his or the king's. In affairs of moment
+Villalobos must consult freely with many people of the fleet, among
+whom are named "father prior Fray Geronimo, Fray [blank in manuscript],
+[24] who was prior of Totonilco, Jorge Nieto, the inspector Arevalo,
+Gaspar Xuarez Davila, Francisco Merino, Matias de Alvarado, Bernardo de
+la Torre, and Estrada." If Villalobos should determine to return with
+all the fleet, those wishing to remain shall do so, and he shall leave
+them a captain and sufficient stores. Persons are to be appointed to
+look after the property and belongings of the dead, and to see that
+no fraud is exercised, in order that his heirs may be secured. Entry
+must be made, in the method in vogue in Spain, of all things sent
+back in the ships. All settlements must be made on the shore, and a
+fort must be erected at some distance from the natives' habitations,
+in which the articles for trade must be securely stowed. No soldier
+shall be permitted, without leave, and under severe penalties "to
+go to the Indian settlements or enter their houses ... and no one
+shall take anything by force, in the camp or in the town, contrary
+to the will of the Indians where you shall have made peace." Men are
+to be appointed who shall attend to the buying of all provisions,
+"because not having knowledge of the products of the land, [your
+men] would buy more in accordance with appetite than with reason,
+where-from much damage would ensue, because the products of the land
+would be placed at a higher figure, and the value of the articles
+for barter ... would be lowered;" the prices for trafficking shall
+be assigned to these buyers and they must not go over them, but try
+to buy at a lower figure. The trafficking of the merchandise shall
+be also in charge of experienced persons. "You shall advise your men
+that, whenever they speak of the emperor, Our Lord, among the natives,
+they shall speak of his greatness, and how he is the greatest Lord
+of the earth, and that they have been sent by one of his captains of
+these regions." (Nos. ii, iii, pp. 7-46.)
+
+Puerto de Navidad, October 22, 1542. Villalobos certifies before a
+notary that he has received from Juan de Villareal, Mendoza's agent,
+"four ships, one small galley, and one _fusta,_ [25] to wit: the
+admiral's ship, named 'Santiago;' the 'San Jorge,' 'San Antonio,' and
+'San Juan de Letran;' the galley 'San Christoval,' and the _fusta_
+'San Martin'--with all equipment, ammunition, artillery, weapons,
+provisions, etc.,... in the name of his lordship [Mendoza] ... in
+order to go with the said vessels and with the soldiers of his most
+illustrious lordship, upon the pursuit and prosecution of the said
+voyage." He promises in full terms to carry out to the letter all
+instructions and to give true and complete accounts of everything to
+Mendoza or his agents. This oath is attested in the form prescribed
+by the royal notary-public. This same day the oath of obedience is
+taken by the captains and soldiers, and the pilots and seamen. The
+oath taken by the captains is, in part, as follows: "Your graces,
+captains Bernaldo de la Torre, Don Alonso Manrrique, Francisco Merino,
+Mathias de Alvarado, Pero Ortiz de Rueda, Christoval de Pareja, and
+gentlemen of this fleet, of which Rui Lopez de Villalobos goes as
+general for his most illustrious lordship, swear before God, Our Lord,
+and blessed Mary his Mother, on the holy words written in this book
+of the holy gospels, and on this sign of the cross [on which each one
+of them placed his right hand] that, as good, faithful, and Catholic
+Christians, you promise and pledge your faith and word, and homage as
+knights and nobles, by right, of Spain, once, twice, and thrice, to be
+faithful and obedient, and to hold as your captain-general Rui Lopez
+de Villalobos, here present; and you will observe the instructions
+he has given you, in so far as the good of the business requires it;
+and you will be obedient and will hearken to his orders. And you
+shall declare and advise, each one of you, what you deem suitable
+and necessary for the good of this expedition, whether he asks it
+or not, although you think he may be vexed or angry at hearing what
+you wish to tell him; only you shall state the fundamental reason
+why your assertion is good, in everything making it a point of your
+desire to come directly to the question, and not to give your advice
+with passion, or servilely, but with all freedom." If he send them on
+missions they must report to him alone. "And none of you shall rouse
+up mutinies, scandals, seditions, or conspiracies; nor shall you talk
+against your captain-general or the expedition; rather if you learn
+or foresee anything of such matters, you shall tell and inform your
+general thereof, so that it may be remedied." The soldiers swear to
+be obedient to the commands of Villalobos and his captains, and to
+follow the general's banners, day or night, holding him as chief;
+they must be loyal and true in every sense of the word, both on sea
+and land. The pilots (who are named) and the seamen also take like
+oath to fulfil their duties completely, acknowledging Villalobos as
+general. They are to obey the latter "both now on the said voyage,
+and in the Western Islands." They must try to accomplish the voyage
+in the shortest time possible, and must take part in no mutinies or
+uprisings. In his instructions to his captains Villalobos requires
+the following: No soldier is to be admitted to the fleet who does not
+bear a certificate of confession and communion. If there be any such,
+he must confess within three days to the religious in the fleet, or be
+put on short rations of water until he does confess. Severe punishment
+for blasphemy of "the name of God, our Lord, his glorious Mother, or
+of any of the saints" is stipulated, varying in degree according to
+the blasphemy. The religious are to receive every consideration, that
+the natives may see "how we honor the ministers of the Gospel." All
+weapons are to be kept in a special place in each ship and given to the
+men only when necessary, and they shall be regularly inspected. Most
+stringent rules are laid down as to the distribution of water, and the
+water butts must be inspected each day by the "steward, master, pilot,
+or boatswain," and every four days by the captain in person, to see
+that the regulations pertaining thereto are strictly observed. Likewise
+the amounts of food to be given are carefully stipulated, the amounts,
+as in the case of the water, being different for soldiers, sailors,
+negroes, and Indians. Fire is guarded against by ordering all fires,
+except the lantern, out at four in the afternoon, unless to cook
+something for a sick man, and then that fire shall be immediately
+extinguished. Watches are to be maintained day and night. Those caught
+sleeping at their posts are to be severely punished. If the culprit be
+an individual who holds an office, for the first offense he shall lose
+his office; for the second he shall be thrown overboard. A soldier (not
+of gentle birth) for the first offense shall be made to pass under the
+keel three times; and for the second be thrown overboard. The captain
+must stand one watch each night. Each captain shall have a body-guard
+of six men. All fire must be kept away from the powder. At the least
+appearance of mutiny immediate measures are to be taken; if it is
+not possible to inform Villalobos, then the captain is empowered to
+execute summary justice. The captain is to keep a compass in his room,
+which he shall constantly consult, and must keep close watch on the
+course. In case one vessel be separated from the fleet and reach any
+land, the captain must see that the natives are well treated. The men
+"shall not enter their houses, towns, or temples, or talk to the women;
+nor shall they take anything to eat, or any other articles, before you
+appoint a man who understands trading, and he shall buy for all what
+they may need. And you shall try to find out the products of the land,
+and to procure specimens thereof, and ascertain the character of the
+people and the land; so that, when we meet you there, you may advise me
+of everything, and his most illustrious lordship may have knowledge
+of it all." The captain must under no consideration disembark at
+this land himself, but must send a trustworthy agent with armed men
+to arrange peace and friendship with the natives. They must return
+two hours before nightfall. If peace be made, then a trader will be
+appointed. They are to be careful that "God our Lord be not offended
+because of the Indians you take with you; and they must examine the
+instructions of the pilots and see that the latter abide by these
+instructions." (Nos. v-viii, pp. 46-65.)
+
+1543. An extensive correspondence ensues between Villalobos and
+Jorge de Castro, after the fleet, had reached the Philippines,
+[26] in which the latter, especially in his letters of July 20 and
+September 2, requests the former to leave the lands falling within the
+demarcation of the Portuguese monarch; and to cease his depredations
+among the natives. Villalobos replies to these letters under dates
+of August 9 and September 12 respectively, justifying his expedition,
+and his conduct toward the natives, and stating that the requirements
+given him are to respect the Portuguese demarcation, which he has
+done. (No. ix, pp. 66-94.)
+
+Cochin, in Portuguese India, February 22, 1547. Fray Geronimo de
+Santisteban writes to the viceroy of New Spain an account of the
+expedition of Villalobos. He names and describes very briefly
+the islands in their course; at one of these they cast anchor,
+and he gives a description of its people and resources. "February
+29 we saw the islands of Bindanao [Mindanao], San Juan, and San
+Antonio." [27] One of the vessels had been badly damaged in a
+storm before reaching the island named Matalotes. At Mazaua Bay
+they began first to experience famine and sickness. As food was
+refused them on the island of Sarrangan, and their men attacked,
+they determined to take it by force. The island was soon gained,
+and "Rui-Lopez labored with that people with entreaties and gifts
+to make friendship, and to induce them to return to their houses,
+but in vain." Then began the hunt for food in various places, but
+much opposition from the natives was encountered. Santisteban says
+"If I should try to write, to your lordship in detail of the hunger,
+need, hardships, disease, and the deaths that we suffered in Sarragan,
+I would fill a book ... In that island we found a little rice and sago,
+a few hens and hogs, and three deer. This was eaten in a few days,
+together with what remained of the ship food. A number of cocoa-palms
+were discovered; and because hunger cannot suffer delay, the buds which
+are the shoots of the palms were eaten. There were some figs and other
+fruits. Finally we ate all the dogs, cats, and rats we could find,
+besides horrid grubs and unknown plants, which all together caused
+the deaths, and much of the prevalent disease. And especially they ate
+large numbers of a certain large variety of gray lizard, which emits
+considerable glow; very few who ate them are living. Land crabs also
+were eaten which caused some to go mad for a day after partaking of
+them, especially if they had eaten the vitals. At the end of seven
+months, the hunger that had caused us to go to Sarragan withdrew us
+thence." The booty of the island was but little, for the natives had
+carried away and hidden the greater part of their possessions. The
+vessel of Villalobos and two small brigs put out from this place
+of famine to go to the upper islands, the other vessels having
+been sent on ahead on various commissions. After sailing for forty
+leagues, the large vessel was unable to advance farther, and put in
+at a bay called Sacayan [Cagayan], to await good weather, while the
+two small vessels went on ahead [because according to Alvarado they
+could navigate nearer the shore] in search of food. Troubles from the
+natives still pursued these smaller vessels. At one part of Mindanao
+they tried to secure food. Fourteen of the crew were left ashore,
+ten of whom were killed. The two brigs anchored at Mindanao, remaining
+there for more than fifty days, awaiting the arrival of the ship and
+galley. From this place they went to Tandaya, [28] where they were
+well received by the natives. Here the sick men were left, while the
+others went in search of the rest of their men, but failed to find
+them where they had been left. A letter was found which directed the
+searchers to the "islands of Talao, which are forty leagues south
+of Maluco." Returning to Tandaya, it was found that the men left
+there had been taken off by the "Sant Juan." Here Santisteban and
+his party remained for two months, until the king of Tidore sent in
+quest of Villalobos. A description of these people follows. Finally
+Villalobos, forced to do so by hunger, cast anchor in Portuguese
+possessions. Negotiations with the Portuguese followed. The "Sant
+Juan" was despatched to New Spain May 16, 1545, but it was unable
+to make the journey and returned within five months. Finally the
+remnants of the expedition were taken in Portuguese vessels to Ambon
+[Amboina], where Villalobos died; and thence to Malacca, where only
+one hundred and seventeen of the three hundred and seventy who left
+New Spain arrived, thirty remaining in Maluco. Santisteban justifies
+Villalobos, saying "Your lordship will bear in mind your promise to Ruy
+Lopez  ... to be a father to his children. In the judgment of certain
+men, Ruy Lopez performed no services for your lordship, for which
+his children deserve recompense. I know most certainly that, in the
+judgment of God and of those who regard his works without passion, he
+did everything possible for the service of your lordship, and that he
+grieved more over not having fulfilled exactly your lordship's design
+than over all the other losses, sorrows, and persecutions that he
+endured." (_Col. doc. ined. Amer. y Oceania,_ tomo xiv, pp. 151-165.)
+
+Garcia Descalante Alvarado, who accompanied Villalobos, left an account
+of the expedition, dated Lisbon, August 7, 1548, and addressed to the
+viceroy of New Spain; it deals more fully with the later adventures
+of the expedition. A brief synopsis follows. The fleet left the port
+of Joan Gallego [Navidad] on All Saints' Day, 1542. They passed, at a
+distance of one hundred and eighty leagues, two uninhabited islands
+which they named Santo Thomas [San Alberto] [29] and Anublada, or
+"Cloud Island" [Isla del Socorro]; and eighty leagues farther another
+island, Roca Partida or "Divided Rock" [Santa Rosa]. After sailing for
+sixty-two days they came to a "lowlying, densely-wooded archipelago,"
+which they named the Coral Archipelago, anchoring at one of the
+islands, Santisteban [San Estevan]. The next islands they named Los
+Jardines, or "The Gardens," from their luxuriant foliage. January 23,
+1543, they passed a small island, whose inhabitants hailed them in
+good Castilian, saying "Buenos dias, matalotes" [30] [meaning to say
+"Good morning, sailors"], for which the island was named Matalotes. The
+next island passed they named Arrecifes or Reefs, the significance
+of which is apparent. February 2, they anchored in a beautiful bay
+which they called Malaga [Baganga] and the island Cesarea Karoli
+[Mindanao], "which the pilots, who afterwards sailed around it,
+declared to have a circuit of three hundred and fifty leagues." After
+a month's residence on the island, they left in search of the island
+of Mazagua, but contrary weather forced them to anchor at an island
+named Sarrangar and by them called Antonio, [31] where they had
+trouble with the natives, who were attacked by the Castilians under
+command of Alvarado. The people defended themselves valiantly with
+"small stones, poles, arrows, and mangrove cudgels as large around
+as the arm, the ends sharpened and hardened in the fire," but were
+finally vanquished; they abandoned this island afterwards and went to
+Mindanao. "Upon capturing this island we found a quantity of porcelain,
+and some bells which are different from ours, and which they esteem
+highly in their festivities," besides "perfumes of musk, amber, civet,
+officinal storax, and aromatic and resinous perfumes. With these they
+are well supplied, and are accustomed to their use; and they buy these
+perfumes from Chinese who come to Mindanao and the Philipinas." They
+found a very small quantity of gold. The booty was divided among the
+company, during which a controversy arose as the soldiers objected to
+both Villalobos and the viceroy of New Spain having separate shares
+therein, claiming that it was sufficient to pay the former the seventh
+which he asked, with the choice of one jewel. After this was settled,
+the general ordered maize to be planted "which was done twice,
+but it did not come up. This irritated them all, and they said they
+did not come to plant, but to make conquests." To their complaints,
+and requests to change their location, Villalobos replied "that he
+came for the sole purpose of discovering the course of the voyage,
+and of making a settlement." "The offensive arms of the inhabitants
+of these islands are cutlasses and daggers; lances, javelins, and
+other missile weapons; bows and arrows, and culverins. They all,
+as a rule, possess poisonous herbs, and use them and other poisons
+in their wars. Their defensive arms are cotton corselets reaching to
+the feet and with sleeves; corselets made of wood and buffalo horn;
+and cuirasses made of bamboo and hard wood, which entirely cover
+them. Armor for the head is made of dogfish-skin, which is very
+tough. In some islands they have small pieces of artillery and a few
+arquebuses. They are universally treacherous, and do not keep faith,
+or know how to keep it. They observe the peace and friendship they
+have contracted only so long as they are not prepared to do anything
+else; and as soon as they are prepared to commit any act of knavery,
+they do not hesitate because of any peace and friendship that they
+have made. Those who carry on trade with them, must hold themselves
+very cautiously. Certain Spaniards who trusted in them were killed
+treacherously, under pretense of friendship." The Castilians endured
+much hunger on this island of Sarrangar, and a number of them died. A
+ship was despatched to Mindanao to make peace, and to arrange terms of
+trade, and for food, and was received with apparent friendliness. A
+boat with six men was sent ashore, but was attacked by the natives;
+one man was killed and the others badly wounded. Failing to obtain
+food here, Villalobos set out with twenty-five men for the island
+of Santguin [Sanguir]. They anchored midway at a small island where
+"the natives had fortified themselves on a rock  ... in the sea,
+with an entrance on only one side; this was strongly fortified with
+two defenses, and its summit was enclosed by very large and numerous
+trees. The approach was from the water side. The houses within were
+raised up high on posts, and the sea quite surrounded the rock." The
+people refusing to give provisions, "we fought with them, the combat
+lasting four hours. Finally we carried the place, and as they would
+not surrender, they were all killed, with the exception of some
+women and children." One Spaniard was killed and a number wounded;
+and, after all but little food was found. On his return to Sarrangan,
+Villalobos despatched his smallest ship to New Spain to solicit aid,
+on August 4, 1543. Another vessel started on the same day to "some
+islands ... which we call Felipinas, after our fortunate prince,
+which were said to be well supplied with provisions," for the
+purpose of securing food. Three days after this the troubles with
+the Portuguese began, with the arrival of the deputy sent by Jorge
+de Castro. Meanwhile the numbers of the Spaniards and the Indian
+slaves brought from New Spain were being decimated through the
+famine they experienced. Expeditions were sent out to gather food,
+but resulted disastrously. The Portuguese intrigued with the natives
+not to sell provisions to the Castilians, and to do them all the harm
+possible. On the arrival of the ship sent to the Philippines for food,
+it was determined "to go to the Felipinas, to a province called Buio,"
+[32] a salubrious land, "and abounding in food." Further misfortunes
+met them through stormy weather and the hostility of the natives,
+who treacherously killed eleven of the Spaniards in one vessel sent
+ahead to procure provisions. Further trouble with the Portuguese
+followed at the island of Gilolo, the king of which was hostile to the
+Portuguese. In these straits, Villalobos determined to appeal to the
+king of Tidore for aid and supplies, as he was formerly friendly to the
+Spanish; but his hopes were disappointed. Then he sent to Terrenate,
+at the instance of the king of Gilolo, to demand from the Portuguese
+the Castilian artillery in that island. [33] Finally treaties were made
+between the two kings and the Castilians. Alvarado was sent (May 28,
+1544) to the Philippines to conduct back certain of the boats that had
+been sent thither when the expedition left the island of Sarrangan. At
+Mindanao, he was told of three provinces; "the first is Mindanao, and
+it has gold mines, and cinnamon; the second is Butuan, which has the
+richest mines of the whole island; and the third Bisaya, [34] likewise
+possessing gold mines and cinnamon. Throughout this island are found
+gold mines, ginger, wax, and honey." At the bay of Resurrection on
+this island he found a letter left previously by Villalobos and two
+others,--one by Fray Geronimo de Santisteban dated in April, saying
+that he with eight or ten men was going in search of the general in
+one of the small vessels; that fifteen men had been killed by the
+natives, and that twenty-one remained at "Tandaya in the Felipinas,
+at peace with the Indians;" that one of the small vessels had been
+shipwrecked and ten men drowned at the river of Tandaya; and other
+news. The other letter was from the captain of the ship sent to New
+Spain, saying that he had set out too late to return to New Spain,
+and had taken the twenty-one men from Tandaya, and was going now
+in search of Villalobos. Alvarado coasted among many of the islands
+meeting with various adventures. He heard that in the "island of Zubu,
+there were Castilians living, since the time of Magallanes, and that
+the Chinese were wont to go thither to buy gold and certain precious
+stones." He returned on October 17 to Tidore where he found Villalobos
+and the other Castilians. A detailed account of the adventures of one
+of the two small vessels sent to the Philippines follows. Reunited
+at Tidore, the Spaniards began to repair the ship in order to return
+to New Spain. Meantime Jorge de Castro was superseded by Jordan de
+Fretes, and a truce was arranged between the two nationalities. A
+ship left Tidore May 16, 1545, for New Spain, but it was unable to
+get beyond range of the islands, and returned to Tidore October 3
+of the same year. The Spaniards began to desert to the Portuguese,
+arousing the suspicions of the king of Tidore. The negotiations with
+the Portuguese and the discord among the Castilians are minutely
+detailed. On February 18, 1546, those wishing to do so embarked in
+the Portuguese fleet, arriving at Ambon, where a number of them died,
+including Villalobos. They left here on May 17, going by way of Java
+to India. A list of the surviving members of the expedition concludes
+the relation. (_Doc. ined. Amer. y Oceania_, tomo v, pp. 117-209.)
+
+
+
+Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi--1564-68
+
+
+    [Resume of contemporaneous documents, 1559-68.]
+
+
+Illustrative Documents--
+
+
+    Warrant of the Augustinian authorities in Mexico establishing
+    the first branch of their brotherhood in the Philippines; 1564.
+    Act of taking possession of Cibabao; February 15, 1565.
+    Proclamation ordering the declaration of gold taken from the
+    burial-places of the Indians; May 16, 1565.
+    Letters to Felipe II of Spain; May 27 and 29, and June 1, 1565.
+    Letter to the royal Audiencia at Mexico; May 28, 1565
+    Legazpi's relation of the voyage to the Philippines; 1565.
+     [35]Copia de vna carta venida de Seuilla a Miguel Saluador
+     de Valencia; 1566.
+    Letters to Felipe II of Spain; July, 1567, and June 26, 1568.
+    Negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira regarding the Spanish
+    settlement at Cebu. Fernando Riquel; 1568-69.
+
+
+
+_Sources_: See Bibliographical Data at end of this volume.
+
+_Translations_: The resume of documents, 1559-69, is translated and
+arranged, by James A. Robertson, from _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_
+tomo ii, pp. 94-475, and tomo iii, pp. v-225, 244-370, 427-463. Of
+the illustrative documents, the first is translated by Reverend
+Thomas Cooke Middleton; the second and eighth by Arthur B. Myrick;
+the third and fourth by James A. Robertson; the fifth, sixth, and
+seventh by Alfonso de Salvio.
+
+
+
+Resume of Contemporaneous Documents, 1559-68.
+
+
+[The following synopsis is made from documents published in
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ tomos ii and iii, entitled _De las Islas
+Filipinas_. Concerning these documents the following interesting
+statements are taken from the editorial matter in tomo ii. "The
+expedition of Legazpi, which is generally believed to have been
+intended from the very first for the conquest and colonization of
+the Philippines, set out with the intention of colonizing New Guinea;
+and in any event only certain vessels were to continue their course
+to the archipelago, and that with the sole idea of ransoming the
+captives or prisoners of former expeditions" (p. vii). "The course
+laid out in the instructions of the viceroy [of New Spain, Luis de
+Velasco] [36] ... founded upon the opinion of Urdaneta, was to New
+Guinea. The instructions of the _Audiencia_ prescribed definitely the
+voyage to the Philippines" (p. xxiv). Copious extracts are given from
+the more important of these documents, while a few are used merely
+as note-material for others. With this expedition begins the real
+history of the Philippine Islands, From Legazpi's landing in 1564,
+the Spanish occupation of the archipelago was continuous, and in a
+sense complete until 1898, with the exception of a brief period after
+the capture of Manila, by the English in 1762.]
+
+Valladolid, September 24, 1559. The king writes to Luis de Velasco,
+viceroy of New Spain and president of the royal _Audiencia_,
+that he provide "what seems best for the service of God, our Lord,
+and ourselves, and with the least possible cost to our estate; and
+therefore I order you, by virtue of your commission to make the said
+discoveries by sea, that you shall despatch two ships ... for the
+discovery of the western islands toward the Malucos. You must order
+them to do this according to the instructions sent you, and you
+shall stipulate that they try to bring some spice in order to make
+the essay of that traffic; and that, after fulfilling your orders,
+they shall return to that Nueva Espana, which they must do, so that
+it may be known whether the return voyage is assured." These ships
+must not enter any islands belonging to the king of Portugal, but they
+shall go "to other nearby islands, such as the Phelipinas and others,
+which lie outside the above agreement and within our demarcation,
+and are said likewise to contain spice," The necessary artillery,
+articles of barter, etc., will be sent from the India House of Trade
+in Seville. "I shall enclose in this letter the letter that you think I
+should write to Fray Andres de Urdaneta of the order of Saint Augustine
+in that city [Mexico], in order that he embark on those vessels because
+of his experience in matters connected with those islands of the spice
+regions, as he has been there." The viceroy must issue instructions
+to the vessels that they "must not delay in trading and bartering,
+but return immediately to Nueva Espana, for the principal reason
+of this expedition is to ascertain the return voyage." The letter
+enclosed to Urdaneta states that the king "has been informed that when
+you were a secular, you were in Loaysa's fleet, and journeyed to the
+Strait of Magallanes and the spice regions, where you remained eight
+years in our service." In the projected expedition of the viceroy,
+Urdaneta's experience will be very valuable "because of your knowledge
+of the products of that region, and as you understand its navigation,
+and are a good cosmographer." Therefore the king charges him to embark
+upon this expedition. (Tomo ii, nos. x and xi, pp. 94-100.)
+
+Mexico, May 28, 1560. Yelasco writes to the king in answer to this
+letter, saying that he will do his utmost to fulfil his commands in
+regard to the voyage. He says "it is impossible to go to the Filipinas
+Islands without infringing the contents of the treaty, because the
+latter are no less within the treaty than are the Malucos, as your
+majesty can see by the accompanying relation, made solely for myself
+by Fray Andres de Urdaneta. This latter possesses the most knowledge
+and experience of all those islands, and is the best and most accurate
+cosmographer in Nueva Espana." He asks the king to show this relation
+to any living members of Loaysa's expedition in order to verify
+it. The king should redeem the Spaniards captured by the natives
+in the Philippines and other islands near the Moluccas. To do this
+and to reprovision the ships would not be in violation of the treaty
+made with Portugal. In case the ships should depart before the king's
+answer is received, the viceroy will order them to act in accordance
+with the above-mentioned relation. The vessels of the expedition will
+consist of two galleys of two hundred and one hundred and seventy
+or one hundred and eighty tons respectively, and a _patache_. [37]
+Wood, already fitted, is to be sent in the galleys, with which to
+make small boats for use among the islands. "The man in charge of
+the work, writes me that the cables and rigging necessary for these
+vessels will be all ready, by the spring of sixty-one, at Nicaraugua
+and Realexo, ports in the province of Guatimala where I have ordered
+these articles made, because they can be made better there than in all
+the coast of the Southern Sea; and because they can be brought easily
+from those ports to Puerto de la Navidad, where the ships must take
+the sea." The artillery and other articles sent from Spain for the
+vessels have arrived. The letters written by the king to Urdaneta and
+the Augustinian provincial were delivered, and both have conformed
+to the contents thereof. "It is most fitting that Fray Andres go on
+this expedition, because of his experience and knowledge of these
+islands, and because no one in those kingdoms or in these understands
+so thoroughly the necessary course as he; moreover, he is prudent and
+discreet in all branches of business, and is of excellent judgment." He
+assures the king that the return voyage to Spain will be made as
+quickly as possible. In a postscript he adds that all due secrecy has
+been observed in regard to the purpose of the fleet, and it has been
+given out that it is for the trade with Peru and for coast defense;
+however it is rumored that they are for the voyage westward. The
+same ship carried to the king a letter from Urdaneta accepting the
+service imposed upon him. He relates briefly his connection with the
+expedition of Loaysa and his experiences in, and return from, the
+Moluccas. "And after my return from the spice region until the year
+fifty-two, when our Lord God was pleased to call me to my present
+state of religion, I busied myself in your majesty's service, and
+most of the time in this Nueva Espana ... both in matters pertaining
+to war ... and those of peace." Notwithstanding his advanced age and
+his feeble health, he will undertake this new service. In a separate
+and accompanying paper Urdaneta sends his opinion concerning the
+Philippines and neighboring islands, which the viceroy has mentioned
+in his letter. In this relation Urdaneta declares that "it is evident
+and clear that the Filipina Island [Mindanao] is not only within the
+terms of the treaty, [38] but the point running eastward from this
+said island lies in the meridian of the Malucos, and the greater
+part of all the said island lies farther west than the meridian of
+Maluco." [39] He quotes the terms of the treaty to emphasize the fact
+that the Filipina Island is within Portugal's demarcation. "Therefore
+it seems that it would be somewhat inconsistent for your majesty to
+order the said vessels to the Filipina Island without showing some
+legitimate or pious reason therefor." He advises the king to despatch
+the expedition strictly within his demarcation, asking him, however,
+to allow the ships to go to the Philippine Islands for the purpose
+of redeeming the Spanish captives, "without going to the Malucos,
+or engaging in trade, except to buy some things which may be worth
+seeing as specimens, or food and other articles necessary for the
+voyage." The best pilots and experienced men should be engaged for
+this expedition, "so that the most accurate relation possible may be
+made both of the lands newly-discovered and their longitude, and the
+route from Nueva Espana to the said Filipina Island, and the other
+islands of its neighborhood, so that it shall be understood where
+the one hundred and eighty degrees of longitude of your majesty's
+demarcation end. Therefore it seems that not only is it a just cause
+to go to the Filipina Island in search of your said vassals ... but
+there appears to be a necessity for it, since they were lost in your
+majesty's service." These men will be very useful because of their
+knowledge of the language of the infidels and their acquaintance with
+those regions. (Tomo ii, nos. xii and xiii pp. 100-113.)
+
+The king replies to Urdaneta from Aranjuez, (March 4, 1561), accepting
+his offer "to go to the Western Islands in the vessels that Don Luis
+de Velasco, our viceroy of those regions, is sending thither by our
+command ... I feel much pleasure at your willingness to undertake this
+expedition and your understanding that it will be for the service of
+God, our Lord, and of ourselves ... I charge you that, in accordance
+with your offer, you make this expedition, and do therein all that
+is expected from your religion and goodness. In regard to the advice
+you sent everything has been sent to the said viceroy, so that he
+may arrange what is most suitable according to his orders." (Tomo ii,
+no. xvi, pp. 118, 119.)
+
+Nueva Espana, February 9, 1561. The viceroy writes to the king
+concerning the fleet. Two ships and one small vessel are being built,
+and will be provisioned for the trip to the Western Islands and the
+return to New Spain. They will be fully equipped by about the end
+of the present year. "It is necessary that your majesty have two
+pilots sent me for this expedition--men skilled and experienced in
+this navigation of the Ocean Sea; for, although I have three, I need
+two more, so that they may go two and two in the ships.... I have
+appointed Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, [40] a native of the province
+of Lepuzcua, and a well-known gentleman of the family of Lezcano,
+as the general and leader of those embarking in these vessels--who
+all told, soldiers, sailors, and servants, number from two hundred
+and fifty to three hundred people. He is fifty years old [41] and has
+spent more than twenty-nine years in this Nueba Espana. He has given a
+good account of the offices he has held, and of the important affairs
+committed to him. From what is known of his Christian character and
+good qualities hitherto, almore suitable man, and one more satisfactory
+to Fray Andres Urdaneta, who is to direct and guide the expedition,
+could not have been chosen; for these two are from the same land,
+and they are kinsmen and good friends, and have one mind." (Tomo ii,
+no. xiv, pp. 113-117.)
+
+Mexico, 1561. Urdaneta, in a memorial to the king, points out the
+greater advantages of Acapulco as a port, than those possessed by
+Puerto de la Navidad. It has a more healthful location than the
+latter, is nearer Mexico City, and supplies can be taken there
+more easily. The lack of necessities, "such as wine, oil, etc.,
+from Espana," and its unhealthful location have debarred workmen from
+going to Puerto de la Navidad; and hence the completion of the vessels
+has been retarded, and about a year must pass yet before they will
+be finished. "It is of great advantage that the port whence the men
+embark be healthful,... because if they embark from an unhealthful
+land, many fall sick before embarking, and many die afterwards while
+at sea ... The port of Acapulco appears to have a good location,
+so that a dockyard might be fitted up there, where vessels can be
+built, and may there take and discharge their cargoes; for it is one
+of the foremost ports in the discovery of the Indies--large, safe,
+very healthful, and with a supply of good water. It abounds in fish;
+and at a distance of five or six leagues there is an abundance of
+wood for the buttock-timbers of the vessels, and, some distance
+farther, of wood for decks and sheathing, and pines for masts and
+yards." Further, the district about this port is reasonably well
+populated. Urdaneta says that if material for making the artillery be
+sent from Spain, and good workmen, the artillery can be made in New
+Spain; as well as anchors. "In this land there is copper in abundance,
+from which artillery can be made," which only needs to be refined. The
+Augustinian makes some interesting observations regarding social and
+economic conditions in Mexico, and suggests that it would be very
+advantageous to compel many youths who are growing up in vagabondage
+to learn trades, "especially the _mestizos_, mulattoes, and free
+negroes." Weapons, ammunition, and defensive armor must be sent from
+Spain for this expedition. Urdaneta requests that hemp-seed be sent, in
+order that ropes may be made in New Spain. He tells of a plant _pita_
+[agave], growing in this country which can be used as a substitute
+for hemp, and many plants of it must be planted near the ports. The
+pitch, tar, and resin, the instruments and charts for navigation, etc.,
+must be sent hither from Spain. They need good seamen and workmen. The
+king is requested to allow them to make use of any workmen in the other
+provinces of "these parts of the Indies," paying them their just wages;
+likewise to take what things they need, paying the just price. It
+is advised that the necessary trees for shipbuilding be planted near
+the ports, and that ranches be established near by to furnish food.
+
+The second section of this document treats of the navigation to
+the Western Islands: and Urdaneta maps out various routes which
+should be followed, according to the time of the year when the fleet
+shall depart on its voyage of discovery. These routes all have to do
+primarily with New Guinea as the objective point of the expedition,
+the Philippines being considered as only secondary thereto. Speaking
+of the Ladrones and their inhabitants, Urdaneta says: "The islands
+of the Ladrones are many, and thirteen [42] of them are said to
+be inhabited. The inhabitants are naked and poor. They eat rice,
+have many cocoa palms, and use salt. They fish with hooks made from
+tortoise-shell, being destitute of articles made from iron. They
+place a counterweight in one end of their canoes, and rig on them
+lateen-like sails made of palm-mats. It is quite important to explore
+this island thoroughly, or any of the others, in order to discover
+and ascertain accurately the navigation that has been made up to
+that point, and their distance from Maluco and the Filipinas Islands
+... Those islands are somewhat less than three hundred and seventy
+leagues from Botaba [one of the Ladrones]." The "modern maps that have
+come to this Nueva Espana," are in his opinion incorrect, as certain
+coasts are drawn more extensive than is actually the case. Calms
+must be avoided and the trade winds caught, in order to facilitate
+navigation. The errors of former expeditions must be avoided, as well
+as a protracted stay at the Philippines--"both because of the worms
+that infest that sea, which bore through and destroy the vessels;
+and because the Portuguese might learn of us, during this time,
+and much harm might result thereby." Besides. Spaniards as well as
+natives cannot be depended upon to keep the peace. By leaving New
+Spain before the beginning of October, 1562, much expense and the
+idleness of the ships will be avoided. In case land be discovered
+within Spain's demarcation. Urdaneta requests the king to provide
+for its colonization by supplying a captain and some of the people
+and religious--or even that the general himself remain there, "if
+the natives thereof beg that some Spaniards remain among them." He
+asks the king to ascertain the truth of the report that the French
+have discovered a westward route "between the land of the Bacallaos
+and the land north of it." [43] If it be true then trade might be
+carried on more economically from Spain direct to the west than by
+way of New Spain, and the fleets will be better provided with men
+and equipments. (Tomo ii, no. xvii, pp. 119-138).
+
+Mexico, May 26,1563. Legazpi writes to the king that "the viceroy
+of this New Spain, without any merit on my part, has thought best
+to appoint me for the voyage to the Western Islands, to serve your
+majesty, putting under my charge the fleet prepared for it--not
+because this land has few men who would do it better than I, and by
+whom your majesty would be served better on this voyage, but rather,
+because no one would give himself up to it with a more willing spirit,
+as I have ever done in my past duties." He assures his majesty that he
+will have the utmost care in this expedition. For the better success of
+the voyage he has "asked the viceroy for certain things, which seemed
+to me necessary ... and others of which, in the name of your majesty,
+he should grant me, which although they were not of so great moment
+that they were fitting to be asked from so exalted and powerful a
+personage, the viceroy defers and sends them to you, so that your
+majesty may order your pleasure regarding them." He asks these things
+for "so important a voyage" not as "a remuneration for my work, since
+that is due your majesty's service, but as a condescension made with
+the magnificence that your majesty always is accustomed to exercise in
+rewarding his servants who serve him in matters of moment." (Tomo ii,
+no. xviii, pp. 139, 140.)
+
+Mexico, 1564. The viceroy writes to Felipe on February 25 and again
+on June 15, excusing the non-departure of the fleet. In the first he
+says that the delay is due to the proper victualing of the vessels
+for a two-years' voyage, and the non-arrival of certain pieces of
+artillery, etc., which were coming from Vera Cruz; the things that
+were to be sent, from the City of Mexico could not be sent until the
+fleet was launched, as they would spoil if left on land. Everything
+will be ready by May. In the second letter he excuses the delay as,
+owing to calms and contrary winds, the vessels bearing the "masts,
+yards, and certain anchors" for the fleet did not arrive at Puerto de
+la Navidad until June 10. It still remained to step the masts and make
+the vessels shipshape, and to load the provisions; and they will be
+ready to sail by September. "Four vessels are being sent, two galleons
+and two _pataches_; ... they are the best that have been launched
+on the Southern Sea, and the stoutest and best equipped. They carry
+three hundred Spaniards, half soldiers and half sailors, a chosen lot
+of men.... Six religious of the order of Saint Augustine go with it,
+among them Fray Andres de Urdaneta, who is the most experienced and
+skilled navigator that can be had in either old or new Espana." He
+encloses a copy of the instructions to Legazpi, in order that the king
+may assure himself that his commands have been obeyed. The best pilots
+have been secured. The questions of routes, seasons, and other things
+have been discussed with Urdaneta and others who have made the voyage
+before. "I trust ... that the expedition will come to a successful
+end, and that your majesty will be very much served therein, and in
+all that shall hereafter occur in it." Notice will be given to the
+king of the departure of the fleet by the first vessel leaving for
+Spain after that event. (Tomo ii, nos. xix and xx, pp. 140-145).
+
+Mejico, September 1, 1564. After the death of Luis de Velasco,
+instructions are issued to Legazpi by the president and auditors of
+the royal _Audiencia_ of Mexico, the chief provisions of which here
+follow. Before the royal officials of this expedition, namely, "Guido
+de Labezaris, treasurer, Andres Cauchela, accountant, and Andres de
+Mirandaola, factor," he will take possession of the vessels and their
+equipment. The flagship will be the "Sant Felipe," in which Legazpi
+will embark; the "Sant Andres" will carry the commander of the fleet;
+[44] Captain Juan de la Isla and Captain Hernan Sanchez Munon will
+command the _pataches_, the "Sant Juan de Letran" and the "Sant
+Lucas," respectively. Legazpi's first duty is to appoint pilots,
+masters, boatswains, notaries, artillery officers, and all other
+necessary officials. Inventories of the equipment of the fleet, and
+of the merchandise, etc., carried, are to be made and signed by him;
+and a copy of the same shall be given to the officials of the royal
+_hacienda_ [treasury]. He shall apportion the cargo, provisions,
+etc., among the different vessels, as he judge best. Martin de
+Goiti is to have entire charge of all the artillery, ammunition,
+etc., "as he is a person to be trusted," and he shall be given a
+memorandum of all such things. The men embarking in the fleet shall
+pass a general review; their names, age, parentage, occupation in
+the fleet, and pay, shall be enrolled in a book; and they shall
+be apportioned to the various vessels of the fleet. In Legazpi's
+ship will embark Captain Mateo del Saz, appointed master-of-camp,
+two officials of the royal _hacienda_, and those "gentlemen to whom
+has been given the preference for attendance on you and the standard,
+and the other necessary persons;" the royal standard and the ensign
+shall be carried on his vessel. "In the admiral's ship you shall
+appoint as captain thereof, and as admiral of the whole fleet,
+the man who is, in your judgment, most suitable." This vessel must
+carry one of the royal officers. The soldiers and sailors must see
+that the arquebuses delivered to them are kept in good order. Great
+care must be exercised in regard to the provisions, and they must be
+apportioned in set quantities, "as the voyage is of long duration." To
+this end no useless person shall be taken, and no Indians or negroes
+(male or female)--beyond a dozen of the latter for servants--or women
+(married or single) shall accompany the fleet. When the fleet is upon
+the point of embarking, the Augustinian religious shall be taken on
+board, who go "to bring the natives of those regions to a knowledge
+of our holy Catholic faith." They are to have good quarters and to
+receive good treatment. Before setting sail "you shall have care that
+all the people have confessed and received communion." The general
+must perform homage and take oath to "perform well and faithfully
+the said office and duties of governor and captain-general." Also
+the oath of obedience and faithfulness to Legazpi shall be taken by
+all embarking in the fleet, "that they will not mutiny, or rebel,
+and will follow the course marked out by you, and your banner." The
+general must guard carefully the morals of his men, and shall punish
+"blasphemy and public sins with all severity." The property of
+the dead shall be kept for their heirs, persons being appointed to
+administer it. The admiral, captains, pilots, and masters shall be
+given ample instructions concerning the course before setting sail,
+which they must follow to the letter. The men are to be divided
+into watches, no one being excused, except for sickness. The fleet,
+setting sail, shall proceed "in search of and to discover the Western
+Islands situated toward the Malucos, but you shall not in any way or
+manner enter the islands of the said Malucos, ... but you shall enter
+other islands contiguous to them, as for instance the Filipinas, and
+others outside the said treaty, and within his majesty's demarcation,
+and which are reported also to contain spice." They are to labor for
+the evangelization of the natives, to ascertain the products of the
+islands, and to discover the return route to New Spain. The route
+to be taken on the westward journey will be by way of the "island
+Nublada, discovered by Ruy Lopez de Villalobos" and Roca Partida;
+then to the islands Los Reyes, the Coral Islands--"where you may
+procure water,"--and thence to the Philippines; passing perhaps the
+islands of Matalotes and Arrecifes, in which event they shall try to
+enter into communication with the natives. "When you have arrived at
+the said Filipinas Islands, and other islands contiguous to them and
+the Malucos, without however entering the latter, ... you shall try to
+discover and examine their ports, and to ascertain and learn minutely
+the settlements therein and their wealth; the nature and mode of life
+of the natives; the trade and barter among them, and with what nations;
+the value and price of spices among them, the different varieties of
+the same, and the equivalent for each in the merchandise and articles
+for exchange that you take from this land; and what other things may
+be advantageous. You shall labor diligently to make and establish
+sound friendship and peace with the natives, and you shall deliver to
+their seigniors and chiefs, as may seem best to you, the letters from
+his majesty that you carry with you for them.... You must represent
+to them his majesty's affection and love for them, giving them a few
+presents ... and treating them well. And you may exchange the articles
+of barter and the merchandise that you carry for spice, drugs, gold,
+and other articles of value and esteem.... And if, in your judgment,
+the land is so rich and of such quality that you should colonize
+therein, you shall establish a colony in that part and district that
+appears suitable to you, and where the firmest friendship shall have
+been made with you; and you shall affirm and observe inviolably this
+friendship. After you have made this settlement, if you should deem
+it advantageous to the service of God, our Lord, and of his majesty,
+to remain in those districts where you have thus settled, together
+with some of your people and religious, until you have given advice
+of it to his majesty and this royal _Audiencia_ in his name, you
+shall send immediately to this Nueva Espana, one or more trustworthy
+persons  ... with the news and relation of what you have accomplished,
+and where you have halted. What you shall have obtained in trade shall
+be brought back. This you shall do in such manner that with all the
+haste, caution, and diligence possible, they shall return to this land,
+in order that the return route hither may be known and learned; for
+this latter is the chief thing attempted, since already it is known
+that the journey thither can be made in a brief time. If you determine
+to make the return in person to this land, you shall leave there,
+where you have settled, persons in your stead and some people and
+religious, but making sure that the commander left by you with such
+people and religious is a thoroughly trustworthy man, and that he is
+amply provided with the necessary supplies until aid can arrive. To
+this man you shall give orders that he preserve with your friends
+the friendship that you shall have established, without offending
+or ill-treating them in any way; and that he be ever prepared and
+watchful, so that no harm may come through his negligence." News
+of any Spaniards left among these islands from the expedition
+of Villalobos is to be earnestly sought; and Spaniards and their
+children are to be ransomed when found, and brought back to Spanish
+territory. Information is to be sought concerning the natives of the
+Philippines. The Spaniards must ascertain whether the Portuguese have
+built forts or made settlements in these islands since the treaty was
+made, or since Villalobos arrived there. The exploration in Spain's
+demarcation is to be as thorough as possible. Any land colonized
+must be well chosen, regard being had to its easy defense. As much
+treasure as possible must be sent back with the ship or ships that
+return with news of the expedition. Further emphasis is laid on the
+good treatment of the natives, "who, as we are informed, are men
+of keen intellect, of much worth, and as white as ourselves." "In
+whatever port, island, or land" they shall make explorations, they
+are to gather information "of the customs, conditions, mode of life,
+and trade of their inhabitants; their religion and cult, what beings
+they adore, and their sacrifices and manner of worship. Information
+must be obtained of their method of rule and government; whether
+they have kings, and, if so, whether that office is elective, or by
+right of inheritance; or whether they are governed like republics, or
+by nobles; what rents or tributes they pay, and of what kind and to
+whom; the products of their land most valued among them; what other
+things valued by them are brought from other regions. And you shall
+ascertain what articles taken by you from here are held in highest
+estimation among them." Possession, in the king's name, shall be
+taken of all the lands or islands discovered. The pilots shall make
+careful logs. The powerful rulers of these districts are to be told
+that the proposed destination of the fleet was not to their islands,
+but the exigencies of the weather rendered a stay there imperative,
+in order that they may not say "that you carry very little merchandise
+to go a-trading in lands so distant" They shall request friendship
+and alliance and trade; and presents shall be given these rulers from
+the most valuable articles in the cargo. Legazpi must be watchful of
+his own safety, carrying on negotiations with the natives through his
+officers, thus guarding against treachery. The person transacting such
+business shall be accompanied by armed men, and the negotiations must
+be carried on in sight of the vessels. Hostages must be procured when
+possible. No soldiers or sailors shall go ashore without being ordered
+to do so. Sleepless vigilance must be exercised to see that the natives
+do not cut the anchor-cables, and thus send the ship adrift. To guard
+against treason and poison, invitations to festivities or banquets
+must not be accepted, nor shall any food be eaten unless the natives
+partake of it first. If no settlement can be made because of the
+unwillingness of the natives, or because of the scarcity of men, then
+the expedition--the entire fleet, if Legazpi deem best--shall return,
+after having first made peace and friendship, trying to bring enough
+treasure, etc., to pay the expenses of the expedition. It is advisable
+to leave some of the priests in any event, "to preserve the friendship
+and peace that you shall have made." If any Portuguese are met among
+the islands of Japan, part of which lie in Spain's demarcation, any
+hostile encounter must be avoided, and the Spaniards must labor for
+peace and friendship. In case they obtain such peace and friendship,
+then they must try to see the charts carried by the Portuguese. Whether
+the latter are found or not in these Japanese islands, Legazpi must
+try to ascertain whether any Theatins [45] have been sent thither to
+convert the natives. Finding these latter, information as to those
+regions and the actions of the Portuguese therein must be sought. In
+case the Spaniards and Portuguese come to blows, and the victory
+remain to the former, a few Portuguese prisoners shall be sent to
+New Spain. If the Portuguese have unlawfully entered the limits of
+Spain, Legazpi shall, with the advice of his captains and the royal
+officials, take what course seems, best. If vessels are encountered
+in the Japanese archipelago or in districts contiguous thereto,
+Legazpi must try to effect peace and friendship, declaring that he was
+compelled to enter those districts because of contrary winds; he must
+gather all the information possible from them, concerning themselves
+and the Portuguese. Should these vessels thus encountered prove to be
+armed fleets or pirates, any conflict with them must be avoided. In
+case of a fight, let him depend on his artillery rather than on
+grappling. Any prisoners must be well treated, "and after having gained
+information of everything that seems best to you, you shall allow them
+to go freely, giving them to understand the greatness of the king,
+... and that he wishes his vassals to harm no one." Pirates are to
+be dealt with as shall be deemed best. All trading must be at the
+lowest possible price, and fixed figures shall be established. Native
+weights must be used. The royal officials are to have entire charge
+of all trading, of whatever nature, and no individual shall presume,
+under severe penalties, to trade for himself, for in that case prices
+will be raised by the natives. These officials shall trade first,
+merchandise to the value of fifty thousand pesos of gold dust [46]
+for the king, and then ten thousand pesos for private individuals;
+then another fifty thousand for the king, and so on; but all drugs,
+spices, and some other articles are the king's alone, and no one may
+trade for them without his express permission. Careful entries of
+all trading must be made, and the king shall receive one-twentieth
+of all the return cargo of individuals in the fleet. Any merchandise
+belonging to private individuals who do not embark in the fleet shall
+be traded last, and seven per cent of its returns shall be paid to
+the king. Slaves may be bought, for use as interpreters, but good
+treatment is to be accorded them. No Indian shall be captured, nor
+shall any soldier buy any slave during the time of the voyage; but
+when a settlement is made they may do so, unless the king order the
+contrary. Several of them shall be sent to New Spain, however, that
+"they may be seen here, and from them may be ascertained the products
+of their lands." In the fortress of any settlement made, two houses
+shall be constructed, one for Legazpi, and the other for the safe
+keeping of the artillery and stores; and a ditch and drawbridge are to
+be made at the entrance to it. The people of the settlement shall live
+outside the fortress, but in one place. Careful watch must be kept;
+and the soldiers must take good care of their weapons, having them
+always in readiness. The soldiers and others are to be prohibited
+from "going to the villages of the natives of those regions without
+leave, from entering their houses, from seizing by force anything
+in the camp or in their village, or contrary to their will, and from
+leaving their [the soldiers'] quarters. Especially shall you prohibit
+them and order them that they have no communication with the women
+of those regions." Legazpi is to remain aboard his vessel until the
+fortress is completed. After its completion some small boats shall
+be made. A church shall be built near the fort, as well as a house
+for the religious, in order that the latter may minister to the
+colonists and the natives. "And you shall have especial care that,
+in all your negotiations with the natives of those regions, some of
+the religious accompanying you be present, both in order to avail
+yourself of their good counsel and advice, and so that the natives
+may see and understand your high estimation of them; for seeing this,
+and the great reverence of the soldiers toward them, they themselves
+will hold the religious in great respect. This will be of great
+moment, so that, when the religious shall understand their language,
+or have interpreters through whom they may make them understand our
+holy Catholic faith, the Indians shall put entire faith in them;
+since you are aware that the chief thing sought after by his majesty
+is the increase of our holy Catholic faith, and the salvation of the
+souls of those infidels." To this end all help must be given to these
+ministers of God. The Indian interpreters carried in the fleet must
+be well treated. In case it shall be necessary, changes may be made
+in these instructions, but with the advice of the other officers; but
+it must be ever kept in mind that he is "to go to the said Filipinas
+Islands, and other islands contiguous thereto, ... and to discover
+the return route to this Nueva Espana with the greatest despatch
+possible, bringing or sending spices and other valuable articles of
+those regions." Urdaneta must return with the ship or ships sent
+back to discover the return route, because of his experience. No
+person shall be restricted from sending letters, in the return ship
+or ships, to the king or the royal _Audiencia_. The commander of
+the return ship shall deliver all the letters to the _Audiencia_,
+and they, after reading their own shall despatch the others. This
+person shall be most emphatically charged to communicate with no one
+until the _Audiencia_ has been advised of everything that has happened
+since the fleet left New Spain. Legazpi is enjoined in strong terms
+to seek advice among the religious "especially father Fray Andres de
+Urdaneta," and the officers of the fleet, on all important matters. In
+case of Legazpi's death the person succeeding to his office is to
+keep these instructions faithfully. A small box, carefully fastened,
+is given into Legazpi's keeping, containing a sealed paper in which
+is written the name of the person who is to succeed to his command
+in case of his death, but this person is not to be known until such
+a casualty. Another similar box, sealed and fastened as the other
+casket, contains the name of the person who shall receive the command
+in case Legazpi's successor dies also. At the end of the instructions
+proper is Legazpi's oath to observe with care the commands enjoined
+upon him therein. (Tomo ii, no. xxi, pp. 145-200.)
+
+Mejico, September 12, 1564. A letter from the royal _Audiencia_ to the
+king informs the latter of the changes which they have made in the
+instructions given to Legazpi by Luis de Velasco, who has died. The
+general and other officers have left for the port of departure, and
+the fleet will sail some time in October. The first instructions,
+which were in accordance with Urdaneta's opinion, were to sail
+toward New Guinea and coast along its shores in order to discover
+its products and other things. "It seemed to this royal _Audiencia_,
+discussing and communicating in this regard with persons of experience,
+who have been in those regions, that, although it be true that the
+discovery of New Guinea would be important, especially if the riches
+asserted should be found there, it is not fitting that the voyage
+thither be made now--both because, as it is new, it has not hitherto
+been navigated; and because, doing so now, it would be necessary to
+deviate widely from the course to reach the Western Islands, and the
+return voyage would be delayed; and it would be running a great risk
+to navigate in an unknown course." The king's letter of September 24,
+1559, is cited in support of the _Audiencia's_ change in route, and
+they "determined to order the general to sail straightway in search
+of the Filipinas Islands, and the other islands contiguous thereto,
+by the same route taken by Ruy Lopez de Villalobos." The _Audiencia_
+do not agree with Urdaneta (see above, p. 81) that the Philippines
+are in Portugal's demarcation. (Tomo ii, no. xxi, pp. 200-205.)
+
+Nueva Espana, 1564 (?). The first-appointed admiral of the fleet,
+Juan Pablo de Carrion, writes to King Felipe in regard to the
+proposed route. He gives a brief outline of Urdaneta's opinion
+that they should sail first to New Guinea. This island he declares
+"is one that we discovered in the year forty-four." He describes
+it as a desolate region, with but scant food, and declares that the
+voyage thither is dangerous and arduous. His own opinion is that the
+fleet should take the same course as did Saavedra and Villalobos;
+"and that the fleet should put in at the Filipinas Islands, which
+are friendly islands, with whom we have had trade and friendship,
+and where even eight Spaniards of the fleet in which I sailed
+remained. They are islands well supplied with all manner of food,
+and there is much trade there. They are wealthy and large, and have
+the best location of the entire archipelago. Their language is known,
+and their ports, and even the names of their principal rulers, with
+whom we have contracted friendship.... There are islands among them
+with a circuit of three hundred leagues, and so down to fifty. Those
+islands that have been seen are eight large ones, without reckoning
+the small ones between them. They are within sight of one another,
+so that the most distant of them is not more than ten leagues from
+another. To the north of them lies the mainland of China, a distance
+of about two hundred leagues; at about the same distance to the south
+lies Maluco. And since the route from these lands thither is already
+known, and we have had experience of it and since it is a land most
+abundantly provisioned and has much trade, and is rich, I have been
+of the opinion that we should go thither, inasmuch as this navigation
+is understood and that we should not seek a new course attended with
+so great uncertainty and risk." He recounts that "these islands were
+discovered first by Magallanes in the year twenty-one," and afterward
+by Villalobos, and their secret discovered. "They are islands that
+the Portuguese have never seen, and they are quite out of the way of
+their navigation; neither have the latter had any further information
+of them beyond our drawing or chart. They have the best situation for
+the return voyage, because they are in north latitude." He ascribes
+his not being permitted to accompany the expedition to the divergence
+of his opinion from that of Urdaneta. The latter has declared that
+he will not go on the expedition if it takes Carrion's course;
+"and as he who goes as general, ... is of his nation and land, and
+his intimate friend, he wishes to please the father in everything;
+and as the said general has no experience in these things, nor does he
+understand anything of navigation, through not having practiced it,
+he is unable to distinguish one thing from another, and embraces the
+father's opinion in everything." Carrion, in a very brief resume of
+Urdaneta's life, declares that he is a man of over sixty. (Tomo ii,
+no. xxiii, pp. 205-210.)
+
+Puerto de la Navidad, 1564. In a letter to the king November 18,
+Legazpi announces that he has taken over "two large ships and two
+_pataches_, and one small brigantine," in which are one hundred and
+fifty seamen, two hundred soldiers, and six religious of the order of
+Saint Augustine, the chief of whom is father Fray Andres de Urdaneta;
+in all, the number of souls, counting servants, amounts to three
+hundred and eighty. "I shall leave this port, please God, our Lord,
+tomorrow ... and will display, on my part, all possible diligence and
+care, with the fidelity which I owe, and which I am under obligation
+to have." He hopes for a successful voyage. He begs the king to bear
+them in mind, and send aid "to us who go before," and to commit this
+to one who has care and diligence, "as a matter that concerns greatly
+the service of God, our Lord, the increase of his holy Catholic faith,
+and the service of your majesty, and the general good of your kingdoms
+and seigniories." He asks the king to grant (as in his other letter,
+_q.v._ above) the requests he had made to the viceroy, and which
+the latter had sent to Spain; for the preparation for the voyage
+has taken all his possessions. Two days later (November 20) Urdaneta
+writes the king to somewhat the same effect, enumerating the vessels,
+men, etc. Besides himself there are four other religious, "and the
+other ... God has taken to himself in this port." They will set out
+the following day, all being well. He praises Legazpi, and requests
+the king to keep him in his remembrance. Urdaneta's nephew, Andres
+de Mirandaola, is the royal factor of the fleet, and the former begs
+favor for him. "Also since the religious of the order of our father
+Saint Augustine are the first to embark in this undertaking, and to
+undergo so many hardships for the service of God and your majesty,
+I beg your majesty to grant them favors." (Tomo ii, nos. xxiv and xxv,
+pp. 211-215.)
+
+November 25, 1564. Legazpi gives instructions on this day to the
+captains and pilots as to the course to be pursued. Hitherto,
+since leaving port, a southwest course has been steered; but now,
+in accordance with the royal instructions, and in the opinion of the
+captains and pilots, it seems advisable to change the direction. They
+shall sail first west-southwest to a latitude of nine degrees, and then
+take a due course for the Philippines, stopping at the island of Los
+Reyes on the way. If by any chance one of the vessels becomes separated
+from Legazpi's vessel, the pilots are to return to the above latitude,
+stopping at any port that they may find, for eight or ten days, in
+hopes of meeting the other vessels. Whether they find the island or
+not, and do not find the other vessels, this ship shall continue on
+the course toward the Philippines. A token and letter must be left at
+any port they may reach. When the island of Los Reyes is reached, the
+ship will wait there ten days, after which time they shall continue
+their course, stopping likewise at Matalotes and Arrecifes, leaving
+tokens at all places, and trying to explore them and discover their
+products. (Tomo ii, no. xxvi, pp. 215-217.)
+
+Relation of the expedition, from November 19, 1564, to the end of May,
+1565, when the "San Pedro," under command of Felipe de Salcedo, left
+Cebu for New Spain. The fleet set sail from "Puerto de Navidad, Monday,
+November 20, two hours before midnight, or rather on Tuesday, November
+21, three hours before daybreak." It consisted of the flagship,
+"San Pedro," the "San Pablo," captained by the master-of-camp,
+Mateo del Saz, and the _pataches_ "San Juan" and "San Lucas,"
+captained by Juan de la Isla and Alonso de Arellano respectively. The
+vessels bore as pilots Esteban Rodriguez (chief pilot), Pierres
+Plin (or Plun, a Frenchman), Jaymes Martinez Fortun, Diego Martin,
+Rodrigo de Espinosa, and Lope Martin. Legazpi's vessel, the "San
+Pedro," carried a small brigantine on her poop deck. On November 25,
+Legazpi opened the instructions given him by the _Audiencia_, which
+radically changed the course from the one that had been hitherto
+pursued--the new course being in accord with the advice of Carrion,
+and by the same route which Villalobos had taken. "The religious in
+the fleet were very sorry at this, giving out that they had been
+deceived; and had they known while yet ashore, that such a route
+was to be pursued, they would not have accompanied the expedition,
+for the reasons that father Fray Andres de Urdaneta had advanced in
+Mexico." But they expressed their willingness to make the expedition
+now for the service of God and the holy Catholic faith, the increase
+of the kingdom, and the general good of the fleet. On the night of
+the twenty-ninth, the "San Lucas," which, by the general's orders,
+was accustomed to take its position at night ahead of his vessel,
+became separated from the rest of the fleet and was seen no more. [47]
+Being speedier than, the others, Legazpi naturally expected that
+it would reach the islands ahead of him and there await the fleet,
+but he was disappointed. The fleet reached on December 18, the ninth
+degree of latitude, from which it must proceed westward to the island
+of Los Reyes. It was found that there was no uniformity among the
+distances and reckonings of the pilots; and although each contended
+for the accuracy of his reckoning, they were accustomed to change
+their figures somewhat, before reporting to Legazpi. Urdaneta's
+figures proved nearer the truth, but even he changed his reckoning,
+enlarging it, that he might be more in harmony with the pilots. Thus
+it happened that the daily runs were exaggerated, giving rise to the
+belief that Los Reyes had been passed. In accordance with this belief
+the course of the fleet was changed on the twenty-eighth of December,
+taking the latitude of ten degrees, in order to reach Matalotes and
+other islands. On January 8, 1565, the "San Pablo" reported land on
+the port bow, and the fleet directed its course southward. The report
+proving incorrect, the former course was resumed and on the next day
+a low, small island was discovered. The natives fled at sight or the
+squadron. The ships ran close to land, and finding no anchorage, for
+the anchors failed to touch bottom, Martin de Goyti was ordered to
+go ahead to look for an anchorage. Landing-parties (among whom were
+Urdaneta and Legazpi's grandson, Felipe de Salcedo, Martin de Goyti,
+and Juan de la Isla) went on shore to gather what information they
+could, and Salcedo was empowered to take possession of the island for
+the king. Meanwhile it became necessary for the vessels to weigh anchor
+and set sail, as the ebb-tide was taking them out to sea. The small
+boats that had been sent ashore regained the fleet at ten o'clock,
+and it continued its voyage. The landing-party had been well received
+by the natives who had not decamped--an old man, his wife, and a
+young woman with her child--who showed them their houses, fruits,
+and articles of food, giving them some of the latter. They showed
+signs of regret at the departure of the Spaniards. "The Indian was
+well built and the women good looking. They were clad in garments
+made of palm-leaf mats, which are very thin and skilfully made. They
+had many Castilian fowl, quantities of fish and cocoanuts, potatoes,
+yams, and other grain, such as millet." They used canoes, and made
+fish-hooks from bone and other articles. "Their hair is loose and
+long." This island was named Barbudos. [48] No weapons, offensive
+or defensive, were seen. On the tenth they reached another larger
+island and many small islets, which they called Los Plazeles from
+the surrounding shoals. They appeared uninhabited. The same day
+they passed another uninhabited island, which they called the isle
+of Birds, from its many wild-fowl. On the twelfth they passed other
+uninhabited islands which they called Las Hermanas ["The Sisters"]. On
+the fourteenth, they passed islands which Urdaneta declared to be
+the Jardines of Villalobos. The pilots ridiculed this assertion,
+saying that they were much farther on their course. In a general
+council on the seventeenth the best course to the Philippines was
+discussed, as it was advisable to avoid entering at the hunger-point
+of Villalobos. It was agreed to sail along the thirteenth degree,
+in which course Urdaneta declared they must meet the Ladrones. On the
+twenty-second of January land was sighted which the pilots declared
+to be the Philippines, but which Urdaneta said might be the Ladrones,
+which he afterwards affirmed to be the case from the lateen-sails
+of the native boats, "which the inhabitants of the Filipinas do not
+make." The pilots continued to ridicule him, but Urdaneta's reasoning
+was correct. The fleet was surrounded by a multitude of boats, whose
+occupants, all talking at once, invited them with word and sign to
+land, offering refreshment. Some knives, scissors, beads, a mirror,
+and other articles were given to the occupants of the nearest canoe. On
+the following Tuesday the vessels succeeded in finding an anchorage,
+and the instructions as to behavior on land were carefully enjoined
+on all the men. [49] They were immediately surrounded by the canoes
+of the natives, the occupants of which brought many kinds of food,
+but in very small quantity. They would not enter the vessels although
+asked to do so by Legazpi, "who showed them much love and affection,
+and looked upon them as friends." They sold their food for such things
+as playing cards, little bits of cloth, etc. "The father prior talked
+with them, using the few words of their language that he remembered,
+especially counting up to ten, whereat they manifested great pleasure;
+and one of them mentioned the name Gonzalo, which as the father prior
+said, was the name of a Spaniard who had been found in one of those
+islands, which was called Goam." The natives signed to them to enter
+their villages, where they would find food in abundance. "And all the
+canoes, and those in them, had their arms, which consisted of shields,
+bundles of throwing-sticks, slings, and egg-shaped stones.... They
+leave the body quite uncovered. They are tall, robust, well built,
+and apparently of great strength. The women, too, are very tall,
+and wear only a cord tied about the waist, and to the cord they
+hang some grass or leaves from the trees, whereby they cover the
+shameful parts. Some cover the latter also with mats made from
+palm-leaves. All the rest of the body is uncovered. Both men and
+women wear their hair, which is of a yellowish color, loose and long,
+gathering it up behind the head." Their canoes are "very neatly and
+well made, sewed together with cord, and finished with a white or
+orange-colored bitumen, in place of pitch. They are very light, and
+the natives sail in them with their lateen sails made of palm-mats,
+with so much swiftness against the wind or with a side wind that it
+is a thing to marvel at." The trading was all done from the canoes
+for the natives would not enter the vessels. They cheated much,
+passing up packages filled mainly with sand, or grass, and rocks,
+with perhaps a little rice on top to hide the deceit; the cocoa-nut
+oil was found to be mixed with water. "Of these the natives made many
+and very ridiculous jests." They showed no shame in these deceits,
+and, if remonstrance was made, began straightway to show fight. "They
+are inclined to do evil, and in their knavishness they exhibit a very
+great satisfaction in having done it; and truly whoever gave the name
+of island of Ladrones [robbers] was right; for they are robbers and
+boast of it, and are quite shameless and inclined to evil. They render
+account to no one, each man being sufficient to himself. Thus it was
+seen that, whenever the general gave some articles, such as beads,
+mirrors, and articles of barter, to the Indians who seemed to be
+the principals, they quarreled over who should take them, snatching
+them from one another and fleeing. And they were always looking for
+something to steal. They unfastened a large piece of one rudder blade
+in the _patache_ 'San Joan,' and they tried to, and actually did,
+draw out the nails from the sides of the ships." [50] The vessels
+having anchored in a small cove for the purpose of refilling the
+water-butts, the natives showed hostility, discharging showers of
+stones from two sides, wounding some of the Spaniards, among others
+Captain Juan de la Isla, whereat the master-of-camp was sent ashore
+to remonstrate. The natives, in consequence, promised to keep the
+peace. Repeated experiences proved that no confidence could be placed
+in these people; for they broke their word as soon as given. Legazpi
+took possession of this island "in the name of his majesty"; and the
+religious disembarked to say mass, and celebrated divine worship. [51]
+Several natives were captured and held as hostages, being well
+treated in each case. One escaped, although his legs were fettered
+with irons, by swimming; one hanged himself, and the others were set
+free. Urdaneta proposed that a settlement be made in this island, and a
+vessel despatched to New Spain, but Legazpi said this would be acting
+contrary to his instructions. Before leaving the island, however,
+a hundred men under the command of Mateo del Saz landed to inflict
+chastisement for the death of a ship-boy whom the natives, finding
+him asleep in a palm grove, whither he had gone while the water-butts
+were being refilled, had killed in a most barbarous manner. Four of
+the natives were captured, three of whom (all wounded) were hanged
+at the same place where the boy had been killed; and the other was,
+through the intervention of the priests, taken aboard the ship, in
+order to send him to New Spain. Many houses were burned, a damage,
+"which, although slight, was some punishment for so great baseness and
+treachery as they had displayed toward us, ... and was done, so that
+when Spaniards, vassals of his majesty, anchor there another time,
+the natives shall give them a better reception, and maintain more
+steadfastly the friendship made with them." "This island of Goam is
+high and mountainous, and throughout, even to its seacoast, is filled
+with groves of cocoa-palms and other trees, and thickly inhabited. Even
+in the valleys, where there are rivers, it is inhabited. It has many
+fields sown with rice, and abundance of yams, sweet potatoes, sugar
+cane, and bananas--these last the best I have seen, being in smell
+and taste far ahead of those of Nueva Espana. This same island has
+also much ginger, and specimens of sulphurous rock were found." The
+island had "no wild or tame cattle, nor any birds, except some little
+turtle-doves that are kept in cages." The natives captured would not
+eat the meat offered them, nor "would they at first eat anything of
+ours." The natives were skilful fishermen, being able to catch the
+fish with the naked hands, "which is a thing of great wonder." "They
+are excellent swimmers. Their houses are high, and neatly and well
+made"--some, placed on posts of stone, served as sleeping-apartments;
+other houses were built on the ground, and in them the cooking and
+other work was done. They had other large buildings that served as
+arsenals for all in common, wherein the large boats and the covered
+canoes were kept. "These were very spacious, broad, and high, and
+worth seeing." The fleet left this island on February 3, and anchored
+on the thirteenth near the island of Cebu. Peace was made with the
+natives of one of the islands. Inquiries were made for Bernardo de
+la Torre, one of the captains of the Villalobos expedition, and they
+were given to understand that he was north from there. The natives,
+while professing friendship, brought their visitors but little
+food. [52] Legazpi, therefore, sent Juan de la Isla with a party
+to look for a good port. This party was gone six days, experiencing
+the usual treachery from the natives, who killed one of the men, who
+had disembarked without permission. Meanwhile another expedition was
+despatched toward the south, with the same object in view. Possession
+was taken of the island of Zibabao in the king's name. [53] On the
+twentieth of February the fleet set sail passing southward between a
+large island and a number of small islets. Next day they cast anchor
+off the large island in a large bay to which they gave the name San
+Pedro. [54] Here they learned that Tandaya, where they hoped to find
+the Spaniards still remaining in these regions from the Villalobos
+expedition, was a day's journey farther on. In this bay a native came
+to Legazpi's ship who could speak a few words of Spanish. They wished
+to send word to Tandaya and to buy provisions, but the natives, though
+good promisers, were tardy doers. Goyti was sent in search of Tandaya,
+while the general took possession of the island near which the ships
+were anchored. The latter, attempting to ascend to the native village,
+encountered the hostility of the people. Government here was in
+"districts like communal towns, each district having a chief. We could
+not ascertain whether they had any great chief or lord." Goyti returned
+in ten days with news that he had found a large river which he was
+told was Tandaya. As they explored the coasts they were followed by the
+natives, who took every occasion of displaying their hostility. He had
+passed a large settlement called Cabalian. There was a good anchorage
+here, but no port; "and the Indians of Cabalian had golden jewels,
+and had many swine and Castilian hens which were near the shore and
+which could be seen from the boat." On the fifth of March the fleet
+sailed to this town, reaching it on the same day. Friendship was made
+with the natives in accordance with their special blood ceremonies
+[55] in such cases. Some boats, sent out next day under command of
+the master-of-camp, discovered the strait separating this island
+from Panay. The usual trouble was experienced by Legazpi in securing
+provisions, and it was necessary to despatch Goyti to the shore to
+take what was needed, but with orders not to harm the natives. Next
+day Legazpi sent to the shore what was considered the equivalent of
+the food thus taken, in beads and other articles, by a native who was
+on his vessel. The general learned from hostages aboard his ship the
+names of many of the islands. On the ninth of March the fleet set sail
+for Mazagua, being guided by one of these hostages. Failing to meet
+here the hoped-for friendship, they determined to go to the island of
+Camiguinin, [56] first setting free all the hostages, giving them back
+their canoe, provisioning it for three days, and giving many presents
+of clothes to them, in order by this liberality to contract a lasting
+friendship. On the eleventh of March the coast of this island was
+reached. This island "is very thickly wooded." The natives, as usual,
+fled. On the fourteenth the fleet set sail for Butuan in Mindanao,
+but owing to contrary winds, they were not able to sail that day
+beyond Bohol. The _patache_ "San Juan" was despatched to Butuan from
+this place, to try to make peace with its king and the people; and the
+captain of this vessel was ordered to treat well any junks he might
+meet from "China or Borneo, and other parts." The Malayan interpreter,
+Geronimo Pacheco, was sent in this vessel, and they were ordered
+to obtain as much information as possible in regard to trade. The
+time given them for this expedition was twenty-five days. News being
+received that a large sail had been seen, the master-of-camp was sent
+in a small boat to investigate. Two days later he returned, reporting
+that the junk was from Borneo, and that he had fought with it "for it
+would not listen to peace." In the end the junk surrendered, and was
+brought in a prisoner; but the enemy "had killed a good soldier with
+a lance-thrust through the throat," and had wounded twenty more. The
+men of the junk were Moros, and they had fought most valiantly,
+and "were determined to die." Legazpi gave the Moros their liberty,
+whereat they expressed many thanks; he gathered as much information
+as possible from them in regard to the islands and peoples of these
+regions. "The Moros told him that they carried iron and tin from
+Borney, and from China porcelain, bells made of copper according
+to their manner, benzoin, and painted tapestry; from India pans and
+tempered iron pots." Among the captured Moros was the pilot, "a most
+experienced man who had much knowledge, not only of matters concerning
+these Filipinas Islands, but of those of Maluco, Borney, Malaca, Jaba,
+India, and China, where he had had much experience in navigation and
+trade." The Moros being shown the articles of trade brought by the
+fleet, advised them to go to Borneo, Siam, Patan, or Malaca, where
+they could easily trade them, but "although we wandered about these
+islands for ten years, we could not dispose of so many silks, cloths,
+and linens." "This Moro told the general that two junks from Luzon were
+in Butuan, trading gold, wax, and slaves.... He said that the island
+of Luzon is farther north than Borney." The Castilians learn that the
+hostility and fear of the natives of these islands is the result of
+a marauding expedition conducted by Portuguese, who had represented
+themselves to be Castilians. [57] With the aid of the Moro pilot peace
+and friendship were made with one of the chief men of the island of
+Bohol; and now for the first time food was received in any quantity,
+many sardines especially being brought by the natives. Legazpi
+despatched one of the small boats to Cebu in order to make friendship
+and peace with its inhabitants, and to gather all possible information
+for the relation he was to send back to New Spain. They were guided
+by the Moro, who acted in the capacity of interpreter, as he knew the
+language of the natives. A negro "who had been in India and Malaca,
+and knew the Malay tongue" acted as interpreter between this pilot and
+the Spaniards. "The Borneans said that the Indians had two Spaniards,
+and that sometime ago they had given one of them to Bornean merchants;
+they did not know whether they had the other yet, or what had been done
+with him. The Portuguese had ransomed the one taken by the Borneans and
+had taken him to Malaca." As the men sent to Cebu did not return within
+the time appointed by Legazpi--they had been provisioned for but one
+week--a canoe of natives, who offered themselves, was sent to look for
+them. Meanwhile the "San Juan," which had been despatched to Butuan,
+returned without having accomplished the full object of its mission,
+namely, to procure information regarding cinnamon. The captain reported
+having "found at the port of Botuan two Moro junks from Luzon," with
+which they traded for gold and wax. The soldiers, hearing that the
+Moros had much gold in their junks, were insistent that they should
+seize them, alleging as an excuse the deceit practiced by the Moros in
+their trading. The captain would not permit this, and in order to avoid
+a collision with the Moros returned to the fleet, leaving part of his
+duty unaccomplished, for which Legazpi reprimanded him severely. The
+general, calling a council of his officers and others, consulted with
+them as to the advisability of colonizing one of the islands. All but
+the religious were unanimous that a settlement should be made on one
+of them, but the latter did not care "to deliberate upon this." [58]
+Questioned as to what island they preferred, if Legazpi should
+order a settlement made, they signified as their choice the island of
+Cabalian, where although there was no port, a settlement could be made
+in the interior, as food was abundant there, and the return vessel to
+Spain could be easily provisioned. The unanimous opinion was that the
+"San Pedro" should return with news of the expedition to New Spain,
+as it was a lighter and better vessel than the "San Pablo." Nine days
+after their departure the canoe returned without news of the Spaniards
+sent to Cebu, which caused Legazpi great anxiety. That same night,
+however, these men returned alive and well, but the Moro pilot had
+been treacherously killed by some natives, while bathing in a river
+of the island of Negros. They had not anchored at Cebu, because of
+the violence of the tides about it. They had coasted about Negros and
+Cebu, and reported a large population and a plentiful food supply on
+the latter island. A council having been called it was determined that
+the fleet should go to Cebu, without delay, in order that they might
+make a settlement and despatch the "San Pedro" before the rainy season
+set in. Therefore on Easter Day the fleet set sail for this island,
+distant from Bohol fifteen or sixteen leagues. Being delayed by calms
+and contrary winds and the tides they did not reach their destination
+until the twenty-seventh and thirtieth of April. In conformity with the
+opinion that it was allowable to fight with the inhabitants of this
+island if they refused food and would not make a true friendship and
+peace--inasmuch as their chiefs had been baptized, and had afterward
+apostatized, and had treated Magalhaes treacherously--Legazpi,
+after meeting with expressions of hostility and defiance, sent a
+party ashore to take the island. The natives immediately fled, and
+the soldiers were unable to find any of them on disembarking. "Their
+weapons are long sharp iron lances, throwing-sticks, shields, small
+daggers, wooden corselets, corded breastplates, a few bows and arrows,
+and culverins." About one hundred houses were burned, the fire having
+started from an accidental shot from one of the vessels, or having
+been lit purposely by the natives. The soldiers were quartered in the
+houses remaining after the fire. "There was found a marvelous thing,
+namely, a child Jesus like those of Flanders, in its little pine
+cradle and its little loose shirt, such as come from those parts,
+and a little velvet hat, like those of Flanders--and all so well
+preserved that only the little cross, which is generally upon the
+globe that he holds in his hands, was missing. [59] Meanwhile, as
+was right, the general had this prize, and when he saw it, he fell
+on his knees, receiving it with great devotion. He took it in his
+hands and kissed its feet; and raising his eyes to heaven, he said:
+'Lord, thou art powerful to punish the offenses, committed in this
+island against thy majesty, and to found herein thy house, and holy
+Church, where thy most glorious name shall be praised and magnified. I
+supplicate thee that thou enlighten and guide me, so that all that
+we do here may be to thy glory and honor, and the exaltation of
+thy holy Catholic faith.' And he ordered that this sacred image be
+placed with all reverence in the first church that should be founded,
+and that the church be called Nombre de Jesus ['Name of Jesus']. It
+gave great happiness and inspiration to all to see such an auspicious
+beginning, for of a truth it seemed a work of God to have preserved
+so completely this image among infidels for such a long time; and
+an auspicious augury in the part where the settlement was to be
+made." On May 8, the fort was commenced, Legazpi breaking the first
+ground, and "dedicating it to the most blessed name of Jesus." [60]
+The sites for the Spanish quarters and the church were chosen, and
+the town was called San Miguel, because founded on the day of this
+saint's apparition. That night the natives returned, setting fire to
+the remaining houses, so that the whole town was in danger of being
+burnt, with all the goods brought ashore from the ships. The site
+of the house wherein had been found the sacred image was selected
+"as the site of the Monastery of the Name of Jesus ... and from the
+said house the child Jesus was brought to the ... church in solemn
+procession, and with the great devotion, rejoicing, and gladness of
+all the men. Arriving at the church, they all adored it, and placed
+it on the principal altar, and all vowed to observe, sanctify,
+and celebrate solemnly as a feast day each year, the day on which
+it had been found, April 28. [61] And in addition a brotherhood of
+the most blessed name of Jesus was established in the same manner,
+under the conditions of that of San Agustin of Mexico, the majority of
+the people entering as members and brothers." In this procession took
+part a number of natives under two chiefs who professed friendship to
+the Spaniards. Finally peace and friendship was made between Legazpi
+and the greatest chief of the island, Tupas; and it was arranged that
+tributes should be paid in produce, since the people had no gold--not
+because of "any necessity the King of Castilla had of it" but merely
+as a tribute and token that they recognized him as their lord. But,
+perhaps through the maliciousness of the Moro interpreters, this
+peace was not concluded or kept; and certain of the natives, finding
+one of the company, Pedro de Arana, alone, killed him and cut off his
+head. "In this manner do the Indians of these islands keep peace and
+friendship, who in our presence refuse or deny nothing; but twenty
+paces away they keep nothing that they have promised. They have no
+knowledge of truth, nor are they accustomed to it. Therefore it is
+understood, that it will be very difficult to trade with them in a
+friendly manner, unless they understand subjection or fear." On the
+twenty-seventh of May, Legazpi ordered that the roll of those remaining
+be taken, in order that it might be sent to New Spain. Certain men
+of gentle birth, headed by one Pedro de Mena, objected to serving as
+Legazpi's body-guard, saying that such was the duty of servants. The
+master-of-camp hearing this, disrespect to the general, chided them,
+and sentenced them to serve in the companies. In revenge for this some
+one set fire to the house in which Legazpi's personal effects had been
+stored. The fire was put out and the danger averted with difficulty,
+during which "some of the soldiers were burned and hurt." De Mena and
+Esteban Terra were arrested, and the latter was given a hearing and
+found guilty. He was executed next morning. "From this it will be seen
+that not only are there enemies outside, but even in the very camp
+itself ... and it will be seen how necessary and suitable is the aid
+that must come from Nueva Espana." (Tomo ii, no. xxvii, pp. 217-351.)
+
+Zubu, May 28, 1565. Andres de Mirandaola writes to the king various
+details of the expedition. "The products we have seen as yet among
+the natives, are gold, cinnamon, and wax; and their trade consists in
+these articles. And we are certain that these things can be had in
+abundance if your vassals, the Spaniards, cultivate the friendship
+of this land, for the aforesaid natives ... are a people who live
+without any restraint, neither regarding nor respecting those whom they
+designate as their seigniors.... It will be necessary for your majesty
+to conquer this region, for I believe without any doubt, that by no
+other way can it prove beneficial; nor can the Christian religion
+be otherwise advanced, because the people are extremely vicious,
+treacherous, and possessed of many evil customs. Therefore it is
+necessary for your majesty to order the conquest of this region, which
+can be done, with our Lord's aid, without much loss, if your majesty
+order people, arms, and ammunition to be provided, of all of which
+we suffer great lack at present." He tells of the damage inflicted
+on the Spanish in these regions by the Portuguese. Speaking of the
+Moro junks found at Butuan, Mirandaola says of the island of Borneo:
+"This island of Borney is rich, according to what we have heard
+of it. It is well populated and is very well fortified, having much
+artillery. Its people are warlike, and there is much trade in all parts
+of it." A brief account of the Spanish establishment on Cebu follows,
+and the consequent communications with the natives, which differ in
+no respect from other accounts. "Fray Andres de Urdaneta, my uncle,
+is returning, and is going to serve your majesty in this discovery;
+and for his companion goes Fray Andres de Aguirre. As captain goes
+Felipe de Salcedo and Juan de Aguirre, persons whom we know will
+serve your majesty with all fidelity, faith, and cheerfulness." He
+asks (in addition to the "two hundred well armed and equipped men"
+requested from New Spain) from the king "six hundred well armed men
+... of whom four hundred should be arquebusers and two hundred pikemen;
+large artillery, such as culverins, with ammunition; and ammunition
+and weapons for those who are here now. The people should be the best
+that can be found and of good lives." He asks the king to confirm the
+reward granted him by Velasco, and to increase his salary to three
+thousand ducats on account of the high cost of living. (Tomo ii,
+no. xxxii, pp. 365-372.)
+
+Relation of the expedition by Estevan Rodriguez, chief pilot of
+the fleet. This relation seems to have been the log kept by this
+pilot. Many of its entries are simply reckonings. He gives the
+names, tonnage, captains, and pilots of the different vessels. On
+the nineteenth of November the banner and standard were consecrated,
+and the oath taken. The fleet set sail four hours before dawn on
+November 21, [62] On Sunday, the twenty-sixth, the course was changed
+in accordance with the sealed instructions given to Legazpi. The
+"San Lucas" separated from the fleet December 1. On the eighth,
+Diego Martin, pilot of the "San Pablo," reported land but he was in
+error. Next day an island was sighted, in which there were "about
+one hundred Indians, a people well built and with long beards," for
+which the island was called Barbudos. "The women have pleasant faces,
+and these people are as dark complexioned as mulattoes. The women have
+little gardens. They have certain roots from which they make excellent
+bread, for I have tried it." [63] On the tenth they passed and named
+the islands Placeres and San Pablo. Other islands were passed on the
+twelfth and fifteenth. On the twenty-second they sighted a mountainous
+island to the south, whose inhabitants saluted them as "chamurre,
+chamurre," [64] or that is, "friends, friends!" This was the island
+of Guam. They found it to have a good bay and good rivers of fresh
+water. The products of this island are named, the people described,
+and the troubles there briefly enumerated. "The master-of-camp and
+Martin de Gueyte, with one hundred and fifty men, sacked and burned
+two villages." During the eleven days spent here "masses were said
+each day." Numerous words of the language spoken are recorded:
+Friend, _chamor_; good, _mauri_; hereabout, _baquimaqui_; pleasant
+to the taste, _mani_; take, _jo_; oil, _rana_; rice, _juay_; land,
+_tana_; dry cocoa, _micha_; senor, _churu_; fresh cocoa, _mana_; iron,
+_yrizo_; botija [a species of jar], _o_; gourd, _coca_; ship, _botus_;
+nail, _yuro_; salt, _azibi_; sugar-cane, _tupotipor_; fish, _bian_;
+no, _eri_; salt fish, _azuiban_; yam, _nica_; small, _segu_; wood,
+_tagayaya_; green banana, _regue_; water, _ami_; tamal, _enft_; banana,
+_jeta_; acorn, _puga_; net, _ragua_; pictured paper, _tricabo-tali;_
+eyes, _macha_;  rock, _rapia_; ears, _perucha_; paper, _afuipuri_;
+teeth, _nifi_; palm-leaf mat, _guafal_; hair, _chuzo_; ginger,
+_asinor_; hands, _catecha_; she, _reben_; foot, _ngmicha_; osier
+basket, _pian_; beard, _mimi_; deep, _atripe_; leg, _achumpa_; crab,
+_achulu_; this, _achi_; petaca [a leather covered trunk or chest],
+_agu_; pitcher, _burgay_; come here, _hembean;_ star, _vitan;_ moon,
+_uran_; sun, _afaon_;  to eat, _mana_; large, _riso_. Their numbers
+up to ten are: _acha, gua, tero, farfur, nimi, guanan, frintin, gua
+[sic], agua, manete_. On the fourteenth of February, 1565, they
+sighted the Philippines. Describing the natives, Rodriguez says:
+"these Indians wear gold earrings, and the chiefs wear two clasps
+about the feet.... All the body, legs, and arms are painted; and he
+who is bravest is painted most." Juan de la Isla was sent with one of
+the small vessels to reconnoiter a large and excellent bay at some
+distance away. There he made blood-friendship with the natives, but
+one of his men was treacherously killed. Rodriguez's reckonings were
+taken according to the Mexican rather than the Spanish rules. Rodriguez
+and Goyti were commissioned to explore among certain of the islands in
+order to find safe channels for the ships. They found one such between
+Panay and another island. They passed Tandaya and Cabalian during their
+ten days' cruise, and the fleet, in consequence of their report sailed
+to the latter place. The treacherous conduct of the Portuguese to both
+Spaniards and natives is discovered. "The general determined to go
+to Betuan, which is a very rich island, whence much gold is brought,"
+and anchor was cast before Bohol, from which place Legazpi despatched
+Juan de la Isla to explore westward, and Martin de Goyti eastward A
+small boat was despatched under Rodriguez "to discover some islands
+that could be seen from here. We went in the frigate, fifteen men
+and one Indian, who knew the language, the pilot of a junk captured
+by the master-of-camp and Captain Martin de Goete." This detachment
+coasted among various islands, among them Licoyon and Binglas. [65]
+They were blown out of their course by a storm. A _prau_ was sighted,
+but its occupants took flight, ran their vessel ashore, and hid on
+the island. The Spaniards went to the _prau_, and found therein
+a "little Indian girl of about three years, very pretty. She was
+hanging over the edge of the _prau_ with her body in the water, and
+screaming. When we came and wished to take her, she slipped into the
+water and would wellnigh have drowned, had not one of our men leaped
+in after her." Shortly after this a battle with other natives was
+averted only by the wind blowing off the covering to their two pieces
+of artillery, at sight of which the natives fled in confusion and hid
+themselves. The inhabitants showed themselves hostile at all points and
+the Spaniards had several narrow escapes on this island of Negros. From
+here they crossed to the island of Cebu. "This Cibuy is a fine island,
+about sixty leagues in circumference and thickly populated.... We found
+fourteen or fifteen villages on its sea-coast.... We did not dare to
+go ashore, although we were in need of food." The detachment returned
+to the fleet after twenty days, although they had been ordered only
+to cruise during six. The natives and two soldiers sent to look for
+these men had missed them by going to the opposite side of the island
+from that where Rodriguez had been The fleet set sail for Cebu, where
+after landing they found the village deserted. Legazpi ordered that
+each mess of four soldiers should take one house and the rest of the
+houses be destroyed. Everything was removed from the houses before
+any were destroyed. The general ordered that a thick set palisade of
+stakes be built, including therein a few wells of fresh water. "This
+village was built in triangular shape, with two water-fronts and one
+land side." The artillery was placed to defend the coast, while the
+Spaniards relied on the palisade for protection on the land side, until
+the fort could be built. Companies were sent out to scour the country
+for food, and "always brought back fowl, hogs, rice, and other things
+... and some good gold." The natives to the number of one hundred came
+to make peace one day. "In this town when we entered we found therein
+a child Jesus. A sailor named Mermeo found it. It was in a wretched
+little house, and was covered with a white cloth in its cradle, and
+its little bonnet quite in order. The tip of its nose was rubbed off
+somewhat, and the skin was coming off the face. The friars took it and
+carried it in procession on a feast day, from the house where it was
+found to the church that they had built." The natives were told that
+they thus honored the child Jesus. "After the mass and the sermon,
+the general went to treat with the king for friendship, telling him
+that we came thither for the King of Castilla, whose land this was, who
+had sent other people here before, and that they had been killed--as,
+for instance, Magallanes (and when Magallanes was mentioned, the king
+was much disturbed); but that he pardoned everything, on condition
+that you be his friends." To this peace the natives acceded, but
+as in other instances only for the moment; they failed to return
+at the appointed time to conclude the preliminaries, and killed one
+of the Spaniards. A body of men was sent out who captured more than
+twenty of the natives, among them a niece of the king, which was the
+means of getting into friendly touch with the people once more. The
+"San Pedro" was ready now to set out on the return trip to New Spain
+being well supplied with provisions for more than eight months. "Two
+hundred persons, with ten soldiers and two fathers, the father prior,
+and father Fray Andres de Aguirre," sailed with it on the first of
+June. (Tomo ii, no. xxxiii, pp. 373-427.)
+
+1565. Log of the return voyage to New Spain kept by Rodrigo de
+Espinosa. [66] This man was the pilot of the small vessel "San Juan,"
+commanded by Juan de la Isla. He was ordered to accompany Estevan
+Rodriguez on the return passage of the "San Pedro," under the command
+of Felipe de Salcedo. Setting sail on June 1, from the "Port of Zubu,
+... between the island of Zubu and the island of Matan, this latter
+island being south of Zubu," the "San Pedro" took a general northerly
+and easterly direction. The passage through the islands is somewhat
+minutely described. On one island where they landed to obtain a fresh
+supply of water, they saw "two lofty volcanoes." This island they named
+Penol ["Rock"]. On June 10 the island of Felipina was reached, whence
+the trip across the open Pacific was commenced. Often the direction of
+the wind and the reckoning of the sun, are chronicled--also the days'
+runs, which vary between five and forty-five leagues. June 21, Corpus
+Christi Day, a headland was sighted on the starboard side, which had
+the appearance of a ship at anchor, and to which the name Espiritu
+Santo ["Holy Ghost"] was given. By September 15, Cebu lay fifteen
+hundred and forty-five leagues toward the west. On the eighteenth
+an island on their starboard side was named Deseada ["Desired"],
+and the log reads sixteen hundred and fifty leagues from the point of
+departure. On Saturday, the twenty-second, land was sighted; and next
+day the point of Santa Catalina, in twenty-seven degrees and twelve
+minutes north latitude, received its name. From that point they coasted
+in a southeasterly direction along the shores of southern California
+to its southern point in "twenty-three degrees less an eighth," naming
+the headland here Cape Blanco, from its white appearance. Near this
+place died the master of the vessel, "and we threw him into the sea at
+this point." On the twenty-seventh the chief pilot "Esteban Rodriguez
+[67] died between nine and ten in the morning." The small islands
+southeast of Lower California were passed and it was estimated that
+they were in the neighborhood of cape Corrientes. On the thirtieth,
+cape Chamela was passed; and on the first of October, the "San Pedro"
+lay off Puerto de la Navidad; the chart showing a distance of eighteen
+hundred and ninety-two leagues from Cebu. "At this time I went to
+the captain and said to him, that I would take the ship wherever he
+ordered, because we were off Puerto de la Navidad. He ordered me to
+take it to the port of Acapulco, and I obeyed the order. Although
+at that time there were but from ten to eighteen men able to work,
+for the rest were sick, and sixteen others of us had died, we reached
+this port of Acapulco on the eighth of this present month of October
+after all the crew had endured great hardships." (Tomo ii, no. xxxiv,
+pp. 427-456.)
+
+Following this relation is a document showing the estimates made by
+the two pilots and the boatswain, by command of the captain, of the
+distance between Cebu and Puerto de la Navidad. The first estimate
+was made on July 9. The map of the chief pilot was found to measure
+eighteen hundred and fifty leagues, but in his opinion the distance was
+about two thousand leagues. Rodrigo de la Isla Espinosa [68] declared
+that an old map in his possession showed more than thirteen hundred
+and seventy leagues, [69] but he increased the amount to about two
+thousand and thirty leagues. Francisco de Astigarribia's map measured
+eighteen hundred and fifty leagues, but his estimation was about two
+thousand and ten leagues. On September 18 the same three men estimated
+the distance from Cebu to the first land sighted--"an island off the
+west coast of New Spain" and lying in about thirty-three degrees--at
+seventeen hundred and forty leagues sixteen hundred and fifty leagues,
+and sixteen hundred and fifty leagues respectively; the highest
+point reached had been a fraction over thirty-nine degrees. (Tomo ii,
+no. xxv, pp. 457-460.)
+
+1565-1567. Relation of occurrences in the Philippines after the
+departure of the "San Pedro" to New Spain. [70] To a Moro who presented
+himself as a deputy from the chief Tupas, Legazpi expressed his sorrow
+that the natives were fleeing to the mountains, and would not give
+credence to the friendship and peace offered them in the name of the
+king, by the Castilians. Word was sent to Tupas that Legazpi regretted
+the necessity of warring with the natives, and that, when they wished
+to return, they might do so peaceably. Although they treacherously had
+killed a Spaniard, he, on his part, had treated well the two women and
+two children captured by him, and would restore them freely to their
+husbands and fathers, without ransom, whenever they chose to return to
+ask his pardon and to make peace. That same afternoon two chiefs--one
+of whom, Simaquio, was the husband of one of the women and the father
+of the two children--came into the fort. They declared themselves
+to be brothers of the chief Tupas. Simaquio "came to deliver himself
+to the governor, saying that the latter could do what he wished with
+him and his, and that he should hold them as slaves, or sell them in
+Castilla, or do what he pleased with them." Legazpi permitted him to
+see his wife and daughters, telling him "that he had been as watchful
+of their honor, as if he had kept them in his own house." Simaquio
+signified his desire "to be ... the friend and vassal of the king
+of Castilla, and to have perpetual peace and friendship, and that he
+would never be found lacking in it." To this Legazpi replied that it
+was necessary to treat with Tupas and the others jointly, "and that in
+this manner it would be ascertained who wished peace and friendship,
+and who did not; that he [Simaquio] should go and confer regarding
+peace and friendship with Tupas and the other chiefs; and that after
+such talk and conference, and getting the opinion of all, they should
+return to finish these negotiations and conclude the matter. Meanwhile
+his wife and daughters would receive good care and treatment, and he
+could rest assured that after peace had been made, he [Legazpi] would
+be their father and they his children, and he would look, after them
+and protect them as such." This good treatment reassured the natives,
+and a few days later Tupas appeared and a treaty of peace was made,
+the conditions of which follow. "First, they make submission, and bind
+and place themselves under the dominion and royal crown of Castilla
+and of his majesty, as his natural vassals, promising to be faithful
+and loyal in his service, and not to displease him in any way. They
+promise to observe, fulfil, and obey his royal commands as their king
+and lord; and to obey, in his royal name, the governor and captain
+residing in these islands, and to receive the latter whenever he
+should come to their islands, towns, and houses--whether he were angry
+or pleased, whether at night or day, whether for peace or for war,
+without any resistance or hostility, to fulfil his commands, and not
+to withdraw themselves from this dominion, now or in the future. This
+they promised for themselves and their future descendants, under risk
+of falling under and incurring the penalties which should be imposed
+in case of treachery and treason against their king and lord.
+
+"_Item:_ on condition, that the chief who killed Pedro de Arana
+by treachery should not enjoy this peace and friendship, until he
+had appeared before the said governor to make his plea, and whose
+punishment the said governor said he reserved for himself." The said
+Tupas and chiefs declared that they accepted this condition; and that,
+if they could, they would bring this man to his lordship so that he
+might be punished.
+
+"_Item:_ on condition that, if the said Tupas and chiefs asked the
+said governor for the aid of his men against any Indians hostile to
+them, who were making or should make war upon them, the said governor
+was obliged to give them aid, protection, and reenforcement of men
+for it. Likewise if the said governor should request people from the
+said Indians, they would be obliged to volunteer to fight against his
+enemies. All the spoils taken when the said Spaniards and Indians
+were acting in concert should be divided into two equal parts,
+of which the said governor and his people were to have one part,
+and the said natives the other.
+
+"_Item:_ on condition that, if any Indian, a native of this island,
+should commit any crime or wrong against any Spaniard, or take
+anything pertaining to and connected with the Spaniards, the said
+chiefs would be obliged to arrest him and bring him as a prisoner to
+the governor, in order that he might be punished, and justice done. And
+if any Spaniard should do any wrong or damage to the natives, or take
+anything belonging to them, the said chiefs and natives were to notify
+the said governor, and show him the proofs thereof, so that he might
+punish the wrong, and execute justice according to law.
+
+"_Item_: It is a condition that, if any slave or other person flee
+from the Spanish camp, and should go inland where the Indians live
+and inhabit, the said chiefs and natives be obliged to arrest him and
+bring him before the governor; likewise if any Indian, man or woman,
+free or slave, come to the Spanish camp from the Indians, that the
+said governor promises to send him back and surrender him--so that
+neither side defraud or hide anything from the other.
+
+"_Item:_ It is a condition that the said chiefs and natives shall
+be obliged, in selling to the Spaniards any or all provisions native
+to their land, and which they may wish to sell the latter, to demand
+only the just prices current among them, and those usually imposed by
+them, without advancing the price above its usual value. This price
+shall be fixed and understood, now and in future, and there shall be
+no change in it. Likewise the said governor shall fix moderate rates
+on the articles of barter brought from Spain for the natives. After
+these prices are fixed, neither side may advance them.
+
+"_Item:_ It is a condition that none of the said natives may, now or at
+any time, come into or enter the camp and settlement of the Spaniards
+with any weapons of any kind whatever, under penalty that the person
+entering with weapons shall be punished by the governor." In return
+for these conditions of peace, thus accepted by the natives, Legazpi
+promised that, for this first year, they need pay no tribute or other
+submission until after their harvests, "for the king of Castilla had
+no need of their possessions, nor wished more than that they recognize
+him as lord, since they were his and within his demarcation." In token
+of submission, Tupas and all the other chiefs present bent the knee
+before Legazpi, "offering themselves as vassals of his majesty," whom
+the governor ... received as such vassals of the crown of Castilla,
+and promised "to protect and defend as such." As a climax, presents
+of garments, mirrors, strings of beads, and pieces of blue glass were
+given to the various chiefs. Then Legazpi told them of the necessity
+of the king's having "a strong house, wherein could be kept and
+guarded the articles of barter and the merchandise brought thither,
+and his artillery and ammunition;" as well as a town-site for the
+soldiers. These the natives should assign, where it best pleased them,
+"because he wished it to be with the consent and choice of all of them;
+and although he had planned the house of his majesty on the point
+occupied at present by the camp, in order to be near the ships, he
+wished it to be with their universal consent." This place was granted
+by the natives, whereupon Legazpi proceeded to mark out land for the
+fort and Spanish town, assigning the limits by a line of trees. Ail
+outside this line "was to remain to the Indians, who could build their
+houses and till the fields." After ordering the natives "to go to the
+other side or the line which he had assigned to them, and the Spaniards
+... within the line ... the governor passed from one part to the other,
+cut certain branches, and said that, in his majesty's name he took,
+and he did take; possession of that site, ... and in token of true
+possession he performed the said acts." Besides not being allowed
+to enter the Spanish town with arms, no native could come hither at
+night, unless by special permission. Legazpi promised that "if any
+wrong should be done them, or they should experience any violence
+from any one, he would defend and protect them as their own father
+and protector," and that all wrongs would be punished according to
+Castilian laws. In conclusion a collation was given to the natives,
+and Simaquio's wife and daughters were surrendered to him and the
+other hostages set free, "whereat they expressed great wonder and
+joy, because it is unusual among them to free prisoners without any
+ransom." "The next day ... the same chiefs returned ... and said that
+they had come to make merry with the governor. The latter gave them
+a good reception, and set before them a breakfast and some liquor,
+in which consists their way of making merry." They brought other
+chiefs who submitted to the Spaniards, and later still other chiefs
+came in. Trade began to flourish as the natives recovered from all
+fear and returned to their former haunts. Among other things the
+natives traded "a great quantity of palm wine, to which the Spaniards
+gave themselves with good appetite, saying that they did not miss
+the wine of Castilla. But because of the risk and trouble that
+might arise therefrom, the governor ordered that wine should not be
+brought or sold within the camp, and that the Spaniards should not
+buy it. He told Tupas and the chiefs that, as the Spaniards were
+not accustomed to this land, and were but recently come thither,
+it was not good for them to drink this wine, and that some of them
+had become sick. And he asked that Tupas neither consent to it, nor
+bring wine to the Spaniards." The traffic still went on nevertheless,
+"secretly and at night," and the Spaniards gave themselves up to it
+entirely, saying "that it was better than that of Castilla." Moreover,
+the women prostituted themselves freely throughout the camp, an
+evil which Legazpi, although he posted sentinels, was unable to
+stamp out. Finally he announced to the native chiefs that only men
+should do the trading in the camp; and if the women did any trading
+he would assign them a public place as a market, and the latter
+should enter none of the Spanish houses. The chiefs replied "that
+those who came to sell and trade were slaves and not married women,
+and that he should not concern himself about it nor take it ill,
+for such was their custom, and that married and honorable women
+did not go to the camp; although the contrary of this was seen and
+understood afterwards. For the Indians going outside the village, as
+they do continually, to trade beside the sea, many of the wives and
+daughters of the chiefs came to the camp along with the other women,
+and thus went through the camp, visiting with as much freedom and
+liberty as if all the men were their own brothers. Thus it was seen and
+discovered later that this is one of their customs, and is exercised
+with all strangers from the outside. The very first thing they do is
+to provide them with women, and these sell themselves for any gain,
+however slight" The natives are described as covetous and selfish,
+without neatness and not cleanly. "It has not been ascertained whether
+they have any idols. They revere their ancestors as gods, [71] and
+when they are ill or have any other necessity, they go to their graves
+with great lamentation and commendation, to beg their ancestors for
+health, protection, and aid; They make certain alms and invocations
+here. And in the same manner they invoke and call upon the Devil, and
+they declare that they cause him to appear in a hollow reed, and that
+there he talks with their priestesses. Their priests are, as a general
+rule, women, who thus make this invocation and talk with the Devil,
+and then give the latter's answer to the people--telling them what
+offerings of birds and other things they must make, according to the
+request and wish of the Devil. They sacrifice usually a hog and offer
+it to him, holding many other like superstitions in these invocations,
+in order that the Devil may come and talk to them in the reed: When
+any chief dies, they kill some of his slaves, a greater or less number
+according to his quality and his wealth. They are all buried in coffins
+made out of two boards, and they bury with them their finest clothes,
+porcelain ware, and gold jewels. Some are buried in the ground, and
+others of the chief men are placed in certain lofty houses." [72]
+Legazpi ordered that in future no slaves be killed at the death
+of their chiefs, an order which they promised to obey. The natives
+desired to procure iron in their trading, but Legazpi ordered that none
+be given them by anyone. However, the trade was continued secretly,
+the iron being concealed in clothing, even after some of the men had
+been punished. By various dealings with the natives Legazpi discovered
+that they were deceiving him in regard to other natives of Cebu and
+the island of Matan; they had said that these men would make peace
+and friendship, but they never appeared. The inhabitants of Matan
+had always been hostile to the Spaniards, "saying that they would
+kill us, or at least would drive us away by hunger." One day Tupas
+told the governor that "his wife and daughters would like to come
+to see him, because they had a great desire to know him. He replied
+that he would be very glad and that Tupas should bring them whenever
+he wished; accordingly, Tupas did so after a few days. Their manner
+of coming was such that the women came by themselves in procession,
+two and two, the chief one last of all. After this manner came the
+wife of Tupas with her arms on the shoulders of two principal women,
+with a procession of more than sixty women, all singing in a high
+voice. Most of them wore palm-leaf hats on their heads, and some of
+them garlands of various kinds of flowers; some were adorned with
+gold, and some with clasps on their legs, and wearing earrings and
+armlets, and gold rings on their hands and fingers. They were all
+clad in colored petticoats or skirts and shawls, some of them made of
+taffety." The usual good cheer followed, and presents were made to
+all the women. The same good treatment was accorded to the wives of
+other chiefs who visited the settlement in the same manner. Legazpi
+"after his arrival in these islands, tried always to put the minds of
+the natives at rest, not allowing them to receive any wrong or hurt,
+or permitting that anything belonging to them should be taken from
+them without being paid for ... principally in this island of Zubu,
+where he thought to live and dwell permanently among the natives." A
+few days after the coming of Tupas's wife and the other women, he sent
+his niece to Legazpi. She was the first native to receive baptism,
+"although the father prior made her wait some days, enforcing upon her
+mind what it meant to be a Christian, and what she must believe and
+observe after her baptism." She was named Isabel, and married Master
+Andrea, a Greek calker, a few days after. Her son, aged three, and two
+children, a boy and a girl, of seven and eight years respectively,
+also received baptism. Other Indians came, in imitation of Isabel,
+asking baptism; and seven or eight infants who died received the holy
+rite that ensured them entrance into heaven. After being two months
+in Cebu, Legazpi, although pushing the work on the fortifications as
+rapidly as possible, sent out, in order to keep his part of the treaty,
+contingents of men with the natives, at two different times, to aid
+the latter against their enemies. The weapons and warlike qualities
+of the Spaniards gained them great prestige and inspired great terror
+throughout all the islands. About this same time "seven or eight Moros,
+whose chief was called Magomat, [73] came in a canoe to the camp,
+declaring themselves to be natives of the island of Luzon; and asked
+the governor for permission to come to this village to trade with a
+_prau_ which was stationed near this island. They said that if the
+Spaniards would trade with them, they would be very glad to have junks
+come from Luzon with much merchandise for the Spanish trade." They had
+learned of the Spanish settlement through a Moro who had been sent to
+Panay to buy rice for the fort, and that "they did no harm to anyone,
+and were possessed of a great quantity of silver and small coins;
+therefore they had come to find out our manner of trading." One of
+the Moros happening to sneeze while trading for pearls, said "that
+they could not buy; that that was their custom, and if they did, they
+would sin therein." Through these Moros the natives of Cebu learned
+to demand _tostones_ [a small coin] in exchange for their articles
+of trade, which was a loss to the Spaniards; but the latter laid in
+a good supply of provisions, by the aid of these same Moros. By the
+latter, Legazpi sent word to the king of Luzon of his residence in
+the islands and his desire to meet him and "deliver the message he
+bore to him from his majesty; and requested that he send him for this,
+a trustworthy person, or allow him to send some Spaniards thither to
+treat with the same king." These Moros induced two small "junks from
+Venduro [Mindoro] which is an island near Luzon" to come to trade at
+Cebu, having told them of the good treatment afforded them. These
+latter carried "iron, tin, porcelain, shawls, light woolen cloth
+and taffety from China, perfumes, and other knick-knacks." The
+master-of-camp and Martin de Goyti were sent with a body of men to
+obtain provisions among the neighboring islands, in the month of
+September of 1565. Guided by certain chiefs of Cebu, they visited an
+island to the west, inhabited by blacks who lived in a town called
+Tanay, stopping on the way at a village, hostile to Cebu, where they
+obtained some food. The people of Tanay fled at their approach, and
+the little food found there was sent to Legazpi; while the two leaders
+remained at the island some days in a fruitless endeavor to make peace
+and friendship with the natives. On All Saints' Day "about the hour
+of mass" some twenty houses were burned in the Spanish settlement,
+"among others that where the religious slept, and the hut where mass
+was said," and many goods were burned. "It could not be proved whether
+this fire was set, or happened through carelessness." It having been
+discovered that the inhabitants of Matan and Gavi who would not make
+peace with the Spaniards, but were friendly to the natives of Cebu,
+came freely to that island, and even entered the Spanish settlement,
+the master-of-camp and Goyti were despatched to Matan to receive the
+homage of the chiefs or to make war upon them. Warned by the natives
+of Cebu, those of Matan fled. The invaders burned their village, for
+which the natives threatened retaliation, saying they would burn the
+houses of the Spanish settlement. Meanwhile the food problem assumed
+threatening dimensions, and the men became discontented and began to
+grumble because they were not allowed to take anything from the natives
+without pay. "And although the governor and captains, the religious
+and other chief persons ... tried to encourage them with good words
+and promises," a mutiny was arranged among certain men, which, "if
+God in his infinite mercy had not caused it to be discovered, might
+have caused great loss and trouble." Certain of the petty officers
+(some of them foreigners), and some of the soldiers and servants,
+conspired to seize the "San Juan," and, making first a cruise through
+the islands, to seize "the junks of Borneo, Luzon, and Venduro, trading
+among these islands." Then they planned their course by way of the
+Strait of Magellan to New Spain, Guatemala, or Peru, or to Spain or
+France. If the weather were contrary then "they would go to Malaca,
+where the Portuguese would receive them with open arms ... because
+they had fled from this camp and settlement." All officers had been
+selected. The mutiny had every appearance of succeeding, for the master
+of the "San Pablo" had in his care all the artillery, powder, and
+ammunition aboard the ship. The twenty-seventh of November was set for
+their desertion, and to avoid pursuit the "San Pablo" and the frigates
+that had been built were to be sunk. The date, for some unknown reason,
+was postponed until the twenty-eighth. On that day the master of
+the "San Pablo" divulged the conspiracy to the master-of-camp, who
+immediately informed Legazpi. Pablos Hernandez, a native of Venice,
+the head of the conspiracy, fled, first making an ineffectual attempt
+to assume the ecclesiastical garb, in order that he might escape with
+his life. Finally "he determined to die as a Christian, in order that
+his soul might not be lost;" he gave himself up, and was hanged. The
+French pilot Pierres Plin, and a Greek were also hanged. The others
+were pardoned after being severely reprimanded. More than forty
+persons were implicated in this conspiracy. "The governor imposed
+only one order upon the foreigners, namely that none of them should
+speak any other language than Spanish." It was discovered that some
+of these men had conspired while at Puerto de la Navidad to make off
+with the "San Lucas," and that one night the sails had been lowered
+on the "San Pablo" under pretext that Legazpi's ship had done the
+same, the intention being to desert. Through the promptness of the
+master-of-camp, who threatened to hang the pilots if they lost
+sight of the "San Pedro," the conspiracy was foiled. The mutiny
+suppressed, attention was given to securing food. Five _praus_ of
+natives set out for the province of Baybay, taking with them articles
+of barter--Legazpi preferring that natives should go on this errand,
+as he feared that the Spaniards would wrong the islanders. These men
+delayed, as well as those who went to Panay, and it was thought,
+purposely, believing that the Spaniards would be driven from the
+island by hunger. So great was the famine that cats and rats were
+eaten by some of the soldiers. Goyti was sent with a number of small
+boats and a detachment of one hundred men to the villages hostile to
+those of Cebu, with orders to buy food and try to procure peace and
+friendship with the natives. He sent back several boat-loads of food,
+and on his own coming announced peace with five villages. Finally
+the natives who had gone to Panay returned, after three months'
+absence, bringing many excuses and but little food. Meanwhile news
+came from Baybay, where many of the former inhabitants of Matan
+and Gavi had sought refuge, of hostile excursions against the town
+of Mandam, an ally and friend of the Spaniards. These people from
+Baybay carried their insolence so far as to say they would burn the
+Spanish settlement. Legazpi sent two chiefs to Baybay to demand the
+release of the prisoners taken at Mandam. The messengers were scoffed
+at, and the marauders returned to Mandam in greater force, where
+they committed many depredations and made many prisoners. Legazpi
+determined to teach these arrogant natives a lesson, and ordered the
+master-of-camp to go thither; but granted a few days' delay at the
+petition of the Cebu natives, who said that many of their men were at
+Baybay, as well as those despatched thither to secure food. During
+this delay the master-of-camp and Martin de Goyti were sent to the
+islands where the latter had been shortly before, and where he had
+made peace with certain villages. This peace was confirmed and the
+inhabitants of fifteen or sixteen other villages "offered themselves
+as vassals of his majesty, some of whom gave millet and rice ... and
+others gave earrings of little weight ... and this was the first gold
+that was given in these islands to his majesty." All the natives of
+these islands have no idea of honor among themselves, always being
+ready to take advantage of each other's misfortunes--as was apparent
+by those of Cebu, who were friendly to the inhabitants of Mandam,
+robbing and sacking that town, when its people fled from the raiders
+of Baybay. The master-of-camp having returned from his expedition
+among the friendly villages, set out for Baybay, under guidance of
+Simaquio. This latter guided them, not to the chief city, where the
+prisoners from Mandam had been taken, but to the small and unimportant
+village of Caramucua, which was found deserted. At the town of
+Calabazan the Spaniards were duped by the few natives found there,
+who claimed to be natives of Cebu, and asked the invaders to wait two
+days and they would bring the chiefs of this town to make peace and
+friendship. The two days having elapsed, and no natives appearing,
+the Spaniards marched inland, being deserted by all the natives of
+Cebu, who said that "these were their friends, from which it was quite
+apparent that they were all hand in glove with one another." A three
+or four leagues' march resulted only in the killing of a few hogs,
+the firing of the native huts, and the capture and hanging of several
+natives. The only salutary result of the expedition was the return
+of a number of the inhabitants of Cebu who had migrated to Baybay
+because they did not wish to acknowledge the Spanish rule; asking
+pardon of Legazpi, these natives of Cebu were permitted to return,
+but the same favor was denied those from Matan and Gavi. Legazpi's
+policy was always to treat the people of Cebu with more than fairness,
+in order to retain their friendship, although he was fully aware of
+their duplicity toward him. Numerous expeditions in search of food
+were organized. The master-of-camp with seventy men, and accompanied
+by Juan de la Isla and the king's factor was despatched to the coasts
+of Butuan in search of sago, whence they returned after a long delay,
+and after they were half given up as lost; having failed to obtain
+provisions at Butuan, the commander of the expedition had gone on
+farther, over-staying his limit of forty days. On his return he brought
+more than one thousand _fanegas_ [74] of rice. He brought cheering
+news of the friendliness of the natives, and of the taking possession
+in the king's name of "Vindanao [Mindanao], and the coast of Botuan,
+Negros, and Panay." Another expedition under command of Goyti was
+despatched to Negros with additional orders to procure news of the
+former expedition, but his quest was useless. Meanwhile a messenger
+brought word that the master-of-camp was going to Panay, and would
+return as soon as possible. Before the return of the master-of-camp,
+Goyti was sent on another expedition to the coasts of Cabalian
+and Abuyo, taking with him sixty men. He was successful, sending
+back several boat-loads of rice, and news that the people of these
+districts were friendly,--although not much confidence could be placed
+in their friendship, for only a league from Cabalian five of his men
+had been treacherously murdered, and another time two more had shared
+the same fate. The master-of-camp having returned meanwhile, Legazpi
+sent a reenforcement of thirty men to Goyti with orders to explore
+the strait between Abuyo and Tandaya. At the mouth of this strait,
+news was had of a Christian "named Juanes, who had lived with the
+Indians for more than twenty years, and had married the daughter of
+a chief, and that he was painted like the other natives." Although
+an effort was made to obtain definite news in regard to this man,
+it was unsuccessful; and Goyti, falling ill of fever, was obliged to
+return without ransoming him. He brought as captives two chiefs whom
+he caused to be seized. While the camp was weakened by the absence of
+so many men on these expeditions, the malcontents at the settlement
+took occasion to attempt another mutiny. The ringleader was a certain
+soldier named Carrion, who had been pardoned by Legazpi after being
+"condemned to death by the master-of-camp for a certain crime." He was
+exposed by a Frenchman, who, like Carrion, had been implicated in the
+previous mutiny. It was planned to get to the Moluccas, "where they
+would receive all courtesy." A boat was to be seized from certain Moros
+of Luzon, and other depredations, to ensure sufficient food, etc.,
+were to be committed. Carrion and one other were hanged. The former
+"knew but little, but presumed to know it all, and talked too much, so
+that the majority of his acquaintances shunned his conversation." The
+master-of-camp was sent with a number of men to attempt the ransom of
+Juanes from the natives, with orders to stop on the way at Eleyti to
+ascertain the cause of the delay of a certain Pedro de Herrera who
+had been sent thither to obtain resin for pitching the ships. When
+this latter returned he bore a letter from the master-of-camp to the
+effect that Herrera had gone beyond his instructions. The latter was
+thereupon arrested and tried. This man brought news of three Spaniards
+who were held in the island of Tandaya who had been captured from a
+vessel within fourteen or fifteen months. Legazpi immediately sent
+this information to the master-of-camp, in order that he might ransom
+those men as well as Juanes, but the messengers failed to find that
+officer. Juanes proved to be not a Spaniard, but a Mexican Indian who
+had accompanied Villalobos. This Indian declared the three men to be
+of the same expedition, and Herrera had made a mistake in the time,
+which should be years, not months. The men despatched under Juan de la
+Isla to take the information of Herrera to the master-of-camp, fell in
+with the ship "San Geronimo," which had been sent from New Spain with
+aid to Legazpi. The ship itself arrived at Cebu on October 15, 1566,
+with a doleful story of "bad management, mutinies, want of harmony,
+deaths, hardships, and calamities." The captain, by name Pericon,
+was not a suitable officer for such a voyage, setting sail from
+"Acapulco with more haste and less prudence than was needful." A
+conspiracy to mutiny was formed under the leadership of the master,
+the pilot, Lope Martin--the pilot of the vessel that had deserted
+Legazpi--and others. After various insubordinations, of which the
+captain, in his blindness, took no notice, the latter and his son
+were murdered. Soon afterward the two chief conspirators quarreled;
+and the pilot, forestalling the intention of the master to arrest
+him, hanged the latter. Then the pilot resolved to return to Spain by
+the Strait of Magellan, promising to make rich men of all who would
+follow him, but intending to abandon on some island those who were
+not favorable to him. Under pretext of wintering at a small islet
+near the island of Barbudos, he contrived to have the greater part of
+the men disembark. The ecclesiastic Juan de Viveros, who accompanied
+the expedition, discovering the pilot's intention to abandon some of
+the party, remonstrated with the latter's chief adviser, saying that
+"it was inhuman, and he should take them to the Filipinas, and leave
+them where there were provisions," but to no purpose. Each man lost
+all confidence in his fellows, and certain of the men, forming a
+counter mutiny in the king's name, seized the vessel and set their
+course for the Philippines, abandoning Lope Martin and twenty-six
+men on this island. The leader of this second mutiny hanged two men
+who were concerned in the death of the captain. Finally, after many
+hardships, the Ladrones and later the Philippines were reached. The
+notary of the ship was tried and executed by Legazpi as an accomplice
+in the captain's death. The others concerned in the mutiny were all
+pardoned. This new contingent "made homage anew, and swore to obey his
+majesty and the governor in his royal name." [75] The master-of-camp
+having been sent about this time to Panay to collect the tributes
+of rice, returned on November 16, without having accomplished his
+object, and having been compelled to leave his vessel, the "San Juan,"
+at Dapitan. He brought news that the Portuguese were coming to the
+island, sent thither by the viceroy of India "in search of Miguel
+Lopez de Legazpi, who had left Nueva Espana with four ships." One
+ship of the Portuguese fleet was encountered near Mindanao and four
+others about thirty leagues from Cebu, and two more at a distance
+of ten leagues out. On the following day the two Portuguese vessels
+last seen made their appearance, but almost immediately stood off
+again, and soon disappeared. The Spaniards began to fortify their
+settlement as strongly as possible, and the vessels were stationed
+in the best positions. Legazpi bade the Spaniards not to forget
+that they were Spaniards, and reminded them of the "reputation and
+valor of the Spanish people throughout the world." The natives in
+terror abandoned their houses, "removing their wives and children
+to the mountain, while some took them in canoes to other villages;
+and others took their children, wives, and possessions to our camp,
+placing them in the houses of soldiers who were their friends,
+saying they would die with us." On the nineteenth of November the
+two vessels reappeared; and Martin de Goyti was sent to talk to them,
+and if they "were in need of anything," to invite them to anchor in
+the port. The Portuguese said that they had become separated from the
+rest of their fleet by a storm. They were bound from India to the
+Moluccas, and thence to Amboina to take vengeance upon the natives
+for various depredations. After a mutual salute with the artillery,
+the Portuguese vessels withdrew. Each carried about thirty-five or
+forty Portuguese soldiers and crews of Indians from Malabar. Legazpi
+despatched the same captain with a letter to the Portuguese captain,
+Melo, expressing his regret that they had not stopped to accept
+his hospitality, because "at this port they would have been well
+received and aided with whatever was necessary for their voyage; for
+his majesty's command was that, wherever he should meet Portuguese,
+he should give them every protection and aid." He sent presents of
+food and wine, etc., to the Portuguese, who expressed their thanks
+verbally, saying "they had no paper or ink." They promised to do
+no wrong to the natives, at the request of Goyti, "because they
+were vassals of his majesty, and our friends." A comet seen next day
+"nearly above the town of Zebu," was taken by the soldiers as an omen
+of war and bloodshed. Affairs with the natives continued to improve
+steadily, and several chiefs came to offer themselves as vassals to
+the governor, promising to pay tribute. The Moro interpreter, his wife,
+and one child received baptism, a conversion that was of great moment
+because this Moro had much influence with the natives. The ship "San
+Geronimo" was judged totally unseaworthy; and, in a council called by
+Legazpi to consider the question, it was decided to take the ship to
+pieces, and to construct a smaller vessel from what could be saved
+of it. The carpenters and others having made an examination of the
+vessel announced that it was so rotten that no smaller vessel could
+be made from it. Legazpi ordered also a large frigate to be built,
+as there was a great necessity for it to bring provisions to the
+settlement. The deaths of the Mexican Indian and a sailor and the
+sickness of several others, were attributed to poison, and Legazpi
+called Tupas to strict account, telling him that his treatment of the
+Spaniards was the reverse of what was to be expected for such good
+treatment on their part. Finally it was discovered that a woman had
+poisoned wine that had been sold to these men. She was executed, after
+having made a full confession and embraced the Christian religion. In
+consequence a stringent order was issued by the governor that no one
+should buy the native wine. On the same night of the execution of this
+woman one of the chiefs implicated in the murder of Pedro de Arana
+was captured upon information furnished by Tupas; he was executed
+on the following day, in the place of the murder. Expeditions sent
+out to explore and gather provisions, learned of gold and mines. On
+March 5, 1567, the large frigate was completed and launched, and it
+was named "Espiritu Santo." An expedition was despatched to the island
+of Gigantes in search of pitch for the boats. [76] "What we call pitch
+in this region is a resin from which the natives make candles in order
+to use in their night-fishing, and is the same as the copal of Nueva
+Espana, or at the most differs from it very little in color, smell,
+and taste; but it is very scarce, and occurs in but few places, and
+is found with great trouble." None was found here, and a boat-load
+of rice was brought instead from Panay, On the anniversary of the
+finding of the child Jesus in Cebu, the twenty-eighth of April, one
+of the two boats that had been despatched to the coasts of Mindanao
+under command of the master-of-camp returned with news of his death
+from fever, and anger at an attempted mutiny. Two soldiers who were
+supposed to be ringleaders were sent back with the frigate and the
+"San Juan" was following as rapidly as possible. The attempted mutiny
+was due to the master-of-camp's prohibiting any trading or buying of
+cinnamon. Martin Hernandez, a Portuguese, was the leader and the mutiny
+was smothered by his hanging. Martin de Goyti was appointed to the
+vacant position of master-of-camp, "for he was entirely trustworthy,
+and had much experience in matters of war." Besides the master-of-camp,
+fifteen or sixteen others died, which the physician declared was the
+result of eating too much cinnamon. The new master-of-camp executed
+two soldiers and one sailor, who were found to be, after Hernandez,
+most concerned in the mutiny.
+
+The "San Juan" was despatched to New Spain to carry despatches and to
+beg aid. At the same time, July 10, came two boats from the Moluccas
+with letters to Legazpi from the Portuguese commanders inviting the
+Spaniards to their islands. From these Portuguese it was learned that
+they proposed a speedy descent upon the settlement. The Spaniards were
+but ill prepared for such a thing. "All this risk and danger has been
+caused by the delay in receiving aid from that Nueva Espana. May God
+pardon whomsoever has been the cause of so great delay and so many
+hardships!" [77] (Tomo iii, no. xxxix, pp. 91-225). Cebu, _circa_
+1566. A petition to the king bearing signatures of Martin de Goiti,
+Guido de Labezari, Andres Cauchela, Luis de la Haya, Gabriel de
+Rribera, Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, Joan de la Isla, and Fernando
+Rriquel, sets forth the following requests: 1. That ecclesiastics be
+sent to Cebu, "for the preaching of the holy gospel and the conversion
+of the natives," as only three of those first sent remain, namely,
+Fray Diego, Fray Martin de Herrada, and Fray Pedro He Gamboa. 2. More
+men, and arms and ammunition for five or six hundred men, so that if
+the natives will not be converted otherwise, they may be compelled
+to it by force of arms. 3. That due rewards be granted Legazpi for
+his faithful service. 4. The confirmation and perpetuation of the
+appointments made by the viceroy of New Spain, Luis de Velasco,
+in the expedition of Legazpi. 5. That the king grant to all those
+of the expedition and their descendants forever exemption from
+_pecho_ [78] and custom duty, as well as exemption from tax on ail
+merchandise that they might trade in these islands for the period
+of one hundred years. 6. That transferable _repartimientos_ [79]
+be granted to the conquerors and new discoverers. 7. That the wives
+and children of the conquerors, whether in Spain or New Spain, be
+sustained from the royal estate until the _repartimientos_ be made;
+and that in case of the death of any of those of the expedition this
+sustenance be continued. 8. That land be apportioned to them. 9. That
+the conquerors alone, outside of the king, be allowed to trade in
+the Philippines. 10. That the Moros, "because they try to prevent our
+trade with the natives, and preach to them the religion of Mahomet,"
+may be enslaved and lose their property. 11. That the offices of
+the royal officials appointed by Velasco be granted for life, and
+to one heir after them, and that they be allowed to share in the
+_repartimientos_. 12. An increase of salary because of the high cost
+of living in these islands. The petitioners beg further: 1. That
+slave traffic be allowed, "that the Spaniards may make use of them,
+as do the chiefs and natives of these regions, both in mines and other
+works that offer themselves." 2. The remittance of the king's fifth
+of all gold and silver found for fifty years. 3. That the natives
+be distributed in _encomiendas_. Legazpi in a separate petition
+makes the following requests: That the Philippines be conquered,
+colonized, and placed under the dominion of the crown, in order
+that the gospel may be preached to more advantage and the tributes
+collected from the natives, who are "changeable, fickle, and of but
+little veracity." That religious of good life be sent who may serve as
+examples, and that they may "try to learn the language of this land,
+for thereby they will obtain good results." That certain Moros, who,
+under pretext of being traders, preach the Mahometan faith and hinder
+Spanish trade with the natives, be expelled from the islands, and that
+they be not allowed to marry or settle therein. That his office of
+governor and general be confirmed for life and extended to one heir,
+as promised by Velasco. That the four thousand ducats promised him by
+Velasco be granted him from the royal estate, inasmuch as he has made
+the expedition without any personal aid from the king. That he and
+two heirs be allowed to hold all the forts established by him, with
+the salary agreed upon with Velasco, and that such holding and salary
+commence with the fort of Cebu. That the title of high constable,
+for himself and heirs, of all lands discovered and colonized by him,
+be confirmed. That he may have two of the Ladrone Islands, with the
+title of _adelantado_, provided he conquer and colonize them at his own
+cost; these islands will be of great service as a way-station between
+New Spain and the Philippines. That Felipe de Salcedo, his grandson,
+be granted the habit of the order of Santiago for his great services
+in the voyage to the Philippines, and his discovery of the return
+route to New Spain, for all of which he had received no financial aid
+from the crown. That the king favor Mateo del Saz, the master-of-camp,
+for his excellent services. (Tomo iii, no. xlv, pp. 319-329.)
+
+Legazpi's son, Melchor, presented five petitions to the king, all
+growing out of the agreements made with the former by Luis de Velasco,
+and his subsequent services in the islands. The first petitioned
+in behalf of Legazpi: 1. That two of the Ladrones with title of
+_adelantado_, and a salary of two thousand ducats be granted him
+and his heirs, this concession to bear civil and criminal powers of
+jurisdiction, and the title of governor and captain-general of the
+Ladrones. 3 and 4. Exclusive right to choose men for the conquest,
+both in New Spain and the Philippines, or any other place, and the
+appointment of duties and officials; also the right to fit out ships
+in any port of the Indies, and authorization of agents. 5. That he be
+permitted to assign land to the colonists. 6 and 7. That he and his
+heirs be high constables of all these islands and that they hold all
+forts built therein. 8 and 9. To him, his sons, heirs, and successors
+forever, one-twelfth of all incomes from mines, gold and silver,
+precious stones, and fruits, in the Ladrones; and two fisheries,
+one of pearls and the other of fish, in the same islands. 10. That
+for ten years after any colony has been formed no import tax be paid
+on goods. 11. That only one-tenth of all gold, silver, gems, and
+pearls discovered for ten years after the first settlement be paid the
+king. 12. That Legazpi may appoint in his absence from the Philippines
+or Ladrones a lieutenant, who shall act in his name. 13. That for
+six years he may commission two vessels for navigation of the Indies,
+and that he may despatch them together or separately. 14. That fines
+be granted for the founding of churches and monasteries throughout
+the islands. 15. That the petition in regard to Felipe de Salcedo be
+granted. 16. That a dozen religious from each order go to the islands,
+and that their superior do not object to their going. 17. That
+no foreigners, especially Portuguese, be allowed in the islands,
+"because therefrom might follow great losses and troubles, as happened
+when Lope Martin was sent as pilot with Captain Pericon." 18. That
+no vessels be permitted to go to these islands from the Indies, or
+from any other land, "without the express consent and commission of
+the royal _Audiencia_ or the viceroy" of the district from which the
+ship sails, and the king must be fully informed thereof. The cause of
+this clause was that ships were fitting out in Peru and other places
+for these islands. 19. That Moros be prohibited from trading in the
+islands. 20. "Because the conquest of the Ladrones is of slight moment,
+by reason of their inhabitants being poor and naked," and their best
+use is as a way-station from New Spain; and New Guinea on the other
+hand offers much profit in both temporal and religious matters,
+that their conquest be permitted to Legazpi. 21. That, in case of
+Legazpi's death before the conquest is effected, the petitioner,
+or Legazpi's heir and successor, or the person appointed by him,
+may complete it. This petition was vistoed in Madrid, March 2,
+1569, although it had been presented a considerable time before
+that date. After waiting for two years in vain for an answer to this
+petition Melchor de Legazpi presented another petition asking: that
+efficient aid be sent his father; that he be confirmed in his title
+of governor and captain-general "with the salary that your highness
+is pleased to assign him, and with the other rewards contained in
+his [Legazpi's] petition, ... and that he be not abandoned to die
+in despair at seeing himself forsaken and forgotten by his king;"
+that he be granted the four thousand ducats promised him by Velasco
+"in order that we might better prepare for the marriage of ... my
+sister, who is of marriageable age." The petition states that even had
+Legazpi's expedition proved a failure, the king should not permit want
+to come upon his children, since his substance had been expended in
+the royal service. In the third petition, Melchor de Legazpi requests
+that the office of accountant of the City of Mexico rendered vacant
+by the death of its incumbent, be bestowed upon him, in remembrance of
+his father's services. He says the family is "poverty-stricken and in
+debt," because of his father having spent all his possessions in the
+king's service. The fourth petition presents information concerning
+Legazpi's services. The fifth petition requests that certain persons
+be received by the court as witnesses, and give information regarding
+Legazpi. From the testimony of these persons it was shown that Legazpi
+was one of the oldest and most honored citizens of the City of Mexico;
+that he was a wealthy landholder of that city; and had lost his wealth
+through devotion to the king's service, without receiving any reward
+therefor. (Tomo iii, no. xlvi, pp. 330-370.)
+
+
+
+Warrant of the Augustinian Authorities in Mexico Establishing the
+First Branch of Their Brotherhood in the Philippines--1564
+
+
+Fray Pedro de Herrera, vicar-general of the Order of Hermits of our
+holy Father Augustine in the regions of the Indies, with Fray Diego
+de Vertavillo, provincial of the same order in this Nueva Espana, and
+Frays Antonio de Aguilar, Nicolas de Perea, Francisco de Villafuerte,
+and Juan de Medina, _definitors_ [80]--to our very dear Brethren in
+Christ, Andres de Urdaneta, prior, Diego de Herrera, Andres de Aguirre,
+Lorenzo de San Esteban, Martin de Rada, priests, and Fray Diego de
+Torres, to you, all and singular, everlasting greeting in the Lord.
+
+Very beloved sons: You are aware how Felipe, by the grace of God
+king of the Spains and the Indies, and our lord, has been greatly
+pleased with the news that some brethren of our order are to go with
+the expedition now being equipped by his very illustrious viceroy and
+captain-general, Don Luis de Velasco, in this Nueva Espana, which is to
+rail through the Western Sea of this kingdom toward the continent and
+certain of the islands that lie between the equator and the Arctic and
+Antarctic poles, and below the region of the torrid zone itself--to the
+end that according to right reason and the benign counsels of Christian
+piety, both at home and abroad as will best seem consonant with the
+purpose of his royal majesty, you may control the fleet and troops
+of the Spanish army. Especially too that the most brilliant light of
+faith may beam upon the populous races that dwell in that region of
+the world. Through the benignity of God most holy and supreme, and
+your preaching, there is hope that those benighted barbarians may cast
+aside the errors and more than Cimmerian darkness of idolatry for the
+splendor of the gospel; and that they who, so long unacquainted with
+gospel truth, have been groping in the gloom of Satanic bondage may
+now at last through the grace of Christ, the common savior of all men,
+gaze at the full light of truth in their knowledge of his name.
+
+Wherefore, as it has seemed our filial and reasonable duty not to
+prove wanting in view of the favor and trust granted us by his royal
+majesty, whereby measures will be taken to add to the divine glory,
+our homage to the king, and the safety of many mortals,--therefore
+after long meditation on this matter and mature counsel, sure as we
+are of your piety, deep learning, charity, and merits, we have chosen
+you for this apostolic charge, the task (with the help of the Lord,
+to whom we commend you) of leading peoples to embrace the faith. In
+order that greater and richer merit may ensue from your obedience
+in undergoing these very great hardships, which you are ready to
+meet through your love of Christ--although we have ever found you
+willing and ready to comply with our mandates--yet now in virtue of
+die Holy Ghost we command you, the above-named brethren, to set out in
+this first voyage with the fleet which the illustrious and well-born
+knight Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, governor and commander of the fleet,
+whom ours [81] style captain-general, is to conduct to the aforesaid
+lands. We exhort and pray you earnestly, as far as we may in the
+Lord, to be in all things as the good actor of God, as becometh the
+holy ones and ministers of God, in all virtues--especially humility,
+patience, and discipline.
+
+Chiefly, however, we desire to have shine forth in your deeds that
+singular and renowned token of Christians which our Savior Christ,
+when on the point of offering up his most innocent life and his
+most holy blood--that thereby, in rescuing us from the deadliest of
+fates, he might ensure the freedom of mortals--commended repeatedly
+to his followers as a countersign, in these words: "By this shall
+all men know that you are my disciples, if you have love one for
+another." This is that priceless boon of charity which Paul styles
+"the bond of perfection," which we trust may not only shine forth
+from your midst--Whereby you should cling to Christ as a companion,
+and seek the possession of his spirit--but that the same affection
+of peace and love flow thence from you to all other men as from a
+clear fountain, to the end that those who have made profession of this
+soldiership in Christ may cling to one another in the mutual bond of
+charity, to the maintenance amidst the clash of arms of that "grace
+which," the Apostle affirms, "is above all sense." For peace, be it
+known, dwells even in the midst of affrays, and is to be commended
+by you all, to the best of your power, to the inhabitants of those
+regions--to whom you should, as the heralds and vanguard of true
+evangelical piety, appear as in search not of what is your own,
+but of what is Jesus Christ's. Moreover, we earnestly exhort your
+charity in the Lord, as far as lies in our power, to announce the
+all-holy gospel of Christ to all races, baptizing them that believe
+in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost;
+training them in the holy Catholic faith, on the same lines on which
+the faithful are trained by our cherished mother the Church of Rome;
+shunning utterly therein all novelty of doctrine, which we desire
+shall in all things conform to the holy and ecumenical councils and
+doctors acknowledged by the same Church; teaching them especially
+that obedience which all Christians owe to die supreme Pontiff and the
+Church of Rome--which in truth is always the leader, head, and mistress
+of all other churches of the world--then to their lawful rulers and
+masters; teaching them at the same time to live under the yoke and
+discipline of Faith, Hope, and Charity, and to forget, moreover,
+their old-time superstitions and errors of the Devil. And that you
+may the more easily fulfil the duty of your apostleship, to which
+you have been called by the Lord, we declare and appoint all among
+you who are priests among the preachers and confessors of our order,
+granting to you whatever privileges have hitherto been granted or shall
+be granted by the supreme Pontiffs themselves, or their legates, to
+our order especially, as well as to other orders, hospitals, houses,
+congregations, or other persons whatsoever--the privileges whereof
+may be considered as common to us by reason of many apostolic grants,
+among others, especially, the grants made to us by Julius the Second,
+Leo the Tenth, Clemens the Seventh, and Paulus the Third. Moreover,
+we grant you especially all the authority hitherto given by Sixtus
+the Fourth, Nicholas the Fifth, Gregorius the Ninth, Leo the Tenth,
+Adrian the Sixth, Clemens the Seventh, Paulus the Third, and Paulus
+the Fourth, or which hereafter may be given by all other Pontiffs,
+to all brethren going to the countries of unbelievers, to preach the
+holy gospel of Christ--especially to Farther Tartary, China, and other
+regions of the earth wherein we know not whether up to these times
+has been preached the piety of the holy Catholic faith--among which
+indults of the Pontiffs, Adrian the Sixth granted and conveyed all his
+power of whatsoever kind that might seem of need in the conversion
+and maintenance of neo-Christians. By reason of our office we grant
+and convey to you this power as far as lies in us.
+
+We grant you, moreover, the power to establish houses and monasteries
+of our order in whatever places it may seem expedient to you for the
+glory of God and the health of our neighbor, and all the privileges,
+especially those of Sixtus the Fourth, Julius the Second, and Leo the
+Tenth for the reception of novices to the habit of our order. Shunning,
+moreover, all novelty, you shall zealously bring them up in the same
+mode of life that you yourselves have learned from your mother,
+our order, under the rule of our holy Father Augustine, and the
+constitutions of the order.
+
+Also, we grant you power to administer all the sacraments to
+commanders, soldiers, sutlers, traders, and others who go on this
+expedition, as well as to all other faithful in Christ, whom you may
+encounter wheresoever you go, in virtue of the grants made therefor
+to us by Adrian the Sixth, Paulus the Third, and all other supreme
+Pontiffs.
+
+Also to the very venerable father Fray Andres de Urdaneta whom you
+all--each for himself, publicly and privately, at the same time when
+through our commission you were assembled in chapter--have chosen
+canonically as your prior and prelate for this expedition, we grant
+the fulness of all our authority in corporals as well as spirituals,
+as far as we have, it and are enabled, without reserving anything
+whatsoever to ourselves. And this authority we wish to terminate in
+the aforesaid father, whenever according to our instructions you shall
+choose another, and pass thence in its fulness to the newly-elect,
+and so on in succession for all time, until this grant of ours shall
+be recalled by ourselves or our chiefs.
+
+In testimony and faith whereof, we have signed our names, with the
+titles of our office, to this our grant, whereto we have ordered the
+seals of our order to be appended.
+
+Given in our convent of Culhuacan [Mexico], the fifth ides of
+February, in the year of our Redemption one thousand five, hundred
+and sixty-four.
+
+_Fray Pedro de Herrera_, Vicar general.
+_Fray Diego de Vertavillo_, Provincial.
+_Fray Antonio de Aguilar_, _Definitor_.
+_Fray Nicolas de Perea_, _Definitor_.
+_Fray Francisco de Villafuerte_, _Definitor_.
+_Fray Juan de Medina_, _Definitor_.
+
+
+
+Act of Taking Possession of Cibabao
+
+
+On the flagship, on the fifteenth day of February, 1565, the royal
+fleet being anchored near a large island, which the natives indicated
+by signs to be called Cibabao, [82] the very illustrious Miguel Lopez
+de Legaspi, his majesty's governor and captain-general of the people
+and fleet of discovery of the Western Islands, appeared before me,
+Fernando de Riquel, chief notary of the said fleet and government of
+the said islands, and declared: that whereas his lordship is sending
+his ensign-general, Andres de Ybarra, to make friends with an Indian,
+a native of this island, called Calayan, who declared himself a chief;
+and whereas it is fitting that possession be taken of the island in
+the name of his majesty; therefore he authorized fully the said Andres
+de Ybarra to take possession, in the name of his majesty, of the part
+and place where he went thus with the said Indian, and all the other
+districts subject and contiguous thereto. In affirmation of the above,
+he consented to the present ordinance before me, the said notary,
+and the witnesses hereunder subscribed, with their incidences and
+dependencies, annexes and rights, and he embossed the same in the
+form prescribed by law, and signed it with his name, the witnesses
+being the high constable Grabiel de Rribera, Amador de Arriaran [83]
+and Juan Pacheco, gentlemen of the governor, Miguel Lopez.
+
+Given before me,
+
+_Fernando Riquel_, chief notary.
+
+And after the aforesaid, on this said day, month, and year aforesaid,
+the said ensign-general Andres de Ybarra, appeared before me, the
+said notary and the witnesses hereunder subscribed, being on the river
+Calayan to which the said chief thus named took him, having landed in
+a small inlet, at the edge of the water, and containing a small bay,
+and said that in the name of his majesty, by virtue of the power
+conferred on him by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general of the discovery of the islands of the
+West, he occupied and took possession and apprehended the tenure and
+true and actual possession or quasi-possession of this said land, and
+of all territory subject to it and contiguous to it. And in token of
+true possession, he passed from one end of that land to the other,
+cut branches of trees, plucked grass, threw stones, and performed
+such other acts and ceremonies as are usual in such cases--all of
+which took place quietly and peaceably, with common consent of those
+who were present, without the opposition of any one. And after the
+aforesaid act took place, the said Andres de Ybarra besought me, the
+said notary, to certify thereto, those present as witnesses being,
+father Fray Diego de Herrera, father Fray Pedro de Gamboa, the high
+constable Grabiel de Rribera and Francisco Scudero de la Portilla,
+[84] Pedro de Herrera, and many other soldiers. I, the said Fernando
+Rriquel, notary aforesaid, bear witness to the aforesaid, for it was
+done in my presence, and I was present at everything jointly with
+the said witnesses. In witness whereof I, Fernando Riquel, chief
+notary, affix here my signature and accustomed flourish, which in
+such documents is in token of truth. Collated with the original. [85]
+
+
+_Fernando Riquel_, government notary.
+
+
+
+Proclamation Regarding Treasure
+
+Order to Make Declaration of the Gold Taken from the Burial-Places
+of the Indians
+
+
+In the island of Cubu of the Western Islands, belonging to his majesty,
+on the sixteenth of May, one thousand five hundred and sixty-five,
+the most illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, his majesty's governor
+and captain-general of the people and fleet of the discovery of the
+Western Islands, appeared before me, Fernando Riquel, government
+notary of the said islands, and declared: that, inasmuch as he had
+been informed that many Spanish soldiers and sailors have opened many
+graves and burial-places of the native Indians in this island, wherein
+a quantity of gold and other jewels has been found; and inasmuch as
+those opening these graves and finding the said gold have not made
+a report thereof to his excellency nor to his majesty's officials,
+in order that his majesty may receive and take his royal fifths and
+rights; therefore he ordered, and did order, that proclamation should
+be made, in due form of law, that all who have opened any graves
+whence they have abstracted gold, jewels, and other valuables, and
+those who have in their possession gold and jewels of these islands,
+however they may have been obtained, shall appear and make full
+declaration regarding such things before his majesty's officials, in
+order that what is, in this regard, fitting to his majesty's service
+and the good security of his royal estate, may be provided--under
+penalty that whoever shall act contrary to this order shall, besides
+losing all the gold and other valuables thus obtained and abstracted,
+be proceeded against in due form of law.
+
+Furthermore, he ordered that, from this time henceforth, no grave or
+burial-place be opened without the permission of his, excellency, in
+order that there might be present at this opening one of the king's
+officials, or myself, the above-mentioned notary, so that no fraud
+or deceit may occur, and so that an account and memorandum may be
+taken of everything--under penalty of five hundred _pesos de minas_
+and of returning all that was taken from such grave or burial-place,
+together with the fifth over and above this for his majesty's exchequer
+and treasury. This was his declaration and order, and he signed the
+same with his name,
+
+_Miguel Lopez_
+
+Proclamation: This said day, month, and year abovesaid, the contents of
+this edict were proclaimed in the form prescribed by law, by the voice
+of Pito Atambor, [86] in the presence of myself, the said notary, near
+the lodging of the said governor and general, and near the lodging of
+the master-of-camp, Mateo del Sas, many soldiers being present at each
+place. In affirmation of the above, Fernando Riquel, government notary.
+
+Collated with the original,
+
+_Fernando Riquel_, government notary.
+
+
+
+
+Letters from Miguel Lopez de Legazpi and Other Officials to Felipe
+II of Spain--1565
+
+
+To the Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+I gave an account to your majesty of my departure from Puerto de la
+Nabidad, which is located in Nueva Espana, with your royal fleet for
+the discovery of the Western Islands. Continuing my voyage until
+February thirteen of this present year, I arrived at one of the
+Filipinas Islands. Afterward I cruised among other islands of this
+archipelago, until I reached this island of Cubu, whence I despatched
+a vessel to Nueva Espana to discover the return route, and to give
+an account to your majesty of the incidents of our voyage until the
+departure of this vessel. The relation of the voyage is despatched
+together with this letter, as well as certain other information in
+regard to the change of feeling among the natives respecting the
+friendship and goodwill that they have been wont to exercise toward
+the vassals of your majesty, and the cause therefor; the possessions
+that have been taken in your majesty's name; and the routes of the
+pilots of this fleet. I beseech your majesty that you will have these
+examined, and provide whatever seems most fitting. I shall remain
+in my settlement in this island of Cubu until I receive the orders
+your majesty shall see fit to impose upon me, although I have but few
+people. I am writing also to the royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva Espana to
+beg succor of both people and ammunition, in order that I may sustain
+myself until your majesty has seen all these records, the memorandum of
+the articles asked by the officials of your royal _hacienda_ [treasury]
+residing here, and the general and individual communications of those
+who remain here, and until your majesty shall have provided and ordered
+what is most fitting, and have signified your royal pleasure. Since
+this undertaking is so vast, and of so great import in regard to the
+spiritual and temporal, and has ended so happily, and is so seasonable,
+I humbly beg your majesty to order that particular account be taken
+of it, and that you order the succor and provision petitioned and
+requested from these islands; and that you will give the matter into
+the charge of one who will provide and effect it with all care and
+diligence; for I trust, with the help of God, our Lord, that very
+great blessings in the service of God, our Lord, and of your majesty,
+will result, with the increase of your royal income and the universal
+good of your kingdoms and seigniories. I beseech your majesty that,
+yielding with your accustomed magnificence in showing favor to your
+servants who serve you in matters of great import, you will be pleased
+to order that the communications accompanying this letter be examined,
+and that you will grant me the favor that seems most fitting to your
+majesty, whose sacred royal Catholic majesty may our Lord have in
+his keeping, and give you increase of kingdoms and seigniories for
+many and felicitous years. From Cubu, May 37, 1565.
+
+Your sacred royal majesty's faithful servant, who kisses your majesty's
+royal feet,
+
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_
+
+
+_[Endorsed:_ "To the Sacred Catholic Royal Majesty the king Don
+[Felipe] our lord.--To his majesty, May 27, 1565. Miguel Lopez de
+Legazpi, Cubu, May 27, 1565.--Seen and to be filed with the others."]
+
+To the Sacred Catholic Majesty:
+
+Because General Miguel Lopez de Legazpi is giving your majesty
+a full account of events throughout these districts, therefore we
+shall say only that we remain in your majesty's royal service in these
+Filipinas--in that part where the men of Magallanes were killed, called
+the island of Cubu--under the protection of God, our Lord, and awaiting
+that of your majesty; and we remain here with very great necessity.
+
+We beseech your majesty to provide us aid with the despatch and
+diligence fitting, in order that your majesty's purpose to introduce
+the Christian religion into these districts, and to reduce these
+people, neglected for so many years, and who are in dire need of
+receiving the fruits of our holy Catholic faith, may be attained. We
+are of stout heart because of the many favors that our Lord has been
+pleased to bestow upon us hitherto; and for the future we trust that
+he will keep us in his holy service, and protect us in that of your
+majesty. The ship acting as flagship on the voyage hither from Nueva
+Spana is about to return to discover the return route to your majesty's
+kingdoms. The venerable father Fray Andres de Hurdaneta sails in it. To
+him we refer in everything that has happened here, and we charge him
+with the relation of events in these districts, as one who has so well
+understood everything that has happened hereabout. Father Fray Diego
+de Herrera, Fray Martin de Herrada and Fray Pedro de Gamboa, religious
+from whom we receive every good instruction and counsel, remain here.
+
+We supplicate your majesty, with all humility, to exercise the
+accustomed favor to your majesty's faithful servants and vassals, in
+consideration of the faith, fidelity, and alacrity with which we have
+ever served your majesty. What is offered for your consideration by
+us and by this entire camp, as your servants, we make known to your
+majesty, which things your majesty will be pleased to provide.
+
+In your majesty's name we have possessed and still possess, as
+protector and general, Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, one for whom we give
+many thanks to our Lord, who has been pleased to provide us a so
+excellent protector, and one who with a so great desire watches over
+the service of your majesty--whose sacred Catholic royal person may
+our Lord have in his keeping, and augment with great kingdoms and
+seigniories; such is the wish of us the faithful servants of your
+majesty. The island of Cubu, May 29, 1565. Sacred Catholic Majesty,
+your sacred Catholic majesty's faithful servants, who kiss your
+majesty's royal feet with all humility: Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+Mateo del Saz, Fray Diego de Herrera, Fray Martin de Rada, Martin
+de Goiti, Fray Pedro de Gamboa, Guido de Lavezari, Andres Cabchela,
+Andres de Mirandaola, Andres de Ybarra, Juan Maldonado de Berrocal,
+Luis de la Haya, Juan de la Isla, Gabriel de Rribera.
+
+
+[_Addressed:_ "To the Sacred Catholic Majesty, King Don Felipe our
+lord, from his camp in the islands of the West."]
+
+[_Endorsed:_ "To his majesty. xxixth of May, 1565. From Miguel Lopez
+de Legazpi and other persons, from Cubu, on xxixth of May, 1565. Seen,
+and to be added to the rest. 65."]
+
+Sacred Catholic Majesty:
+
+First and foremost in this present letter, we inform your majesty,
+with the loyalty and fidelity which we always display, of our great
+need of help, which your majesty must condescend to have sent us
+speedily, considering that we have so great need of it in order to
+attain what is so much desired by us in the service of God, our Lord,
+and in that of your majesty.
+
+The great service which the venerable father Fray Andres de Hurdaneta
+has rendered to God, our Lord, and to your majesty is worthy of great
+praise and many thanks; for he instructed us in all things, both
+spiritual and temporal, during the whole voyage, and because no other
+except him sailed in the fleet who did instruct us. Therefore, all of
+us, your majesty's faithful servants--both the officials of the camp
+and all your vassals generally--humbly beseech and beg your majesty to
+consider his great services and merits; and as soon as he has given
+your majesty an account of all that has happened in these regions
+hitherto, to order and command him to return, in order to prosecute
+this undertaking, which is of so great import to the service of God,
+our Lord, and to that of your majesty--inasmuch as it is fitting for
+the future, as he is one who has so well understood everything that
+is occurring in all places, and as therein he may attain the result
+desired by your majesty in everything. This we hope to achieve, with
+all confidence and alacrity, through divine favor and the protection
+of your majesty. Therefore we beseech your majesty to grant us this
+favor, and succor us with father Fray Hurdaneta's presence, because
+he is very necessary to us, and will gather much fruit in both
+spiritual and temporal affairs; and for all the aforesaid matters,
+and for our consolation and aid, we are sure of this gratification,
+which your majesty will be pleased to grant us fully, as is your
+majesty's wonted custom to so faithful servants and vassals. May our
+Lord watch over the sacred Catholic royal person of your majesty; and
+may he augment you with great kingdoms and seigniories, as is desired
+by us, your majesty's faithful servants and subjects. From the island
+of Cubu, the first of June, the year MDLXV. Sacred Catholic Majesty,
+your sacred Catholic majesty's faithful servants and subjects, who with
+all humility kiss your majesty's royal feet: Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+[87] Mateo Delsaz, Martin de Goiti, Guido de Lauezari, Andres Cabchela,
+Andres de Mjrandaola, Andres de Ybarra, Luis de la Hava, Fernando
+Riquel, government notary; Amador de Arriaron, Juan Maldonado de
+Berrocal, Gabriel de Rribera, Juan de la Ysla, Jeronimo de Moncon,
+Hernando Lopez, Don Pedro de Herrera, Francisco de Leon, Marcos de
+Herrera, Pedro de Herrera, Juan Pacheco Maldonado, Diego Lopez Pilo,
+Christobal de Angulo, Luis Antonio Banuelos, Garcia de Padilla,
+Martin de Larrea, Lloreynte Machado, Lope Rodriguez, Garcia Ramyrez,
+Francisco Escudero de la Porlilla, Rodrigo de Ribera, Pablos Ernandes,
+Francisco Lopez, corporal, Bartolome Rodriguez, Diego Fernandez de
+Montemayor, Antonio Flores, Julio Garcia, Anton Aluarez Degrado,
+Francisco de Herrera, Ernando de Monrrey.
+
+[_Addressed:_ "To the Sacred-Catholic Majesty, King Don Felipe our
+lord, from the general and his camp in the Western Islands."]
+
+[_Endorsed:_ "+ To his majesty. Seen. From the island of Cubu from
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi and others. June first, 1565."]
+
+
+
+
+A Letter from the Royal Officials of the Filipinas Accompanied by a
+Memorandum of the Necessary Things to Be Sent to the Colony
+
+
+Most powerful sirs:
+
+As your highness [88] must have already learned through the despatch
+carried as from us by the bachelor Mynes [Martinez], we set sail
+for these Western Islands on the twentieth of November, MDLXIIII. In
+compliance with your highness's command, we shall relate what occurs
+in those islands with all faithfulness and diligence.
+
+Since your highness will find an account of the voyage made by us,
+in the relation given by the pilots who come with the fleet, we
+shall say no more about it, except by way of reference. We shall
+only relate the events which concern the service of God, our Lord,
+the service of his majesty, and the increase which his royal exchequer
+can derive from these regions.
+
+We reached these Felipinas on the thirteenth of February, MD[L]XV. From
+the day of our arrival here until now we have found not a friend or a
+people who submits to his majesty. The reason for this was disclosed
+to us after we had sailed about in this archipelago for two months,
+namely, that the Portuguese who are in the Malucos came to an island
+called Bohol, where we remained thirty-seven days, and there committed
+the following mischief: after they had made peace with the natives and
+given them to understand that they came to trade with them, they called
+together one day as many natives as they could; and while the latter,
+thinking themselves safe, were trading with them, the Portuguese gave a
+war-signal and killed five hundred people, capturing six hundred more
+whom they took to Maluco as slaves. This has caused us great anxiety,
+because the natives, having received such cruel treatment, were so
+frightened that whenever they saw a sail they ran to the mountains;
+and, if any of them remained, it was to tell us that they desired none
+of our friendship. Thus from the day we arrived until now, we have
+suffered much hardship. We stopped at an island where Magallanes's
+men were killed, and there the people received us somewhat peacefully;
+but the following day, after they had placed in safety their wives and
+children, they said that they did not wish to give us in exchange for
+our goods anything of what we had asked, namely, their provisions. As
+we have just said, they declared that not only they would not give us
+anything, but that they were willing to fight us. Thus we were forced
+to accept the challenge. We landed our men and disposed the artillery
+of the ships, which were close to the houses of the town, so that
+the firing of the artillery from the said ships and the arquebuses on
+land drove the enemy away; but we were unable to capture any of them,
+because they had their fleet ready for the sea.
+
+They abandoned their houses, and we found in them nothing except an
+image of the child Jesus, and two culverins, one of iron and one
+of bronze, which can be of no service to us; it is believed that
+they were brought here at the time of Magallanes. We rejoiced, as
+all Christians ought in like case; for we saw that the Lord had been
+pleased to place us under his protection and grant us prosperity and
+favor. We beseech him to guide us in his service and to preserve us
+in that of his majesty.
+
+As far as we have seen, in all the places to which we have thus far
+come, we think that his majesty could turn them into great kingdoms
+and seigniories, if your highness send us the supply of men, arms,
+ammunition, and artillery; for in our present condition we need
+everything, and find ourselves in the midst of many and warlike
+peoples--who, on account of the Portuguese, have declared war against
+us throughout the whole of the archipelago.
+
+The memorial of things which this camp needs accompanies this
+letter. [89] Your highness will order that they be supplied with great
+speed and diligence, for without them we shall incur great peril,
+and the camp will have no means of support; but with them we shall
+attain what his majesty desires.
+
+As your highness probably knows, we brought no brands for the royal
+fifths of his majesty, so that some articles of gold which were found
+in the graves of these heathens have not been marked. In respect to
+this and all other articles which were found and delivered to us,
+we have done our duty. The general ordered that the persons who found
+anything should deposit all such articles until your highness shall
+command otherwise. We beg your highness to order that the right
+measures be taken in this case; also in regard to the fifths, and
+the procedure which must be adopted in these regions in all matters
+pertaining to the service of his majesty and other duties. A general
+edict was published that any person obtaining gold, pearls, jewels,
+and precious stones, should lose all, unless they are registered in
+the register of his majesty, for lack of the said brands with which
+to mark the fifths. We notify the officials residing in that city
+[Mexico], so that in case anything should appear that is not noted
+in the register, they shall take the necessary steps in regard to it.
+
+The specimens of gold, cinnamon, and wax were found in a port called
+Butuan, where we, the treasurer, and the factor, went by order of the
+general to investigate a certain report which we had heard concerning
+things to be found in the island of Beguendanao [Mindanao]. We found
+the aforesaid port, and in it two Moro junks which were trading
+there. According to orders received, we made peace with the lord of
+the said port, and gave him the message and the present which the
+general sent him. We gave him to understand that with his pleasure we
+were going to trade in his land, and that we would favor and protect
+him in everything in the name of his majesty. He answered us through
+the Moros, who served as interpreters, that he was pleased with our
+offers. We learned that the Moros felt very uneasy about the embassy,
+and we think that they influenced the said ruler and the natives
+by their vile designs. We were obliged to trade with them because
+they gave no opportunity to the natives to trade with us. The said
+Moros demanded in exchange for their goods nothing but _testones_,
+and it was agreed that for each weight of gold six of silver should
+be given. At this rate we bartered for the specimens of gold, wax,
+and cinnamon, which we send to his majesty and to your highness. The
+money belonged to some deceased persons, a memorandum of which we
+send to the officials of the royal exchequer.
+
+We beseech his majesty, and your highness in his royal name,
+that, inasmuch as the said Moros and others take all the gold,
+pearls, jewels, precious stones and other things of which we have
+no information,--thus injuring the natives, both by giving us no
+opportunity to plant our holy faith among them, and by taking the said
+gold, they should, if they continue the said trade, lose their property
+and be made slaves, for they preach the doctrine of Mahomet. This
+matter, as well as the necessary supplies to be sent for our aid,
+your highness will order to be looked after with great diligence;
+because all that we ask for in the memorandum is of great necessity
+in our present critical condition. May your highness add and send
+whatever may seem best to you, so that we may be able to accomplish
+in these regions what his majesty desires. There is great need of
+the Christian religion among these natives, as well as of the men
+and other things asked in the memorandum. May our Lord keep the most
+powerful persons of your highnesses, and cause you to prosper with
+large kingdoms and seigniories.
+
+From Cubu, May xxviii, in the year MDLXV.
+
+Most powerful sirs, we are the faithful servants of your highnesses,
+who very humbly kiss your most powerful feet.
+
+_Guido de Labecares_
+_Andres Cauchela_
+_Andres de Mirandaola_
+
+
+
+Memorandum of the Supplies and Munitions Asked to Be Sent from Nueva
+Espana to His Majesty's Camp at the Port of Cubu
+
+
+Memorandum of things--not only articles of barter, but arms and
+military supplies--which are necessary, to be provided immediately
+from Nueva Espana in the first vessels sailing from the said Nueva
+Espana to these Felipinas Islands; of which the following articles
+must be speedily furnished:
+
+
+Articles
+
+
+    First: twelve pieces of heavy artillery, and among
+    them culverins and reenforced cannon and swivel-guns
+    for the fortress which is to be built,                        xii
+
+    Fifty more bronze _bersos_ [small culverins], of the
+    sort brought from Espana with double chambers,                  1
+
+    Twenty falcons with double chambers,                           xx
+
+    A dozen new scaling ladders,                                  xii
+
+    Balls for the artillery and the molds for making them,
+
+    Two hundred _quintals_ [90] of powder                          cc
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of fuses,                                      l
+
+    Two hundred _quintals_ of lead,                                cc
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of saltpetre,                                  l
+
+    Thirty _quintals_ of rock sulphur,                            xxx
+
+    Three hundred arquebuses (not of the worthless
+    supply there in Mexico); and with them some with
+    flints, all with horn powder-flasks (large or small)
+    together with their molds and gear, which are to be
+    in good condition,                                            ccc
+
+    One hundred corselets with their fittings,                      c
+
+    Two hundred _morions_ and helmets,                             cc
+
+    Fifty coats-of-mail, of rather heavy mail,                      1
+
+    One hundred tapir hides,                                        c
+
+    One hundred white blankets for light and serviceable
+    body armor,                                                     c
+
+    Three hundred pikes with their iron points,                   ccc
+
+    Fifty cavalry lances,                                           1
+
+    Fifty good broadswords, of which there is great need,           1
+
+    Twelve foreign cannoniers, for those whom we brought
+    with us are of little account,                                xii
+
+    Three hundred well-disposed soldiers who are to remain
+    here, (a third or half of them to be sailors),                ccc
+
+    A dozen carpenters to build the vessels which must
+    be built here,                                                xii
+
+    Two smiths, with their forges and tools,                       ii
+
+    Four pairs of bellows with their tubes,                      iiii
+
+    Twelve negroes for these forges, and among them
+    four sawyers,                                                 xii
+
+    An artificer or two to make arquebuses and locks
+    for them,                                                      ii
+
+    Two other locksmiths,                                          ii
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of tow,                                        1
+
+    A surgeon and a physician, with their drugs; and two
+    other barbers, [91] because only one remains here,           iiii
+
+    Three hundred good shields,                                   ccc
+
+    Two hundred _quintals_ of wrought iron plates, not
+    as it comes from the mine,                                     cc
+
+    Thirty _quintals_ of the finest steel,                        xxx
+
+    One hundred tanned cow-hides,                                   c
+
+    Three hundred pickaxes,                                       ccc
+
+    Two hundred iron shovels,                                      cc
+
+    A royal ropemaker, who is in Mexico,
+
+    One hundred Venetian sail-cloths,                               c
+
+    Ten _quintals_ of sailmakers' twine,                            x
+
+    Two bales of paper,                                            ii
+
+    Four balances divided into three parts,                      iiii
+
+    Six weights for large balances,                                vi
+
+    Fifty horn lanterns,                                            1
+
+    Two hundred _fanegas_ of salt,                                 cc
+
+    Two hundred casks of wine,                                     cc
+
+    One hundred casks of vinegar,                                   c
+
+    Two hundred casks of oil,                                      cc
+
+    Five hundred _arrobas_ [92] of sugar,                           d
+
+    One dozen barrels of raisins and almonds, since
+    by not having brought them the men have suffered
+    great-privations,                                             xii
+
+    Ten large hogsheads of flour,                                   x
+
+    Blankets for the men,
+
+    Shirts in quantity,
+
+    Doublets in quantity,
+
+    Breeches of woolen cloth and linen in quantity,
+
+    Hempen sandals in quantity,
+
+    Cowhide shoes in quantity,
+
+    Hats,
+
+    All in quantity for military supplies.
+
+
+For barter, the following:
+
+
+    Two bolts of Valencian scarlet cloth, with odds
+    and ends,                                                      ii
+
+    _Item_ seven bolts of Toledo scarlet cloth,                   vii
+
+    Six cases of headdresses,                                      vi
+
+    A great quantity of beads, blue, green, and yellow;
+    ten breadths of each sort,                                    xxx
+
+    Two pieces of crimson velvet,                                  ii
+
+    Three dozen colored hats,                                   xxxvi
+
+    One case of large gilded coins for the coast of China,          i
+
+    Two bales and two boxes of linens,                           iiii
+
+    Two _quintals_ of _Muzavetas_,                                 ii
+
+    Four pounds of fine coral of all sorts,                      iiii
+
+    Three _quintals_ of glass, (one blue),                        iii
+
+    One thousand bundles of glass beads--green and yellow,          m
+
+    Five hundred dozen hawks' bells,                                d
+
+    Coins and small bars of fine silver for trade in China,
+
+    Six large caldrons of pitch,                                   vi
+
+    Two large caldrons, such as are used for bucking linen;
+    but they must be large and very strong, because they
+    are to be used in making saltpetre,                            ii
+
+    One thousand sailneedles,                                       m
+
+    Two hundred hogsheads hooped with hoops of iron,               cc
+
+    Two saddles with long stirrups, with colored velvet
+    trimmings, and all rivets, bits, and stirrup-irons
+    to be gilded,                                                  ii
+
+    Two cavalry saddles with colored trimmings, all to
+    be of good quality,                                            ii
+
+    Six gilt swords with daggers of good quality which
+    are for the S.S. on the coast of China and for those
+    in the islands of Japan,                                       vi
+
+
+All of the aforesaid goods should be sent as soon as possible, on
+the first ships that sail, for all these things are very necessary,
+that we may maintain ourselves in these parts.
+
+List of articles needed by the said fleet for the oared vessels which
+are to be built here for his majesty. The list follows:
+
+
+    First: four hawsers, of one hundred and twenty _brazas_
+    [93] each; each five _quintals_,                   xx _quintals_
+
+    Two large cables, of eighty _brazas_ each; each one
+    to weigh six _quintals_,                          xii _quintals_
+
+    Six hawsers, of one hundred and thirty _brazas_ each;
+    each to weigh three _quintals_,                 xviii _quintals_
+
+    Two large cables additional, of one hundred and twenty
+    _brazas_ each; each to weigh ten _quintals_,       xx _quintals_
+
+    _Item_ common sails for rigging, thirty _quintals_,
+                                                      xxx _quintals_
+
+    We need one hundred _quintals_ of cordage of all sorts,
+                                                        c _quintals_
+
+    Two grapnels, each to weight four _quintals_,
+                                                     viii _quintals_
+
+    Four anchors, to weigh five _quintals_ apiece,
+                                                       xx _quintals_
+
+    Six grapnels, to weigh three _quintals_ apiece; five
+    or six more, each to weigh from five to six _arrobas_,
+                                              xxxiii _arrobas_ [sic]
+
+    Four grapnels, three _arrobas each_,
+                                                       xii _arrobas_
+
+    Twelve French saws,                                          xii
+
+    Four frame-saws,                                            iiii
+
+    Six hand-saws,                                                vi
+
+    Two grindstones,                                              ii
+
+    Five hundred pieces of cloths from Teguintepeq
+    for sails,                                                     d
+
+    One hundred _quintals_ of tar,                                 c
+
+    Fifty _quintals_ of pitch,                                     l
+
+    For _sallotes_ ropes which are necessary, four pieces
+    of one hundred and fifty _brazas_ each, to weigh
+    three _quintals_ apiece,                          xii _quintals_
+
+    Four hawsers of one hundred _brazas_ each, to weigh
+    four _quintals_ apiece,                                      xvi
+
+    Two workmen, oar makers, to make oars from the wood
+    hereabout,                                                    ii
+
+    Two hundred pulleys; with both eyes and sheaves,              cc
+
+    One hundred _quintals_ of grease,                              c
+
+    Two hundred sheep-skins with the wool on,                     cc
+
+    All this cordage to be _agave_ and hemp.
+
+    Also two anvils of two _arrobas_ each,                        ii
+
+    Also two small ones from six to seven pounds,                 ii
+
+    One anvil,                                                     i
+
+    Two screws for filing,                                        ii
+
+    A half-dozen boys for ironworking,                            vi
+
+    Three or four bellows-pipes for forges,                     iiii
+
+    One hundred heavy coats of mail,                               c
+
+    The powder and fuse which have been asked for,
+
+    Likewise three or four pairs more of bellows are
+    asked for,                                                  iiii
+
+    Twelve more negroes,                                         xii
+
+    Two hundred more iron axes shod in Mexico,                    cc
+
+    Two hundred mattocks,                                         cc
+
+    One hundred more pieces of Tequantepeque [Tehuantepec]
+    and Venetian canvas,                                           c
+
+    One pair of large fishing-nets which may come in the
+    hogsheads mentioned above,                                    ii
+
+    Ear-rings, glassware, and fine coral,
+
+    The coins and bars of silver, just as they have been
+    asked for,
+
+    The caldrons of pitch, because those that were made
+    in Mexico were worthless,
+
+    One dozen caldrons with three compartments,                  xii
+
+    Four syringes, and the cupping glasses and the lancets
+    which are likewise ordered,
+
+    Sail-needles with large eyes,
+
+    Workmen who understand how to build vessels,
+
+    Six cables for the flagship, of fourteen or sixteen
+    _quintals_ each
+
+    The steel that is asked for. [Certain shapes and
+    sizes of steel spikes are specified, with drawings
+    to illustrate; five, thirty, forty, and fifty
+    respectively, of the various kinds are asked for.]
+
+
+[_Endorsed:_ "List of articles which are required for his majesty's
+camp situated in the port of Cubu of the West."]
+
+
+
+
+Relation of the Voyage to the Philippine Islands, By Miguel Lopez
+de Legazpi--1565
+
+
+Illustrious Sire:
+
+
+I wrote to your excellency from Puerto de la Navidad giving as full
+an account as possible up to that port. Now I shall do the same, for
+I consider it a debt justly due, and I shall always consider it so
+whenever the opportunity presents itself. I am enjoying good health,
+thanks be to our Lord; and the same can be said of the whole camp,
+a thing which ought not to be looked upon as of little importance. May
+our Lord grant to your excellency the good health that I wish.
+
+On Tuesday, November 21, three hours before dawn, I set sail with the
+fleet that was at Puerto de la Navidad. For five days the fleet sailed
+southwest, but on the sixth we directed our course westward until we
+reached the ninth degree. We sailed on in this latitude in search of
+the island of Los Reyes, in order that we might go from that point
+to the Felippinas. A week after we had taken this course, we awoke
+one morning and missed the _patache_ "San Lucas," with Captain Don
+Alonso de Arellano in command. There had been no stormy weather to
+make it lose sight of us; nor could it have been Don Alonso's fault,
+for he was a gallant man, as he showed. It is believed that it was
+due to the malice or intent of the pilot. And as he had already been
+informed about the expedition that we were making, and the course we
+were to sail, and as he was fully instructed as to what he must do in
+case he should lose sight of us (as actually happened), and whither
+he must proceed to await us, we expected all the time that we would
+find the vessel in some of these islands. But up to this time we have
+heard nothing of it, which gives me not a little uneasiness. After the
+fleet had sailed for fifty days in the same course between nine and
+ten degrees, a degree more or less, we reached land, which proved to
+be an island inhabited by poor and naked fishermen. This island was
+about four leagues in circumference, and had a population of about
+two hundred men. That same day we sailed between two other small
+islands, which were uninhabited and surrounded by many reefs, which
+proved very troublesome to us for five or six days. At the end of
+that time we decided that the fleet should continue its course along
+the thirteenth degree of latitude, so that we might strike a better
+land of the Filipinas, which the pilots were finding already, and
+should not strike Vindanao. We followed our course in this latitude,
+and on Monday, January 21, we came in sight of land, which afterward
+proved to be one of the Ladrones Islands, called Gua. We directed our
+bows to that island, but we were no more than two leagues from it when
+fifty or sixty _praus_ under sail surrounded the fleet. These _praus_
+were furnished with lateen sails of palm mats and were as light as
+the wind; this is a kind of boat that sails with remarkable speed,
+either with the wind or at random. In each canoe were from six to eight
+Indians, altogether naked, covering not even the privy parts, which
+men are wont to cover. They laughed aloud, and each of them made signs
+inviting us to his own town (for they were from different villages)
+and promising to give us food there. At break of day we coasted the
+island and the next morning we cast anchor in a very good port. The
+day had scarcely begun when a great number of those _praus_ appeared
+about us. There were so many of them, who came to trade with us, that
+some of our men who counted them affirm that there were more than four
+or five hundred of them around the ships. All that they had to sell
+us were articles of food, namely, potatoes, rice, yams, cocoa-nuts,
+sugar-cane, excellent bananas, and several other kinds of fruit. They
+also brought ginger, which grows in this island in so great quantity
+that it is a thing to wonder over; and they do not till or cultivate
+it, but it comes up and grows of itself in the open fields, just as
+any other herb. The natives shouted at us, each one inviting us to buy
+of him. The men of the fleet began to give them the face-cards from
+old playing cards, and to put bits of woolen cloth and other objects
+around their necks and on their heads. The Indians seeing this asked
+for these articles, and adorned themselves therewith as they had seen
+our men do. In these transactions many ridiculous things happened,
+and many jests were played. Afterward our men began to give them
+nails, which the Indians liked so well that they desired nothing else
+after that. They would smell them before taking them. For each nail
+they gave measures of rice containing about half a _fanega,_ more or
+less. After the rice was drawn up into the boat by means of a rope,
+because the Indians would not trade outside of their canoes, and the
+packages were opened, it was found that only the top layer was rice
+and the rest straw and stones. The Indian who had practiced this jest
+would clap his hands in glee, and laugh long and loud, and go from that
+vessel to another, to play the same trick. Then again they would take
+the nails, and take flight without giving anything in return. These and
+many other deceptions were practiced by them. They are so great thieves
+that they even tried to pull out the nails from our ships. They are
+better proportioned than the Spaniards. Often they attain the great
+strength fitting to their statures. One of them went behind one of
+our soldiers and snatched away the arquebuse from his shoulder. When
+good opportunity offered, they discharged their weapons on those who
+were taking in water. Notwithstanding that some of the natives on land
+were shot down, the others did not discontinue trading with our ships;
+but rather those on the ships, after they had sold their goods, went
+ashore in their canoes, and there with their hardened clubs, stones,
+and slings (which comprise their weapons, and which they manage very
+skilfully) they took the place of those who were fighting, and those
+who were fighting embarked in the canoes, and came also to the ships
+to trade. All this seems to be the proceeding of savages, as these
+people really are, for they have only the form of men. They have no
+laws, or chiefs whom they obey; and therefore every one goes wherever
+he wishes. They eat no meat. A soldier who went ashore received a
+wound in the hand. The wound was apparently small; and indeed it was
+through negligence of the wounded man himself that he died within
+two weeks. One day, after a slight engagement between my men and the
+natives, we got ready at sunset to sail, without noticing the absence
+of a young roustabout who, either through carelessness, or because
+he had not heard the call to assemble, must have advanced too far
+on the mountain. As our small boats reached the ships, the Indians,
+who had not lost sight of us during the hour while we remained there,
+came out upon the shore. As the boy came down from the mountain to the
+shore, the Indians, when they saw him, fell upon him and in a moment
+with great cruelty tore him to pieces, giving him at least thirty
+lance thrusts through the body. When the men of our ships saw the
+Indians discharging blows, and discovered that they did not have the
+boy with them, they returned to shore with great fury; but at their
+arrival the natives had already fled up a hill. They found the boy
+as I have said above; and I charged the master-of-camp to punish the
+natives for this act. At midnight he went ashore, and marched inland,
+but meeting no Indians, he arranged his men in an ambuscade on shore,
+in which he killed a few of them and wounded many others. Our men
+burned many houses all along the coast. The town inland on this island
+is large and thickly populated, and abounds in all things which are
+raised in the island. There our men found about two pounds of very
+good sulphur, and took one of the natives alive, who was brought to
+the ship, and whom I am sending to that Nueba Espana. This island is
+called Ladrones, which according to the disposition of the inhabitants,
+is the most appropriate name that could have been given it. Eleven
+days after reaching this island, we set sail following our course
+in the aforesaid latitude. After sailing eleven days more with good
+weather, we finally came in sight of Filippinas, where we finished
+our voyage. According to the experiments and opinions of the pilots,
+we covered more than two thousand leagues from Puerto de la Navidad
+to this island, although I have heard that they were deceived as to
+the distance. On the afternoon of the same day in which we came to
+this land, we cast anchor in a beautiful bay, called Cibabao, and
+there we remained seven or eight days. Meanwhile we sent two boats,
+one south and the other north (for this island is located north and
+south) to see whether they could find some good port or river. One
+of them returned minus a gentleman of my company, called Francesco
+Gomez, and with the report that, for ten leagues north, they had found
+neither port nor river. The gentleman was killed by some Indians,
+after he disembarked to make blood-friendship with them, a ceremony
+that is considered inviolable. This is observed in this manner: one
+from each party must draw two or three drops of blood from his arm
+or breast and mix them, in the same cup, with water or wine. Then the
+mixture must be divided equally between two cups, and neither person
+may depart until both cups are alike drained. While this man was about
+to bleed himself, one of the natives pierced his breast from one side
+with a lance. The weapons generally used throughout the Filipinas
+are cutlasses and daggers; lances with iron points, one and one-half
+palms in length; _lenguados_, [94] enclosed in cloth sheaths, and a
+few bows and arrows. Whenever the natives leave their houses, even if
+it is only to go to the house of a neighbor, they carry these weapons;
+for they are always on the alert, and are mistrustful of one another.
+
+While we were in this bay, Indians and chiefs came in several
+boats, displaying prominently a white flag at the bow of one of
+them. Another flag was raised on the stern of the flagship as a
+sign that they could approach. These people wear clothes, but they
+go barefooted. Their dress is made of cotton or of a kind of grass
+resembling raw silk. We spoke to them and asked them for food. They
+are a crafty and treacherous race, and understand everything. The best
+present which they gave me was a sucking pig, and a cheese of which,
+unless a miracle accompanied it, it was impossible for all in the fleet
+to partake. On the occasion of the death of the gentleman whom they
+killed, the natives scattered themselves through the island. They are
+naturally of a cowardly disposition, and distrustful, and if one has
+treated them ill, they will never come back. They possess, in common
+with all these islands, swine, goats, hens of Castile, rice, millet,
+and in addition a great variety of excellent fruit. The people wear
+gold earrings, bracelets, and necklets. Wherever we went we found
+a great display of these articles. Although people say that there
+are many mines and much pure gold, yet the natives do not extract it
+until the very day they need it; and, even then, they take only the
+amount necessary for their use, thus making the earth their purse.
+
+Leaving this bay, we sailed south until we reached the end of the
+island, where the land turns west. Just south of this island are
+other islands between which and this island there is a straight
+channel running west. The fleet passed through this channel, and on
+the second day from our departure from Cibabao, after having sailed
+nearly thirty leagues, we reached a port of Tandaya Island.
+
+In this port a small river empties itself into the sea through an
+estuary. Some of our boats sailed up this river and anchored at the
+town of Cangiungo. The natives received them neither with peace nor
+war; but they gave our men food and drink. When they were about to eat,
+an Indian came to them, who spoke a few words in the Castilian tongue,
+saying "Comamos" ["let us eat"], "bebamos" ["let us drink"], and
+answering "si" ["yes"], when questioned by Anton Batista "Billalobos
+[Villalobos]" and "Captain Calabaca." It seems that he had traded with
+the people of the fleet of Billalobos, according to what was gather
+from him. And because he said this, this native vexed the ruler of the
+village, and never came back. The next day I wished to go to the same
+village, and found the natives hostile. They made signs that we should
+not disembark, pulled grass, struck trees with their cutlasses, and
+threateningly mocked us. Seeing that in this case cajolery could not
+suffice, we withdrew in order not to disturb them; but as we departed,
+they began to shower sticks and stones after us, and I was obliged to
+order the soldiers to fire their arquebuses at them; and they never
+appeared again. This town has a population of twenty or thirty Indians.
+
+On arriving at that port, I despatched Captain de Goite with a boat
+and a frigate, well supplied with men and provisions, to discover
+some port along the coast. On the way he was to examine thoroughly
+the town of Tandaya, which was not very far from where we were, and
+other towns of the island of Abbuyo. Deceived by the appearance of the
+coast, he sailed on past the coast for fifteen leagues, without seeing
+anything. Finally he reached a large bay on which was situated a large
+town containing many families; the people had many swine and hens,
+with abundance of rice and potatoes. He returned to the fleet with
+this news, which gave us not a little content, for all were longing
+for land-products. The fleet left this port, and in the afternoon of
+the next day we reached the above-mentioned bay, where we anchored in
+front of the large town of Cavalian. One thing in especial is to be
+noted--namely, that wherever we went, the people entertained us with
+fine words, and even promised to furnish us provisions; but afterward
+they would desert their houses. Up to the present, this fear has not
+been in any way lessened. When we asked the people of this village for
+friendship and food, they offered us all the friendship we desired,
+but no food whatever. Their attitude seemed to me to be quite the
+contrary of what had been told me by those who had gone there; for
+they had said that, in this village of Cavalian, which is located on
+the island of Buyo, Spaniards were received and were well treated. Now
+they did not wish to see us, and on the night of our arrival, we were
+made thoroughly aware of this; for they embarked with their wives,
+children, and property, and went away. The next day, a chief called
+Canatuan, the son of Malate [95] who is the principal chief of the
+town, came to us; but I detained him in the ship, until provisions
+should be sent us from land (paying for them to their satisfaction),
+because of his not returning to the village and because his father
+was very old and blind. But this proved no remedy, to make them give
+us anything but words. It was determined that the people should go
+ashore. And so they went, and we made a fine festival, killing for
+meat on that same day about forty-five swine, with which we enjoyed
+a merry carnival--as payment for which articles of barter were given
+to the chief whom I had with me. The latter sent us ashore with an
+Indian, to give these articles to the owners of the swine.
+
+This chief, Canutuan, by signs and as best he could, informed me of the
+names of the islands, of their rulers and people of importance, and
+their number. He also promised to take us to the island of Mancagua,
+[96] which was eight leagues from this island. We set sail with the
+Indian, and when we reached Macagua I sent him and three others, who
+went with him to their village in a canoe, after giving them some
+clothes. He was quite well satisfied, according to his own words,
+and became our friend.
+
+This Macagua, although small, was once a thickly-populated
+island. The Castilians who anchored there were wont to be kindly
+received. Now the island is greatly changed from former days, being
+quite depopulated--for it contains less than twenty Indians; and these
+few who are left, are so hostile to Castilians, that they did not even
+wish to see or hear us. From this island we went to another, called
+Canuguinen. [97] Here we met with the same treatment. As the natives
+saw our ships along the coast, they hastened to betake themselves to
+the mountains. Their fear of the Castilians was so great, that they
+would not wait for us to give any explanation.
+
+From this island the fleet directed its course towards Butuan,
+a province of the island of Vindanao; but the tides and contrary
+winds drove us upon the coast of an island called Bohol. Here we
+cast anchor, and within a small bay of this island we made some
+necessary repairs to the flagship. One morning the _almiranta_
+[98] sighted a junk at some distance away. Thinking it to be one
+of the smaller _praus,_ the master-of-camp despatched against it a
+small boat with six soldiers, after which he came to the flagship to
+inform me of what he had done. Seeing that he had not sent men enough,
+I despatched another small boat with all the men it could hold; and
+the master-of-camp himself with instructions how he was to proceed,
+reached the boat and junk, which were exchanging shots. The junk
+seeing that the boat contained 10 few men, defied them. When the
+second boat arrived it found some of the men wounded, and that the
+junk had many and well-made arrows and lances, with a culverin and
+some muskets. The junk defied the second boat also. Shouting out in
+Castilian, "a bordo! a bordo!" ["board! board!"] They grappled it, and
+on boarding it, one of our soldiers was killed by a lance-thrust in the
+throat. Those aboard the junk numbered forty-five soldiers. Fourteen
+or fifteen of them jumped into a canoe which they carried on their
+poop deck, and fled. Eight or ten of the others were captured alive,
+and the remainder were killed. I have been assured that they fought
+well and bravely in their defense, as was quite apparent; for besides
+the man they killed, they also wounded more than twenty others of
+our soldiers. In the junk were found many white and colored blankets,
+some damasks, _almaizales_ [99] of silk and cotton, and some figured
+silk; also iron, tin, sulphur, porcelain, some gold, and many other
+things. The junk was taken to the flagship. Its crew were Burnei
+Moros. Their property was returned to them, and what appeared, in our
+reckoning, its equivalent in articles of barter was given to them,
+because their capture was not induced by greed. My chief intent is
+not to go privateering, but to make treaties and to procure friends,
+of which I am in great need. The Burneans were much pleased and
+satisfied with this liberality displayed toward them, thus showing
+how fickle they were.
+
+On the same day that the boats went to the junk, I despatched the
+_patache_ "San Joan" with orders to go to Butuan and sail along its
+coast, and to find out in what part of this island the cinnamon is
+gathered, for it grows there. They were also to look for a suitable
+port and shore where a settlement could be made. While the _patache_
+went on this mission, I kept the boat of the Burneans and the
+pilot. This latter was a man of experience, and versed in different
+dialects; and he informed me of much regarding this region that I
+wished to know. Among other things he told me that, if the Indians
+of this land avoided this fleet so much, I should not be surprised,
+because they, had great fear of the name of Castilla. He said that
+while we were among these islands no Indian would speak to us; and
+that the cause for this was that about two years ago, somewhat more
+or less, some Portuguese from Maluco visited these islands with eight
+large _praus_ and many natives of Maluco. Wherever they went they
+asked for peace and friendship, saying that they were Castilians,
+and vassals of the king of Castilla; then when the natives felt quite
+secure in their friendship, they assaulted and robbed them, killing
+and capturing all that they could. For this reason the island of
+Macagua was depopulated, and scarcely any inhabitants remained there.
+And in this island of Bohol, among the killed and captured were more
+than a thousand persons. Therefore the natives refused to see us
+and hid themselves--as in fact was the case. Although, on my part,
+I did my best to gain their confidence, giving them to understand
+that the Portuguese belong to a different nation and are subjects of a
+different king than we, they did not trust me; nor was this sufficient,
+for they say that we have the same appearance, that we wear the same
+kind of clothing, and carry the same weapons.
+
+In this island of Bohol live two chiefs, one called Cicatuna and the
+other Cigala, who through the Bornean's going inland to call them,
+came to the fleet. From these chiefs I heard the same thing that I
+had been told by the Burnei pilot and his companions, in regard to the
+great robberies that the Portuguese committed hereabout, in order to
+set the natives against us--so that, on our coming, we should find no
+friends. This fell out as they wished, because, although Cicatuna and
+Cigala made friendship with me, we could put no confidence in them;
+nor would they sell us anything, but only made promises.
+
+While in this island, I despatched a frigate to reconnoiter the coast
+of certain islands that could be seen from this island. The chief pilot
+and Joan de Aguire accompanied it, and it was supplied with sufficient
+food, men, and provisions. Coming to the entrance between two islands,
+they were caught by the tide and drifted to the other entrance of the
+channel; and, in order to return, they sailed around the island. On
+this island they saw a town where the Moro pilot declared that he
+was known, and that he was on friendly terms with its inhabitants;
+but under pretense of friendship, the natives, treacherously killed
+him with a lance-thrust. The space of one week had been given to them,
+but it took much longer; for the return could be accomplished only
+by sailing around the island which was one hundred and fifty leagues
+in circumference.
+
+When the _patache_ returned from Butuan, it reported that they had
+seen the king, and that two Moro junks of the large and rich island
+of Luzon were anchored in the river which flows near the town. The
+Moros sold our men a large quantity of wax. When the men of Luzon saw
+our _tostones_ they were very much pleased with them, and they gave
+nearly twenty marks of gold, which they had there in that island,
+giving for six _tostones_ of silver one of gold; and they said that
+they had more gold, if our men would give them more _tostones_, and
+that in exchange for the latter they would give them ten or twelve
+_quintals_ of gold which they had there in that island. The soldiers
+of the _patache_ were so desirous to plunder the junks, that they
+besought permission to do so from the captain; thus importuned,
+and because his own desire was not less keen, he was on the point
+of granting it. Fortunately the officials (the treasurer and factor)
+aboard the _patache_ opposed this, saying that it was not fitting to
+his majesty's service, and that it would stir up the land and set it
+against us. As the men of Luzon had put some earth within the cakes of
+wax that they had sold, in order to cheat us with it; and inasmuch as
+they, moreover, insisted that the natives should not give anything in
+exchange for any other kind of trade-goods, but only for _tostones_,
+and had uttered many lies and slanders against us--the soldiers said
+that this was sufficient to justify the war; and that the war would
+not be the cause of stirring up the natives, because the latter
+were not at all well-disposed toward the Moros. Finally they did
+not touch the Moros, being persuaded to this by the captain and the
+officials. By my instructions, in case they should meet any strange
+or piratical junk that proved hostile, they returned to the station
+of the fleet, bringing a small quantity of gold, wax, cinnamon, and
+other things. Nevertheless the natives of the island would have sold
+them a quantity of gold had not the Moros prevented it.
+
+While in the bay of the island of Bohol, I was very anxious about
+the frigate, since it was to be gone but one week; while twenty-one
+days had passed, and it was nowhere to be seen. Meanwhile a _prau_
+which I had despatched with two soldiers and the chiefs Cicatuna
+and Cigala to the island of Cubu to endeavor to ascertain some
+news concerning it, had returned, bringing no news whatever of its
+whereabouts. On Holy Saturday, three hours before daybreak, while
+we were thus plunged in great anxiety and grief, fearing that our
+companions might have been lost, captured, or killed, the shout "the
+frigate! the frigate!" was heard in our fleet. Turning my glance,
+I beheld it entering the bay. Only the Burnei pilot was missing;
+the others looked well and strong, although they had suffered from
+hunger. On arriving, they informed us that the island which they had
+coasted had a circuit of one hundred and fifty leagues, and that
+on their return they had passed between it and the opposite coast
+of Cubu. [100] They reported that this island of Cubu was densely,
+populated, containing many large villages, and among them were many
+people inhabiting the coast, and inland many cultivated districts. The
+above-mentioned soldiers who went to Cibu in the _prau_ with Cicatuna
+and Cigala said that the same thing was to be observed on the other
+coast, and that the port of the town of Cibu admitted of anchorage,
+and was excellent. I decided to take the fleet to that island--a plan
+I carried out, with the intention of requesting peace and friendship
+from the natives, and of buying provisions from them at a reasonable
+cost. Should they refuse all this I decided to make war upon them--a
+step which I considered justifiable in the case of these people;
+for it was in that same port and town that Magallanes and his fleet
+were well received. King Sarriparra and nearly all the natives were
+baptized, and admitted to our holy faith and evangelical teaching,
+voluntarily offering themselves as his majesty's vassals. Magallanes
+and more than thirty of his companions were afterward killed while
+fighting in behalf of this island against the people of Matan, a
+thickly-populated island situated near this one. Afterward the two
+islands made peace privately between themselves, and the inhabitants
+of the town of Cibu killed many of the Spaniards of the same fleet,
+and drove the remaining few away from their land. Hence we see that all
+this is sufficient occasion for any course whatever. In accordance with
+this last opinion the fleet left the port of Bohol and we reached the
+port of Cibu on Friday, April 27, 1565. We had scarcely arrived when
+an Indian came to the flagship in a canoe, who said that Tupas, the
+ruler of the island, was in the town, and that he was going to come
+to the fleet to see me. A little later there came from the village,
+an Indian, an interpreter of the Malay language, who said, on behalf
+of Tupas, that the latter was getting ready to come to see me, that
+he would come on that very day, and that he would bring ten of the
+principal chiefs of that island. I waited for them that whole day;
+but as I saw that the people were much occupied in removing their
+possessions from their houses and carrying them to the mountain, and
+that during all this day and until noon of the next, Tupas, the son
+of Saripara, who killed the men of Magallanes, did not come, I sent a
+boat with father Fray Andres de Hurdaneta and the master-of-camp, in
+order that, in their presence, the government notary, with Hieronimo
+Pacheco, interpreter of the Malay tongue (which is spoken by many of
+the natives of this land), might request the natives, as vassals of
+the king of Castilla, to receive us peaceably. They were to assure the
+people that I did not come to do them any harm, but on the contrary
+to show them every favor, and to cultivate their friendship. Three
+times this announcement was made to them, with all the signs and kind
+words possible to win their friendship. But at length--seeing that
+all our good intentions were of no avail, and that all the natives
+had put on their wooden corselets and rope armor [101] and had armed
+themselves with their lances, shields, small cutlasses, and arrows;
+and that many plumes and varicolored headdresses were waving; and
+that help of men had come in _praus_ from the outside, so that their
+number must be almost two thousand warriors; and considering that
+now was the time for us to make a settlement and effect a colony, and
+that the present port and location were exactly suited to our needs,
+and that it was useless for us to wait any longer; and seeing that
+there was no hope for peace, and that they did not wish it, although
+we had offered it--the master-of-camp said to the natives through an
+interpreter: "Since you do not desire our friendship, and will not
+receive us peacefully, but are anxious for war, wait until we have
+landed; and look to it that you act as men, and defend yourselves
+from us, and guard your houses." The Indians answered boldly: "Be it
+so! Come on! We await you here." And thereupon they broke out into
+loud cries, covering themselves with their shields and brandishing
+their lances. Then they returned to the place whence they had set out,
+hurling their lances by divisions of threes at the boat, and returning
+again to their station, going and coming as in a game of _canas_. [102]
+Our men got ready and left the ships in boats; and as the boats left
+the ships for the shore, in accordance with the order given them,
+some shots were fired from the ships upon the multitude of _praus_
+anchored near a promontory, as well as at the landsmen upon shore,
+and upon the town. But, although they had showed so great a desire
+for war, when they heard the artillery and saw its effects, they
+abandoned their village without waiting for battle, and fled through
+the large, beautiful, and fertile open fields that are to be seen
+in this region. Accordingly we remained in the village, which had
+been left totally without provisions by the natives. We pursued the
+enemy, but they are the lightest and swiftest runners whom I have
+ever seen. When we entered the village, all the food had been already
+taken away. However, I believe that there will be no lack of food. In
+exchange for our hardships this is a good prospect, although there
+is no hope of food except through our swords. The land is thickly
+populated, and so fertile that four days after we took the village
+the Castilian seeds had already sprouted. We have seen some little
+gold here, on the garments worn by the natives. We are at the gate
+and in the vicinity of the most fortunate countries of the world, and
+the most remote; it is three hundred leagues or thereabouts farther
+than great China, Burnei, Java, Lauzon, Samatra, Maluco, Malaca,
+Patan, Sian, Lequios, Japan, and other rich and large provinces. I
+hope that, through God's protection, there will be in these lands no
+slight result for his service and the increase of the royal crown,
+if this land is settled by Spaniards, as I believe it will be. From
+this village of Cubu, I have despatched the ship with the father prior
+[Urdaneta] and my grandson, Phelipe de Zauzedo, with a long relation
+of the things which I boldly write here to your excellency. They will
+inform his majesty at length, as persons who have been eyewitnesses
+of all especially of what has taken place here, the state of the new
+settlement, and the arrangements made for everything. It remains to
+be said that, since this fleet was despatched by the most illustrious
+viceroy, my master, of blessed memory, and further, chiefly because of
+being an enterprise that every gentleman should all the more favor,
+inasmuch as it pertains naturally to your excellency, as the heir
+of the glory resulting from this expedition--your excellency should
+favor it in such a manner that we may feel here the touch of your
+most illustrious hand, and so that aid should be sent as promptly as
+the necessity of our condition demands. For we shall have war not
+only with the natives of this and other neighboring islands of the
+Philipinas (which is of the lesser import), but--a thing of greater
+consequence--we shall have to wage war with many different nations
+and islands, who will aid these people, and will side against us. On
+seeing us settled in this island the Portuguese will not be pleased,
+nor will the Moros and other powerful and well-armed people. It might
+happen that, if aid is delayed and is not sent by you to us with all
+promptitude, the delay will prove a sufficient obstacle, so that no
+result will follow from the work that we have accomplished. I beg his
+majesty to send us some aid with the promptness, which rightly should
+not be less man in that city of Espana, where his majesty resides. And
+because it is worth knowing, and so that your excellency may understand
+that God, our Lord, has waited in this same place, and that he will be
+served, and that pending the beginning of the extension of his holy
+faith and most glorious name, he has accomplished most miraculous
+things in this western region, your excellency should know that on
+the day when we entered this village one of the soldiers went into
+a large and well-built house of an Indian, where he found an image
+of the child Jesus (whose most holy name I pray may be universally
+worshiped). This was kept in its cradle, all gilded, just as it was
+brought from Espana; and only the little cross which is generally
+placed upon the globe in his hand was lacking. This image was well
+kept in that house, and many flowers were found before it, no one
+knows for what object or purpose. The soldier bowed before it with
+all reverence and wonder, and brought the image to the place where
+the other soldiers were. I pray the holy name of this image which we
+have found here, to help us and to grant us victory, in order that
+these lost people who are ignorant of the precious and rich treasure
+which was in their possession, may come to a knowledge of him.
+
+
+
+
+Copia de Vna Carta Venida de Se|-
+Uilla  a  Miguel  Saluador  de
+Valencia. La Qual Narra El Ventu|Roso Des-
+Cubrimiento Que los Mexicanos Han
+Hecho, Naue-|Gando con la Armada
+Quesu Magestad Mando Hazer en|
+Mexico. Con Otros Cosas Mar-
+Auillosas, y de Gran| Prone-
+Cho Para Toda la Chris-
+Tiandad: Con|Dignas
+De Ser Vistas y
+Leydas.
+
+
+¶_En Barcelona, Per Pau Cortey, 1566._
+
+Desto de la China ay dos relaciones, y es, que a los dezisiete de
+Nouiembre del ano de mil y quinietos y sessenta y quatro, por mandado
+de su Mage. se hizo vna armada en el puerto de la Natiuidad e la
+mar del Sur, cient leguas de Mexico, de dos naues, y dos pataysos,
+para descubrir las yslas dela especieria, que las llaman Philippinas,
+por nuestro Rey, costaron mas de seyscientos mil pesos de Atipusque
+hechas a la vela.
+
+¶Partieron el dicho dia del puerto, y nauegaron seys dias juntas:
+y a los siete les dio vna barrusca, que se aparto dellas el Patays,
+que era de cincuenta toneladas, y lleuana venyte [_sc._ veynte]
+hombres: el qual nauego cincuenta dias, y al fin dellos, vio tierra,
+que eran muchas islas entre las quales vio vna mas grande, y alli
+surgio. ¶Acudieron ala costa gente dela isla la qual es mas blanca que
+los Indios nuestros: y las mugeres muy mas blancas que los hombres,
+como las mugeres de cosas de palma texidas, y labradas encima con
+sedas de colores. Porgala. trahen los dientes colorados, y horadados,
+y enlos agujeros vnos clauicos de oro. Y los hombres con calcas de
+lieco de algodo con senogiles de seda, con muchas piecas de oro. ¶Entre
+ellos vino vno q parescia de mas calidad, vestido todo de seda, con vn
+alfange, la empunadura, y guarniciones de oro, y piedras. ¶Los nuestros
+les pidieron mantenimientos, y diero se losa trueque de bugerias:
+pero ellos pidiero hierro y dio seles: y quando vieron los clauos,
+no querian otro sina clauos, y estos pagauan con oro en poluo. Trayan
+algunos vnas dagas de azero muy galanas, y muestran ser gente politica
+y de mucha razo. Vsan depeso y medida: diero alos nuestros gamos,
+puercos, gallinas, codornizes, arroz, mijo, y pan de palmas: de todo
+esto ay grande abudancia. Estuno alli el Patays casi treynta dias,
+esperando las otras naues, y como no vinieron, determino de boluer
+a Mexico: y al tiepo que salio dela isla, encontro vn junco, que es
+navio de casi cient toneladas, enla qual venian sessenta Indios,
+y como vieron el Patays, todos se echarona nado, y se fueron a la
+tierra, que estana cerca. Entraron dentro algunos soldados, por
+mandado del capitan, y hallaron que yua cargado de porcellanas,
+y mantas, y liencos pintados, y otras cosas dela tierra, y algunos
+canutillos de oro molido, delos quales no tomaron mas que vno, y
+algunas porcellanas, y algunas mantas: y delo demas, de todo poco,
+para traher lo por muestra. Estuuo este Patays en yr y en boluer,
+dozientos, y treynta dias. Huuieron de menester subir mas de quarenta
+grados hazia el norte. Huuo desde el puerto do partieron, hasta esta
+isla, mil y sete cientas leguas. ¶Las otras tres naues dentro de
+cincuenta dias hallaron muchas islas, y aportaro en algunas dellas,
+y passaron en cada vna dellas muchas cosas, que estan grande la
+relacion, que ocupa veynte pliegos de papel. En fin aportaron a vna
+isla grande que se llama Iubu, y alli hizieron amistad conel rey
+della, que se hizo desta manera. Saco se el rey sangre del pecho,
+y el capitan assi mesmo, y echada la sangre de entrabos en vna copa
+de vino la partiero por medio, y el vno benio la vna mitad, y el
+otro la otra mitad: y aquello dizen q haze la amistad inuiolable. Co
+todo esto tuuiero ciertas passiones, y robaro vn lugarejo: y en vna
+casa pobre hallaron vn nino Iesus, destos que traen de Flandes, con
+su velo, y pomo enla mano, tan fresco como si se acabara de hazer
+entonces. En aquella isla qui sieron poblar, porq es muy abundate de
+todos los mantenimientos, y comencaron a hazer vn fuerte, y hiziero
+fuera del vna yglesia, dopusieron el nino Iesus, y la llamaro del
+nombre de Iesus: y la isla la llaman sant Miguel, porque se entro
+enella el dia de su Aparicion. Y de alli alos Malucas dode esta
+la especieria, ay cient y cincueta leguas, y ala China dozientas,
+y a Malach quinientas leguas. Y hallaron alli canela finissima que
+la hauian los dela isla trahydo de los Malucas y gengibre, y cosas
+de seda galanas. Y de alli embiaron delas tres naues la capitana
+de Mexico, do llego despues que hauia llegado el Patays, y estauan
+aderecando otras dos naues para socorro. Hay muchas otras islas por
+alli muy grandes, y son del mismo modo desta. Entre las otras hay vna
+tierra tan rica de oro, que no lo estiman en nada: y hay tata catidad
+de canela que la quema en lugar de lenares de tan luzida gente, q la
+ygualan con Espana. Hay alli vn rey q tiene ala continua mil hobres
+de guarda: y estima se tanto que ninguno de sus vassallos le vee la
+cara sino vna vez enel ano: y si le han de hablar para tratar conel
+algo, le habla por vna zebratana: y quado de ano a ano se dexa ver,
+le da muy grandes riquezas. Son gente muy prima, hazen brocados,
+y sedas texidas de muchas maneras. Tienen en tan poco el oro, q dio
+este rey por vn pretal de cascaueles, tres barchillas de oro en poluo:
+porq alli todo quanto oro ay es en poluo. Cargaron estas tres naues
+quando tornaron tanta cantidad de oro en aquella isla, que moto el
+quinto q dan al rey vn millon y dozientos mil ducados. ¶Andan por alla
+Moros contratando con naues, y trocado cosas de su tierra por oro, y
+mantas, y especieria, y por clauos y otras cosas. Encontro la armada
+con vna naue dellos, y tomola, aunque se defendio de tal manera,
+q mato vno dellos, y hirieron mas de veynte. Y trahian muchas cosas
+de oro y mantas, y otras especierias que hauian rescatado. Hay tantas
+islas que dize que son seteta cinco mil y ochocientas. En esta isla
+de Iubu do hazen poblacion, es do mataron a Magallanes. Y dizen, que
+los Portugueses con ciertas Carauelas aportaron por alli, haura dos
+anos, llamadose Espanoles, y vassallos del rey de Castilla, y robaron
+muchas islas, y las saquearon, y lleuaron mucha gente captiua, porque
+como veyan q nuestra armada se haiza enla nueua Espana, tomassen los
+nuestros co los dela tierra mal credito. Y assi quando los nuestros
+llegaron, pensando que eran ellos, huyan alos motes con sus joyas,
+y haziendas. Y se ha visto el general en harto trabajo por
+apaziguarlos, y darles a entender que son ellos, y cierto deue ser
+hombre cuerdo, porque por la relacio se vee hauer tenido mucho
+sufrimiento, por no topar con ellos, y los ha lleuado con mucho
+amor, sin hazer agrauio a nadie. Ello escosa grade, y de mucha
+importacia: y los de Mexico esta muy vfanos con su descubrimiento,
+q tienen entedido q seran ellos el coracon del mundo. Trahe eneste
+nauio de auiso q es venido agora aca, gegibre, canela, oro en poluo,
+vna arroua de conchas riquissimas de oro, y blancas, joyas de oro,
+cera, y otras cosas para dar muestra delo que en aquella tierra ay,
+y muchas bugerias, y otras cosas muy galanas. Y aunque no las traxeran,
+harto trahian en hauer descubierto y hallado la nauegacion por aquestas
+partes, que es cosa de mucha calidad. Con la flota sabremos mas delo
+que supiere auisare a V.M. &c.
+
+
+
+
+Copy of a Letter Sent from Seuilla
+To Miguel Saluador of
+Valencia. Which Narrates the Fortunate
+Discovery Made By the Mexicans Who
+Sailed in the Fleet Which His Majesty
+Ordered to Be Built in
+Mexico. With Other Wonderful
+Things of Great Advantage
+For All Christendom:
+Worthy of
+Being Seen and
+Heard.
+
+
+¶_Printed in Barcelona, By Pau Cortey, 1566._
+
+Of this discovery, two relations have come from China: namely, that
+on the seventeenth of November, [103] in the year one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-four, a fleet was made ready by order of his majesty
+in Puerto de le Natividad, (which is situated on the Southern Sea,
+one hundred leagues from Mexico), consisting of two ships and two
+_pataches_, in order to discover the spice islands, which are named
+Philippinas, after our king. This fleet, when ready for sailing,
+cost more than six hundred thousand _pesos_ of Atipusque. [104]
+
+¶These vessels set sail from port on the above-mentioned day,
+voyaging in company for six days. On the seventh a squall struck them,
+separating from the others the _patache_, a vessel of fifty tons'
+burden, and carrying a crew of twenty men. [105] This vessel sailed
+for fifty days, at the end of which time land was sighted. This proved
+to be a number of islands, among which they saw one larger than the
+others, where they cast anchor. ¶On the shore of the island were
+gathered the natives, who are lighter complexioned than our Indians,
+the women being of even lighter hue than the men. Men and women were
+clad alike in garments woven from the palm, and worked along the edges
+with different colored silks. By way of adornment, they color their
+teeth, and bore them through from side to side, placing pegs of gold
+in the holes. The men wear drawers of cotton cloth, silken garters,
+and many pieces of gold. ¶Among them was one man who seemed of higher
+rank than the others, clad wholly in silk, and wearing a cutlass,
+of which the hilt and sword guard were gold and precious stones. ¶Our
+men asked them for food, giving them various trinkets in exchange. But
+they asked for iron, which was given to them; and when they caught
+sight of the nails, they desired nothing else, and paid for them
+with gold-dust. Some of them wear very neatly-made steel daggers, and
+they appear to be a polite and intelligent people. They use weights
+and measures. They gave our men deer, swine, poultry, quail, rice,
+millet, and bread made of dates--all in great abundance. The _patache_
+remained here for about thirty days, waiting for the other ships;
+but, as these did not come, they determined to return to Mexico. As
+they left the island, they met a junk, which is a vessel of about one
+hundred tons' burden, in which were sixty Indians. When these caught
+sight of the _patache_, all threw themselves into the water, and
+swam to the shore, which was not far away. Some soldiers, by command
+of the captain, boarded the junk, and found it laden with porcelain,
+cloths, figured linens, and other products of their country, together
+with some beads of hammered gold. Of these latter they took but one,
+with some of the porcelain and cloth--a little of each thing--to
+carry as specimens. In going and returning this _patache_ consumed
+two hundred and thirty days. They were compelled to run to the north,
+beyond the fortieth degree. From the port of departure to that island,
+they sailed one thousand seven hundred leagues. ¶Within fifty days,
+the other three vessels discovered many islands. They anchored at
+some of these, and in each one they suffered many hardships. So long
+is the relation of this, that it fills twenty sheets of paper. [106]
+Finally they landed at a large island named Iubu, where they made
+friendship with its king. This was done in the following manner. The
+king drew some blood from his breast, and the captain did the same. The
+blood of both was placed in one cup of wine, which was then divided
+into two equal parts, whereupon each one drank one half; and this,
+they assert, constitutes inviolable friendship. Notwithstanding
+this, they had certain conflicts, and sacked a little village. In
+a poorly-built house was found an image of the child Jesus, such
+as comes from Flanders, with his veil and the globe in his hand,
+and in as good condition as if just made. They wished to settle in
+that island, because of the abundance of all kinds of food. They
+began the construction of a fort, outside of which they erected a
+church, wherein the child Jesus was placed, and they called the church
+_Nombre de Jesus_ ["Name of Jesus"]. They named the island Sant Miguel,
+because of landing there on the day of his apparition. From here to the
+Malucos, where the spice is found, there is a distance of one hundred
+and twenty leagues; to China, two hundred; and to Malach [Malacca],
+five hundred. They found in this island the finest cinnamon, which
+its people acquire through trade with the Malucos; besides ginger
+and articles of fine silk. Of the three vessels, the flagship was
+despatched from that island to Mexico, where it arrived later than
+the _patache_, and where two other vessels were being prepared as
+a relief. There are many other very large islands in that region,
+in appearance quite like the above-named island. Among others is a
+region so rich in gold, that the amount is beyond estimation. And
+there is so great abundance of cinnamon that it is burned instead of
+wood by those people, who are as luxurious as those of Spain. They
+have a king there who has a constant body-guard of one thousand men,
+and who is esteemed so highly that none of his subjects see his face
+oftener than once a year. If they find it necessary to converse with
+him on any matter, they speak to him through a long wooden tube. And
+when he annually permits himself to be gazed upon, his subjects
+give him many valuable things. These people are quite advanced. They
+possess brocaded and silken fabrics of many different kinds. They hold
+gold in so little estimation that this king gave three _barchillas_
+[107] of gold dust (for there all their gold is in the form of dust)
+for one string of hawk's bells. Those three vessels loaded so much
+gold in that island that the king's fifth amounted to one million two
+hundred thousand ducats. ¶Moros frequent that district in ships for
+purposes of trade, bartering the products of their country for gold,
+cloths, spices, cloves, and other articles. The fleet encountered one
+of their vessels and captured it, although its occupants defended
+themselves so valiantly that one of the Spaniards was killed, and
+more than twenty wounded. They had much gold, cloth, besides spices,
+which they had acquired in trade. So many are the islands that they
+are said to number seventy-five thousand eight hundred. That island
+of Iubu, where the colony was planted, is the place where Magallanes
+was killed. [108] It is said that the Portuguese with some caravels
+landed there about two years ago, claiming to be Spaniards and subjects
+of the king of Castilla, and plundered many islands, sacking them and
+seizing many of the natives. Consequently, when those people heard that
+our fleet had been made ready in Nueva Espana, our men were held in
+bad repute among the natives of that region. Therefore when our men
+arrived, the inhabitants, thinking them to be the Portuguese, fled
+to the mountains with their jewels and possessions. The general has
+experienced much trouble in appeasing them, and in making the natives
+understand who the Spaniards are. Surely he must be a discreet man,
+for the relation shows that he has exercised much forbearance in not
+coming to blows with them; and he has shown them much friendliness,
+without causing offense to anyone. This is a great and very
+important achievement; and the people of Mexico are very proud of
+their discovery, which they think will make them the center of the
+world. The vessel that has just come here [109] with the news of
+this discovery has brought ginger, cinnamon, gold-dust, an _arroba_
+of the richest gold _conchas_ and _blancas_, [110] gold ornaments,
+wax, and other articles, in order to furnish proof of what this land
+contains, besides many trinkets and pretty articles. And even had they
+not brought these things, they bring enough in having discovered and
+found the route for navigation to these districts, which is a most
+notable event. When the fleet comes, we shall know more--of which,
+when it is known, I shall advise you, etc.
+
+
+
+
+Letters to Felipe II of Spain, By Miguel Lopez de Legazpi--1567-68
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+Captain Martin de Goyti came with me on this expedition to serve
+your majesty as captain of a company of soldiers, at the order of Don
+Luis de Velasco (who is in glory), who was viceroy of Nueva Espana;
+since then, on account of the death here of the master-of-camp, Mateo
+del Saez, I have committed his duties to the above-named captain. In
+both capacities he has served and is serving your majesty faithfully
+and loyally in every way; and he takes great care and pains, for he
+is a very prudent and rigorously just man, and possessed of many
+good qualities for this office. Furthermore, he has shown himself
+in the wars to be skilful and courageous and of great valor, as an
+old soldier who has served your majesty many years in Italy and has
+always been the first in all labors and perils which have occurred. By
+great diligence and care he has induced many of the natives to become
+vassals of your majesty; and by his great industry and diligence has
+been one of the chief means of our being able to maintain ourselves
+in this land. It is well and fitting, if in this discovery any
+service has been rendered to your majesty, that you recompense him,
+for he also has served and toiled in it. May God, our Lord, watch
+over your majesty's royal person and increase your kingdom for many
+years. Done at Cebu, July 12, 1567. Sacred royal Catholic majesty,
+whose royal feet your humble and faithful vassal kisses,
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+
+Very exalted and powerful Lord:
+
+At the end of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-four,
+I left Nueva Espana by way of the South Sea, for the discovery of
+these islands of the West, by order and commission of his majesty;
+and having arrived at these Filipinas islands, I sent a vessel
+back to Nueva Espana to discover the return route, and to give his
+majesty an account of the voyage, and inform him that a colony had
+been settled in this island of Cubu. What has happened since then is,
+that in these fortunate times of his majesty and your highness there
+have been discovered and are being discovered many islands and lands,
+in which God, our Lord, and his majesty and your highness may be very
+well pleased with the great growth of our holy Catholic faith. And,
+not to be prolix with long relations of affairs and details concerning
+this land, I will refer you to those which I am writing to the royal
+Council of the Indies. It seemed to me that your highness would be
+pleased with specimens of the weapons with which these natives fight;
+accordingly they are bringing to your highness a Chinese arquebuse,
+of which there are some among these natives. Although they are very
+dexterous in handling these guns, when on the sea, aboard of their
+_praus_, they carry them more to terrify than to kill. And likewise
+they bring you a half-dozen lances and another half-dozen daggers,
+a cutlass, two corselets, two helmets, and a bow with quiver and
+arrows, all which they use. Moreover, that your highness may see how
+scrupulous these people are in their dealings, I send your highness
+a pair of balances and one of their steelyards. I beg humbly your
+highness to receive my desire to serve you ever as a faithful servant,
+and pardon my boldness.
+
+Very exalted and powerful lord, may our Lord watch over the very
+exalted and powerful and royal person of your highness, and may he
+augment you with more kingdoms and seigniories for many and fortunate
+years. From this island of Cubu, July 15, 1567. Your highness's very
+faithful servant who kisses your royal hands.
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+On the vessel which I sent to New Spain to discover the return route,
+I gave your majesty a relation of the events of the voyage, and of
+our arrival and settlement in these islands, up to the time of the
+ship's departure. The succeeding events in this camp may be seen by
+the relation which I send with this letter.
+
+Last year a vessel [111] was sent from Nueva Espana for this island
+with news of the arrival of the flagship which went from here. It
+arrived here on the fifteenth of October of last year, in great
+extremity and trouble, for on the way they killed the captain and
+a son of his, and some others, and raised mutinies, rebellions,
+and other troubles, as may be seen from the evidence thereof which I
+send. As it brought no other assistance, nor any of the articles which
+we sent for from here, nor any command or order from your majesty
+(nor have these things been sent here since then); and since after
+so long a time the flagship has not returned, nor have we received
+the assistance that was hoped for with it--the men of this camp are
+in extremities and distressed. Because it has not been permitted them
+to rob, or make war upon, or in any way harm the natives, and as they
+see so great delay in the sending of aid, some have not been lacking
+in treacherous and damnable purposes and desires, from which God,
+our Lord, has been pleased up to now to deliver your majesty's loyal
+and faithful servants--who with all loyalty and zeal have served you
+and are now serving you in these regions--and I hope therefore that
+in his divine goodness he will continue to do so.
+
+There have been some islands discovered in this neighborhood,
+and more are being continually found of which we knew nothing, and
+which are inhabited by many people. There is disclosed a very great
+foundation and opening for both the spiritual and the temporal, from
+which God our Lord and your majesty may derive much profit, and our
+holy Catholic faith be much increased, if your majesty will give the
+necessary orders, and provide the suitable religious and laborers who
+may work diligently in this great vineyard of the Lord. And from what
+has been hitherto seen much fruit may be had in their conversions,
+without much difficulty, because there are not known among them either
+the temples or the rites and ceremonies of other peoples--although they
+are a people extremely vicious, fickle, untruthful, and full of other
+superstitions. They all have many specimens of gold, and this they
+trade and wear as jewelry; but there is only a small quantity of it,
+by reason of there being no headmen or great lords among them. In some
+islands we have been informed of and have seen mines of gold, which,
+if the islands were peopled with Spaniards, would, it is believed,
+be rich and profitable. In other islands there is an abundance of
+cinnamon, of which they make little use. They make no exportation of
+it, and therefore it is of little worth to them. Seventy _quintals_
+of it, more or less, have been carried upon this ship for your
+majesty; and there may be carried every year as much as your majesty
+wishes--enough indeed to supply all Christendom.
+
+I have resided continuously on this island of Cubu, awaiting the orders
+which your majesty may be pleased to have sent. I have barely succeeded
+in maintaining the forces with the least possible harm to the natives,
+and I shall try to do the same until I see your majesty's command, and
+know your royal will; because if we should make war upon these people,
+I think that great harm would ensue, but little advantage would be
+gained, and we should suffer hardships greater than those which have
+been suffered, although they have been bad enough. By the blessing
+of peace, we have succeeded in attracting into the obedience of your
+majesty many towns. As they have come from all this neighborhood of
+which possession has been taken in your royal name, the list of the
+towns accompanies this letter. And as these people are fickle and
+treacherous, and know not how to obey or serve, we ought to have here
+a fort and a number of Spaniards, who by good treatment might restrain
+them and make them understand what justice is; and who may settle in
+other places most convenient for the security of all those of this
+region. For this purpose married men should be sent and those who
+would have to remain permanently in this land. I beg your majesty to
+be pleased to have provided with all despatch what is most in accord
+with your royal pleasure, and give the commission to some one in Nueva
+Espana, who with all care and special diligence, will provide all
+that is necessary, without there being so much delay as in the past.
+
+For the security of these parts, and in order to get this needed
+security, it would be fitting and necessary to have built half a
+dozen galleys. For this, and even to provide them with crews there
+is reasonable provision here, provided you send officers and workmen
+to build the vessels, as has been written to the royal _Audiencia_
+of Mexico. With these vessels all these islands may be protected,
+as well as many others that are farther away from them; and it might
+even be possible to coast along the shores of China and to trade on
+the mainland. They would be very profitable and effective. Your majesty
+will cause to be provided in this regard what is most pleasing to you.
+
+In November of last year arrived, very near where we are, a large
+fleet of Portuguese who were coming from India to Maluco, where they
+must have thought that we were. Having arrived near our settlement,
+they stopped a few days, giving out that they were coming in search of
+us. They sent two small boats to reconnoiter our colony and station,
+afterward resolving to continue their voyage without stopping here. It
+may well be imagined that they were not pleased to see Spaniards in
+these parts.
+
+Farther north than our settlement, or almost to the northwest not
+far from here, are some large islands, called Luzon and Vindoro,
+where the Chinese and Japanese come every year to trade. They bring
+silks, woolens, bells, porcelains, perfumes, iron, tin, colored
+cotton cloths, and other small wares, and in return they take away
+gold and wax. The people of these two islands are Moros, and having
+bought what the Chinese and Japanese bring, they trade the same goods
+throughout this archipelago of islands. Some of them have come here,
+although we have not been able to go there, by reason of having too
+small a force to divide among so many districts.
+
+The people who remain here are very needy and poor, on account
+of having had, hitherto, no advantages or profits in the islands;
+and they have endured many miseries and troubles, with very great
+zeal and desire to serve your majesty, and are worthy of receiving
+remuneration. I humbly beg your majesty to be pleased to be mindful
+of their services, to grant them all favor (since these regions and
+districts contain sufficient for it), because a hundred merit it, and
+have served well and will serve much more in the future. Therefore I
+beg your majesty in addition, that your majesty approve the duties
+and offices given and assigned for these districts, and that your
+majesty confirm them to the persons who hold them, together with
+the greater favors that you may confer on them; for in these men are
+found the necessary qualifications, and they fulfil their duties with
+all fidelity.
+
+As this ship was about to sail, there arrived at this port two small
+galleys from Maluco, carrying certain Portuguese with letters from
+the captains of the fleet that came to these regions last year for
+the assistance and fortification of Maluco. In these letters they
+ask us to go out to their fleet, as your majesty will see by the very
+letters which accompany this present letter, together with the copy of
+the one I sent back to them. Some of those who came with the letters
+gave us to understand that, if we would not go willingly, they would
+take us by force; and that very shortly they would attack us in so
+great force that we could not resist them. I do not consider that
+they have any right to attack us or make war on us, since we, on our
+part, are causing them no trouble or harm; and although they come,
+we cannot do anything else than wait for them, notwithstanding that
+we are few and short of ammunition and other war material, since help
+has not come from Nueva Espana as we expected; and we have neither
+vessels nor equipment in order to escape. May God provide in this
+what he sees necessary, and as is your majesty's pleasure,--whose
+sacred royal Catholic person may our Lord watch over for many and
+prosperous years with increase of more kingdoms. From this island
+of Cubu, July 23, 1567. Your sacred royal majesty's very humble and
+faithful servant who kisses your hands and feet.
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty:
+
+When I arrived in these Filipinas islands in the year sixty-five,
+I despatched a ship to discover the return route to Nueva Espana. I
+also sent to your majesty a relation of the events of the voyage,
+and of my colonization in this island of Cubu, where I should
+await the reply that your majesty should be pleased to have sent
+me; and stated that I was writing to Nueva Espana that they should
+provide me with all the most necessary things; and those we lacked
+most. Seeing so much delay on all sides, last year I sent another
+ship with the relation of all that had occurred here, begging your
+majesty to be pleased to order that we should be helped and provided,
+with all possible expedition, with the things that we have asked for,
+and which were extremely necessary and important; and that the matter
+be committed to some one in Nueva Espana, who should provide and have
+charge of it, because although they sent us reenforcements of men,
+they sent us nothing else that we had asked for. They said that
+they had not your majesty's commission for it, and that they were
+expecting every day the warrant that your majesty will be pleased to
+give in this case, so that by virtue of it they could supply us with
+what was needed. This great delay has subjected us to hardship and
+distress, and to great danger and risk--especially through our lack
+of powder and ammunition, and rigging and sails for the vessels, of
+which we are quite destitute, and of which there are not, and cannot
+be, any here. I beg your majesty to have the goodness to have these
+things seen to, as is most in accordance with your royal pleasure,
+with the expedition required in a matter of so great importance; and
+that henceforth this matter be entrusted to some one in Nueva Espana,
+at your majesty's pleasure, who shall administer it as is most fitting
+to your royal service and the good of those here.
+
+By the vessel that left last year, I sent your majesty seventy
+_quintals_ of cinnamon which we got in trade with the natives; and
+this vessel about to sail carries one hundred and fifty _quintals_
+more. There is abundance of it, and we could send more, were it
+not for the lack of articles of barter; for those we bring are
+valueless, and these natives do not desire them. There are also
+other drugs, aromatics, and perfumes which our people do not know;
+nor do the natives know them, for they have but little curiosity,
+and care nothing for these things. In some places there are oysters,
+and indications of pearls; but the Indians neither know of them nor
+fish for them. There are gold mines; pepper might be had also if it
+were cultivated and cared for, because pepper trees have been seen,
+which some chiefs keep in their houses as curiosities, although they
+value the pepper at little or nothing. The country is healthful and
+has a fair climate, although it is very rough and mountainous. All
+trade therefore is by sea, and almost all the natives live on the
+sea-coast and along the rivers and creeks that empty into the sea. In
+the interior there are few settlements, although in some islands there
+are blacks living in the mountains, who neither share nor enjoy the
+sea, but are most of the time at war with the Indians who live down
+on the seacoast. Captives are made on both sides, and so there are
+some black slaves among the Indians.
+
+If this land is to be settled, to pacify and place it under your royal
+dominion, in order to civilize its inhabitants and bring them to the
+knowledge of our holy Catholic faith, for it cannot be sustained by
+way of trade, both because our articles of barter have no value among
+them, and because it would be more expense than profit--in order to
+possess it for pacification, it is most necessary and important that
+your majesty maintain here a half-dozen galleys, with which to explore
+all this archipelago, and make further discoveries. Likewise they
+could coast along China and the mainland, and find out what there is
+there, and achieve other things of great importance. The galleys could
+be built here at very slight cost, because there is plenty of wood
+and timber. Your majesty would have only to provide tackle, sails,
+anchors, and the heavy bolts and nails for these vessels. You would
+also have to send from Nueva Espana two skilled ship-builders, two
+forges, and two dozen negroes from those that your majesty maintains
+at the harbor at Vera Cruz who might be taken without causing any
+shortage. Pitch, oakum, and grease, which are not to be had here,
+could be made without any further cost. The ships could be manned by
+slaves bought from these natives, or taken from those places which
+do not consent to obey your majesty.
+
+Likewise if the land is to be settled, the mines here ought to
+be worked and fitted up. Since at first it will be difficult and
+costly and very laborious, for many causes and reasons, your majesty
+ought to do us the favor of giving up your royal rights and fifths,
+or a part of them, and for a time suitable, to those working the
+mines, so that they might reconcile themselves to undertaking it and
+expending their possessions therein; your majesty ought likewise to
+give them permission to buy the slaves, whom these natives barter
+and sell among themselves, and whom they can use on their estates and
+for their advantage, without taking them from their land and native
+home. In everything your majesty will examine and provide according to
+your pleasure. May our Lord keep your sacred royal Catholic majesty,
+and increase your kingdoms and seigniories for many and prosperous
+years, as your royal heart desires. From this island of Cubu, June
+26, 1568. Your sacred royal Catholic majesty's faithful and humble
+servant who kisses your royal feet.
+
+
+_Miguel Lopez De Legazpi_
+
+
+
+
+Negotiations Between Legazpi and Pereira Regarding the Spanish
+Settlement at Cebu--1568-69
+
+
+(I, Fernando Riquel, [112] notary-in-chief of the royal armada which
+came forth to discover the Islands of the West, and to govern them
+for his majesty the king Don Felipe, our sovereign, certify and truly
+testify to all who may see the present, or its duplicates authorized
+in public form, that while his excellency Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general for his majesty of the above-mentioned
+royal armada, was located with the people thereof in this island and
+port of Cubu in the said Felipinas, there came to the said port a
+certain Portuguese armada, the chief commander of which, they said,
+was named Gonzalo Pereira. He, after arriving at this said port and
+remaining therein a few days, sent certain ordinances and documents
+to the said governor, to which the latter replied sending also other
+documents of his own; and the ordinances and documents of the said
+commander-in-chief, Gonzalo Pereira, remained in the hands of me,
+the above-mentioned Fernando Riquel; while the papers and documents
+which the said governor sent in response to the said captain-general,
+under his own signature, remained in the hands of the captain-general
+himself. The duplicates, signed and authorized by Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of the Portuguese fleet aforesaid, I, the above-mentioned
+Fernando Riquel, possess, and do insert and incorporate them one
+with another; and the copies thereof, one placed after another,
+constitute what now follows, arranged according to the order in which
+they were presented.)
+
+As for the requisition and protest which I, Goncallo Pereira,
+commander-in-chief of this fleet of the king, our sovereign, do make
+to the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, captain-general
+of the fortress and settlement which he has recently established in
+this our island of Cebu: you, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public in this
+fleet, are directed to lay it before him, and with his reply--or, if
+he be unwilling to give one, without it--to return to me. You shall
+present to him the document and documents, which I must send him,
+to the effect that it is true that, coming from India in order to
+favor and increase the Christian communities in these islands, which
+had been persecuted by the unbelievers, I learned in Borneo that his
+grace had entered into this our charge and conquest, and established
+himself in this island of Cebu, and that he had entered by accident
+and not intentionally through his having encountered severe storms,
+and had reached land in this possession of ours. Wherefore I arrived
+on the sixth of October, one thousand five hundred and sixty-six, from
+Borneo, having come in quest of him to aid and assist him in his need,
+as was my duty as a Christian, and because of the close relationship
+and friendliness of our sovereigns which obliged me to do this, and
+nothing less, in order to fulfil on our part, the compact made between
+the emperor Don Carlos, whom may God preserve, and the royal sovereign
+Don Joham the Third, whom may God maintain in glory. As it turned out
+I did not see him, owing to the stress of weather which constrained
+me to go directly to Maluco--whence I sent Antonio Rombo Dacosta and
+Baltesar de Sousa in two _caracoas_ [113] to visit his grace, and
+ascertain from him what he needed from our fleet, offering him most
+willingly everything that it contained. From the fortress likewise,
+the same offers were made by Alvoro de Mendonca its commander; but
+his grace neither accepted nor besought anything from the fleet or
+from the fortress. And hearing from Antonio Rombo that there was great
+need of many things, through lack of which much hardship was suffered,
+I left Maluco again on the thirteenth of October one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-seven, in search of his grace, very well provided
+with everything necessary for his aid--no inconsiderable amount--at the
+cost of his highness and of his captains. And I failed again to see
+him, in spite of all my efforts, in consequence of setting out late,
+and having encountered a very violent monsoon. On the twenty-sixth of
+August, one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight I returned to Maluco,
+only to retrace for a third time my way. And our Lord was pleased to
+allow me to arrive at this our port where I encountered him in peaceful
+wise without any hostile manifestation whatsoever. And I did not take
+from and defend against him any vessels or supplies, a thing both
+easy and profitable for us to do; but, on the contrary, I favored his
+grace in every way, and gave him the title of governor. But--seeing
+that the fortress was being strengthened more and more each day upon
+the land; and that he was trying to enter into communication with the
+people about, and constraining them in some measure by force of arms
+to obedience in the payment of tribute to his majesty the king Don
+Felipe; and entering into agreements, in the name of his majesty, with
+the people near and far to the effect that they might sail safely all
+around the land and through the waters of this archipelago,--I am in
+considerable apprehension, for all this region belongs to the conquest
+and demarcation of the king our sovereign; and I cannot persuade myself
+that his grace comes here with the delegated authority and consent of
+the king Don Felipe, who is so closely connected and allied with the
+king our sovereign. Wherefore I request his grace, both one and many
+times, on the part of the very Catholic and Christian sovereigns,
+[114] to send me word as to the cause of his coming and his stay,
+and to show the commission which he brings; for if the consent of
+the sovereigns is in any wise therein contained, I wish to conform
+thereto, as I am very desirous to give help and favor in every way
+which will be of service to the said sovereigns--as, in letters,
+and in the interviews held, I have given his grace to understand
+thoroughly. And if his grace is not willing to do anything in this
+matter, and will not consent to come with all his camp and join
+this fleet, as I have also asked him to do, I summon him, on behalf
+of the very Catholic and Christian sovereigns, to depart from this
+land and archipelago of ours forthwith, with all his camp, fleet,
+and munitions of war, and leave it free and unembarrassed to the said
+lord thereof. And otherwise I protest that all the loss and damage
+which may ensue in this matter will fall upon his grace, and that he
+will be obliged to give account of them to God and to the sovereigns
+our lords. Given in this galley "San Francisco," in the port of Cebu,
+on the fourteenth of October one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_.
+
+
+(_Notification:_ On the fifteenth day of the said month of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public for the king our sovereign in this his fleet, went at
+the command of Goncalo Pereira, the captain-general thereof, to the
+camp of Cebu of which the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi
+is the commander; and I presented to him in his lodgings there,
+two hours, somewhat more or less, after noon on the said day, month,
+and year, and delivered to him, word for word, the demand and protest
+above mentioned, given to me by Afonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of the
+fleet, who was granted due authority for this business by the said
+commander-in-chief. At this delivery were present the said factor
+and Baltesar de Freitas, the notary of the fleet; Andres d'Ibarra,
+captain; Guido de Levazaris, his majesty's treasurer; Amador de
+Arrayaran, first ensign, and Graviel da Rabeira, head _aiguazil_,
+of the camp--all of whom signed here with me, Pero Bernaldez, notary,
+who writes these presents.
+
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_,
+_Alfonso Alvarez Furtado_,
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.
+
+
+And then the said Miguel Lopez, after the said demand had been read by
+me, said that he had heard it, and begged that a copy thereof might be
+given him, to which he would reply in due form; and, that there may be
+no doubt about the matter, Lopez says upon another line that it will
+be truly done. And I, Pero Bernaldez, who drew up this writing in the
+said day, month, and year, and at the said hour, do witness thereto,
+in company with the said witnesses already mentioned.
+
+
+_Andres de Ybarra_,
+_Guido de Lavezaris_,
+_Amador de Arrayaran_,
+_Graviel de Ribera_.)
+
+
+_Authorization:_ Guoncallo Pereira, commander-in-chief of these
+south-by-east regions: by my authorization power is granted to Alfonso
+Alvarez Furtado, factor of the king our sovereign in this his fleet,
+so that he may, for me, and in my name, present and require from
+his highness all the papers and documents which may serve the ends
+of justice, with all the powers which I myself should have in these
+affairs which I am carrying on with the very illustrious Miguel Lopez
+de Legazpi, general of the fleet and forces of Nova Spanha. Therefore,
+in certification of the above, I, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of
+this fleet, signed this document on the galleon "San Francisco,"
+in the port of Cebu, on the thirteenth day of the month of October,
+in the year of the birth of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_,
+_Pedro Bernaldez_.
+
+
+(_Reply:_ This is the copy of the answer which the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi sent to Goncalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the armada in the South Sea. I, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of
+this fleet for the king our sovereign, copied the summons of the said
+Miguel Lopez de Legazpi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Legazpi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty the king Don Felipe, our sovereign, of his forces and
+the royal fleet, for the discovery of these islands of the West:
+inasmuch as certain demands, contained in a summons which Pero
+Bernaldez--notary-public, as he said, of his armada--read to me on
+behalf of the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general of
+the Portuguese armada, have been made upon me on the petition of
+Alonso Alvarez [Furtado], factor of the said armada (as in the said
+summons to which I refer, is set forth, at greater length); therefore
+replying to the said demand and to the things contained therein,
+I say that I came by command of his majesty the king Don Felipe,
+our sovereign, and with his royal fleet as the governor and general
+thereof, with the purpose of discovering the lands and islands of
+the West, which are and always were within his demarcation, in order
+to propagate and teach therein the gospel and the evangelical law,
+and to spread the Christian sway of our holy Catholic faith--the thing
+which, most of all, his majesty purposes in these parts. In the course
+of my expedition I arrived at these islands, where I was obliged to
+provide myself with certain supplies which I needed and which I did
+not have at hand; and in search of which I went about among the said
+islands for many days without being able to secure them, until by
+chance I arrived at this port of Cubu, where I was obliged to spend
+the winter. I sent from here the flagship, in which I came, to Nueva
+Spana with a report of all that had happened during the expedition;
+and I wrote to his majesty saying that I would await here his answer
+and despatches in order to learn whither he commanded me to go. And it
+was because no despatch or answer came to me from his majesty that I
+stayed here so long, and not from any intention or desire to settle
+or remain in this land. As a matter of fact, in my instructions
+I am commanded not to make entry in the islands of Maluco, or to
+infringe the treaty made between the kings of Castilla and Portugal,
+our sovereigns. In a clause contained therein, moreover, I am ordered
+to come to these Felipinas islands and seek for certain people, lost
+here, who had belonged to the armada of Rui Lopez de Villalobos; and,
+in case I found them alive, to ransom them at his majesty's expense
+and deliver them out of their subjection to the infidels, in order to
+return them to their native lands and to the Christian faith in which
+they were born and reared. This I have successfully accomplished;
+of those who had come over in the said armada one was found in the
+island of Tandaya, and I ransomed him. And I have also received notice
+that two Spaniards were sold by the natives of the island aforesaid
+to the Indians of Burney, which piece of information has made me
+desirous of knowing their whereabouts and what was done with them,
+that I might bestow upon them the same benefit of ransom. By this
+it is clearly seen and inferred that his majesty is convinced and
+believes that the Filipinas islands are within his demarcation, for
+on the one hand he orders me to come to them, and on the other not
+to infringe the royal treaty of our kings and sovereigns. And in this
+faith and belief I came and have remained here in his royal name, and
+not with the intention of injuring the most Christian king of Portugal
+or harming any of his possessions, or in any way to transgress the said
+treaty. And even though the lands belong to his majesty, my will and
+intention has, up to the present time, not been to settle in them or
+in any others until I should have the authority of his majesty; and
+the assurances and letters of protection which have been given to the
+natives of this land were so given, to the end and purpose that the
+warriors and soldiers who go and come from one place to another in
+search of provisions should not be harmed or injured or robbed. In
+this, indeed--even though the lands do belong to his highness,
+as is set forth in the said summons--a service has been done him;
+for all was done with the intention of protecting and preserving the
+natives thereof. Moreover, just as soon as I arrived at these islands
+I endeavored to learn and ascertain if the Portuguese had come here,
+and if they had any intercourse and commerce with the natives; and
+if the said natives did them any service, or paid them tribute, or
+if the Portuguese derived any other advantage from them. And the said
+natives assured me that this was not the case, and that they neither
+knew them nor had ever seen them. This assurance emboldened me in
+thinking myself the more authorized to provide and supply myself from
+among them, without harm to anyone. As regards the tributes mentioned
+in the summons aforesaid, the fact is that on a few occasions no
+supplies were to be bought; and, in order not to make war upon the
+natives and do them any injury, or to take the supplies from them by
+force, we persuaded them to give us some provisions by means of which
+our people might be maintained. Some of them gave and have given,
+of their own free will, a certain amount of rice and other food,
+but nothing whatsoever through which his majesty has derived any
+profit--on the contrary, a large amount of gold has been paid out for
+the provisions aforesaid; and this, moreover, the natives gave, when,
+and in what manner, and in what quantity they themselves desired,
+without suffering any violence or receiving any reward. Everything
+which I have enumerated was to protect and defend the natives
+aforesaid, without doing them any harm or injury whatsoever. And
+as for what his grace says in the summons aforesaid about sending
+Antonio Runbo de Acosta and Baltesar de Soza to visit me, and how
+they came in the month of July of the past year to this camp, with
+letters from his grace and other captains entreating me to go to
+their fleet and fortress of Maluco with all my people, together with
+other offers, I would say that they were received in this camp with
+all peace and amity and good will, in accordance with the custom of
+the land. And through them personally I replied to his grace giving
+them the reasons for my coming and my stay in this land, which are
+those above-mentioned; and telling him that I was unable to accept the
+kindness which was proffered me in the fleet and fortress of Maluco,
+inasmuch as it would be contrary to the commands and orders which I
+bore from his majesty. And certain persons who came in company with
+Antonio Runbo, gave us to understand very differently from what had
+been written me in the letters, and stated and declared that the said
+captain-in-chief was on his way with all his fleet, with the intent of
+coming here and taking prisoners all the Castilians that they should
+encounter. The same purpose was indicated in a letter which Antonio
+Lopez de Segueira, captain of a galley, wrote at Point Coavite to the
+master-of-camp Mateus del Saz (may he rest in peace). Consequently,
+the horizontal rampart of this camp was constructed, in order to guard
+the munitions and the property of his majesty; for up to that time
+there had been no fort or protection therefor whatsoever, save only
+a palisade of palm-logs driven into the ground to keep the natives
+from doing damage at night--for concerning all the rest our minds
+were fully at peace, as was natural in the case of people who had no
+idea or intention of remaining in the land, but only of awaiting the
+message from his majesty and then going whither his majesty should
+command. And so I stated and declared to the said Antonio Ronbo that
+what I needed was ships to leave the land; and I intimated the same
+to his grace at our interviews, and begged him to give me two ships
+of his own, with which I might depart, on condition of my paying for
+them from his majesty's possessions here. And the same I say today,
+as the most expeditious means of departing hence and leaving the land
+in the hands of its rightful owner; and if I have the said ships I
+will do so now, in order to give satisfaction to his grace. Without
+them, we are absolutely obliged to await the ships which are to come
+from Nueva Spana in order that we may depart; and when they come I
+promise to fulfil and accomplish what I specify above, without any
+injury attaching to any one whomsoever from my stay in this island. And
+although the intention and offers of his grace seem favorable, pacific,
+and impelled by Christian feeling, the statements made public by the
+people of his fleet are very much in opposition thereto; for they say
+and declare that he comes only to take us prisoners, and that he has
+sent for reenforcements from many sources to carry this purpose into
+effect, and (which has the worst sound of all), that he is sending
+for reenforcements from among the Mahometan Moros and pagans, to
+fight against Christians and vassals of his majesty. This I do not
+believe, as the fleet of his grace is so large and powerful that he
+may do what he pleases, especially with people who desire to serve
+him and who will vindicate themselves in everything pertaining to the
+service of God and of the sovereigns our lords. And as regards the
+request he makes, in the said summons, to be shown what authority I
+have for entering these islands, I say, that I am ready and prepared
+to show it to him as often as he may desire to see it, as I have
+told him personally. And I likewise on my own part beg him, and if
+necessary even summon him, in the name of his majesty, once, twice,
+and thrice, and as many times as I am by law required: to show me if
+he have any order or command from the kings our lords in order that
+I may obey and fulfil it, as I am required to do; or if he has order
+and command from his highness to trouble and make war upon the vassals
+of his majesty who may be in these regions. Without that, I find no
+cause or adequate reason, nor can I believe that his grace desires,
+to do me violence or any injury, in transgression of the peace and
+amity and relationship which is so close and intimate between the
+kings our sovereigns; moreover, it would be a matter of very great
+displeasure to God our lord. And if, through unwillingness to do so,
+injuries and scandals should arise and increase on one side or the
+other, I declare that it will be the fault and blame of his grace,
+and that he will be obliged to give an account therefor to God and to
+our sovereigns and lords. And this is what I say and respond to the
+said summons, not consenting to the protests contained therein. And
+I sign it with my name, and request you, the present notary, to read
+and make known this my answer to the said captain-in-chief in person,
+and that the same be incorporated and inserted in the said summons; and
+that testimony thereof be given me, as well as the copies necessary,
+in due form. Done in Cubu, the fifteenth day of the month of October,
+of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legaspi_.
+
+
+_Notification:_ In the island and port of Cubu, in the galleon said
+to be called "San Francisco," I, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief,
+and government notary at the instance of Andres de Mirandaola, factor
+and inspector for his majesty, read this response and summons to the
+very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general of the royal fleet of
+Portugal, in person, _de verbo ad verbum_ exactly in accordance with
+the tenor thereof. He said that he had heard it, and would reply. The
+said Andres de Mirandaola in virtue of his authority presented
+it, in the name of the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general of the royal fleet for the discovery
+of the islands of the West, there being present, as witnesses to
+all above-mentioned, Alonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of the royal
+fleet of Portugal; Pedro Dacuna de Moguemes, captain-general of the
+sea of Maluco: Sancho de Vasconcellos, nobleman; Guoncallo de Sousa,
+nobleman of the household of his highness, the king of Portugal; Pero
+Bernaldez, notary public; and Christoval Ponze, scrivener, notary,
+all of whom signed it together with me, the said Fernando Riquel.
+
+
+_Andres de Mirandaola_,
+_Pero Dacunha de Moguemes_,
+_Sancho de Vasconcellos_,
+_Afonso Alvarez Furtado_,
+_Guoncallo de Sousa_,
+_Pero Bernaldez_,
+_Christoval Ponce de Leon_.
+
+
+In testimony thereof
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.
+
+(This copy herewith above-written was well and faithfully compared
+with the original by me, Pero Bernaldez, notary public of this fleet,
+without there being found any interlineation or erasure of a kind
+which would occasion doubt: only the word _perjuizio_ [harm], and
+the interlineations _premio_ [reward], and _dha_ [for _dicha_--said]
+are scratched out. Everything there is correct, and the said Fernao
+Riquel, notary-in-chief, was present at the comparison and subscribed
+his name here with me, together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, who affixed here his assent, on this day, the twenty-ninth
+of December of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, on the said day, month, and year, aforesaid.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year above-mentioned, I was present at
+and saw the correction and comparison of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(_Authorization:_ In the island and port of Cubu, on the fifteenth
+day of the month of October of the year one thousand five hundred and
+sixty-eight, the very illustrious Miguel Lopez Legazpi, governor and
+captain-general for his majesty over his people and royal fleet for
+the discovery of the islands of the West, before me, Fernando Riquel,
+notary-in-chief and government-notary, and in the presence of the
+witnesses hereunto subscribed, said that, in the name of his majesty
+he gave and granted all and every authority he possessed--as in such
+case is by law required, and it may and ought to be sufficient--to
+Andres de Mirandaola (who was present), factor and overseer of the
+royal estate of his majesty, in order that in his place, and as if it
+were he himself, the said Mirandaola might present whatever summons,
+protests, and replies, and other documents whatsoever, that might prove
+necessary, to the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general of
+the Portuguese fleet anchored in this port, in regard to the affairs
+under negotiation at the present moment between them concerning the
+service of God our Lord, and that of the kings our sovereigns; and in
+testimony thereof I sign the present with his name, the witnesses being
+Martin de Goiti, the master-of-camp, and Captain Diego de Artieda.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legaspi_.
+
+Done before me,
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This copy was well and faithfully compared with the original by me,
+Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, without there being found
+any interpolation or erasure which would occasion doubt; and the said
+Fernao Riquel was present at the comparison, and signed here with
+me--together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary of this fleet of the king
+our lord, who affixed here his assent--on this day, the twenty-ninth
+of December of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, in the said day, month, and year, aforesaid.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year, above-mentioned, I was present at
+the correction of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Second Summons:_ Replying to this reply to my first summons, made
+by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, general of the camp
+and of the people of Nova Spanha, I declare that the essence, subject,
+and right of all this matter is not contained in words, but in deeds;
+and that his grace has up to the present time acted in a way very
+displeasing to God, to his majesty and to the king our sovereign,
+as I shall set forth in detail. As regards his grace's coming by
+authority of his royal majesty, the king Don Felipe, in order to
+discover lands, the islands of the West lying within his demarcation,
+and to propagate Christianity therein, as should be the principal
+purpose of so Christian a prince; and bearing withal instructions not
+to enter into aught, or in any way infringe the treaty and agreement
+made between the emperor Don Carlos and the king our sovereign Don
+Joan the Third (both of whom I pray God may have in glory): this does
+not absolve, but rather condemns him, inasmuch as he has acted in a
+manner so contrary to his instructions, neither making discoveries,
+nor founding any Christian communities, nor limiting himself to
+his own demarcation, but hastening with great speed to penetrate so
+many leagues through our demarcation--contrary to the faith, oath,
+agreement, and instructions of his true king and lord. He would indeed
+be able to say that he was ignorant of the bound and limit of these
+two demarcations, if Father Urbaneta had not told and requested him
+to settle such of the Ladrones Islands as, on his way around them,
+he might discover; if his majesty had not charged him not to enter,
+under any consideration, into the territory belonging to the king
+our sovereign; and if he had not been told and informed by the
+ships which were in this vicinity that the islands belonged to us,
+all which will appear, in proper time, in documents sworn before a
+notary. His grace's saying, in his letter written to me at Maluco,
+that he entered into this our conquest in consequence of stormy weather
+surprised me not a little, for the Portuguese in their voyages from
+Portugal to India (although even more exposed to inclement weather,
+to more violent winds, and to rough and heavy seas), never encountered
+a tempest of such violence as to endure for more than twenty-four
+hours, or in which, however far one of our ships might run, (with
+sails either furled or spread forth to the wind) they ever passed
+over an extent of more than fifty or sixty leagues--although, it is
+true, I have heard it said that one of our ships once ran a distance
+of eighty leagues; but his grace's having entered three hundred
+leagues into these waters of ours causes me anxiety, especially in
+view of his coming through a sea so calm and winds so gentle that
+small boats are able to navigate it, as most of the people of this
+region have told and declared to me. As regards his saying that he
+was absolutely obliged to enter, owing to lack of provisions, I reply
+through the lips of the captain of his company and those of ours here,
+who affirmed that in the Ladrones Islands where he was best employed
+in the service of God, so many boats brought him supplies that their
+number was estimated in one single day at six hundred; moreover,
+that in the islands aforesaid, and in others by which they passed,
+they obtained hens, swine, fish, rice, and yams. The same thing was
+told me by the father prior; and I understand that Guido de Lavezaris,
+treasurer of his majesty and his grace, having, in this archipelago
+of ours, nothing left of the six hundred boat-loads and obtaining in
+this region so little food in the boats or camp, sent to Panae and
+others of our districts for supplies at the cost of a great deal of
+trouble. This is a fact well attested, since I have been in this port;
+for I consented and allowed many vessels bearing supplies to enter,
+on their declaring to me that there was so great lack of provisions
+here that many soldiers were living upon grass. I assert it to be clear
+and evident, moreover, for every man of judgment and understanding,
+that so rich a fleet--comprising so large ships, sent forth for the
+purpose of discovery by its king, and departing from his kingdom of
+Nova Spanha, a land of so great fertility and abundance--would not
+lack supplies and munitions for three or even four years; and that
+a fleet so large as that of which his grace is commander must have
+come provided and supplied with everything necessary for a long
+period of time. And this was, indeed, declared to be the fact by
+the chief men of the encampment, who said that biscuit and supplies
+abounded on the flagship, when it arrived hence at Nova Spanha;
+and that there was great superfluity in many things obtained from
+the islands lying within their demarcation, as well as in many more
+which his grace brought over in his fleet. In this lack of provisions
+(in which he placed himself very much by his own choice), we placed
+Alvoro de Mendonca, who was then captain of the fortress of Maluco,
+at his disposal for everything that he might need from these lands and
+seas of the king our sovereign, in the month of July of the year one
+thousand five hundred and sixty-seven through the means of Antonio
+Ronbo da Costa and Baltesar de Sousa, whom I sent for this purpose
+from Maluco in two _caracoras._ This his grace did not accept--
+on account of the abundance of everything which he possessed, as if
+appears--contrary to the action which would be taken by one who is in
+necessity, and who avails and assists himself even through the medium
+of his enemies; and even more so in the case of so good friends as are
+and always have been the vassals of the king our sovereign and those
+of the sovereigns of Castela, between which princes there exists a very
+ancient relation and intimacy. The excuse he gives, in addition to the
+others already mentioned, of entering into this our sea and conquest,
+because he knew that the Portuguese have no commercial relations as
+yet within these islands, is weak and of no avail; for in what law,
+either divine or human, does his grace find it written that, when the
+kings and their vassals disregard for a time commercial relations with
+lands belonging within their demarcations, others should consequently
+take therefrom gold and drugs, which do not belong to them? As for
+his saying that he entered here to look for Spaniards who remained in
+these islands from the fleet of Ruilopez de Villalobos, and that he
+has already ransomed one, and has information regarding two more--this
+is a very poor reason for violating good faith, truth, oath, and so
+solemn a compact between so Christian princes. This is especially true
+in view of the knowledge and experience (to which Guido de Lavezaris
+could testify) of the great affection and sheltering kindness with
+which those of the company of Ruilopez de Villalobos were received
+and transported to Spanha (at great expense to his highness and his
+captains), through the favor of the viceroy, and were well looked
+after in our merchant ships; while those who, with his approbation,
+wished to remain here, were likewise granted many favors, and, having
+become rich, now dwell in the fortresses and cities of India. Moreover,
+he might have trusted us in this matter of the three Spaniards, who
+remained here at all the less cost to his majesty, and without serving
+his highness. As for trying to make me to believe that he was serving
+the interests of the king our sovereign during his stay in this our
+king's land, with his safeguards and defenses. I emphatically assert
+that they were all erected very much against his interests; for one
+who has the intention alleged by his grace gives evidences plain to
+all, assuring the inhabitants of the land against those accompanying
+him, but not by means of fortifications and a so great assumption
+of authority in another's kingdom--usurping therein the vassalage
+rights of his highness and transferring the same to his majesty,
+who already has so many; obliging the natives to pay him tribute,
+and laying down the law to them as if they were his own subjects; and
+taking them prisoners on their coming to see the captains of their
+real king and sovereign, as in the case of one who was captured as
+he came to the pinnace of Antonio Ronbo da Costa, and prevented from
+speaking with me. As for the chimerical charges which his grace makes
+against me concerning the letter of Antonio Lopez de Segueira, and the
+words of the soldiers of Antonio Rumbo, in what manner could he have
+formed an opinion from a letter written by an individual captain who
+had been separated for many days from my company, if the sincerity of
+my intentions should be truly proved without further indications? For
+I do not know the words of his letter; but the statement of Antonio
+Lopez, after having had several shots fired against him, was not
+without cause, inasmuch as, having learned that alien people had
+a considerable time previous entered into this our territory, and
+had made a settlement and erected a fort therein, knowing withal
+but little of his grace, and much of the compact, good faith, and
+sincerity of his royal majesty the king Don Felipe, it seemed proper
+to lay the blame upon the captain rather than on the king--of which,
+in the judgment of many, his grace was not so ill-deserving. God
+forbid that I should reply to what is said concerning the words of the
+soldiers, for I should be very much ashamed to have to give account,
+in so sorry a business, for my actions in entering and remaining
+in this port; and to make proof of the great zeal which I have for
+the service of God and of the kings our sovereigns, and of my great
+desire to preserve peace and amity between us--suffering, as I have,
+whatever wrong is done me in this camp. Let his grace judge me only
+upon sure grounds, and not on chimerical accusations of the past,
+the falsity of which I prove by good deeds in the present. With regard
+to his claim of not having ships in which to depart from these waters
+of ours into his own, during the three or four years in which he has
+been settled in this our port of Cebu, I maintain that he had more
+than sufficient time and ships in which to leave; for I know that the
+flagship could carry two hundred men, or as many as his grace may then
+have had in his camp quite easily (for the return passage had already
+been discovered), inasmuch as his grace intimated to me in a letter
+which he wrote me at Maluco that the flagship held even more. And of
+his own accord he ordered the _patache_ "San Joan," the other small
+_patache_, and some frigates to be run ashore; for as soon as one came
+from Nova Spanha the others could easily go thither--a large fleet,
+certainly, since it contained more than a thousand men, together with
+a camp much larger. He lacked, therefore, neither supplies, ships, a
+known route home, nor time in which to depart from our demarcation,
+when he entered there, as is plain; the small _patache_ and the
+flagship, also, were not lacking to him. We offered him everything
+that he needed from the fortress and fleet of his highness.
+
+Therefore, from the above and from other things previously written, it
+remains proved, not by the Portuguese, but by the Spaniards themselves,
+and not by camp-followers but by his chief men, that his grace is not
+here through necessity, but with a very definite aim, awaiting more
+men and a fleet, in order forcibly to wrest Maluco, China, and Japan,
+from the king our sovereign. This is clearly shown by the words of
+the foremost men of his company, and by the many questions they put
+to us concerning our knowledge of these regions; as well as by the
+letters from Nova Espanha which have fallen into my hands.
+
+_The encampment_: It is shown by the people and munitions which
+his grace ordered to be brought, and which were brought to him;
+the flagship and the _patache_; the extent of the defenses which
+he is erecting day and night; the great reenforcements which he
+is procuring from among the infidels to help him fight against us
+Christians--as was well made evident at the arrival of Antonio Ronbo
+and at mine; his ordering these people to hasten with their arms to
+this camp of his, summoning them to fill all the land with snares;
+and by his resolve to shed, with the aid of his ships, much Christian
+blood. All this consists of deeds, and not of imaginations such as
+he brings up before me regarding the king of Ternate; for it is much
+more certain that the latter has not yet gone forth from his kingdom
+than that he is now absent from it. It is true that I summoned that
+king to come with his fleet, as a vassal of the king our sovereign,
+for many reasons: first and foremost, to induce him to leave his
+land and not remain there, when I should go thither to investigate
+his evil deeds against God and his highness in the persecution of
+the Christian communities of Morobachan, Anboyno, and Celebs--as on
+several occasions, it was suspected, happened covertly. The second,
+to take satisfaction upon his people for the treasonable acts which
+the natives of Taguima committed in their harbor against the boats
+of the merchantmen from Maluco and of this fleet; but I was unable
+to inflict punishment by effecting a landing there on account of the
+country being overgrown with heavy thickets. The third, that I might
+negotiate for provisions for this archipelago, if his grace should
+long remain therein. The fourth, to chastise many Moros and natives
+who have injured, and are injuring, God and his highness. The fifth,
+to make such use as should be necessary of that king's services and
+labor. But as for availing myself of his forces against Christians,
+may God forbid that I should ever do such a thing; and blood so
+old and free from stain as mine, and so Christian a nation as the
+Portuguese are, would never tolerate it. And that this is true I have
+already intimated to his grace, to the father prior, and to Guido de
+Lavezaris, not forgetting where I begin this reply of mine--wherein I
+declare that his grace is wronging God, his majesty, and his highness,
+and is, besides, quite well understood in other matters pertaining
+to this affair. I add, moreover, in so far as God is concerned: his
+ordering or consenting to the sale of iron and weapons in this camp
+to the infidels, so as to arm them against Christians; his ordering
+javelins [115] to be made in this settlement of negroes and in his own,
+which the Spaniards would take away to Mindanao and Cavetle to sell,
+exchanging them for cinnamon, hardwood _machetes_, axes, knives,
+and even for drugs. One of the principal items concerns the Lord's
+Supper--so jealously guarded by the holy fathers, and regarding which
+they have issued threats of excommunication, so stringent that no one
+can be absolved except by them. He suffers many men belonging to this
+camp to have carnal intercourse in public with native women, without
+punishing them therefor, although making a pretense of being rigorous
+in other matters of less importance. He takes other people's property,
+acting in all respects just as if he were ourselves, and thus takes
+our property against our will. As concerns his majesty, he reduces
+and renders null and void, in so many respects, his solemn compact
+(which deserves all the good faith and truth that should belong to
+so Christion a prince), and thus wrongs his blood relatives to whom
+he owes so many obligations. He takes from his highness by force
+these lands conquered by him; and he is awaiting more forces and a
+fleet to terminate completely the task of capturing them all. For
+this he is taking measures, with much preparation of war, in his
+hostility to the captains and people of his highness's fleet--among
+whom there is no hostile feeling, and who even offer amicably to
+serve, with much love and pleasure in so doing, both him and all his
+company. With regard to the two galleys which his grace asks from me,
+out of the three which I possess, it would not be right to give them
+to him, even though I found him doing many services to God and to
+the king our lord in this land. But when I find him wronging them,
+and intending to wrong them still more, I can but be startled at his
+grace's asking me for the sinews of this fleet and the sword with
+which to cut off my own head, as I would be doing if I should give
+him ships in order that he may carry out the more successfully his
+purpose--especially as no clause existed in the treaty which would
+oblige the king our lord to order ships and a fleet to be given to
+the Spaniards who might pass this way with the intention of doing
+him injury, in order that they might depart hence and continue on
+their way. As far as his grace's awaiting a reply from his majesty is
+concerned, I consider it even more unreasonable to ask for galleys;
+for, just as one who is committing some deadly sin displeases God all
+the more the longer he continues therein, so likewise, the longer his
+grace continues to transgress the good faith and truth of the contract
+made by his very Christian king and lord, the greater displeasure he
+will cause to God; but, if he would depart hence, upon our waters, in
+all peace and amity, God would be pleased and the princes satisfied,
+since they are so good Catholics and so close and intimate
+relatives. And his grace would thus be atoning for the past to the
+king our lord, and to me on his behalf; and would not, considering
+his age, be obliged, in this last quarter of his life, to oppose God
+in a matter so contrary to precedent and justice, by trying to remain
+forcibly in this our land and sea, at the cost of shedding innocent
+blood in the matter, or of its being wiped out at the same cost--when
+without any trouble or expense he may attain his wish, and be placed
+where he may see his sovereign; or, in case of loss, have security
+therefor, and profit into the bargain. Let him go forth once more to
+make discoveries, and to propagate our holy Catholic faith, in his
+own demarcation; and I entreat and summon him to depart with his camp
+into this fleet, where they will be treated with all the good faith,
+sincerity, and affection which befits good Christians and vassals
+of kings so closely bound. For the purpose of returning to Espanha,
+all necessary supplies and hospitable services will be afforded
+him. But let him not beg off by saying, as he has already said once,
+that he has instructions not to transgress or violate the treaty
+and compact in these our waters; for one who has, in all respects,
+up to the present time, done precisely the contrary will with all
+the more justice journey by our waters to Espanha, thus serving God
+and the kings our lords, rather than injure them by remaining. I also
+entreat him once more, and with special emphasis summon him, to have
+his instructions shown to me, as I on my part will do by sending him
+the orders of the king our lord, whenever he may, with a mind exempt
+from passion or self-interest, desire me to do so. And I entreat him
+earnestly as a favor, and I summon him in the name of God and of the
+said princes, to consider the agreement which I here propose to him:
+and, having considered it, to carry it out in all respects without
+distrust, reserve, deceit, or delay whatsoever. And if he does not wish
+to accept this fleet, which I offer him in order that he may depart,
+and return to Espanha, let him then depart from this island and from
+all others belonging to the demarcation of the king our lord, with all
+his camp implements of war, his master-of-camp, his captains, ensigns,
+sergeants, corporals, and the other officers and people of war and the
+royal service. If his grace be unwilling to do this, I bear witness
+that all the blame and fault which may ensue in this matter will fall
+upon him, and that he and all his camp will be held and considered
+as suspected rebels against the mandates of his king and sovereign;
+and I shall remain exempt from any fault for whatsoever injury and
+evil may occur. And you, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public in this fleet
+for the king our lord, are commanded to read to him the contract, and
+to acquaint the said Miguel Lopez, general of the camp and people of
+Nova Spanha, with this reply, which shall be incorporated and annexed
+to the reply made by him, as aforesaid; and of this you will give me
+the document or documents necessary to be drawn up in public form. I
+likewise command you, Fernao Riquel, notary-in-chief of this camp,
+and all the other clerks and notaries thereof, to give and transfer to
+me all the summons, protests, replies, and responses which may be made
+in this matter, now or hereafter, and the instrument and instruments
+which shall be necessary to me, in duly attested form. In this galley
+"San Francisco," on the nineteenth day of the month of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. Let there be no
+doubt in the interlineation which occurs at the hundred and third
+line of the said reply, namely, _vindo questa_; and where it reads,
+in the margin, _e requeiro_, at the beginning of the two hundred and
+thirty-first line above-written--for it is all correct. In the same
+day and year above-written.
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_.
+
+(_Notification_: On the nineteenth day of the month of October of the
+year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, in this port of Cebu,
+at the place occupied by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+general of the fleet and forces of Nova Spanha, there was given to me
+by Afonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of the fleet of the king our lord,
+the compact made between the emperor Don Carlos (whom may God preserve)
+and the king Don Joan the Third our lord (may he live in glory), and
+likewise the answer which Guoncallo Pereira, captain-general, sent to
+the reply to the first summons of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi;
+and he ordered me, on behalf of the king our lord, to read it, and
+acquaint him therewith. And I read, and made him cognizant thereof,
+_de verbo ad verbum_, before him personally and many persons of his
+camp. He replied thereto that he hnd heard the same, and would make
+answer. Witnesses thereto who were present at all the proceedings:
+the said Afonso Alvarez Furtado; Baltesar de Freitas, clerk of the
+said fleet; Martin de Goti, master-of-camp; Andres de Mirandaiola,
+factor of his majesty; Andres de Ybarra, captain; Dioguo Dartieda,
+captain; and Guido de Lavezaris, his majesty's treasurer--all of whom
+affixed their signature with me.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_, notary.)
+
+(In the said day, month, and year above written, with me signed
+Fernando Herrequel, notary-in-chief of this camp and fleet. Witnesses:
+Martin de Goiti, Andres de Ybarra, Andres de Mirandaola, Guido de
+Lavezaris, Diego de Artieda, Fernando Riquel, Afonso Alvarez Furtado,
+Baltesar de Freitas.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+_Compact_: Don Sebastiao, by God's grace King of Purtugual, and of the
+Algarves here and beyond the sea, in Afriqua; Seignior of Guinee and of
+the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia,
+and India--to all the _corregidors_, auditors, judges, justices,
+officials, and persons of my realms and fiefs, to whomsoever this
+my letter of testimony may be presented, and on whom the recognition
+thereof is incumbent, greeting: I hereby declare that, through Goncalo
+Pereira, knight of my household, captain-general of my fleet, now
+at my fortress of Maluco, I was petitioned by Alvoro de Mendonca,
+captain of the said fort, and knight of my household, that I should
+order a copy made of the compact which was made between the King Don
+Joao and the emperor Don Carlos, my ancestors of glorious memory,
+in regard to the doubt and controversy of Maluco; the same to be
+filed in the factory of the said fortress, in order that he might
+thereby justify himself completely with Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+captain-general of the fleet of the king Don Felipe, my much loved
+and esteemed brother, now stationed at the island of Cebu. The copy
+of this contract I have ordered sent to the said captain; it is,
+_de verbo ad verbum_, as follows:
+
+Don Johan, by the grace of God King of Purtugual and of the two
+Algarves here and on the other side of the sea, in Afriqua; Seignior
+of Guinee, and of the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia,
+Arabia, Persia, and India,--to all the _corregidors_, auditors,
+judges, justices, officials, and persons of my realms and fiefs,
+to whom this my letter of testimony may be presented, and on whom the
+recognition thereof is incumbent, greeting: I hereby declare that by my
+governor Jorge Cabral, orders were sent to my auditor-general (whom,
+with appellate jurisdiction, I maintain in those parts of India),
+to forward a testimonial letter giving a copy of the compact made
+between me and the emperor, my greatly beloved and cherished brother,
+regarding the dispute and controversy of Maluco, in the interest of
+which, and thus ordered in fulfilment of my duty, the said copy of the
+compact was forwarded in the testimonial letter by two routes. The
+copy thereof, _de verbo ad verbum_, constitutes what follows in the
+consecutive pages adjoining this.
+
+Don Joao, by the grace of God King of Purtugual and of the Algarves on
+this side and beyond the sea, in Afriqua; Seignior of Guinee and of
+the conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia,
+and India, to all the _corregidors_, auditors, judges, justices,
+officials, and persons to whom this my testimonial letter shall be
+shown, and on whom the acknowledgment thereof is incumbent: I inform
+you hereby that my attorney tells me that, for the protection and
+preservation of my laws he needs the copy of the compact which I
+have made with the emperor, my greatlv beloved and cherished brother,
+in regard to the dispute and controversy of Maluco. It is as follows:
+
+[Here follows the Compact or treaty of Zaragoza, April, 1529, whereby
+Carlos relinquishes all rights to Maluco for the consideration of
+three hundred and fifty thousand ducats. The essential parts of this
+treaty are given in vol. i, pp. 222 ff. of this series.]
+
+[The summons or notification proper then continues:]
+
+And, on his summoning of my said attorney, I ordered him to forward
+to him this my letter of testimony with the copy of the said
+compact given in the town of Almeyra on the ninth day of the month
+of December. Ordered by the king's decree through the licentiate
+Francisco Diaz de Amaral, of his _desembargo_; and _corregidor_ of my
+court with jurisdiction over criminal affairs, Antonio Ferraz drew up
+the same in the year one thousand five hundred and forty-five, and I,
+Pero Dalcaceva Carneiro, of the said Council of the said sovereign, and
+his secretary and notary-in-chief in all his kingdoms and possessions,
+countersigned it.
+
+(This compact above preceding and declared was here copied entire
+from the copy sent from the kingdoms, which was signed by the
+licentiate Francisco Diaz de Amaral mentioned therein, approved by the
+chancellor's office, and drawn up by the secretary, Pero Dalcaceva
+Carneiro and Joao de Figueiroa. Wherefore, coming as it does in the
+manner above set forth, this copy, which was derived therefrom and
+written here, is a true one, without any thing of a nature to cause
+doubt save a certain interlineation reading "within the said line,
+which such islands or lands." For, to make the same a true copy,
+it was written on thirteen half-sheets of paper and compared, from
+beginning to end, by the official whose name is affixed hereto; and
+full faith shall be given the same wherever it shall be presented,
+in court or out, in view of the fact that, for greater assurance,
+it is sealed with the seal of my arms in this city of Goa on the
+twenty-third day of April. The king ordered the same through the
+licentiate Christovao Fernandez, member of the _desembargo_ and
+auditor-in-chief of India with appellate jurisdiction. Lopo Daguiar,
+a notary by office, had the document written and subscribed, by the
+authority which he possesses, in the year of the birth of our Lord
+Jesus Christ, one thousand five hundred and fifty. _Pagado nihil._
+[116] The licentiate,
+
+_Christovao Fernandez_.)
+
+(Compared with the original copy by me, a notary, in conjunction by
+the official here subscribed. Antonio Fernandez, Lopo Daguiar. _Pagado
+nihil._ Lopo Daguiar. The licentiate,
+
+_Andre de Mendanha_.)
+
+(This compact previously and above set forth was in its entirety copied
+from the copy of another copy sent from the kingdom and signed by the
+licentiate Christovan Fernandez mentioned therein, which was approved
+by the chancellor's office, and compared by Antonio Fernandez and
+Lopo Daguiar: wherefore, on account of its above-mentioned source,
+this duplicate emanating therefrom is presented here as a true and
+correct copy, without there being anything therein which would cause
+doubt. It was all inscribed upon seventeen half-pages of paper, with
+the copy of the letter-patent and that of the compact, compared in its
+entirety by the official hereunto subscribed. Wherefore full and entire
+faith shall be given to the same, wherever it shall be presented,
+both in and outside of court, inasmuch as, to assure the same, it is
+sealed with the seal of my arms in this fortress of Maluco on the
+second day of the month of September. Ordered by the king through
+Alvaro de Mendonca, nobleman of his household and his captain in
+this said fortress, and through Thome Arnao, court-notary who had it
+drawn up and subscribed, by the authority possessed by him thereto,
+in the year of the birth of our Lord Jesus Christ one thousand five
+hundred and sixty-seven. _Pagado nihil_.
+
+_Alvoro de Mendonca_.)
+
+(Collated with the original copy of the said copy by me, a notary,
+in company with the officials hereunto subscribed. Dioguo de Paiva,
+Thome Arnao, of the chancery.
+
+_Vasco Martinez_.)
+
+(This is the copy of a reply which the very illustrious Miguel Lopez
+de Leguazpi sent to Goncalo Pereira, captain-general in these regions
+of the South for the king our lord, which reply I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet, copied from the original at the request
+of the said Miguel Lopez de Legazpi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty the king Don Felipe, our sovereign, over his people and his
+royal fleet for the discovery of the islands of the West--in reply
+to the rejoinder made by the very illustrious captain-general of the
+Portuguese fleet, to the response which I made to his first summons,
+do now confirm my response aforesaid, which is absolutely true, as
+said and declared therein; and this will be proved and established
+with true and sufficient evidences and proofs, at any and all times,
+as it shall prove necessary. And I do not feel bound to reply to
+many of the things contained in his rejoinder, inasmuch as they are
+utterly irrelevant, and have nothing to do with the business here
+concerned--tending, as they do, to attribute fault, and cause for
+slander, where there is none; many of them, also, being untrue, and
+unworthy of a person in so serious and important a station, and of so
+illustrious and Christian blood as the said captain-general claims
+to possess. And thus denying it, in all and for all, and coming
+to the essential points, I declare and affirm that my entrance in
+this island was occasioned by the reasons and causes contained in my
+response; that it was forced and necessary, and without my knowing
+that I had passed the line of demarcation. And this I neither knew
+nor understood until the said captain-general assured me of it in his
+letters. And likewise I affirm that I was detained, and remained here
+against my will, through my inability to leave in any way for lack
+of ships and provisions; and not intentionally or purposely to harm,
+in any way whatsoever, the very illustrious and puissant sovereign,
+the king of Portugal, or any of his possessions, or to harm any third
+party. Nor had I the intention of taking anyone's property away from
+him, as may be proved by those principal persons of this camp by whom
+his grace declares himself to be informed of the contrary; for, if
+put upon their oaths, they will, as Christians, be unable to escape
+the necessity of telling the truth. And, as a man who has desired,
+and still desires, to depart hence, the first time when Antonio Rumbo
+da Costa and Baltasar de Soza came here, I informed them that what
+I needed for that purpose was ships, and that ships were on their
+way; and so I have informed his grace many times. In this necessity,
+however, he has up to the present time given me neither remedy, aid,
+nor favor--which I expected from friends and vassals of a sovereign
+so related by kinship and blood with his majesty; and as I would have
+done for them, if I had found them in the plight in which they find
+me. It is no valid objection to say that I have had ships in which
+I could have left--such, for example, as the "Capitana" and the
+"San Juan," which went to Nueva Espana--for the "Capitana" carried
+about two hundred persons, and the _patache_ "San Juan" seventy,
+which number was the utmost that they could carry, on account of
+the supplies and rigging which they bore. Nor does it avail to say
+that I intentionally ran the flagship aground, for the opposite is
+the truth; nor should it be presumed or believed that a vessel so
+much needed by this camp (the property, moreover, of his majesty)
+could purposely have been run aground--which statement any person
+who is willing to look at the matter dispassionately, will clearly
+perceive. And it avails even less to say that the father Fray Andres
+de Urdaneta requested me to settle in the island of Ladrones, for
+this did not occur; nor will such a request ever appear, in truth,
+save in so far as it was discussed whether it would be well for us
+to go to that island, in view of our having no supplies, or any kind
+of meat, or anything to live on. It was agreed by all that we should
+proceed thither, as was done; and the six hundred crafts which he said
+came alongside the ships came to beg and not to give. For, in all the
+ten days of our stay there, we could not buy ten _fanegas_ of rice;
+and if they brought anything it was cocoanuts, bananas, _tamalle_,
+and other articles of the fruit kind, of very unsubstantial and
+ordinary quality. This will prove to be the truth, rather than what
+is said in opposition thereto. And when we arrived at these islands,
+we were in great need of food, as we had on board the fleet nothing
+but biscuit--and even that in small quantity, as it was carried only
+by the "Capitana" for its return; so that the whole camp suffered
+for the lack of food. And even if the supply of biscuit was more
+than sufficient to last until Nueva Espana was reached, yet as the
+return passage was not then known, we endeavored to supply those
+going on the vessels with provisions sufficient for one year; and as
+they arrived at Nueva Espana instead, within three months, they had
+of necessity a superabundance of biscuit. Further, regarding his,
+accusations as to my being here against the will of God and of his
+majesty, I deny it; for I have always endeavored to do his majesty's
+will with all fidelity and loyalty like the true and faithful servant
+that I am, as has ever been the custom of my ancestors; and I shall
+try to pursue that course until I die. Accordingly, I intend to give
+good account to his majesty, as I have always done, of all matters
+entrusted to me--which here require neither allegation nor mention,
+for I am bound to account therefor to his majesty alone. As for what
+he says concerning the promises and kind services which were offered
+me from him, I refer to his said first summons and his reply to my
+rejoinder--the import of which is that I should go with my men to his
+fleet and depart therein for India, or some other place, and that I
+should immediately leave these lands with all my men; and accusing
+me of many losses and damages which I did not inflict. These offers,
+made under such hard conditions, appear more like those of an enemy
+than of a friend; for I do not see that the terms proposed could have
+been any harsher if I and all those with me had been Turks. For the
+first injunction, namely, that I should go to India, is contrary to
+what his majesty expressly orders me to do; so that, if I did it,
+I might then indeed be accused of violating his will. It would be,
+moreover, a violation of the treaty between the kings, our sovereigns,
+which was presented me by his grace, inasmuch as a clause thereof
+says that the vassals of the king of Castilla may navigate the seas
+of the king of Portugal as much as necessary, in order to reach the
+South Sea of his majesty toward the strait of Magallanes, and no more;
+and that if any other navigation than this through the seas of his
+highness occurs, it will be done by any persons in violation of the
+said treaty. Wherefore we are bound not to do this thing under any
+consideration, for our intention has been and is to adhere to the
+said treaty. And as for the second injunction, that we should depart
+and leave the land immediately with all our men and munitions of war,
+such a thing is impossible without ships, as is clear and evident,
+and as such I declare the same. And, therefore, from the offers
+aforesaid results, and may be clearly inferred, the intention with
+which the said offers were made--which is tantamount to using force
+upon us and injuring us, as if we were men isolated in this island, and
+without respect for the will of God or of our sovereigns and lords,
+or for peace and friendship, or for the relationship that exists
+between them. And that the truth of my justification may stand out
+more clearly, I declare myself ready to show the instructions and
+orders which I bear--as I have previously said I would do, on the
+condition that the said captain-general show me his own: and I do
+promise that if he will sell me ships in which to go away, that I will
+immediately depart, and leave these lands free to the rightful owners
+thereof. And in the event that I do not obtain them from this source,
+but that ships or message shall come from his majesty, I will do the
+same, without my stay in this island causing any damage or injury to
+any district of the kings our lords. And, to carry out the same, I am
+ready, if necessary, to make any instrument or instruments whatsoever;
+and to pay for any and all damage which may result from my stay in
+this island. And since God, the omnipotent and true who resides in
+the heaven, is cognizant of the hearts intentions, and wills of men
+I do appoint him judge of this dispute between us. O show the truth,
+and protect and aid the same in all respects. And, not admitting the
+protests of the captain-general's reply, I beg and require him--once,
+twice, and thrice, and as many times as I am by law obliged,--in the
+name of God our Lord and of his majesty, to accept our justification
+and leave us free; and that he cherish no intention to make war upon
+us, or harm us, or employ any force or injury against us; for our
+own will and intention is to inflict the same on none. And, if the
+contrary be done, I do protest that it will be at his own blame and
+responsibility, and that he will be obliged to incur all the damage
+and losses which may result therefrom. And I request you, Fernando
+Riquel, chief clerk of this camp, to read the same to him, and to
+notify him thereof, and to give me in public form the testimonies and
+duplicates thereof which may be necessary to me for the protection
+of my right. Given in Cubu on the twentieth day of the month of
+October, of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. No
+doubt should be occasioned by the erasure where it reads _navios_
+["ships"], which was erased in the interest of truth.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi_.
+
+
+(_Notification:_ In the galley "San Francisco" of the fleet of the very
+illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general, anchored in the harbor of
+this island of Cebu, on the twentieth day of the month of October of
+the said year, I, Fernando Riquel, chief clerk, and in the government
+employ, did read this response and that contained therein to the said
+captain-general in person, in presence of the factor and inspector
+Andres de Mirandaola, who holds power of attorney from the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general for
+his majesty and on his behalf. And his grace, the said captain-general,
+having heard the foregoing, which I read to him _de verbo ad verbum_,
+said that, not replying to what did not demand reply in the said
+response--which had been written by one more blinded by passion
+than in the free use of his senses, or than by one of the descent
+which he claimed--but confining himself only to the most essential
+points concerning the service of God and of the kings, he does deny
+everything which his grace says in his said rejoinder, evidences for
+which denial he will show in their propor time by documents worthy
+of credence before the sovereigns. He also states that he refuses
+even more emphatically to show him the instructions which he carries;
+for since he has been in this port (now some twenty days), his grace
+told him continually that he would show him his instructions, yet upon
+his sending Don Duarte de Meneses for this purpose, his grace would
+not show him the same; and likewise, when he came with the said Don
+Duarte upon this galley "San Francisco," his grace refused to show his
+instructions to him. Moreover, when he went ashore to see his grace,
+and talked with him, the latter would not show the same; and on two
+occasions when he sent hither the said factor, Andres de Mirandaola,
+with a response, he did not order him, either in person or by another,
+to show the same, although he continually affirmed that he would show
+them. On account of these things, and of his breaking in all respects
+the said principal contract; and, because it appears that he was not
+in need, during the three years and some months of his stay here;
+and because of the deceptions which his grace practiced upon him,
+using many fine words, but very different deeds as the coast defenses
+and forts proved--although he [the Portuguese captain-general] did not
+adopt such method in his treatment of him, when he allowed many ships
+bearing provisions and men to enter the harbor, although he could have
+detained the same--through all these things, his real intention is
+laid bare. For, as one intending to make war takes advantage of all
+occasions to that end, so has his grace done and still is doing. As
+for the other matters, he is referred to the protest sent to him today
+by Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of the Portuguese fleet. And this he
+gave as his response before the witnesses, Captain Alvaro de Mendonza,
+Admiral Don Duarte de Meneses, Simon de Mendonca, and the factor Afonso
+Alvarez Furtado, who together with me; the said Fernando Riquel, signed
+the same with their names. Andres de Mirandaola, Alvaro de Mendonca,
+Don Duarte de Meneses, Simao de Mendonca, Alfonso Alvarez Furtado.
+
+I testify thereto,     _Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This duplicate has been compared most carefully with the original by
+me, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet for the king, our lord,
+without there being found any interlineation or erasure which would
+cause doubt--save that there is an erasure where it read _navios_
+["ships"], which was done in the interests of truth. And the said
+Fernao Riquel, chief clerk, was present at the comparison, and signed
+here with me, together with Baltesar de Freitas notary of the fleet,
+who placed here his approval. This day, the twenty-ninth of December,
+one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+I have compared this duplicate,
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This duplicate was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary
+of this fleet, on the said day and year above specified.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year, I was present at the collation
+and comparison of this duplicate.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Third summons_: Concerning the summons and protest that I, Gonzalo
+Pereira, captain-general of this fleet, make to the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, general of the fleet and people of Nova
+Espanha. You, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, are
+directed to present and read to him the same; and, with his reply
+(or without it, if he refuse to give one), to put into my hands the
+instruments necessary to me to prove the truth of what follows. I
+affirm that on arriving at this port of Cebu, and exchanging such
+courtesies with his grace as were befitting to the requirements of
+my position and rank, besides offering both by letters and requests
+on behalf of the king our lord, everything needful to him and to his
+army, and to his royal majesty, the King Don Felipe--in order, also,
+to serve in this matter the king our lord--his grace did not so much
+as consent to accept from me anything whatsoever; but descended to
+subterfuge, and, as answer to my rejoinder, ordered his artillery
+to take position in front of the fleet, to impede my passage--in
+spite of his being on the land and sea of the king our sovereign. In
+every respect, therefore, he gives evidence of not adhering to the
+compacts and treaties made between his imperial majesty Don Carlos,
+King of Castella, and King Don Joao, our lord (may they rest in glory),
+which documents I had sent and presented to him in order to obviate
+all doubts and disputes that might arise. He has certainly incurred,
+in return, the displeasure of God and the sovereigns. Secondly, I
+send him again the letter of the emperor Don Carlos to Ruilopez de
+Vilhalobos, and those of his company, that he may see more clearly
+its truth and purport; and I summon his grace particularly--once
+and as many times as I am empowered thereunto--and, in general,
+all his captains, ensigns, sergeants corporals, and pilots, and all
+the other officials of war, retinue, and justice, on both land and
+sea, soldiers and sailors alike--in conformity to the said compact,
+to assemble immediately on this fleet of the king our lord, and to
+depart therein in order to present themselves before the viceroy of
+India. From the said viceroy, in the name of the king our lord, in my
+own, and in that of the captains of this fleet and of the fortresses of
+India, I give to each individually, and, to all in general, assurance
+that no harm or injury whatsoever shall be done them; that they shall
+be left free to go to their own kingdom or remain in India, as they
+prefer; and that they shall receive all possible good treatment, and
+be given all their property, and everything of which they may stand
+most in need. And if his grace refuse to do this, I summon him again
+and many times, and all the rest of his fleet and army, individually
+and collectively, to depart at once and leave the said fortress,
+and abandon this island and all others which, by the said treaty,
+are seen to belong to the commerce and conquest of the king our lord,
+and to leave everything here forever free and disembarrassed. And
+likewise I notify them not to do violence to, and to leave free,
+the Portuguese who are in his army, to whom, by this present, I give
+assurance, in the name of the king our lord, that they shall not be
+proceeded against as criminals, for thus embarking and being in the
+said fleet and camp, from the day when they passed the boundaries of
+Castella up to the present. And I summon them all individually and
+collectively, and I order them in the name of the king our lord, to
+come immediately to this the fleet of their true king and sovereign,
+on the above-mentioned assurance that they shall in all respects be
+protected. And if they do not consent thereto, and he, Miguel Lopez
+de Leguaspi--and his captains and officers, and all the persons
+above-named--shall not, in every respect, assent to that which I
+request and demand as above, I declare that he--together with all
+his above-mentioned captains and persons aforesaid, of whatsoever
+rank, nation, condition, or country they may be--will be held and
+considered and judged as disobedient by his royal majesty, King Don
+Felipe, their sovereign, and by the King of Portugal, our lord, and
+by their officers of justice. And in the same event I do, now and
+forever, in the name of the said kings, hold them as rebels, if they
+neither come hither nor depart within the three days first following
+the notification of this summons. I impose this time upon them as a
+limit, declaring that they shall not be allowed another day's respite;
+that they will be condemned to death, both natural and civil, either
+through war or in any other way whatever, according to the custom and
+laws of our kingdom; and that their possessions, ships, artillery,
+munitions of war, and everything else which they may have brought to
+this land or obtained therein, or received in trade or in any other
+way, shall be seized and distributed and given away to the extent
+which may seem to me conformable to the said compact. Nor shall they,
+the parties aforesaid, or any one acting for them, or any of their
+heirs, or any relation or descendant, in particular or in general,
+have in this matter any right--neither they, nor likewise the owners
+of the said property, fleet, or munitions, which shall thus be
+taken from them, even though absent, wherever they may be. Moreover,
+even though they be not guilty of the disobedience and disrespect
+aforesaid, nor have given any cause for this action, they shall not,
+subsequently nor at any time, have any right to proceed against me,
+or against any captain, officer, or member of this fleet who may be
+holding the same; nor shall any heir of the above-named persons, at
+any time whatsoever, be obliged to make restitution thereof, either
+legally or as a matter of conscience. Likewise, in conformity with
+the said compact, I declare to be null and void, and of no effect or
+force, all right which they may have, royal, personal, or based upon
+any other title or right which may be named, designated, or specified,
+or which his majesty King Don Felipe claims to have acquired, through
+the compact made between the very Catholic and Christian sovereigns,
+King Don Joan the Second of Portugal, and Don Fernando of Castella
+(may they rest in glory), regarding the division of the conquest and
+discovery of the world, conceded by the holy fathers, in the commerce
+and conquest of Maluco and all its lands and seas which shall be found,
+perceived, or discovered by ships in that whole region west of Nova
+Spanha, as determined by an imaginary line from north to south through
+the islands of Las Velas [Ladrones]; and those rights I declare null
+and void from the day on which the said Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi
+passed to the west of the said line with his fleet. And likewise I
+declare that, inasmuch as this fleet contains more soldiers than men
+of letters, all summons, declaration, and protestation befitting the
+right and justice of the king, our lord, and of his descendants and
+kingdoms, shall be held as made and truly and completely declared,
+demanded, summoned, alleged, and protested, without any lack or
+failure, whatsoever. And neither his royal majesty, nor any or all
+successors to the kingdom of Castella shall have the right to require
+or summon the Portuguese to deliver to them their lands and conquest
+of the said West; or demand any payment or satisfaction whatsoever
+for the losses, damages, deaths, or deprivations of property occurring
+to the disobedient camp and fleet, or to any others who, subsequently
+arriving, are subject to the foregoing. For others have already come
+to these parts who pretended to be filled with brotherly love and
+affection, but did not prove this by their actions--inasmuch as they
+did very great injury to the property of the king our lord, and of his
+vassals, without the king's receiving any compensation therefor from
+his illustrious highness. No doubt should be entertained regarding
+the interlineation where the word _justica_ ["justice"] occurs. This
+day, the twenty-first day of the month of October, in the year one
+thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Gonzalo Pereira_.
+
+(_Notification:_ On the twenty-first day of the month of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, at the present
+place of habitation of the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+general of the fleet and people of Nova Espanha, I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public, in his presence and that of his captains and many other
+persons of his camp, read, _de verbo ad verbum_, the foregoing summons,
+together with the letter of the emperor Don Carlos (may he rest in
+glory). In reply, he said that he heard the same and would respond as
+was befitting. Witnesses thereto: Martin de Goete, master-of-camp;
+Andres de Ybarra, captain; Guido de Lavezaris, treasurer of his
+majesty; Luis de a Haya, captain--all of whom affixed their signatures
+together with me. Martin de Goiti, Luis de la Haya, Guido de Lavezaris,
+Andres de Ybarra.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(_Response:_ This is a duplicate of a response which the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi sent to Goncallo Pereira,
+captain-general in these parts of the south for the king our lord. This
+response, I, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet copied from
+the original at the request of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty King Don Felipe, our lord, of his people and the royal fleet
+for the discovery of the islands of the West, declare in response
+to the third summons of the very illustrious Gonzalo Pereira,
+captain-general of the Portuguese fleet, served on me by Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public thereof, that I am ready and prepared to do
+and fulfil everything specified and offered by me in the answers which
+I have previously given to the summons which he has sent me. Basing
+my reply once more upon them, I repeat that on my part there will
+be no failure to respect and carry out the treaty made by the kings
+our lords, and to maintain the peace, friendship, and alliance which
+have existed and still exist between them, and which is incumbent upon
+us owing to the close relationship of the two. As for the conditions
+contained in the said summons aforesaid, which command me to go with
+all my people to his fleet, to depart therein for India, I declare
+that this is impossible for me, as it would be a direct violation
+of the instructions which I have received from his majesty; nor
+could I give over my people and my fleet to any person whomsoever,
+without his majesty's express permission and command. Moreover,
+it would be a violation of the compact and treaty existing between
+the kings our lords. And, in the event of my not doing this, he says
+that within three days from now I must leave this island and these
+lands. This I myself desire, and would be glad to do so, if it were
+possible. And I promise to do the same immediately, if his grace will
+furnish me means therefor. But it is neither right nor reasonable
+to oblige me to perform the impossible. And I declare, therefore,
+and promise that when I shall have ships I will depart, and leave
+the land free to whomsoever it may belong, without allowing my stay
+therein to result in harm to any one; and if it shall so result, then
+I stand ready to pay and to give payment and satisfaction therefor,
+to a sufficient and adequate amount, and to do everything in my power
+to the end that the treaty between the kings our sovereigns shall
+not be transgressed, or any injury be done or ensue to any of the
+parties hereto. And regarding what he says in his summons concerning
+the new fort, I admit that it is true that some fortifications were
+begun--a thing most usual and customary wherever there is a garrison
+of Spanish soldiers--for protection from any one who might undertake
+to do me injury or violence. But it was not done to injure his fleet,
+or anything else belonging to him, which did not previously do me
+injury. This is especially evident in view of the fact that although
+yesterday I had begun the erection of the new fort, aforesaid, on
+receiving a letter from his grace in which he asked me to cease and
+not continue work upon the same, I immediately ordered that work to
+cease and to be suspended; and nothing more has been or will be done
+thereon, if his grace and his fleet are willing to keep peace and
+friendship with me, as is incumbent upon Christians and vassals of
+sovereigns so closely connected and related. This I do in order that
+no statement or calumny for breaking the said peace may be uttered
+against me. And, regarding what he says in the rejoinder to my second
+reply, namely, that I refused to show the instructions which I bear,
+his grace knows perfectly well that I have offered many times to show
+him the same, and that nothing was sent by him. And to do everything
+possible on my own part, and to make my cause a just one, I send to
+him enclosed herewith those clauses of my instructions bearing upon
+the present business, which were copied from the original, and signed
+and approved by the chief notary of this camp, in order that they
+might be produced as witness and proof, at anytime or place whatever;
+besides this, his grace will be allowed, if he so desire, to send
+some person here to see them collated with the original. Throughout
+these instructions is evident and deducible the Christian spirit,
+greatness, rectitude, and kindness of his majesty King Don Felipe,
+as well as the moderation which he orders to be maintained wherever
+we should fall in with Portuguese--which is very different in its
+nature from what is essayed and planned against me and the vassals
+of his majesty. It will be seen, moreover, how just is his majesty's
+cause, and, in his royal name, our own. Therefore, in the name of God
+omnipotent, our Lord and of his majesty, I beg and summon his grace
+once, twice, thrice, and as many more times as I am bound by law--not
+to consent to or permit any wrong or injury to be done, directly or
+indirectly, by evasions, or in any other manner whatsoever, in order
+that Christian blood may not be shed without cause or occasion, to
+the great displeasure of God and of the princes our sovereigns. For
+my intention was not to do any harm to any one; but rather I offer
+to pay all and any damage which may result from my stay here; and I
+declare that, if he do the contrary, then all the deaths, damages,
+losses, and interests shall fall upon his head and responsibility,
+and that he shall be obliged to pay and make satisfaction for the
+same. Moreover, I protest, as much as the rights of his majesty and
+our own make it incumbent upon me, to demand, allege, and protest,
+and, although it be not declared or specified here, I do allege,
+demand, and protest therein, as many times as the law and my duty
+require. And I do not admit the protestations and condemnations which
+are contained in his summons and protest; and I request that this
+response shall likewise be read, shown, and made known to all the
+captains of his fleet, together with the clauses of my instructions,
+in order that they may see our justification; and, having seen it,
+comport themselves as Christians--so that God our Lord, and our
+princes, may be better served, without shedding Christian blood;
+and that the other injuries and difficulties which, in the opposite
+event might ensue, may be avoided. And I require and summon you,
+Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of this camp, to read and make
+known this response and protest, and the clauses mentioned therein,
+to the said captain-general, and the other captains of his fleet; and,
+with his response, or without the same, to give me the testimonies
+and copies necessary to me in his majesty's interest, and to my own
+in his royal name. Given in Cubu, on the twentieth day of October of
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_.
+
+(_Notification:_ The foregoing answer and clauses, I, Fernando
+Riquel, notary-in-chief in the government employ, read and made
+known to the said very illustrious Gonzalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the Portuguese fleet, in his own person, as well as to the other
+captains of his fleet, _de verbo ad verbum_, in such a way that it
+was understood--those captains being Alvaro de Mendonca, Don Duarte
+de Meneses, Simon de Mendoca, Lorenco Furtado de Mendoca, and Mendo
+Ruellas de Vasconcelos--on the twentieth day of the month of October
+of the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. And let it
+be understood, that although I reckon today as the twentieth of
+October, the summons to which this is the response, was made upon
+the twenty-first everything having been done upon the same day. The
+cause for this is the difference between the Portuguese and the
+Castilians, the former reckoning one day ahead, and so it is in
+all the rejoinders and summons. I delivered this notification and
+summons to the said parties on the galley "San Francisco," this day,
+the twentieth of October, in the presence of the foregoing persons,
+and of Alonso Alvarez Furtado, factor of his highness--all of whom
+signed their names here, together with me; likewise Christoval Ponce,
+notary of his majesty's camp. Simaon de Mendonca, Alvoro de Mertdonca,
+Lourenco Furtado de Mendonca, Don Duarte de Meneses, Alfonso Alvarez
+Furtado, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos, Christoval Ponse de Leon.
+
+I testify thereto,     _Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This copy was closely and faithfully compared with the original
+by me, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, without there
+being found any interlineation or erasure of a kind which would
+cause doubt--although there is an interlineation--_dha_ [_dicha_,
+"said"] which was truthfully inserted. The said Fernao Riquel,
+notary-in-chief, was present at the comparison, and signed his name
+together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary of the fleet, who placed
+here his approval. This day, the twenty-ninth of December of the year
+one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+the fleet, on the said day and year above specified.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the day, month, and year aforesaid, I was present at the collation
+and comparison of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This is the copy of certain clauses of [the instructions given by]
+the royal _Audiencia_ of Mexico, which the very illustrious Miguel
+Lopez de Leguaspi sent to Goncalo Pereira, captain-general in the
+regions of the south for the king our sovereign--which document was
+copied at the request of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi.
+
+I, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of the royal fleet for the
+discovery and administration of the islands of the West, for his
+majesty, King Don Felipe, our sovereign, testify and affirm to all
+persons, who may see the present: that in a set of instructions and
+regulations, signed by Don Luis de Velasco, former viceroy of Nueva
+Espana; the licentiate Valderrama, _visiador_-general and member of
+the council of his majesty; Doctor Ceynos, Doctor Villalobos, Doctor
+Horozco, Doctor Vasco de Puga, and Doctor Villanueva--all auditors
+of the said Royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva Espana, resident in the City
+of Mexico--and countersigned by Antonio de Turcios, secretary of the
+_Audiencia_, is contained, among many other clauses, the following:)
+
+"The course of conduct which you, Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, appointed
+as governor and general on his majesty's behalf, for the discovery
+of the islands of the West, by the very illustrious viceroy Don Luis
+de Velasco, late governor and captain-general of this Nueva Espana,
+and president of the royal _Audiencia_ resident therein, are to
+adhere to in the voyage and expedition which with the aid of God,
+our lord, you are about to undertake for the discovery aforesaid,
+with the ships which have been constructed for that purpose by his
+majesty's orders and are now at Puerto de la Navidad in this Nueva
+Espana, on the coast of the South Sea is as follows:"
+
+[See _ante_, p. 89 ff., for synopsis of these instructions.]
+
+[The clauses sent thus by Legazpi relate in general to the course
+to be pursued in the expedition in regard to the Portuguese and
+their possessions in the eastern seas--assuming, however, that the
+Philippines fell within Spain's demarcation, wherein Legazpi was
+ordered to effect a settlement. The document continues:]
+
+(I took the above clauses from the said instructions and
+regulations. They were signed by the above-mentioned viceroy
+[Antonio de Mendoza], the _visitador_, and the auditors, as is
+sufficiently apparent; and to that document I refer, by order of
+the most illustrious governor Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi. The same are
+well and faithfully copied, and the comparison and collation thereof
+took place before Christoval Ponze, notary of this camp, and Juan de
+Gamboa. And they are well and faithfully copied. Given in the island
+of Cubu, on the twentieth day of October, in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight. Therefore, I, the said Fernando Riquel,
+affix hereunto my signature and accustomed flourish, in attestation
+of truth.    _Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(I, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of the government, read and made
+known to the said most illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general of
+the Portuguese fleet in his own person, and to the other captains of
+his fleet--to wit, Alvaro de Mendoca, Don Duarte de Meneses, Simon de
+Mendoca, Lorenco Furtado de Mendoca, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos--the
+above reply and clauses, word for word, so that he might have full
+understanding thereof, on the twentieth day of the month of October,
+in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight. It is understood
+that, although I reckon today as the twentieth of October, the summons
+to which this is a reply was dated on the twenty-first, all which
+took place on one and the same day. The cause for this difference
+between the Portuguese and Castilians is that the Portuguese are
+one day ahead. [117] This is so in all their replies and summons. I
+delivered this notification and summons abovesaid in the galleon
+"San Francisco" on the twentieth day of October abovesaid, in the
+presence of those above-mentioned, and Alonso Alvarez Furtado, factor
+of his highness; and they all signed their names jointly with me and
+Christoval Ponze, notary of his majesty's camp. Simon de Mendoza,
+Don Duarte de Meneses, Alvoro de Mendoca, Lorenco Furtado de Mendoca,
+Mendornellas de Vasconcelos, Alonso Alvarez Furtado, Christoval Ponze.
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(This copy was collated thoroughly with the original by me, Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet. It has no interlineations
+or erasure which would cause doubt. There occurs only the following
+interlineation, namely, _entender_ ["to understand"], which was
+added to make it correct. The said Fernao Riquel was present at the
+collation, and signed here jointly with me and Baltesar de Freitas,
+notary of the fleet, who placed here his approval. Collated on the
+twenty-ninth day of December of the year one thousand, five hundred
+and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(I certify that this copy was collated in my presence, Baltesar de
+Freitas, notary of this fleet, on the day as abovesaid.     _Baltesar
+de Freitas_.)
+
+(On the said day, month, and year abovesaid, I was present at the
+correction and collation of this copy.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Fourth summons_: Replying to this third answer of the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, general of the fleet and people of Nova
+Espanha, I declare, as I have already said in my reply, that actions
+speak louder than words. Up to this point I have acted in a way
+pleasing both to God and to the kings our lords, being bound to serve
+both equally well, on account of the close and long enduring union
+which, always existing between the former sovereigns of Castella and
+Purtugual, does now likewise exist between these present rulers. And,
+understanding from the instructions which his highness [of Portugal]
+gives to his captains for such cases, that he orders them to serve
+the interests of his royal majesty, King Don Felipe, in every
+possible way not at variance with his own interests, I have in all
+respects thus carried out his commands and all the stipulations of
+the treaty; while his grace has violated the same in so many ways,
+principally in making traffic, on behalf of Nova Espanha, of gold
+and drugs from this region within our demarcation--a thing forbidden
+in specific terms in the treaty. This does not harmonize with what
+his grace says about stress of weather and the lack and necessity
+of ships--for one who has been engaged in traffic knows the remedy
+for such cases, and his grace did traffic in our gold and drugs,
+and sent for reenforcements, by the fleet--a thing which, likewise,
+does not harmonize with his affirmations. For, the fewer people the
+ships contained on coming from Nova Espanha, the better could his grace
+lodge himself therein with all his camp, there being none in the whole
+voyage to obstruct his way provided they had sufficient crews. But
+God exists, and heaven cannot be covered with a sieve; nor are there
+diseases of the eye so serious as to be able to hinder the perception
+of a thing so evident. His grace is condemned by his own captains for
+his transgressions against the treaty, while he himself admits that
+his instructions forbid him to enter our demarcation. And although,
+in view of the above, I was released from obligation to do him any
+favor, yet I have been begging him for a considerable time to make
+use both of me and of this fleet, since he himself possesses none,
+and to depart therein upon his way. Nor is it reasonable that his
+grace should depart alone in any of these ships; and he must be out
+of his senses, after staying here four years, to undertake to wait
+four more in this land of the king, our lord--for that is the least
+time in which ships can be constructed in Nova Espanha for him to
+depart in; and this season there could reach him only the _patache_
+"San Joan," and some ship or other from Peru, a very small conveyance
+for so large a camp. Wherefore I beg him as a favor, and summon him,
+once and many times, to depart in this fleet belonging to the king,
+our lord,--or, better, to his majesty--together with all the people
+of his highness, inasmuch as this tends to the latter's service; for
+this is the easiest and best remedy, to depart from our conquest,
+and observe, at least, in part, the treaty. Likewise, I again
+request him to come with all his camp to this fleet, that we may both
+continue together the work of propagating our holy Catholic faith, and
+destroying the sect of Mafamede [Mahomet] in Maluco, Java, and Acheen;
+for as this work is so pleasing to God, it should be likewise so to
+so Christian a sovereign as is his majesty. And--in payment for the
+many times when the kings of Purtugual went to Castella to render aid
+to her sovereigns against the Moors who were warring against them--it
+would be better for us to join our forces, and change our hostility
+to friendship, as the battle of Selado, and the raising of the great
+siege of Sevilha, and many other battles in which the Portuguese added
+luster to their name in the service of the said kings, demand--and, in
+our own times, those fleets of ours which participated in the capture
+of Tunes, in the island of Dargel, or again in the taking of Pinhao,
+[118] and in many other public and private undertakings in which,
+with both money and arms, we greatly aided the kings of Castella. In
+spite of all this, his grace will not grant me a thing so reasonable
+and pleasing, both to God and to the kings our lords, and to the
+advantage of their army; but, on the contrary, so obstinately refuses
+to accept the offer of this fleet, and will not depart from our land,
+but steadily continues building fortifications and throwing up new
+breastworks, from which he attacked the fleet of the king our lord
+in this his port, and fired several shots at us from the fortress,
+as if we were Moors and pagans. And yet I did not allow him to be
+bombarded, in reply, from this galley "San Francisco," although I had
+cannon with which I could have caused him much anxiety; but rather
+retired, in accordance with my constant desire, past and present, for
+peace--as is seen in my reluctance to make war upon him or to be the
+cause of shedding Christian blood. Thus I have acted very differently
+from his grace, who had ambuscades laid at the fords, whither I sent
+my boat, peaceably, without any soldiers aboard, in order to show in
+all respects my great desire to avoid war. As for his grace's saying
+that I opened fire on his fort, it was only after I had sent him
+word beforehand not to make this necessary; so that the desire which
+has since been made evident by him was shown therein also. And a few
+bombardments from the boats, moreover, were not sufficient either to
+deter his people on land from continuing their work upon our land and
+sea or his grace from breaking out in open war against me with great
+ardor and desire; while I, on the contrary, had very little desire to
+injure him, but allowed many vessels, people, and provisions to go
+into the fortress, wherewith he could fortify himself against this
+peaceful fleet of the king our lord. And with regard to the clauses
+of his instructions which his grace had shown to me in his defense,
+I would say that this was of service to me; for although, it is true,
+one of them says that he shall go among the Filipinas islands, yet,
+immediately thereafter follows a contrary clause to the effect that he
+shall in no way transgress the treaty and agreement between Castella
+and Purtugual, which has the more force to prevent him from going to
+the Filipinas, in virtue of the more effectual words contained in the
+solemn covenant of the treaty aforesaid. Moreover, in regard to his
+grace's saying that the desire entertained by his majesty was not to
+enter our demarcation, and that he thought the Filipinas were in his,
+I would say that in all kingdoms, when it happens that doubt arises in
+the instructions, letters, provisions, or charters of the sovereigns,
+it is the custom to be guided thereby according to the intention of
+those who gave them. Another clause declares that, if he find us in his
+demarcation, he shall not do us any violence; but his grace came even
+to our own territory and did this, acting in flagrant disobedience
+to what his instructions allowed him, by undertaking illegally and
+wrongfully thus to dispossess us of our land and sea. And again I beg
+and summon him, once and many times, on the part of God, and of the
+kings our lords, not to do us violence, but to depart in this fleet,
+in the doing of which he will be doing great service to God and to
+the sovereigns aforesaid. And if he do not this, I declare by all
+the declarations of the protest sent to him through Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet, on the twenty-first of October, in the
+year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, that all the losses,
+deaths, dispossessions of property, and damages consequent shall fall
+upon his grace, while I shall remain free and absolved therefrom. I
+request and summon you, Fernao Riquel, notary-in-chief of that camp,
+to read and make known this response to the said Miguel Lopez, and
+with his reply--or without it, if he refuse to give it--to deliver
+to me the certain instrument or instruments which shall be necessary
+to me; likewise that you send me such instruments, so arranged as to
+be authoritative, containing all the summons, protests, duplicates,
+replies, rejoinders, and letters which have been exchanged and
+written in this affair hitherto. In this galley "San Francisco," on
+the twentieth day of October, in the year one thousand five hundred
+and sixty-eight. There is no doubt or wrong erasure herein.
+
+_Guoncallo Pereira_.
+
+(_Notification_: In the island and port of Cubu, in the Filipinas,
+on the twenty-seventh day of the month of October of the year one
+thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, before the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general for his majesty
+of the war and of the fleet for the discovery of the islands of the
+West, and in the presence of me, Fernando Riquel, chief notary of
+the same, there appeared Roque Bras, a servant, claiming to be in
+the service of the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the Portuguese fleet anchored in this port; and, in his name,
+presented this document as contained above. And he asked me, the said
+Fernando Riquel, to read the same, and the said governor ordered me
+to read it; wherefore, to carry out his commands, I did read it, _de
+verbo ad verbum_, as well and exactly as I could, considering that
+it was written in Portuguese. The said governor, on hearing the same,
+said that he had heard it and would respond thereto--witnesses to all
+the abovesaid being the master-of-camp Martin de Goiti, Captain Diego
+de Artieda, Captain Luis de la Haya, and Captain Juan de Salzedo,
+all of whom signed the same jointly with me. Martin de Goiti, Diego
+de Artieda. Luis de la Haya, Juan de Salzedo.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+(_Response:_ This is the copy of a response which the very illustrious
+Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi sent to Guoncallo Pereira, captain-general in
+these regions of the south for the king our lord. I, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of the said fleet, copied the same from the original
+at the request of the said Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi.)
+
+I, Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, governor and captain-general for his
+majesty King Don Felipe, our lord, of his people and royal fleet
+for the discovery of the islands of the West: in response to the
+summons of the very illustrious Gonzalo Pereira, captain-in-chief of
+the Portuguese fleet, served on me the twenty-seventh day of this
+present month of October I declare that it is true, as contained
+in his summons, that "actions speak louder than words," as also do
+offers without actions--which in his case we have seen to be very
+different. For it is manifest and known to all that his actions
+have been, and are, very different from good words; since on the
+twentieth day of this month, without any cause or legitimate reason,
+or without the removal of the assurances given by one to the other,
+or without making or giving any warning or information, his grace
+ordered his galleys and small vessels to make an attack on certain
+fortifications and defenses of ours. And they attacked and fired
+many cannon and arquebuse-shots at the people on the shore and bank
+near the fort aforesaid, without any artillery being fired at them
+in return from this camp, which could do them harm, until the outcome
+of the affair was seen. On the contrary, astonished at the treatment
+afforded us when we had not given any occasion whatsoever for the same,
+I wrote to his grace that very day. He, without any reply to what I had
+written, sent, the next morning, two galleots and a pinnace to take up
+a position in the other entrance of this harbor (where they now are),
+in order to prevent us from receiving any supplies or provisions. He
+has blockaded us upon all sides; and, what is most intolerable of all,
+the galleys and pinnaces aforesaid have sacked, fired, and burned all
+the neighboring villages, and killed the natives and inhabitants,
+without exempting even women and children, in the towns of Gavi,
+Cotcot, Diluan, Denao, and Mandavi--for the sole reason, and no other,
+as I understand, that they had been at peace with us, and had supplied
+and sold us provisions for our money. All this cannot be denied,
+inasmuch as we have seen it all with our own eyes. This may well
+be called deeds, and not words: and he has answered with a war of
+incredible cruelty. And in view of this, it is not surprising that
+we should have taken or that we do take some precautions, since he
+has made war so openly, and now tries to do us so open violence and
+injury. As far as the pleasing of God and of our rulers is concerned,
+it is of very little service, or none at all, to say that we should
+go to his fleet; for this cannot be done without violating his
+majesty's orders, to which I shall not expose myself. Moreover,
+all possible justifications have been offered on my side for not
+departing from this land and leaving it free; and, if necessary,
+I now offer them again. And it has no bearing on the subject to say
+that I have been here four years and desire to remain four years
+more; for my intention and desire has not been, nor is, to remain
+here even one year, but to depart as soon as I receive despatches
+and ships from his majesty--which, at latest, will be here with the
+next northeast wind. And as for his saying that only the _patache_
+"San Juan" and one ship can reach me, that is all nonsense; for his
+majesty, if he desire, can send one, six, ten, or twenty ships from
+Nueva Espana, for they have them in the South Sea there. And, what
+is more, I offer to depart with those that come, whether they be few
+or many, this being the easiest, shortest, and quickest remedy for
+what his grace says he wishes and desires--namely, that I should leave
+this land free and unembarrassed. And in this way he will receive full
+satisfaction very shortly, without loss, damage, or injury whatsoever
+to the one side or the other, unless his grace himself chooses to
+give occasion therefor. And, if he do this, he will do his duty, and
+what he is bound to do in the service of God and of our sovereigns,
+and will obviate the necessity of shedding Christian blood--as well
+as an infinite number of damages and annoyances which might otherwise
+ensue and come to pass now or in the future. And if, in the event of
+his grace's not being willing so to do, any further damage, loss,
+or scandal should ensue, then I declare that he shall be guilty of
+it all; and that he shall be considered to have acted criminally in
+all respects and be obliged to give an account of his deeds to God
+and to our sovereigns and rulers. And I ask and summon him--once,
+twice, thrice, and as many more times as I am required by law--not
+to permit violence to be done me, or any injury or warlike action
+such as he has undertaken, much to the displeasure of God and of
+our sovereigns and lords. And I protest, in all ways in which I have
+already protested, and all others in which, on his majesty's behalf,
+I am bound to request, declare, affirm, and allege--all of which,
+although not specified in detail, is fully expressed herein. And
+as for what he says about its being better to join his fleet in the
+work of propagating our holy Catholic faith, and destroying the sect
+of Mahomet in Maluco, Java, and Achen, in compensation for the many
+occasions on which the sovereigns of Portugal aided those of Castilla
+against the Moros--I say that if his highness or he, in his royal
+name, wage war against the pagans in these islands, and have need
+of other people's assistance, I am ready and prepared to give him
+soldiers to help, and to go with him to the places above-mentioned,
+in the service of the very illustrious and puissant King of Portugal,
+conformably to the instructions and orders which I have from his
+majesty, provided that his grace give them ships and supplies,
+and such other securities as may be reasonable from one party to
+another. Regarding what he says of the clauses of my instructions,
+the unequivocal, holy, and sincere intention of his majesty stands
+clearly forth therefrom, and should be received and admitted as such;
+and likewise the fact that I myself have fulfilled his royal orders,
+and have no intention of injuring any one or taking other people's
+property from them. For I offer and stand ready to depart, just as
+soon as possible, from everything which his grace declares to belong
+to his highness, without any further summons; and to pay for all the
+years of my stay here. This--being, as it is, the truth--is sufficient
+satisfaction for all that his grace has said or may say in the matter;
+for I desire to follow his instructions provided it be within my power,
+and depart from this land and leave it free and unembarrassed. And
+therefore I declare that I will do this, as I have said--refusing at
+the same time to admit his allegations, and basing myself upon those
+which I have made on my own part, which are true and certain. Given
+in this settlement and camp on the twenty-eighth day of October in
+the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Miguel Lopez de Legaspi_.
+
+(_Notification_: In the galley "San Francisco" of the royal fleet of
+Portugal, on the twenty-eighth day of October in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight, I, Christoval Ponze, notary, read and
+made known this response and summons of the very illustrious Miguel
+Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain-general of the fleet for the
+discovery of the islands of the West, to the very illustrious Gonzalo
+Pereira, captain-general of the royal fleet of Portugal, in his own
+person, _de verbo ad verbum_, in such a way that he understood it. He
+responded that he heard and would make answer to the same, witnesses
+being Don Duarte de Meneses, admiral of the said fleet, Antonio Lopez
+de Sequeyra, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos, and the factor Alonso
+Alvarez Furtado, all of whom signed here their names. Don Duarte de
+Meneses, Antonio Lopez de Sequeyra, Mendornellas de Vasconcellos,
+Alfonso Alvarez Furtado.)
+
+(This copy was carefully collated with the original by me, Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, without there being found any
+interlineation or erasure which would cause doubt--although there is
+an erasure of the word _no_ ["not"] which was made without deceitful
+purpose. At this comparison was present the said Fernao Riquel,
+who signed here with me, together with Baltesar de Freitas, notary
+of the fleet, who placed here his approval on this twenty-ninth day
+of December, in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_.)
+
+(This copy was compared before me, Baltesar de Freitas, notary of
+this fleet, on the day aforesaid.
+
+_Baltesar de Freitas_.)
+
+(I was present at the correction and comparison of this copy on the
+month, day, and year aforesaid.
+
+_Fernando Riquel_.)
+
+_Fifth summons_: In response to the fourth reply which the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguaspi, general of the fleet and people
+of Nova Spanha, sent and had conveyed to me on the twenty-ninth
+day of the month of October in the year one thousand five hundred
+and sixty-eight, by Christovao Ponze de Leon, notary of his camp,
+I say that I cannot help being amazed again and again at seeing how
+his Grace attempts to depreciate my actions and give luster to his
+own--those on the one side being so different from those on the other,
+and done in sight of his camp yonder and of this fleet stationed
+here. When there are, however, so many noblemen and gentlemen of
+such reputation for sincerity and truth, his Grace will not be able
+to deny that during the forty days of peace in this port, he did not
+see any sign of hostility in this our fleet of the king, our lord,
+or any indication thereof, inasmuch as ships were allowed to enter to
+him with men and provisions aboard--when by capturing them, as could
+have been done easily, I could have caused him much annoyance, if
+my intention had been to bring about such a consummation. His Grace,
+however, in great contrast to my own procedure, on the same days and
+during the same peace, had many breastworks and defenses constructed
+in his fortress, and corresponding defenses outside of the same
+with a great amount of artillery mounted on many baskets filled with
+earth. These were quite sufficient to defend himself against a great
+army, rather than a small band of Portuguese zealous in the service
+of God and of the kings our lords, and reluctant to shed Christian
+blood even in so just a cause. Nor will he deny that--not content
+with having so strong a fortress, with so many Spaniards to make
+defense against us in our own territory in case I should undertake to
+do him violence therein--he ordered, during the term of the peace,
+an artillery station to be established on the bank opposite where
+he took in water, in order to prevent me from obtaining any; and up
+to the present time he has refused to let me have any, although this
+is our own land. Moreover, he desired to cannonade the fleet at short
+range from the fortress aforesaid, as afterward more clearly appeared;
+for, on my immediately writing his Grace through Baltesar de Freitas,
+notary of the fleet, to do me the favor to order that this should not
+occur again, since it seemed more the act of an enemy than of a friend,
+he wrote me in return things irrelevant to the case, while the rest of
+his letter consisted only of vain words and compliments. I wrote to
+his Grace again the next day, sending my letter by Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet. In this letter I asked him again to
+do me the favor of ordering the work to be destroyed; otherwise, I
+should consider myself authorized to declare that war had broken out,
+and that the assurances between us would remain null and void--as his
+Grace will see in my letters, since his memory is so feeble as he says
+and declares, since he says and declares that without the assurances
+being canceled as yet on either side, and without giving any warning
+or intimation whatsoever, I ordered the boats and galleys to fire on
+his fortifications and basket defenses. But this I did, in reality,
+in firing on the black people of the land, who were acting against
+their true king and lord. Little blood was shed in this affair, as I
+have ascertained, but all this business his Grace owes to his failure
+to reply to or satisfy me--acting as if he wished open war with me,
+as was seen by the breast-work which he had constructed. And--after a
+few volleys had been fired from the said boats, galleys, and pinnaces,
+in reply to the many broadsides which they let fly at us from their
+fortress--here on the afternoon of that same day Fernan Riquel,
+notary-in-chief of that camp, came with a reply from his Grace, also
+a copy of certain clauses from his instructions, and a message to
+the effect that he would finally have the work stopped, if this fleet
+would stand off farther from shore. This I showed to the said Fernao
+Riquel, who suddenly became short-sighted, in order not to see it;
+nevertheless, I ordered the boats to retire, and to fire no more. And
+the next day I did not, on my part, consent that they should go on
+increasing the work further. In what, then, does his Grace find here,
+up to the present time, more good words and deeds than mine? Moreover
+I gave him much more peace. It should be added that after the boats
+had killed many Indians and a few Spaniards, they ceased from further
+shots that afternoon and the following day. It would then have been
+just and due to us that his Grace should have had the basket defenses
+destroyed--for that was the true road to peace and amity after so long
+a period of enjoyment of our land--rather than to allow a bombardment,
+as cruel as if against heretics, to take place and endure from eleven
+o'clock in the morning till sunset. These ships of the king our lord
+were pierced with balls in his own port, killing several persons,
+and so aimed as to kill many more, if I had not used caution and
+retired. This affair is certainly an ugly and terrible one, before
+God and men. I did not, however, consent that any broadside should be
+fired from this galley, the "San Francisco," although I had pieces
+of very large caliber therein, which could have done much damage to
+the fortress and defenses. And therefore, up to the present time,
+I have not shed, nor given occasion for the shedding of Christian
+blood as his Grace has done in batteries and ambuscades--although none
+whatever were made against him, inasmuch as I restrained myself when
+I could have done him much injury by fire and sword. The sovereigns
+yonder, however--who are so good Christians and have clear minds--will
+judge of the fair words and fair deeds of his Grace, and of my
+deceitful words and most evil deeds; for we cannot be good judges
+in our own behalf in such an offense committed against the king, our
+lord, and his vassals. Quickly turning to the work at hand, a little
+later on the same day of the cannonading, I ordered the galleys to
+take possession of the other mouth of this harbor; for, now that his
+Grace has broken out in war against me, it seemed to me better service
+to God, and to the kings our lords, and a Christian's obligation,
+to pursue hostilities by means of starvation rather than by fire and
+sword--for although I blockade you with it, I have ordered this fleet,
+and it stands ready, to bring you a great quantity of supplies, that
+you may not perish through lack thereof. And as for the damage which
+the oared vessels have done in the territory of the infidels, it does
+not appear to me so serious and unheard-of as his Grace depicts it;
+for it is juster in war that we should punish those vassals of the
+king our lord for unfaithfulness and opposition to their true leaders
+than that his Grace himself, although a stranger here, should, in time
+of peace, give them very different kind of punishment for slighter
+cause, in addition to making them pay tribute. As for his assertion
+that he will pay and satisfy the king our lord for all the losses and
+damage which he has done him in this land of his, it was unnecessary
+to write such a thing; for his Highness is not a merchant nor is he so
+avaricious as to take satisfaction in money or property from any other
+sovereign, particularly from his captains; and he will be satisfied,
+and I, in his name, only at his Grace's leaving the land free and
+unencumbered, and thus not bringing about the death of his vassals
+there in so many ways. As for his Grace's being willing to give me
+people and assistance for the augmentation of the faith and the service
+of the king our lord, certainly he may be sincere in this one matter;
+but the Moros of Maluco, Java, and Acheen are, through our sins,
+so numerous, that without his Grace in person, and all his company,
+it would be difficult to sweep them away. But with such aid I hope in
+God that much service will be done Him by us all; for on His account
+they ought to be resigned to take a voyage much longer than from
+India to Espanha, inasmuch as He suffered Himself to be crucified
+and shed His precious blood for our salvation. For the letters of
+instruction issued by Christian princes do not forbid their captains
+the propagation of the Catholic faith and the destruction of the sect
+of Mafamede, in any land of in any way whatsoever--especially when
+the rightful king, through his captains, requests this so necessary
+assistance from his Grace; and when there is so much intimacy and so
+close a relation between these kings our lords, as to justify asking
+that there be given him all the supplies and munitions necessary and
+sufficient to their needs, and even much more. But since his Grace
+is not willing, for the sake of God and the aforesaid sovereigns, to
+go so long a way toward carrying out their wishes, I protest in the
+terms already on my part protested. And I require you, Pero Bernaldez,
+notary-public of this fleet, to read and make known this response
+to the said Miguel Lopez; and to deliver into my hands an instrument
+drawn in public form, containing all the summons, protests, replies,
+duplicates, and letters, which may be needed for the outcome of this
+business. Given in this galley the "San Francisco" on the thirtieth
+day of October, in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Goncalo Pereira_
+
+(_Notification and Reply_: On the thirtieth day of the month of
+October in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight, at the
+place now occupied by the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi,
+general of the fleet and forces of Nova Spanha, at the command of
+Goncallo Pereira, captain-general of the fleet of the South Sea,
+I, Pero Bernaldez, notary, read and made known to him _de verbo
+ad verbum_, this reply as above written. He responds as follows to
+the same: "that the captain-general should well remember that, in
+the first letter in which this summons is mentioned, he asked only
+for the cessation of the work of erecting the wicker defenses, which
+request was granted immediately and the work ceased, although baskets
+cannot constitute war, and are rather for defense than offense. And
+on the following day, by a second letter which his Grace wrote, he
+again reiterated and requested that the baskets should be taken down,
+and that he should receive either yes or no as an answer, with which
+he would consider himself to have received a final answer. With the
+same letter he sent me word by the factor Andres de Mirandaola and
+Hernando Riquel, notary-in-chief of this camp, that if the baskets
+were not taken down by nightfall, he would consider war to have
+broken out between us. While I was engaged in framing an answer to
+this, and before the time-limit set by him had expired, he sent his
+galleys and small boats to attack the defenses and the people who were
+stationed on the shore. Then our soldiers, seeing that the Portuguese
+were attacking them and had begun hostilities, determined to complete
+their defenses, and fought with the Portuguese from about noon-time
+until sunset, without any cannon-shots being fired at the Portuguese
+from this camp. And on the morning of the following day, without any
+new action on our part, the said captain-general sent two galleys
+and a small boat to seize upon the other entrance to this harbor, and
+this order was executed. They have been and still are located there,
+toward the east; and they refuse to allow any person, or supplies,
+or anything else whatsoever, to come in or go out from this camp--a
+procedure for which I am at a loss to find the proper designation,
+unless it be war and the intention to starve us to death, which
+is not a usual action on the part of Christians. Consequently, he
+should not be astonished if this causes us to think that his actions
+do not correspond to his words, and to the offers made on his part;
+while, on the contrary, there is in truth all possible justification
+on our part, and we have offered assistance and favor, should they
+be necessary, against infidels, and in the interest of his Highness,
+the very illustrious and puissant King of Portugal. For I will carry
+out and fulfil that promise with the same willingness with which it
+is offered, in the consciousness of being therein of service to his
+Majesty. And it is but little relevant to say that, unless I go in
+person with all my camp, nothing can be effected; for either there or
+here, or any place whatsoever, I could be of little use, and would
+be but little missed; nor is it just, in view of the impossibility
+of my performing it without the express permission of his Majesty, to
+attempt to oblige and bind me to perform the same. And as for the rest,
+I confirm what I have already said, responded, requested, and protested
+against, in his Majesty's name, in previous replies and rejoinder;
+and if it be necessary, I again request, demand, and protest, as many
+times as I am by law obliged, and as may be befitting. As for the war,
+violence, and injuries which his Grace does, and tries to do me, I
+elect almighty God, who knows the whole truth and the hearts of men,
+as judge, and pray that He, out of the infinite pity and benignity
+of His heart, may aid and favor him who most truly and with least
+injury has tried and is trying to obtain peace from the opposite side,
+without Christian blood being shed, to His great displeasure and that
+of the kings our lords. Therefore I exculpate his Majesty, and myself
+in his royal name, as well as all those in his royal service at this
+camp, so that neither now nor at any subsequent time may blame or
+responsibility be charged upon or imputed to them." He signed the
+above with his name, and said that he gave it, and he did give it, as
+his answer. There were present, as witnesses, Captain Juan Maldonado
+de Berrocal; the ensign-general, Amador de Arriaran; the accountant,
+Andres Cauchela; the chief constable, Graviel de Ribera; and the
+notary-in-chief, Fernando Riquel--all of whom, together with me,
+the said Pero Bernaldez, signed the same. Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, Andres Cauchela, Amador de Arriaran,
+Graviel de Ribera, Fernando Riquel.
+
+_Pero Bernaldez_
+
+_Sixth summons_: In response to this fifth answer from the very
+illustrious Miguel Lopez de Leguazpi, general of the fleet and people
+of Nova Spanha. I admit briefly that in my first letter to him,
+I requested him to discontinue the defenses, and in the second,
+to destroy them--which his Grace refused to do, although it was a
+thing so just and so important to the lords of the land, as well
+as to my own advantage, for him not to employ hostilities against
+me, or give me occasion to accept the same; for it was but a slight
+cost or humiliation for a man who has so great a desire for peace as
+his Grace constantly says he has, to destroy the defenses, in which
+more hostility than friendship is displayed. I, on the other hand,
+had more than sufficient reason and justification for sending the
+galleys to take possession of the other entrance to this harbor,
+inasmuch as our respective courses of action were very unlike during
+the peace, as has been stated in other responses. Moreover, his Grace
+will not, in spite of all, deny that the galleys had not yet left
+this position when his people began to bombard me; and that those
+vessels had taken a very different route from that of going to cut
+off supplies. And as for his Grace's excusing himself and the rest
+of the company from engaging in the service of God, of his Majesty,
+and of the king our lord, as I have requested, more cogent reasons
+exist than that his presence is not very important in a case of so
+great urgency. Concerning his reiterated plea that he cannot violate
+his royal Majesty Don Felipe's instructions, I declare to him that
+since he entered here in violation of the same, and against the will
+of the king our lord, the latter will be well served by his Grace's
+going still farther, in his willingness to employ himself in his
+Majesty's service. And in all the rest, I take my stand upon what has
+already been said, and protest by what has already been protested. I
+order you, Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, to notify him
+thereof, and deliver into my hands such instrument or instruments as
+shall be necessary to me, drawn up in legal form. Made in this galley
+"San Francisco" on the first day of November in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight. An erasure was made by me therein which
+shall not cause doubt, since it was made without intention to deceive.
+
+_Goncallo Pereira_
+
+(In the island and port of Cubu in the Filipinas, on the thirty-first
+day of the month of October, in the year one thousand five hundred
+and sixty-eight, before the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general for his Majesty of the people and fleet
+for the discovery of the islands of the West, and in the presence of
+me, Fernando Riquel, notary-in-chief and official notary, appeared Pero
+Bernaldez, notary-public, who declared that he belonged to the fleet
+of the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general, and read
+this response above-written. The said governor after hearing the same,
+said that, "as his Grace the said captain-general says, he had written
+in the first letter that the work on the wicker fortifications should
+cease; and that, with the intention of pleasing and satisfying him
+in all respects, he, the said governor, had ordered the work thereon
+to cease; and it would not have continued, had not his Grace ordered
+them to be bombarded with many pieces from four galleys and small
+boats--whereupon the soldiers seeing that they were being fired upon
+completed their defenses at the great risk of their own lives and
+persons. And on the following day, when the galleys and small boats
+went off to seize and blockade the other entrance to this harbor,
+the purpose of their expedition was shown clearly, and afterward put
+beyond the shadow of a doubt, by their own acts. And it is unjust that
+his Grace should prohibit the conveyance of provisions to this camp,
+for those therein are Christians, and vassals of his Majesty, King Don
+Felipe, our lord. This act, beside being disobedience to God our lord,
+will greatly displease the princes, our sovereigns. And so I beg and
+request of him, and, on behalf of God and of his Majesty, I summon him,
+to allow the unrestricted entrance to and passage from this camp of
+provisions, as should be done and permitted between Christians, and
+between vassals of princes so intimate and so closely related. By the
+copy of the clauses of his instructions sent to the captain-general,
+his [Legazpi's] entrance into these islands, is shown to have been
+by the orders of his Majesty and not against his royal will; and he
+declares that, in order to depart from the islands, the shortest way
+open to him is that which he has requested in his past replies. It
+is also evident that his Grace could very easily provide for this,
+especially now that additional ships have come to him aside from
+those of his fleet. In doing this he will greatly please God our
+lord and the kings our sovereigns, and extricate this whole camp,
+as well as his own fleet and person, from a bad predicament. The said
+captain-general must understand that he will therein particularly serve
+his own sovereign, for he will prevent the necessity of other soldiers
+and fleets being sent here to attack us. Wherefore again, I request,
+summon, and protest to him all that has been requested, summoned,
+and protested in the past response, and the answer thereto." And
+this he said he gave as his response, and he signed it with his
+name, in the presence, as witnesses, of Captain Andres de Ybarra,
+Captain Juan de Salzedo, Captain Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, and
+the accountant Andres Cauchela, who signed the same with me. Miguel
+Lopez de Legazpi, Andres Cauchela, Andres de Ybarra, Juan de Salzedo,
+Juan Maldonado de Berrocal, Pero Bernaldez.
+
+Before me,   _Fernando Riquel_)
+
+_Last summons_: I conclude with this my last response, weary of so
+many papers containing so many irrelevancies on a thing so clear and
+evident; for though I admit the possibility of his Grace's having
+ordered the work to cease, as he affirms in his rejoinder, yet I
+declare it to be of no avail to give an order if the order be not
+carried out, or not obeyed. The work, on the contrary, was continued
+with greater haste and care for four hours after the time-limit which
+I had written to his Grace, saying that if the work were not destroyed
+I should consider myself as answered. I stated that oared boats would
+then be sent to frighten them, and prevent the execution of a work
+so unjust and of so ill a purpose, in addition to the many acts of
+injustice which have already been committed here in this land of the
+king our lord, greatly to his displeasure--and, as I believe, that
+of his Majesty, which is the same thing. On my complaining several
+times to his Grace, during the continuance of peace, and when I had
+so great a desire of serving him--as even now I feel no hesitation
+in doing--in regard to his erection within the aforesaid camp of
+many breastworks and fortifications, he replied, by letter, that
+it was the custom of camps and soldiers always to be thus throwing
+up fortifications. Nevertheless, he was erecting those defenses,
+not in his Majesty's demarcation, but thirty leagues within that
+of his Highness, and against one of his captains--one, too, who is
+so peaceably inclined as I have always been, until the moment when
+war was waged against me, and a considerable time after that, for
+which reason I am surprised at his acts. I then ordered the galleys
+to the other entrance of this harbor--the justest and most Christian
+means of acting, for it was my intention not to starve him to death,
+but to oblige him to cease from this injury to his Highness, and
+accept shelter in this fleet and make up for past privation. For what
+Friar Quapucho [i.e., fustian-clad] is so humble, so long-suffering,
+and so charitable to any one as I have been to a person who has not
+deserved it from his king and lord? The more ships that come to me
+to join this fleet, the better service will his Grace and company be
+able to enjoy therein, and they will experience much friendship and
+satisfaction therein--thus performing great service to God and to the
+kings, to whom we are all so closely bound, and for whom we ought to
+endure and surfer hardships with exceeding joy. And this the more,
+because his Grace neither possesses nor gives any just reason for
+being excused from so virtuous a work (in which he will always take
+personal part in company with me who follow and accompany him), or
+for being unwilling to concede what I have requested so many times,
+and now request again, much more earnestly, on behalf of God, of his
+Majesty, and of the king our lord. All that has happened or which
+may subsequently happen, therefore, I declare shall fall to his own
+responsibility; and I protest, by the protestations already made, and
+by all which may redound to the justice and right of the king our lord,
+and of the subsequent heirs of the kingdoms of Portugal. And you,
+Pero Bernaldez, notary-public of this fleet, are directed to make
+the same known to him, and give and deliver to me such instrument or
+instruments as shall be required by me. In this galley "San Francisco,"
+on the second day of the month of November, in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-eight.
+
+_Goncallo Pereira_
+
+(In the island and port of Cubu, on the first day of the month of
+November, in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-eight,
+in the presence of me, Christoval Ponze, scrivener of this camp
+of his Majesty, there appeared Pero Bernaldez, notary-public,
+who claimed to be of the royal fleet of Portugal, and read this
+answer from the very illustrious Goncalo Pereira, captain-general
+of the said fleet, to the very illustrious Miguel Lopez de Legazpi,
+governor and captain-general for his Majesty of the royal fleet for
+the discovery of the islands of the West, in his own person, in such
+wise as to be heard by him. He declared that he had already answered
+and replied to the said captain-general, on many distinct occasions,
+concerning the fact that his intention and will had not been nor
+is to injure the exalted and puissant king of Portugal, or anything
+belonging to him in any way; or to seize upon or take from him, or
+occupy this or any other land belonging to him. "I desire, as I have
+desired always, to depart from this land; and if up to the present
+moment this design has not found realization and I have not departed,
+it has been through lack of equipment and of ships, and not through any
+expectation of reenforcements of men and a fleet, as, on the contrary,
+he affirms." Wherefore he begged the said captain-general to sell him
+ships, in order that he might immediately depart; or else to suggest to
+him some other way by which he could leave, since he neither wishes nor
+desires any other consummation. As for the fortifications and defenses
+which his Grace mentions, they are for the purpose of defense against
+any one trying to do him violence or injury unjustly and unreasonably,
+until such time as he may be enabled to depart and leave this land
+free, as he has declared and promised he would do. Neither on his
+own part nor on that of anyone belonging to his camp has he desired
+to make war upon his Grace or on the members of his royal fleet;
+but rather to serve them in all possible ways, as he has offered in
+past summons and responses, to which he begs to refer, and on all of
+which he takes his stand anew. On the other hand, it is quite clear
+and evident that the captain-general is trying to do him violence and
+injury in wishing to carry him to India with him without consenting
+to any other means whatsoever; and in having begun and initiated war
+against him and blockaded him, by ordering the entrances and outward
+passages of this harbor blockaded, on account of which he is bound
+to make defense. And since the said captain-general wishes it so,
+and continues doing so great injury to God our lord, and to our
+sovereigns, by the war, and sheds Christian blood, unreasonably and
+without justification, all the blame and responsibility, and all the
+damages, losses and deaths resulting therefrom, shall be upon his
+shoulders. He protests again by all protested and demanded by him
+in his past replies, and by all which most devolves upon him in this
+case to protest, demand, and summon, as many times as is proper and to
+which he is by law obliged; and he thus challenges him as testimony,
+in the presence, as witnesses, of Captain Diego de Artieda and Captain
+Andres de Ybarra; the factor, Andres de Mirandaola; the treasurer,
+Guido de Levazaris; and the ensign-in-chief, Amador de Arriaran, all
+of whom signed here their names. Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, Diego de
+Artieda, Andres de Ybarra, Guido de Lavezaris, Andres de Mirandaola,
+Amador de Arriaran, Pero Bernaldez.
+
+Before me,    _Christoval Ponze_, notary)
+
+(All the above papers, writings, replies, responses, and other
+documents above set forth, I, the said Fernando Riquel, took _manu
+propria_, as best I could, from the originals, writing them down _de
+verbo ad verbum_ and letter for letter, at the request of the said
+governor Miguel _Lopez_ de Lagazpi, who signed the same here with his
+name. And they are accurate and true, witnesses of the correction and
+comparison with the originals thereof being Miguel Lopez, Francisco
+de Cocar, and Juan de Gamboa y Lezcano, soldiers in this camp--in
+testimony whereof I have made my usual signature and rubric. Given
+at Cubu, the second day of the month of June in the year one thousand
+five hundred and sixty-nine.
+
+In testimony of the truth, _Fernando Riquel_)
+
+(This copy was written on twenty-three sheets of paper, including
+the present, and bears the corrections, erasures, and interlineations
+following: [These follow, in the original document.] And note should
+be taken that the contract was corruptly and badly written for so it
+was in the original.)
+
+(In the City of Mexico, on the twenty-third day of the month of
+December in the year one thousand five hundred and sixty-nine, the
+presidents and auditors of the royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva Spana said
+that, inasmuch as in a docket of letters and despatches from Miguel
+Lopez de Legaspi, governor and captain in the islands of the West,
+which came addressed to this royal _Audiencia_, this relation was found
+therein of negotiations between the said governor and Goncalo Pereira,
+a Portuguese, captain of the most serene King of Portugal, regarding
+the summons repeatedly served, to the effect that the said Miguel
+Lopez should depart from the islands, region, and spot, where he was
+situated as is declared in the said relation, it is fitting that this
+docket be sent to his Majesty in his royal Council of the Indies. In
+order that entire faith may be given thereto, a judicial inquiry shall
+be received confirming the signature as that of the said Miguel Lopez
+de Legaspi, and of the handwriting and signature of Hernando Riquel,
+his notary. Having been received as signed from the secretary of this
+royal _Audiencia_ it shall be sent to his Majesty. And accordingly
+they ordered it, by decree, to be set down in writing.
+
+_Sancho Lopez de Agurto_)
+
+(_Attestation_: And then upon the said day, month, and year above
+specified for the said inquiry, there was received an oath in the name
+of God and the blessed Mary, and upon the sign of the cross +, in the
+form prescribed by law, from Sancho Lopez de Agurto, secretary of the
+royal _Audiencia_ of this Nueva Spana, and he took the same in the
+presence of me, Juan Augustin de Contreras, notary of his Majesty and
+receiver of this royal _Audiencia_, under which he promised to tell
+the truth in this affair. On being interrogated by the aforesaid,
+and after having seen the writing contained in this other part,
+and the signatures thereof, where occur the names of Miguel Lopez
+and Fernando Riquel, he said that this witness knew the said Miguel
+Lopez and Fernando Riquel, whom many times he had seen write and sign
+their names; and that he knows that the said Miguel Lopez de Legaspi
+went as governor and general to the islands of the West, and took
+as his official notary the said Fernando Riquel, on the authority
+of the viceroy Don Luis de Velasco; and that the said signatures at
+the end of the said narration and writing, to wit, "Miguel Lopez"
+and "Fernando Riquel," together with the handwriting of the said
+narration are, of a truth so far as this witness knows, those of the
+parties aforesaid; and he says this without the slightest doubt, for,
+as already said, he has seen them write and sign their names, and he
+has written papers and signatures of theirs in his possession similar
+to those of the said narration, without the slightest variation. The
+said Hernando Riquel was held and considered as an upright man, and
+a lawyer of much veracity; and as such this witness held and still
+holds him. And he declares on the oath taken by him that his entire
+deposition is true, and he has affixed his signature to the same.
+
+_Sancho Lopez de Agurto_
+
+Before me, _Johan Augustin_, notary of his Majesty.)
+
+[The sworn depositions of Juan Augustin de Contreras and of Alonso
+de Segura, made before Sancho Lopez de Agurto, follow. They are
+substantially the same as the above. The document continues:]
+
+(I, the said Sancho Lopez de Agurto, notary of the chamber of the
+said royal _Audiencia_ of Nueva Espana, who was present at the said
+inquiry made therein, affixed my seal in testimony of the truth. [119]
+
+_Sancho Lopez de Agurto_)
+
+
+
+
+Bibliographical Data
+
+
+_Expedition of Garcia de Loaisa_
+
+_Resume of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents, dated from
+1522 to 1537, are briefly synopsized from Navarrete's _Col. de viages_,
+v, pp. 193-439. This editor obtained the material for his series from
+the archives of Sevilla, Madrid, and Simancas.
+
+_Voyage of Alvaro de Saavedra_
+
+_Resume of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents are dated in
+1527-28, and are published by Navarrete, _ut supra_, pp. 440-486.
+
+_Expedition of Ruy Lopez de Villalobos_
+
+_Resume of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents, also
+synopsized, for the period 1541-48, are obtained from _Doc. ined._,
+as follows: _Ultramar_, ii, part i, pp. 1-94; _Amer. y Oceania_, v,
+pp. 117-209, and xiv, pp. 151-165.
+
+_Expedition of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_
+
+_Resume of contemporaneous documents_.--These documents, covering
+the period 1559-69, are also synopsized from _Doc. ined. Ultramar_,
+ii, pp. 94-475, and iii, pp. v-225, 244-370, 427-463.
+
+_Warrant for establishment of Augustinian Mission_ (1564).--The
+original of this document was found among the archives of the
+Augustinian convent at Culhuacan, Mexico. The only publication of
+this _Patente_ of which we are aware is that (in Latin) from which our
+translation is made, in a work by Elviro J. Perez, O.S.A.,--_Catalogo
+bio-bibliografico de los religiosos agustinos_ (Manila, 1901),
+pp. xi-xiv. At present, we are unable to give further information
+concerning the document.
+
+_Possession of Cibabao_ (Feb. 15, 1565).--The original MS. (from
+a copy of which our translation is made) is conserved in the
+Archivo de Indias at Sevilla; pressmark, "Simancas--Filipinas;
+descubrimientos, descripciones y poblaciones de las Islas Filipinas,
+anos 1537 a 1565; est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 1, 23." It has been published
+in _Doc. ined. Ultramar_, i i, pp. 351-355.
+
+_Proclamation regarding gold found in burial places_ (May 16,
+1565).--The data for the preceding document apply to this one
+also--save that to pressmark should be added "ramo 25;" and that the
+pagination for this one in _Doc. ined._ is 355-357.
+
+_Letter to Felipe II_ (May 27, 1565).--The original MS. is also
+in Sevilla; pressmark, "Simancas--Filipinas; descubrimientos,
+descripciones y gobierno de Filipinas; est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 1,
+23." It was published, _ut supra_, pp. 357-359. There are two copies
+in the Archivo, one of which is incorrectly endorsed "1569." In such
+cases it should be remembered that despatches and other official
+documents were often sent in duplicate--sometimes in triplicate,
+or even quadruplicate,--and by different vessels, to ensure that at
+least one copy should reach its destination.
+
+_Letters to Felipe II_ (May 29, June 1, 1565).--The original MSS. (from
+copies of which our translations are made) are also in the Archivo
+de Indias; pressmark. "Patronato, Audiencia de Filipinas--Cartas
+de los gobernadores." More definite designation is not possible, as
+these MSS. were not in their regular place in the above _patronato_
+at the time when our transcripts were made. With the letter of June
+1 we present a photographic reproduction of the signatures. Both of
+these documents were published in _Doc. ined. Amer. y Oceania_, xiii,
+pp. 527-531.
+
+_Letter to the Audiencia of Mexico_ (May 28, 1565).--The original
+MS. is in the Archivo de Indias; pressmark, "Simancas--Filipinas;
+descub. descrip. y pob. Filipinas, anos 1537 a 1565; est. 1, caj. i,
+leg. 1, 24, no. 24." This letter was accompanied by a memorandum of
+supplies needed for the military post established in the Philippines by
+Legazpi; and with the above-named MS. is a list of this sort--which,
+however, must have been placed in this _legajo_ by some error, as it
+mentions some articles that had been sent in the year 1570. But in
+another patronato--which has the same title as the above, but for the
+years 1566-68--in "est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 2, 24," is a list of similar
+character, with the title, _Memoria de los rescates y municiones
+que se pidieron a Nueva Espana, para enviar al campo de S.M. que
+reside en el puerto de Cubu_. This document is undated; but internal
+evidence makes it probable that it is the list which was sent with
+this letter to the Audiencia, with which we have accordingly placed
+it, transferring the other list to a later date, 1571.
+
+_Legazpi's Relation_ (1565).--The original MS. is in the
+Museo-Biblioteca de Ultramar, Madrid; pressmark, "170-20-3_a_, caja
+n_o_. 22." It has not, so far as is known, ever been published. Nothing
+indicates positively the name of the person to whom it was written;
+but we may reasonably conjecture, from the style of address, that
+it was probably sent to the president of the Audiencia of Mexico. As
+Legazpi's own account of his voyage and achievements, this document
+possesses special interest and value.
+
+_Copia de vna carta venida de Seuilla a Miguel Saluador de Valencia_
+(1566).--This little pamphlet (Barcelona, Pau Cortey, 1566)
+is generally regarded as the first printed account of Legazpi's
+expedition. But one copy is known to exist--the one which was in
+Retana's collection, now the property of the Compania General de
+Tabacos de Filipinas, Barcelona. For this reason, we present this
+document in both the Spanish text and English translation--the former
+being printed from an exact transcription made from the original
+document at Barcelona. The original is in two sheets (four pages)
+of quarto size, printed in type about the size of that used in this
+series; it is bound in red boards, and is in good condition.
+
+_Letters to Felipe II_ (July 12, 15, 23, 1567, and June 26,
+1568).--The original MSS. of these four letters (from copies of which
+our translations are made) are in the Archivo de Indias at Sevilla;
+pressmark, "Simancas--Secular, Audiencia de Filipinas; Cartas y
+expedientes de gobernador de Filipinas vistos en el consejo. Anos de
+1567 a 1599; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 6."
+
+_Negotiations between Legazpi and Pereira_ (1568-69).--The originals
+of these documents are in the Archivo de Indias at Sevilla; pressmark,
+"Est. 1. caj. 1, leg. 2, 24, n_os_. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9." A MS. copied or
+compiled from these originals for use in the South American boundary
+negotiations at Paris in 1776, is in the Archivo general at Simancas;
+pressmark, "Leg. 7412, fol. 87 y 88;" from a copy of this MS. our
+translation is made.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+[1] This document is printed in both the original language and
+English translation.
+
+[2] Navarrete says in a note that this must have been made about the
+time the Junta of Badajoz closed, in 1524.
+
+[3] The hospital (and, later, military) order of St John of Jerusalem,
+was first established in that city in 1023, and received papal
+recognition in 1113. Its knights served with distinction in the
+crusades. From 1291 to 1523 the order had its seat in the island
+of Rhodes; but in 1530 that of Malte was ceded to it by the emperor
+Charles V. After the capture of Malta by the French, the order became
+small and insignificant. This order was known in the course of its
+history by various names, among them being the Order of Rhodes (Rodas).
+
+Garcia Jofre de Loaisa, the commander of this expedition, was a native
+of Ciudad Real. He must not be confounded with the noted archbishop
+of Seville, of the same name, whose kinsman he was. The commander
+died at sea in July, 1526.
+
+[4] This was a priest who accompanied the expedition. After passing
+the Strait of Magellan, the ship "Santiago," in which Areizaga sailed,
+was compelled by lack of supplies to direct its course toward the
+Spanish settlements on the west coast. This priest returned thence
+to Spain, where the historian Oviedo saw him; the latter compiles
+from Areizaga's narrative a long account of his adventures, and of
+Loaisa's voyage as far as the strait (see Oviedo's _Hist. de Indias_,
+lib. xx, cap. v-xiii).
+
+[5] Hernan Cortes, the conqueror of Mexico, was born in 1485, at
+Badajoz, Spain. When a mere boy, he resolved upon a military career,
+and in 1504 went to the West Indies, where he took part in various
+expeditions, and held some official posts of importance. During
+1519-27, Cortes effected the conquest of Mexico and subjugation of
+its people. Returning to Spain in triumph (1528), he received from
+the emperor titles and lands, and was made captain-general of New
+Spain, an office which he held from 1530 to 1541. He sent Saavedra to
+search for Loaisa (1527); and in 1533 and, 1539 sent out expeditions
+of discovery--the latter, under Ulloa, ascending the western coast of
+America to thirty-two degrees north latitude. Cortes died at Seville,
+December 2, 1547.
+
+[6] Andres de Urdaneta was born in 1498, at Villafranca de
+Guipuzcoa. He received a liberal education, but, his parents dying, he
+chose a military career; and he won distinction in the wars of Germany
+and Italy, attaining the rank of captain. Returning to Spain, he
+devoted himself to the study of mathematics and astronomy, and became
+proficient in navigation. Joining Loaisa's expedition, he remained in
+the Moluccas, contending with the Portuguese there, until 1535, when
+he went back to Spain. Going thence to Mexico (about 1540), he was
+offered command of the expedition then fitting out for the Moluccas,
+"but on terms which he could not accept." Villalobos was given command
+of the fleet in his stead, and Urdaneta later (1552) became a friar,
+entering the Augustinian order, in which he made his profession on
+March 20, 1553, in the City of Mexico. There he remained until the
+fleet of Legazpi departed (November 21, 1564) from La Navidad, Mexico,
+for the Philippine Islands; Urdaneta accompanied this expedition,
+with four other friars of his order. He was appointed prelate of
+those new lands, with the title of "protector of the Indians;"
+he also acted as pilot of the fleet. In the following year he was
+despatched to Spain, to give an account to the government of what
+Legazpi had accomplished. This mission fulfilled, he desired to return
+to the Philippines, but was dissuaded from this step by his friends;
+he came back to Mexico, where he died (June 3, 1568), aged seventy
+years. Urdaneta was endowed with a keen intellect, and held to his
+opinions and convictions with great tenacity. To his abilities and
+sagacity are ascribed much of Legazpi's success in the conquest of
+the Philippines. For sketches of his life, see Retana's edition of
+Martinez de Zuniga's _Estadismo de las Islas Filipinas_ (Madrid,
+1893), ii, appendix, pp. 621, 622; and _Dic.-Encic. Hisp.-Amer._
+
+[7] The "zebra" was the guanaco or South American camel
+(_Auchenia_). The feathers were those of the South American ostrich
+(_Rhea rhea_), also called "nandu" and "avestruz" by the natives,
+or possibly of the smaller species _R. darwinii_; both are found as
+far south as the Strait of Magellan.
+
+[8] It was the custom of many of the writers of these early documents
+to give in dates only the last two or three figures of the year.
+
+[9] His name was Alvaro de Loaisa.
+
+[10] This was the flagship of Magalhaes, which remained at Tidore after
+the departure of the "Victoria." The "Trinidad" set out for Panama on
+April 6, 1522, but was compelled by sickness and unfavorable winds to
+return to the islands. She was then captured by the Portuguese; the
+ship was wrecked in a heavy storm at Ternate, and her crew detained as
+prisoners by the Portuguese. Hardships, disease, and shipwreck carried
+away all of them except four, who did not reach Spain until 1526.
+
+[11] Sebastian Cabot (Caboto) was born about 1473--probably at
+Venice, although some claim Bristol, England, as his birthplace; he
+was the son of the noted explorer John Cabot, whom he accompanied on
+the famous voyage (1494) in which they discovered and explored the
+eastern coasts of Canada. A second voyage thither (1498), in which
+Sebastian was commander, proved a failure; and no more is heard of
+him until 1512, when he entered the service of Fernando V of Spain,
+who paid him a liberal salary. In 1515 he was a member of a commission
+charged with revising and correcting all the maps and charts used
+in Spanish navigation. About this time, he was preparing to make
+a voyage of discovery; but the project was defeated by Fernando's
+death (January 23, 1516). In the same year Cabot led an English
+expedition which coasted. Labrador and entered Hudson Strait; he
+then returned to Spain, and was appointed (February 5, 1518) royal
+pilot-major, an office of great importance and authority. He was
+one of the Spanish commissioners at Badajoz in 1524; and in 1526
+commanded a Spanish expedition to the Moluccas, which sailed from
+Spain on April 3 of that year. Arriving at the River de la Plata,
+Cabot decided to explore that region instead of proceeding to the
+Moluccas--induced to take this step by a mutiny among his officers,
+sickness among his crews, and the loss of his flag-ship. Misfortunes
+followed him, and he returned to Spain in 1530. Upon the accession
+of Edward VI to the English throne, Cabot was induced to reenter the
+English service, which he did in 1548, receiving from Edward promotion
+and rewards. Nothing is heard of him after 1557; and no work of his
+is known to be extant save a map of the world, made in 1544. and
+preserved in the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris. Regarding his life
+and achievements, see Nicholls's _Sebastian Cabot_ (London, 1869);
+Henry Stevens's _Sebastian Cabot_ (Boston, 1870); Harrisse's _Jean
+et Sebastian Cabot_ (Paris, 1882); F. Tarducci's _John and Sebastian
+Cabot_ (Brownson's translation, Detroit, 1893); Dawson's "Voyages of
+the Cabots," in _Canad. Roy. Soc. Trans., 1894,_ pp. 51-112, 1896,
+pp. 3-30, 1897, pp. 139-268; Dionne's _John and Sebastian Cabot_
+(Quebec, 1898); Winship's _Cabot Bibliography_ (London, 1900).
+
+[12] Joao Serrao, one of Magalhaes's captains, was elected, after the
+latter's death, to the command of the fleet. On May 1, 1521, he was
+murdered by natives on the island of Cebu, having been treacherously
+abandoned there by his own companions.
+
+[13] The "Santiago," in which was the priest Areizaga (see note 3).
+
+[14] Saavedra died at sea in the month of December, 1529. See
+Navarrete's _Col. de viages_, v, p. 422.
+
+[15] Lib. xx of Oviedo's _Hist. de Indias_ is devoted to the relation
+of these early expeditions to the Philippines of Magalhaes, Loaisa,
+and Saavedra.
+
+[16] Ruy Lopez de Villalobos is said to have been a man of letters,
+licentiate in law, and born of a distinguished family in Malaga; he was
+brother-in-law of Antonio de Mendoza, who (then viceroy of New Spain)
+appointed him commander of the expedition here described. Departing
+from Navidad, Mexico (November 1, 1542), he reached Mindanao on
+February 2 of the following year; he was the first to make explorations
+in that island. It was he who bestowed upon those islands the name
+Filipinas (Philippine), in honor of the crown-prince Don Felipe of
+Spain, afterward known as Felipe II; he conferred this appellation
+probably in 1543. The Portuguese, then established in the Moluccas,
+opposed any attempt of Spaniards to settle in the neighboring islands,
+and treated Villalobos as an enemy. After two years of hardships
+and struggles, he was obliged to place himself in their hands; and,
+departing for Spain in one of their ships, was seized by a malignant
+fever, which terminated his life at Amboina, on Good Friday, 1546. In
+his last hours he was spiritually assisted by St. Francis Xavier
+(styled "the Apostle of the Indies"). For biographical material
+regarding Villalobos, see _Dic.-Encic. Hisp.-Amer.,_ article: "Lopez
+de Villalobos;" Galvano's _Discoveries of the World_ (Hakluyt Society
+edition), pp. 231-238; and Buzeta and Bravo's _Diccionario Filipinas_;
+Retana's sketch, in his edition of Zuniga's _Estadismo_, ii, p. 593*.
+
+[17] Pedro de Alvarado was, after Hernan Cortes, the most notable of
+the early Spanish conquerors of New Spain. He was born at Badajoz,
+about 1485, and came to America in 1510. He served with distinction
+in many wars and expeditions during the conquest, and received from
+Cortes various important commands. Among these was the post of governor
+and captain-general of Guatemala (1523); in the following year he
+founded the old city of Guatemala, which later was destroyed by the
+eruption of a volcano. In 1534 he planned to send an expedition to the
+Pacific islands; but news of the discovery of Peru and the conquests
+of Pizarro caused him to defer this enterprise, and he sent instead
+troops to Peru, fitted out through his extortions on the inhabitants
+of his province. Afterward he planned, with Mendoza, the expedition
+conducted by Villalobos, but never knew its outcome; he died on July 4,
+1541, from wounds received while attacking an Indian village.
+
+[18] Antonio de Mendoza belonged to a family of distinction, and was
+born at Granada, toward the close of the fifteenth century. He was the
+first viceroy of New Spain, being appointed April 17, 1535. He was
+beloved by the people for his good government; he made wise laws,
+opened and worked mines, coined money, founded a university and
+several colleges, and introduced printing into Mexico. He despatched
+two maritime expeditions of discovery--that of Villalobos, and another
+to California; and made explorations by land as far as New Mexico. In
+1550 he was sent as viceroy to Peru, and administered that office
+until his death, which occurred July 21, 1552, at Lima.
+
+[19] The title of Marquis del Valle de Oaxaca was conferred upon Hernan
+Cortes, July 6, 1529. He had taken great interest in the exploration
+of the Pacific Ocean and its coasts; and had spent on expeditions sent
+out with that object no less sum than three hundred thousand pesos
+(Helps's _Life of Cortes_, p. 282.)
+
+[20] This compares favorably with the homestead law of the United
+States. The institution mentioned in the next sentence apparently was
+peculiar to Spanish colonial administration in America. Its origin
+was in the _repartimiento_, which at first (1497) meant a grant of
+lands in a conquered country; it was soon extended to include the
+natives dwelling thereon, who were compelled to till the land for the
+conqueror's benefit. In 1503 _encomiendas_ were granted, composed of
+a certain number of natives, who were compelled to work. The word
+_encomienda_ is a term belonging to the military orders (from the
+ranks of which came many officials appointed for the colonies),
+and corresponds to our word "commandery." It is defined by Helps
+(practically using the language of Solorzano, the eminent Spanish
+jurist), as "a right conceded by royal bounty, to well-deserving
+persons in the Indies, to receive and enjoy for themselves the
+tributes of the Indians who should be assigned to them, with a charge
+of providing for the good of those Indians in spiritual and temporal
+matters, and of inhabiting and defending the provinces where these
+_encomiendas_ should be granted to them." Helps has done good service
+to historical students in recognizing the great importance, social
+and economic, of the _encomienda_ system in the Spanish colonies, and
+its far-reaching results; and in embodying the fruits of his studies
+thereon in his _Spanish Conquest in America_ (London, 1855-61), to
+which the reader is referred for full information on this subject;
+see especially vols. iii, iv.
+
+[21] See the Treaty of Zaragoza, vol. i, p. 222.
+
+[22] This was the dust or residue of the filings from the various
+assays and operations in the founding of metals, and was usually
+applied to the benefit of hospitals and houses of charity. It belonged
+to the king, and was placed under lock and key, one key in possession
+of the founder and the other of the king's factor.--Note by editor
+of _Col. doc. ined_.
+
+[23] This name is variously spelled Labezaris, Labezares, Labezarii,
+Lavezarii, and in other ways. This man occupied an important place
+in Legazpi's expedition, and was later governor of the Philippine
+Islands. Several documents by him will appear in this series.
+
+[24] A note by the editor of _Doc. ined._ says that the religious
+sent in this expedition were Fray Jeronimo de San Estevan, prior of
+the Augustinians; Fray Nicolas de Perea, Fray Alonso de Alvarado,
+and Fray Sebastian de Reina.
+
+[25] A small vessel with lateen sails.
+
+[26] This was the Portuguese governor of Ternate and the Moluccas. The
+correspondence may be found in the archives of Torre do Tombo.
+
+[27] Apparently a reference to the islands Sarangani and Balut, off the
+southern point of Mindanao. Regarding Mazaua (Massava, Mazagua) Stanley
+cites--in _First Voyage by Magellan_ (Hakluyt Society Publications,
+no. 52), p. 79--a note in Milan edition of Pigafetta's relation,
+locating Massaua between Mindanao and Samar. It is doubtless the
+Limasaua of the present day, off the south point of Leyte.
+
+[28] A map by Nicolaus Visscher, entitled _Indiae Orientalis nova
+descriptio_ (undated, but probably late in the seventeenth century)
+shows "Philippina al Tandaya," apparently, intended for the present
+Samar; but Legazpi's relation of 1565 (_post_) would indicate that
+Tandaya was the modern Leyte. Ortelius (1570) locates the Talao
+Islands about half-way from Mindanao to Gilolo they are apparently
+the Tulour or Salibabo Islands of today.
+
+[29] The names in brackets are the modern appellations (see
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ ii, pp. xvi, xvii).
+
+[30] Antonio Galvano explains this by declaring that he had in 1538
+(being then the Portuguese governor of the Moluccas) sent Francisco
+de Castro to convert the natives of the Philippines to the Catholic
+faith. On the island of Mindanao he was sponsor at the baptism of
+six kings, with their wives, children, and subjects. See Galvano's
+_Tratado_ (Hakluyt Society reprint of Hakluyt's translation,
+_Discoveries of the World_, pp. 208, 233).
+
+[31] See _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, ii, p. xvii.
+
+[32] On old maps Abuyo; the aboriginal appellation of the island of
+Leyte (Retana-edition of Combes's _Mindanao_, p. 749).
+
+[33] Probably the cannon belonging to Magalhaes's ship "Trinidad,"
+which the Portuguese seized in October, 1522; they had built a
+fortified post on the island of Ternate in the preceding summer,
+their first settlement in the Moluccas. Ternate, Tidore, Mutir, and
+two others, are small islands lying along the western coast of Gilolo;
+on them cloves grew most abundantly when Europeans first discovered
+the Moluccas.
+
+[34] Bisayas or Visayas is the present appellation of the islands
+which lie between Luzon and Mindanao.
+
+[35] This document is printed in both the original text and English
+translation.
+
+[36] Luis de Velasco succeeded Antonio de Mendoza as viceroy of New
+Spain, taking his office in November, 1550, and holding it until his
+death (July 31, 1564). He was of an illustrious family of Castile and
+had held several military appointments before he became viceroy. He
+exercised this latter office with great ability, and favored the
+Indians to such an extent that he was called "the father of the
+Indians." He died poor and in debt, and was buried with solemnity in
+the Dominican monastery at the City of Mexico.
+
+[37] A small vessel used as a tender, to carry messages between larger
+vessels, etc.
+
+[38] The Treaty of Zaragoza, _q.v._ vol. i, p. 222.
+
+[39] This opinion is correct, referring as it does to the five islands
+lying along the coast of Gilolo.
+
+[40] Miguel Lopez de Legazpi who, with Andres de Urdaneta, rediscovered
+and conquered the Philippine Islands, was born in Zubarraja in
+Guipuzcoa in the early part of the sixteenth century, of an old
+and noble family. He went to Mexico in 1545, where he became chief
+clerk of the _cabildo_ of the City of Mexico. Being selected to take
+charge of the expedition of 1564, he succeeded by his great wisdom,
+patience, and forbearance, in gaining the good will of the natives. He
+founded Manila, where he died of apoplexy August 20, 1572. He was much
+lamented by all. He was succeeded as governor of the Philippines by
+Guido de Lavezaris.
+
+[41] Navarrete says (_Bibl. Marit_., tomo ii, p. 492), that
+Legazpi was fifty-nine years old when the fleet set sail in 1564,
+which makes him six years older than the age given above. See
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ tomo ii, p. 116, note.
+
+[42] The Ladrones or Marianas number in all sixteen islands, and are
+divided into two groups of five and eleven islands respectively. They
+extend north and south about nine hundred and fifty kilometers, lying
+between thirteen degrees and twenty-one degrees north latitude, and
+one hundred and forty-eight degrees and one hundred and forty-nine
+degrees forty minutes longitude east of Madrid. They are but thinly
+populated; their flora resembles that of the Philippines. The largest
+and most important of these islands, Guam, is now the property of
+the United States.
+
+[43] Although this allusion cannot well be identified, it indicates
+some episode of the great eagerness and readiness for western
+discovery then prevalent in France. Cartier's explorations (1534-36,
+and 1540-43), and later those of Jean Allefonsce, had already been
+published to the world; and maps of the eastern coast of North America
+showed, as early as 1544, the great St. Lawrence River, which afforded
+an easy entrance to the interior, and might readily be supposed to
+form a waterway for passage to the "Western Sea"--especially as New
+France was then generally imagined to be a part of Asia; Japan and
+China being not very far west of the newly-discovered coast.
+
+[44] These two vessels were rechristened "San Pedro" and "San Pablo"
+before actually sailing. The admiral of the fleet was to have been
+Juan de Carrion; but he was left behind because of his dissensions
+with Urdaneta, and Mateo del Saz fulfilled his duties.
+
+[45] The Theatins were a religious congregation founded in Italy (1524)
+by Gaetano de Tiene and Giovanni Pietro Caraffa, archbishop of Theato
+(the modern Chieti)--who afterward became pontiff of Rome, under the
+title of Paul IV. Their object was to reform the disorders that had
+crept into the Roman church, and restore the zeal, self-sacrifice,
+and charity of apostolic days. They would neither own property nor
+ask alms, but worked at various trades and were thus maintained,
+with voluntary offerings from the faithful. During the next century
+they spread into other European countries (where they still have many
+houses), and undertook missions in Asia.
+
+[46] The total cost of the preparation of Legazpi's fleet was 382,468
+pesos, 7 tomines, 5 grains of common gold; and 27,400 pesos, 3 tomines,
+1 grain of gold dust. These expenses cover the period from December
+13, 1557, until March 2, 1565. See _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ iii,
+no. 36, pp. 461-463.
+
+The gold dust here mentioned (Spanish _oro de minas_) means gold in
+the form of "gravel" or small nuggets, obtained usually from placers,
+or the washings of river-sands. The "common" gold (_oro comun_)
+is refined gold, or bullion, ready for coinage.
+
+[47] This vessel, after trying to find--or at least making such a
+claim--the fleet in Mindanao and other islands, returned to New Spain,
+anchoring at Puerto de la Navidad August 9, 1565. A relation by its
+captain Alonso de Arellano, gives an account of this voyage (published
+in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ iii, no. 37, pp. 1-76). Testimony as
+to the truth of this relation is given under oath by its author, his
+pilot Lope Martin, and others. It is quite evident throughout that it
+was written with the hope of explaining satisfactorily the "San Lucas's
+" sudden disappearance and failure to rejoin the flagship. Accounts of
+islands passed by the vessel are given and the various and frequent
+mishaps of wind and wave detailed at length. On January 8 an island
+was reached where the people "were afraid of our ship and of us and
+our weapons. They are well proportioned, tall of stature, and bearded,
+their beards reaching to their waists. The men wear their hair long
+like women, neatly combed and tied behind in a knot. They are greedy,
+very treacherous, and thoroughly unprincipled.... They are Caribs, and,
+I understand, eat human flesh. They are warlike, as it seemed to us,
+for they were always prepared, and they must carry on war with other
+islands. Their weapons are spears pointed with fish bones, and masanas
+[a wooden weapon, generally edged with sharp flint, used by the early
+Mexican and Peruvian aborigines.].... They are much given to hurling
+stones from slings, and with very accurate aim. They are excellent
+swimmers and sailors. We called this island Nadadores [Swimmers],
+because they swam out to us when we were more than a league from
+the island." A mutiny sprang up after reaching the Philippines, but
+was checked. Arellano claims that he left the prescribed tokens of
+his visit in Mindanao. The _patache_ reached Puerto de la Navidad
+on August 9, after its crew had suffered many hardships and much
+sickness. Legazpi, quite naturally, was much displeased at the evident
+desertion of the "San Lucas" and caused action to be taken against
+Arellano and Lope Martin, by Gabriel Diaz of the Mexican mint. This
+latter presented various petitions before the _Audiencia_ of Mexico,
+detailing the charges and asking investigation. The charges were
+desertion,--"in which the loss he occasioned cannot be overestimated,"
+because this vessel was intended for a close navigation of the islands
+and their rivers and estuaries, which the larger vessels could not
+attempt,--assuming to himself powers of jurisdiction that belonged to
+Legazpi as general of the expedition,--executing summary justice on two
+men (causing them to be thrown overboard),--cruelty, and "many other
+grave and serious offenses;" which "he had committed in company with
+the pilot and others." Diaz asked that Arellano be made to render an
+account to Legazpi and to serve for his pay, as he had served in the
+expedition but ten days. However just the demand for an investigation,
+it was never made, which was probably due to Arellano's influence
+with the court in Spain. The only notice that appeared to be taken
+of the petitions was a request from the _Audiencia_ that Diaz show
+his authority to act in the case, which he had showed already in the
+petitions. The voyage of the "San Lucas" is called by the editor of
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ "one of the boldest registered in the
+history of navigation." See the above series, tomo ii, pp. 222, 223;
+and tomo iii, pp. v-xviii, and 1-76.
+
+[48] See the notarial attestation of the taking of possession of
+Barbudos in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ iii, pp. 76-79. This was
+apparently one of the Marshall Islands.
+
+[49] On January 26, 1565, Legazpi in person took possession of the
+Ladrones, for the Spanish crown. This possession was made in the
+island of Guam, before Hernando Riquel, government notary, and with
+all the necessary formalities. The witnesses were "Fray Andres de
+Urdaneta, prior; the master-of-camp, Mateo del Sanz; the accountant,
+Andres Cauchela; the factor, Andres de Mirandaola; the chief ensign,
+Andres de Ybarra; Geronimo de Moncon, and many others." See the record
+of possession, _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ iii, pp. 79-81.
+
+[50] Cf. with this the thievishness, and dexterity therein, of the
+Huron Indians, in _Jesuit Relations_ (Cleveland reissue), v, pp. 123,
+241, 243, and elsewhere.
+
+[51] This island is styled variously Guam, Goam, Guan, and Boan (see
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, ii, p. 243). The United States government
+now uses it as a coaling station.
+
+[52] From an official document drawn up by Hernando Riquel, it appears
+that the fleet reached the Philippines in very poor condition, due
+to insufficient and careless preparation. In response to a petition
+signed by the royal officials "Guido de la Vacares [Lavezaris],
+Andres Cauchela, and Andres de Mirandaola," that testimonies be
+received from certain officers and pilots of the fleet, in regard
+to its poor condition, Legazpi ordered such depositions to be taken,
+which was done on May 23, 1565. These testimonies show that the fleet
+left Puerto de la Navidad with insufficient crews, marine equipment,
+artillery, and food, in consequence of which great sufferings had been
+and were still being endured. It was testified "that the provisions
+of meat, lard, cheese, beans and peas, and fish lasted but a short
+time, because of putrefying and spoiling by reason of having been
+laid in many days before sailing." See _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_
+iii, pp. 305-318.
+
+[53] The notarial testimony of this taking of possession will be
+given in this volume, p. 167.
+
+[54] Probably the island of Leyte. See _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_,
+ii, p. 258.
+
+[55] This ceremony of blood friendship will be explained in later
+documents. It was characteristic of Malayan peoples. The present
+Cabalian is in the extreme S.E. part of Leyte.
+
+[56] Camiguin, north of Mindanao, and north by west from Butuan Bay.
+
+[57] The testimonies of the "wrongs inflicted on the natives in
+certain of the Philippines, under cover of friendship and under
+pretext of a desire to trade," by Portuguese from the Moluccas, and
+the injuries resulting therefrom to the Spaniards, are recounted in
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, iii, pp. 284-305.
+
+[58] Probably in pique because Urdaneta's advice to colonize New
+Guinea had been disregarded, and because these islands were, as
+Urdaneta declared, in Portugal's demarcation.
+
+[59] The notarial memorandum of the finding of the Nino Jesus will
+be found in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, iii, pp. 277-284. It gives
+Legazpi's testimony concerning the discovery, and his appointment
+of the date of finding as an annual religious holiday, as well
+as the testimonies of the finder, Juan de Camuz, and of Esteban
+Rodriguez, to whom Camuz first showed the image (which is described
+in detail). Pigafetta relates _{First Voyage of Magellan,_ pp. 93,
+94) that he gave an image of the Infant Jesus to the queen of Cebu,
+April 14, 1521--evidently the same as that found by Legazpi's men.
+
+[60] On this day Legazpi took formal possession of the island of Cebu
+and adjacent islands for Spain. The testimony of Hernando Riquel,
+government notary, of this act appears in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_
+iii, pp. 89, 90.
+
+[61] This image is still preserved in the Augustinian convent at Cebu;
+a view of it is presented in this volume.
+
+[62] The preceding relation says three hours.
+
+[63] Probably the casava root.
+
+[64] The native race inhabiting Guam is called Chamorro.
+
+[65] This was the island of Negros (_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, ii,
+p. 410).
+
+[66] The pilot makes use of the familiar second person singular forms
+throughout this relation.
+
+[67] His relation of this voyage, continued until a few days before his
+death), is preserved in the Archivo general de Indias, at Seville. See
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, ii, p. 456.
+
+[68] His full name. He was a brother of Captain Juan de la Isla. See
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ vol. ii, p. 458.
+
+[69] The number in the printed document is one thousand three hundred
+and seventy. This must be an error for one thousand eight hundred
+and seventy, as so great a difference between the three maps would
+hardly be likely to occur.
+
+[70] This relation may be considered as the continuation of that
+which records the voyage from New Spain, until the departure of die
+"San Pedro" from Cebu. Neither is signed, but the former seems to
+have been written by a military officer, as he speaks in one place of
+"the men of my company."
+
+[71] Cf. the Chinese belief, and the reverence of the American Indian
+for his ancestors.
+
+[72] Cf. the burial rites of North American tribes, as described in
+the _Jesuit Relations_ (see Index, article: Indians).
+
+[73] This chief's name is also spelled in this relation Mahomat.
+
+[74] The _fanega_ is a measure of capacity that was extensively used
+throughout Spain and the Spanish colonies, and in the Spanish-American
+republics; but it is now largely superseded by the measures of the
+metric system. Its value varied in different provinces or colonies. Its
+equivalents in United States (Winchester) bushels are as follows:
+Aragon, O.64021; Teruel (Aragon), I.23217; Castile, 1.59914; Asturias,
+2.07358; Buenos Aires, 3.74988; Canary Islands, 1.77679 (struck), 2.5
+(heaped). The _fanega_ of Castile is equivalent to 5.63 decaliters. The
+name was also applied to the portion of ground which might be sown
+with a _fanega_ of grain.
+
+[75] A detailed relation of the voyage of the "San Geronimo"
+was written by Juan Martinez, a soldier, being dated Cebu, July
+25, 1567. It is given in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar,_ ii, no. 47,
+pp. 371-475. From the very first the insubordination of the pilot
+Lope Martin was manifest, who said to the easy-going captain. "If you
+think you are going to take me to Cebu, you are very much mistaken;
+for as soon as he saw me there, the governor would hang me."
+
+[76] In regard to this use of precious gums, see _East Africa and
+Malabar_ (Hakluyt Society Publications, no. 35), pp. 31, 230; in that
+text _yncenso_ is incorrectly translated "wormwood."
+
+[77] Document no. xli, pp. 244-276, tomo iii, consists of memoranda
+made by Hernando Riquel, notary of the expedition. These were drawn
+up by order of Legazpi, and relate to occurrences after the fleet
+reached Cabalian (March, 1565), until the resolution to colonize in
+Cebu. They are mainly concerned with negotiations with the natives,
+and are fully attested; but contain nothing additional to the matter
+in the relations.
+
+[78] A tax paid to the monarch by those not belonging to the nobility.
+
+[79] See note 18, _ante_, on _repartimientos_ and _encomiendas_.
+
+[80] Counselors of the provincial or other high official, whose advice
+was considered by him in all important affairs.
+
+[81] Ours: a familiar term in use by members of a religious order,
+referring to their fellows therein.
+
+[82] This island is called by the French pilot Pierres Plun,
+in his relation, Zibaban, Zibao, and Zibaba. La Concepcion calls
+it (_Historia,_ vol. i, p. 331) Ybabao. The editor of _Cartas de
+Indias_ conjectures this to be the island of Libagas (near Mindoro);
+but that would not agree with the statements made about it in
+various documents. Retana (_Zuniga,_ vol. ii, p. 383*) says that
+Cibabao is Samar, which is, however, not an altogether satisfactory
+identification.
+
+[83] This name is given at Arrezun in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_.
+
+[84] In _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, this name it given as Francisco
+Escudero de la Portolla.
+
+[85] In another document, dated February 20, 1565 (published in
+_Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, iii, pp. 81, 82), Legazpi personally
+verified the possession taken by Ybarra, Andres de Urdaneta being
+witness thereto. On that day Legaspi took possession not only of
+Cibabao but of the adjacent islands.
+
+[86] In _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_ (p. 336), this name is given as
+"ypolito atanbor."
+
+[87] Many of these names are signed with a _rubrica_ or flourish,
+which, like the French _paraphe_, was customary as a protection
+against forgery.
+
+[88] Apparently referring to the president of the _Audiencia_ of New
+Spain, although the formal address is to that body as a whole.
+
+[89] This list does not accompany the letter, either in the Sevilla
+archives or in _Doc. ined;_ but see Bibliographical Data for this
+document, at end of this volume.
+
+[90] The Spanish _quintal_ varied in different provinces and colonies
+as follows (equivalents given in U.S. pounds): Aragon, 109.738476;
+Castile (and Chile), 101.6097; Asturias, 152.281185; Catalonia, 87.281;
+Valencia (old measure), 109.728476; Buenos Aires, 101.4178. This unit
+of weight has been generally replaced by those of the metric system.
+
+[91] Evidently this word is used in its early sense, of one who
+practiced blood-letting, etc., as the barber often performed duties
+now strictly pertaining to the physician.
+
+[92] The _arroba_ was equal to four _quintals_.
+
+[93] The _braza_ was a measure of length, equivalent to 16.718
+decimeters, or 1.82636 yards (U.S.) The name originated (like the
+French _brasse_) in the primitive use of the human arm as a measure of
+length. The _braza_ (square) was used in the Philippines as a measure
+of surface, being equivalent to 36 Spanish, or 30.9168 English,
+square feet.
+
+[94] A short dagger with a broad blade.
+
+[95] In the relation published in _Col. doc. ined. Ultramar_, ii,
+pp. 265-277, where these transactions are recounted in greater detail,
+these names are spelled Camutrian (Camutuan, Camotuan), and Maletec,
+respectively.
+
+[96] Apparently the same as the Massaua of earlier documents.
+
+[97] In the relation cited above, note 92, the name of this island
+is spelled (p. 277) Camiguinin.
+
+[98] The second ship of the fleet, "San Pablo." The "San Pedro"
+or flagship was spoken of as the _capitana_.
+
+[99] A veil of thin gauze worn by the Moors. Evidently the term is
+used in this connection, as the Mohammedans of these islands were
+called Moros (Moors) by the Spaniards.
+
+[100] Apparently referring to the island of Negros.
+
+[101] The word is _escaupiles_, which was a species of ancient
+Mexican armor.
+
+[102] An equestrian exercise with reed spears.
+
+[103] The actual date of departure was the twenty-first.
+
+[104] See note 43, _ante_, as to the cost of the fleet. The reference
+in the text is apparently to some Mexican mint or mine.
+
+[105] This vessel was the "San Lucas," commanded by Alonso de Arellano;
+see account of its adventures in "Expedition of Legazpi."
+
+[106] A reference to the relation sent to Felipe II by
+Legazpi--probably by the "San Pedro."
+
+[107] A measure for grain containing one-third of a _fanega_.
+
+[108] An error naturally made, in those early days of acquaintance
+with the Philippines, since the island of Mactan (Matan), where
+Magalhaes was slain, lies near the coast of Cebu. According to the
+_U.S. Philippine Gazetteer_ (p. 69), the archipelago comprises twelve
+principal islands and three groups, with one thousand five hundred
+and eighty-three dependent islands.
+
+[109] Apparently meaning the "San Pedro," which was despatched from
+Cebu by Legazpi on June 1, 1565. It reached Navidad on October 1,
+and probably arrived at Seville in May or June, 1566.
+
+[110] The _concha_ and _blanca_ were ancient copper coins of the
+value of one-half and three _maravedis_, respectively. The coins
+above-mentioned evidently resembled these in size.
+
+[111] The "San Geronimo."
+
+[112] Throughout this document, the statements and comments of the
+notaries will be enclosed in parentheses, to enable the reader more
+easily to separate the various letters and writs from one another.
+
+[113] The _caracoa_ is a large canoe used by the Malayan peoples--"with
+two rows of oars, very light, and fitted with a European sail, its
+rigging of native manufacture" (_Dic. Acad._). According to Retana
+(_Zuniga_, ii, p. 513*), the word _caracoa_ is not to be found in
+Filipino dictionaries.
+
+[114] Referring to the rule of Sebastiao, the infant king of Portugal,
+and of his grandmother Catarina, regent during his minority.
+
+[115] Javelins: the Portuguese word is _azagayas_, with which
+cf. _assagai_, the name of a like weapon among the Kaffirs of Africa.
+
+[116] This phrase (meaning "nothing paid") is no longer used in
+notarial documents. Sometimes when documents are legalized by the
+Mexican Legation at Washington, the fee is not paid there, but
+is to be paid at Mexico on presentation of the document there;
+the secretary of the Legation accordingly writes on it, _No se
+pagaran derechos_--perhaps a similar procedure to that noted in the
+text.--_Arthur P. Cushing_ (consul for Mexico at Boston).
+
+[117] This arose from the fact that the Portuguese navigated eastward
+from Europe to reach their oriental possessions, while the Spaniards
+voyaged westward. The reckoning of the Spaniards in the Philippines
+was thus a day behind that of the Portuguese. This error was corrected
+in 1844, at Manila and Macao respectively. See vol. i, note 2.
+
+[118] Sevilla, one of the centers of Mahometan power in Spain, was
+besieged for more than two years (1246-48) by Fernando III of Castilla,
+who finally captured it. The expedition against Tunis here referred to
+was undertaken by Carlos I of Spain (1535). to restore Muley Hassan,
+the Mahometan king of Tunis, to his throne, whence he had been driven
+by Barbarossa, King of Algiers; the usurper was expelled, after a
+brief siege.
+
+[119] This is followed by the certification of the copyist who
+transcribed this document for the South American boundary negotiations
+between Spain and Portugal in 1776, at Paris. It reads thus: "I,
+Don Juan Ignacio Cascos, revisor and expert in handwriting and
+old documents, and one of those appointed by the Royal and Supreme
+Council of Castilla, made the foregoing copy, and collated it with
+the original, which was written on twenty-four sheets of ordinary
+paper, and signed, each in his own hand, by Miguel Lopez de Legazpi
+and Fernando Riquel. Madrid, the twenty-sixth day of August in the
+year one thousand seven hundred and seventy-six.
+
+_Juan Ignacio Pascos_."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1803,
+Volume II, 1521-1569, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, ***
+
+***** This file should be named 13280.txt or 13280.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/2/8/13280/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/13280.zip b/old/13280.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a46a91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/13280.zip